BASIC GUIDELINES FOR

Preparation of studies and

HIGHWAY PROJECTS
BASIC SCOPES/SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS

MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTS
NATIONAL DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE
DIRECTORATE OF PLANNING AND RESEARCH
GENERAL COORDINATION OF STUDIES AND RESEARCH
INSTITUTE OF HIGHWAY RESEARCH
BASICGUIDELINESFORELABORATION
ONSTUDIESANDHIGHWAYPROJECTS
BASICSCOPES/SERVICEINSTRUCTIONS
REVIEW
Engesur Technical Consulting Ltd.

TECHNICAL TEAM:
Engineer José Luis Mattos de Britto Pereira Technician Marcus Vinicius de Azevedo Lima
Coordinator (Information Technology Technician)
Eng. Zomar Antonio Trinta Technician Alexandre Martins Ramos
Supervisor Computer Technician
Engineer Amarílio Carvalho de Oliveira Technician Reginaldo Santos de Souza
Consultant Computer Technician

SUPERVISION COMMISSION:
Engineer Gabriel de Lucena Stuckert Engineer Elias Salomão Nigri
(DNIT / DPP / IPR) (DNIT / DPP / IPR)
Engineer Mirandir Dias da Silva Engineer José Carlos Martins Barbosa
(DNIT / DPP / IPR) (DNIT / DPP / IPR)

FIRST EDITION PREPARED IN 1999 BY:

CONSULTANTS:
Engº Haroldo Stewart Dantas Engineer João Menescal Fabrício
Engineer Roberto Dantas Guerra Engineer José Alberto Jordão de Oliveira
SUPERVISORS:
Engineer Silvio Figueiredo Mourão Engineer Gabriel de Lucena Stuckert
Engineer Arjuna Sierra Eng. José Carlos Martins Barbosa
REVIEWS:
Engineer Henrique Wainer Engineer Guioberto Vieira de Rezende
Engineer Paulo José Guedes Pereira Econ. Nilza Mizutani
Engineer Raymundo Carlos de Montalvão Barreto
COLLABORATORS:
Engineer Jorge Nicolau Pedro Engº Álvaro Siqueira Pitta
Engineer Pedro Mansour Eng. Táina Marcele Elias Mansur
Engineer Rozana Diniz Brandão Engineer José Lúcio Dutra Moreira
Engineer Gervásio Rateke Engineer Alberto Fabrício Caruso
Engineer Alvimar Mattos de Paiva Engineer Elzo Jorge Nassaralla
EDITORS AND PROGRAMMERS:
Luiz Eduardo Oliveira dos Santos Eng. Raymundo Carlos de Montalvão Barreto
‘

Brazil. National Department of Infrastructure

Transport. Planning and Research Department.
Coordination of the Institute of Road Research.
Basic guidelines for studies and projects
road transport workers:
Basic scopes / service instructions. 2nd ed.
Rio de Janeiro, 2005.
487p. ( IPR. Publ. ).

1. Highways - Projects. I. Series. II. Title.

CDD 625.722

Printed in Brazil

Reproduction allowed provided that DNIT is cited as the source.

 MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION
NATIONAL DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE
DIRECTORATE OF PLANNING AND RESEARCH
ROAD RESEARCH INSTITUTE

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR ELABORATION

OF STUDIES AND ROAD PROJECTS
BASIC SCOPES / SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS

2nd Edition

(Consolidated Intermediate Version)

Rio de Janeiro
2005
MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTS
NATIONAL DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE
DIRECTORATE OF PLANNING AND RESEARCH
ROAD RESEARCH INSTITUTE

Presidente Dutra Highway, Km 163 - Vigário Geral

Cep.: 21240-000 – Rio de Janeiro – RJ
Tel.: (0XX21) 3371-5888
Fax.: (0XX21) 3371-8133
e-mail.: dnitiprnormas@[Link]

TITLE: Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Studies and Projects

First Edition: 1999

Review: DNIT / Engesur

Contract: DNIT / Engesur PG – 157/2001-00

Approved by the Executive Board of DNIT on ___ / ___ / _____

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 3

PRESENTATION

Ao longo de sua existência, o Instituto de Pesquisas Rodoviárias (IPR), inicialmente

within the extinct National Department of Highways (DNER) and currently
under the auspices of the National Department of Transport Infrastructure (DNIT),
develops extensive activity of drafting, adapting, reviewing, and updating
Standards, Technical Manuals and other documents, all considered essential for
the performance of the very body managing the federal road system and similar bodies of
other spheres (state, municipal) throughout the country.

In this context, it was about reviewing and updating the document entitled 'Basic Guidelines'
for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects - Basic Scopes and Instructions
Serviço”, editado em 1999 pelo mesmo IPR a partir de uma revisão parcial do chamado
Consulting Services Manual for Road Studies and Projects, in turn,
dating back to 1978. The main motivation for this review and update was to
adjust the Guidelines to the conceptualization of Basic Project and Executive Project, defined by
Law No. 8,666, of June 21, 1993.

According to the mentioned law, which establishes regulations for bidding and contracts of
Public Administration, Basic Project is 'the set of necessary elements and
sufficient... to characterize a work or service” (Art. 6, Section IX), while
Executive Project is "the set of elements necessary and sufficient for execution
complete of the work” (Article 6, Item X).

Thus, the Guidelines, now revised and delivered to the road community, propose to
basically to address this conceptual change and understand Basic Scopes and
Service Instructions for carrying out various road studies and projects.
As the title itself indicates, they have a guiding character either for the preparation of
Terms of Reference, whether for the actual development of studies and projects
relevant. They signal a path already travelled and established, but do not dismiss a
adaptation to reality and the particularities of each case individually. And in this they differ
the conventional technical standards, which have legal force and require compliance.

The two constituent elements of the Guidelines can also be defined in lines.
general. A Basic Scope establishes the guidelines for the development of the various
types of studies and engineering projects, and a Service Instruction indicates the phases and
the technical procedures adopted in the preparation of those same studies and projects.
Both, therefore, complement each other. The Scope sets and describes; the Instruction details.
technically.

Both represent efficient instruments in the accomplishment of the so-called cost process.
service life of highways under the responsibility of the Federal Administration, a process that integrates
project, construction, maintenance, rehabilitation and restoration ultimately aims at
maximize user benefits while minimizing total costs of
public heritage and the user's own.
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 4

We would appreciate receiving any type of comment, observation, suggestion, and criticism that
may contribute to the improvement of the Guidelines. As much as possible,
we will respond to readers and users who send us their contributions, the
those, as long as they are substantiated and relevant, will be used in a future edition.
the Guidelines.

Chequer Jabour Chequer

Coordinator of the Road Research Institute

Mailing address:

Road Research Institute

A/c Technological Training Division
Presidente Dutra Highway, km 163,
Road Transport Center, Vigário Geral, Rio de Janeiro,
21240-330, RJ
Tel: (21) 2471-5785
Fax: (21) 2471 6133
E-mail: [Link]@[Link]
dnitiprnormas@[Link]
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 5

SUMMARY

PRESENTATION

1. INTRODUCTION

2. BASIC SCOPES

2.1. Definition

2.2. List of Basic Scopes

2.3. Review and Update of the Basic Scopes

2.4. Detailing of Basic Scopes

3. SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS

3.1. Definition

3.2. List of Service Instructions

3.3. Review and update of Service Instructions

3.4. Detailing of Service Instructions

ANNEX A - Basic Scopes

EB-101 Technical and Economic Feasibility Studies of Highways

EB-102 Basic Engineering Project for Implementation

Paving of Highways

EB-103 Executive Engineering Project for Implementation and

Paving of Highways

EB-104 Basic Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation

with Low-Cost Improvements

EB-105 Executive Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation

with Low-Cost Improvements

EB-106 Basic Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation

with improvements for capacity and safety adequacy ...................

EB-107 Executive Engineering Project for Road Rehabilitation

with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment ...................
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 6

EB-108 Studies for Adequacy of Capacity and Safety

Existing Highways

EB-109 Basic Engineering Project for Highway Duplication

EB-110 Engineering Executive Project for

Duplication of Highways

EB-111 Executive Engineering Project for the Construction of Local Roads ..

EB-112 Executive Engineering Project for Slope Stabilization

of Highways

EB-113 Highway Exploration Program (PER)

EB-114 Basic Engineering Project for Pavement Rehabilitation

of the Highway

EB-115 Executive Engineering Project for Rehabilitation of

Roadway Pavement

EB-116 Road Registration

EB-117 Project "As Built"

ANNEX B - Service Instructions

IS-201 Traffic Studies on Highways

IS-202 Geological Studies

IS-203 Hydrological Studies

IS-204 Topographic Studies for Basic Engineering Projects .....................

IS-205 Topographical Studies for Executive Engineering Projects..................

IS-206 Geotechnical Studies

IS-207 Preliminary Engineering Studies for

Highways (Alignment Studies)

IS-208 Geometric Project

IS-209 Earthworks Project

IS-210 Drainage Project

IS-211 Paving Project (Flexible Pavements) .......................................

IS-212 Structural Evaluation and Rehabilitation Design of the pavement .....................

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 7

IS-213 Project of Intersections, Returns and Accesses

IS-214 Special Works of Art Project

IS-215 Signage Project

IS-216 Landscaping Project

IS-217 Protection Devices Project (Defenses and Barriers)

IS-218 Fence Project

IS-219 Expropriation Project

IS-220 Budget of the Work

IS-221 Operation and Management Project of the Highway ................................................

IS-222 Construction Execution Plan

IS-223 Assessment and Resizing of Artwork

Existing Specials

IS-224 Road Signage Project During the

Execution of Works and Services

IS-225 Pavement Project (Rigid Pavements) .........................................

IS-226 Aerial Photography Coverage for Basic Highway Project .......................

IS-227 Aerophotogrammetric restitution and field support for

Basic Highway Project

IS-228 Pedestrian Bridge Project

IS-229 Economic Feasibility Studies of Highways

(in Rural Areas) .......................................................................................

IS-230 Traffic Studies in Urban Areas

IS-231 Functional Plan Studies Aimed at Improving Capacity and

Highway Safety in Duplication Projects

IS-232 Program Definition Studies for Adaptation of

Capacity and Security (PACS)

IS-233 Engineering Project for PACS Type Improvements

IS-234 Geometric Project of Roads – Urban Area ........................................

IS-235 Urban Road Lighting Project

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Highway Studies and Projects 8

IS-236 Traffic Studies for Executive Engineering Project

for the construction of local roads

IS-237 Design Studies for Executive Engineering Project

for the Construction of Local Roads

IS-238 Topographic Studies for Executive Engineering Project

for the Construction of Local Roads

IS-239 Hydrological Studies for Engineering Executive Project

for the Construction of Local Roads

IS-240 Geotechnical Studies for Executive Engineering Project

for the Construction of Local Highways

IS-241 Geometric Project for Executive Engineering Project

for the Construction of Local Highways

IS-242 Drainage Project for Executive Engineering Project

for the Construction of Local Roads

IS-243 Earthworks Project for Executive Project of

Engineering for the Construction of Rural Highways

IS-244 Project of Special Works of Art for Executive Project of

Engineering for the Construction of Local Highways

IS-245 Fence Project for Engineering Executive Project

for the Construction of Local Roads

IS-246 Environmental Component of Projects

Road Engineering

4. BIBLIOGRAPHY
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 9

1 - INTRODUCTION
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 10
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 11

1 INTRODUCTION

This volume is the result of the revision and updating of the first version of the Guidelines
Basics for Preparation of Road Studies and Projects – Basic Scopes and
Service Instructions, edited in 1999 by the Road Research Institute (IPR).

The process of reviewing and updating the bibliographic collection, which was already an activity
essential and permanent within the IPR, gained momentum from the moment it was
I officially need to transform the DNER documentation into DNIT documentation.
view from the extinction of the first and the creation of the second, not to mention the inevitable
(although welcome) advances in the sector's technology. In the specific case of the Guidelines
Basically, there were two other central issues. First of all, the Guidelines constitute
a cornerstone in the bibliography of the governing body, whether unimodal (as it was the
DNER), should be multimodal (as DNIT is), and therefore are worthy of continuous review
and privileged. Secondly, there was a need to change the terminology until
then used by the Guidelines inserting the most current concepts of Basic Design and
Executive Project.

However, it was not merely a terminological update. There was a renaming.

of various titles, in order to make the content of each document clearer.
There was an insertion of new and original material. And, finally, a rearrangement of the
Basic scopes and service instructions, which included both disassemblies
how many meetings of the parties, so that the nomenclatures of Basic Project and Project
Executives would be perfectly differentiated.

Despite this, in light of the breadth of the topics addressed and the constant evolution of
procedures and methods, as well as the possibility of using, more and more,
the practice and knowledge of all the technicians involved with the sector, cannot be
consider the exhaustion of the matter with this publication. In fact, the IPR, when recommending
the immediate use of the Guidelines by every professional in the field does not require that this
do not abandon your own accumulated experience nor discard the attentive observation of
specificities of the problem at hand, and hopes that the constant handling of the
material, generating questions and corrections, lead the Guidelines to reflect both
as much as possible the reality of the office and the field, raising them higher and higher to the level
of documentary excellence.

THE BACKGROUND

Until the mid-1950s, the design of a highway was prepared directly by the
National Department of Highways (DNER), which was also responsible for
inspection of works. The projects of that time emphasized definitions and controls.
geometric in the face of both the abundant availability of topographical resources and the
virtual non-existence of paving in the country. The preparatory studies of the projects
They are practically limited to topographic surveys and special artworks.
and only in exceptional cases, to the probing of the subsoil. The objectives that guided the
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 12

the projects were the reduction of costs in terms of earthworks volume and its
framing to the required geometric characteristics.

Starting in 1956, the government formulated an extensive program for the road sector,
determining that the DNER should start transferring the projects to the private initiative.
Thus, geotechnical studies, geometric projects, and pavement designs have passed
for the hands of engineering service companies. At the same time, were created the
Special Works Committees, to which facilities were granted
operational, financial, and logistical support. With the support of engineering companies
in the areas of surveying, geotechnics, and paving, they were implemented and paved
extensive road stretches, of audacious design for the time, in record time and
with unquestionable executive success.

In this period, which is marked by great material achievements and extends until the
By the end of the 1960s, there is a growing application of determinations and verifications of
quality. Engineering projects did not yet exist, such as those we have in conception.
atual. Eles eram, antes, constituídos por peças isoladas que se agregavam de acordo
with the requirements of the execution schedules of the works.

The first consulting companies in the field of road projects were

established from 1962, but initially, they were limited to the execution of stages of
project, which were developed in isolation and exclusively in the areas of project
geometric, geological and geotechnical study, pavement design and concrete structure.
The participation of foreign consultants was practically immediate, starting in
1962, under the terms of the agreement signed with the American Agency for the
International Development (USAID).

In the period between 1966 and 1968, plans were developed with resources from the Bank
World (BIRD), the so-called Regional Master Plans. These, when counting on the
contribution of foreign consulting firms and the participation, in return, of technicians
national, allowed for the first time a significant transfer of technology from
transport area of developed countries.

Subsequently, economic growth, the resulting demand for transportation, the

increase in traffic and massive takeover of space by the road modal, due to
policies directed at him required the establishment of Master Plans, the implementation
of Technical-Economic Feasibility Studies and the mandatory presence of new areas,
such as Traffic, Capacity, and Economic Evaluation of Alternatives, within the scopes of
work. This, in turn, allowed the Country to enter the era of the so-called Projects
Engineering Finals. The integrated presentation of all components, with
more reliable quantitative and qualitative definitions, observing methodologies
standardized, improved not only the Engineering Project but also the process
executive. Thus, the planning of the construction of a highway began to
consider three stages: a) Master Plan; b) Technical-Economic Feasibility Study; and
c) Engineering Project.
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 13

THE CONSOLIDATION

The requirement for the existence and presentation of a complete Engineering Project and
approved as a condition for the contracting of works was legally established by the
first time by Decree-Law No. 185, of 02/23/1967 (Art. 1). With the subsequent
the promulgation of Decree-Law No. 200, of 02/25/1967, made it possible for the DNER to
hiring, at the end of the same year, of the first national consulting services for
geotechnical studies and pavement design. As for the hiring of companies for
Consulting for the preparation of Final Engineering Projects was only made possible from
from 1968, when the Standards for Hiring were published on March twenty-sixth
of Consulting Services, which meant a definitive opening for the market.

The crowning of this entire evolutionary process can be considered the Manual of
Consulting Services for Road Studies and Projects. Developed over the years
70 and approved in 1978, the Manual condensed the accumulated experience both by the Division
of Studies and Projects (DEP) of the DNER as well as by consulting companies that
they had been working for the DNER since 1968, constituting a compilation of several
technical documents, service instructions, and circulars in effect until its date of
publication. Comprised of nine volumes, the Manual highlighted the volumes
2.3 - Basic Scopes and 2.4.1 and 2.4.2 - Service Instructions.

the substantial changes in the profile of roadworks programming, prioritizing the

restoration, the new environmental requirements, the new publishing processes
computational and the changes in the current legislation led DEP to request from the IPR, in
1997, a review and update of the three mentioned volumes, which resulted, after
two years of work and the participation of the entire road community in a document
the only one who considered it appropriate to name Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Studies and
Road Projects – Basic Scopes and Service Instructions.

THE GUIDELINES - CONCEPTUALIZATION AND USE

The Guidelines, therefore, originate from a Manual and largely preserve the
qualities of a Manual. In other words, the Basic Scopes and the Instructions of
Services that make up the Guidelines essentially have the character of a guide, as indicated
the title itself, and not of norm, it is recommended that each study or project
road transport particularly observe the specificities of the road segment at play, such
as the object of each contract.

In other words, the project should be seen as an act of creation, during the
which author applies their knowledge, experiences, and skills
personal to the resolution of the issues inherent to the project. Like any creative process,
he should not be subject exclusively to rigid rules or routine solutions and
conventional. These have their value and application, but the schematization
excessive can only harm. No matter how small, the project of a stretch of highway
involves new and specific problems, whose particular solution cannot be
fully repeated. The role of the Basic Scopes and the Service Instructions is to
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 14

establish the necessary parameters for the formulation of a road project, in

any level of detail, whether Basic Project or Executive Project.

The definitions of Basic Project and Executive Project that integrate the legal provisions
about bidding and contracts in Public Administration first appeared in
Decree-Law No. 2,300, of 11/21/1986, Articles 5 and 6, and subsequently in Law No. 8,666, of
06/21/93, Articles 6, 7, and 9, also known as the Bidding Law.

The present review of the Basic Guidelines was primarily motivated by the
establishment of a minimum standard for guidance regarding activities
inherent to the Basic Projects and Executive Projects. The result was this document
maintaining the previous structure of two chapters and covering 17 Basic Scopes (EB-
101 a EB-117) and 46 Service Instructions (IS-201 to IS-246)

It is never too much to repeat that the Basic Guidelines, even without having coercive power,
constitute essential documentation for road engineering, illustrating and
pointing safe paths for achieving satisfactory results, for which
also compete common sense, intelligence, reminiscences, and the ability to unite
practice and theory that should characterize the highway engineer.

CONSIDERATIONS ABOUT LAW 8.666

Since the Basic Guidelines often guide the development of Projects,

Basics or Executives, aimed at bidding processes for the execution of works and
for the provision of services, it is important to keep in mind not only some definitions
dealt with in the Public Procurement Law (No. 8,666, mentioned above), but also some
provisions set forth therein and additional elaborations.

In summary, it is worth remembering the following points:

a) The previous terminology focused on three basic stages prior to execution.

properly speaking of the work: the preliminary studies, the draft, and the project,
constituting this set the so-called Engineering Project. The Bidding Law
does not explicitly mention these phases, limiting itself to defining Basic Project and
Executive Project. The difference between one and the other is one of degree: the Basic Project is 'the
set of necessary and sufficient elements... to characterize the work or
service..." (Art. 6, Section IX); the Executive Project is "the set of elements
necessary and sufficient for the complete execution of the work...
b) Article 7 states that: "Bidding... shall comply... with the following sequence":

I - basic project;

II - executive project;

III - execution of works and services.

§1 "The execution of each stage shall be obligatorily preceded by the completion and
approval... of the work related to the previous stages, except for the project
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 15

executive, which may be developed concurrently with the execution of the

works and services...

§2 "Works and services may only be put out to tender when... there is a project"
basic approved by the competent authority...

A relevant comment is that, according to the logical sequence presented, the

Basic Project would be the minimum requirement for the conduct of the bidding for the work. Although
the development of the Executive Project is admitted concurrently with the execution of the
works and services, it is our understanding that the Executive Project is highly desirable
is already available in time for the bidding, thus ensuring greater proximity
between the terms of reference and the reality of the work.

NEW STRUCTURE

This review process resulted in the new document now presented, which encompasses
17 Basic Scopes (EB-101 to EB-117), and 46 Service Instructions (IS-201 to IS-246).

The previous structure was maintained, considering the two chapters below:

Section 2 covers the relationship and details of the most commonly used Basic Scopes.
at DNIT in its studies and road engineering projects, being destined for its
technical staff, for the definition and framing of services to be performed and in
monitoring of its preparation.

Section 3 includes the relationship and detailing of the Service Instructions to be

adopted in the corresponding Basic Scopes, where the phases and the
procedures to be followed in the preparation of studies and projects.

The breadth and differentiation of the subjects addressed, the various criteria adopted in their
development, the constant evolution of procedures, the possibility of using
increasingly the experience of all participating technicians in the road sector and
several other factors make the IPR not consider this document as
a final approach of the subject.

It recommends, however, its immediate and increasingly frequent use, always as

guiding and non-normative document, in the sense that, with its application, they are
detected, reviewed and improved the possible deficiencies.
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 16
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 17

2 - BASIC SCOPES
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 18
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 19

2 BASIC SCOPES

2.1 DEFINITION

The Basic Scopes are schematic documents that establish the guidelines
basics for the development of the various types of engineering studies and projects,
indicating procedures regarding the successive technical stages to be fulfilled, and
understanding definition, phases, elaboration and presentation of results.

The Basic Scopes aim to guide the technician in formulating the Terms of
References that precede the preparation of studies and road engineering projects,
and therefore, they must always be adapted to the particular conditions of each segment of
road in question. In principle, each Basic Scope relates to a given number of
Service Instructions.

2.2 LIST OF BASIC SCOPES

EB-101 Technical and Economic Feasibility Studies of Highways

EB-102 Basic Engineering Project for the Implementation and Paving of Highways

EB-103 Executive Engineering Project for Implementation and Paving of

Highways

EB-104 Basic Engineering Project for Rehabilitation of Highway with Improvements

Low Cost

EB-105 Executive Engineering Project for Road Rehabilitation with Improvements

Low Cost

EB-106 Basic Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Improvements

for Capacity Adjustment and Safety

EB-107 Executive Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Improvements

for Capacity and Safety Adjustment

EB-108 Studies for the Adaptation of Capacity and Safety of Existing Highways

EB-109 Basic Engineering Project for Highway Duplication

EB-110 Executive Engineering Project for Road Widening

EB-111 Executive Engineering Project for the Construction of Local Highways

EB-112 Executive Engineering Project for the Stabilization of Highway Slopes

EB-113 Road Exploration Program (REP)

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 20

EB-114 Basic Engineering Project for Road Pavement Rehabilitation

EB-115 Executive Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Road Pavement

EB-116 Road Registration

EB-117 As Built Project

2.3 REVIEW AND UPDATE OF BASIC SCOPES

This is the Review and Update of the text of the Basic Scopes contained in
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Highway Studies and Projects - Basic Scopes
The Service Instructions, edited in 1999 by the Directorate of Technological Development
do DNER/IPR.

a) They were reviewed, without changes to the methodology, but adjusted to the new ones
designations of the phases of the related Service Instructions, the following Scopes
Basics:

EB-108: Studies for the Adaptation of Capacity and Safety of Highways

Existing

– EB-112: Engineering Project for Slope Stabilization of Highways

– EB-113: Road Exploration Program (PER)

EB-116: Road Registration

EB-117: 'As Built' Project

b) The other Scopes have been adapted to incorporate the division into Projects.
Basics and Executives, and to attend to the interdependence of related Scopes, in addition to
they will be reviewed in their content due to adjustments in the procedures
recommended methodologies.
c) In the current version, the old EB-106 - Engineering Project for has been eliminated
Highway Rehabilitation with Improvements, as it is satisfactorily covered by
new Scopes EB-106 and EB-107.

– EB-106: Basic Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with

Improvements for Capacity and Safety Compliance

– EB-107: Executive Engineering Project for Road Rehabilitation with

Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment
d) Still in the current version, the EB-111 and EB-112 establish that the projects of
engineering for the construction of rural roads, and for slope stabilization
to be developed at the Executive Project level, with the Basic Project being one of the
intermediate stages of the services, given the nature of these works.
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Highway Studies and Projects 21

e) The current highest number of Basic Scopes, which increased from 14 to 17, resulted from
most frequent use of the division into Basic Project and Executive Project.

2.4 DETAILING OF BASIC SCOPES

The Basic Scopes are detailed in Appendix A.

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 22
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 23

3 - SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 24
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 25

3 SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS

3.1 DEFINITION

The Service Instructions are documents that provide general guidance for the
development of various Studies, Basic Projects, and Executive Projects,
members of certain types of road engineering projects, with indication of
procedures related to the successive technical stages to be fulfilled, including
objective, phases, preparation and presentation of results.

It is important to emphasize that the instructions contained in the Service Instructions must be
always, in each case, to be adjusted to the particular conditions of the segment of
highway under study, in such a way that the quantities of tests, surveys, materials,
equipment and other components, should align with the objectives of the Basic Scope to be
adopted.

3.2 LIST OF SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS

IS-201 Traffic studies on highways

IS-202 Geological studies

IS-203 Hydrological studies

IS-204 Topographic studies for basic engineering project

IS-205 Topographic studies for engineering executive project

IS-206 Geotechnical studies

IS-207 Preliminary engineering studies for highways (alignment studies)

IS-208 Geometric project

IS-209 Projeto de terraplenagem

IS-210 Drainage project

IS-211 Paving project (flexible pavements)

IS-212 Structural evaluation and rehabilitation design of flexible and semi-

rigid

IS-213 Project of intersections, returns and accesses

IS-214 Project of special artworks

IS-215 Signage project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 26

IS-216 Landscaping project

IS-217 Project for protection devices (defenses and barriers)

IS-218 Fence project

IS-219 Expropriation project

IS-220 Budget of the work

IS-221 Project for the operation and management of the highway

IS-222 Execution plan of the work

IS-223 Assessment and resizing of existing special artworks

IS-224 Highway signaling project during the execution of the work

IS-225 Paving project (rigid pavements)

IS-226 Aerial photographic coverage for road engineering project

IS-227 Aerial photogrammetric restitution and field support for engineering project
bus station

IS-228 Pedestrian bridge project

IS-229 Economic feasibility studies of highways (rural area)

IS-230 Estudos de tráfego em área urbana

IS-231 Functional plan studies aimed at improving capacity and

road safety in duplication projects

IS-232 Program definition studies for capacity adjustment and

security (PACS)

IS-233 Engineering project of PACS type improvements

IS-234 Geometric design of highways - urban area

IS-235 Urban street lighting project

IS-236 Traffic studies for engineering executive project construction of

local roads

IS-237 Trace studies for executive engineering projects for construction

of local roads

IS-238 Topographic studies for executive engineering projects for construction

of rural roads
Diretrizes Básicas para Elaboração de Estudos e Projetos Rodoviários 27

IS-239 Hydrological studies for executive engineering projects for construction

of rural roads

IS-240 Geotechnical studies for engineering executive projects for construction

of local roads

IS-241 Geometric project in engineering executive projects for construction of

local roads

IS-242 Drainage project in the executive engineering projects for construction

of local roads

IS-243 Earthworks project in the executive engineering projects for

construction of rural roads

IS-244 Project of special artworks in the executive engineering projects for

construction of rural highways

IS-245 Fencing project in the engineering executive projects for construction of

rural roads

IS-246 Environmental component of highway engineering projects

3.3 REVIEW OF SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS

This is a review of the text and the introduction of changes to the Service Instructions.
Constants of the Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects -
Basic Scopes and Service Instructions - 1999, with a view to their adjustment to
Basic Scopes - EB's, revised as outlined in Chapter 1 - Basic Scopes,
aiming at the consolidation of the concepts of Basic Engineering Project and Project
Engineering Executive.

The adjustments now made resulted in some important changes in

Service Instructions of the Guidelines of 1999.

Among these, the following can be highlighted:

a) In the Service Instructions IS-217: Design of Protective Devices (defenses and)

barriers), and IS-218: Fence Project, the preparation of the respective projects will be carried out
over 2 (two) phases, the Basic Project Phase and the Executive Project Phase,
instead of the currently established Single Phase.
b) The Instruction Service aIS-237: Topographic Studies has been excluded from the collection.
for Preliminary Project (Basic Project) in Engineering Projects for Construction
of Local Roads (Title of the 1999 version), since it was understood that for the
the construction of rural roads should adopt the EB-111 in which the Basic Project
it is one of the intermediate phases of the Scope, with the corresponding work to be
contracted based on the Executive Project.
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 28

c) Considering the absence of a Service Instruction in the 1999 version

specific for the realization of Route Studies for Executive Projects of
Engineering for the construction of rural highways, which is very important for this
Engineering project, and taking advantage of the exclusion of IS-237 from the collection of
Service Instructions, it was deemed appropriate to replace it with IS-237: Route Studies
for Executive Engineering Projects for the Construction of Local Roads.

d) A IS-246: Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects was

subject to a content review, in addition to the review of compliance with the Scopes
Basics, considering a significant update of environmental concepts, and of
environmental legislation, especially regarding Environmental Licensing.

3.4 DETAILING OF SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS

The revised Service Instructions are detailed in Annex B.

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 29

ANNEX A -
BASIC SCOPES
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 30
Basic Guidelines for Developments of Road Studies and Projects 31

ANNEX A1
EB-101 - BASIC SCOPE FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF STUDIES
TECHNICAL AND ECONOMIC FEASIBILITY OF HIGHWAYS

1 DEFINITION

The technical and economic feasibility study of highways is referred to as the set of
studies developed to evaluate the social and economic benefits arising from
of investments in the implementation of new highways or improvements of highways already
existing. The assessment determines whether the estimated benefits outweigh the costs associated with the
projects and execution of the planned works.

2 PHASES OF THE STUDIES

The studies will be developed in two phases:

a) Preliminary;

b) Definitive.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF STUDIES

3.1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

The technical and economic feasibility studies must demonstrate whether the alternative
chosen, focusing on design and technical and operational characteristics, offers
greater benefit than others, in terms of costs.

It will be essential to conduct studies related to the impact of the highway on the environment.
environment and the establishment of a schedule for the execution of the works, in accordance with the

availability of financial resources.

For the purposes of preparing the feasibility study for the implementation of a highway, or
improvements on existing highway, there will be a need to estimate traffic - current and
future, establish the technical and operational characteristics, set the possible guidelines
of the axis.

3.2. PRELIMINARY PHASE

In the preliminary phase, the following activities will be developed:

a) Environmental studies;

b) Determination of the guidelines of the alternatives;

c) Complementary research;

EB-101 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Technical and Economic Feasibility Studies for Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 32

d) Determination of current and future traffic;

e) Preliminary assessment of capacity and service levels;

socio-economic survey;

3.2.1. ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

The Environmental Studies must characterize the environmental situation of the area of influence of
enterprise in the physical, biotic, and anthropic aspects, aiming for knowledge
from the region before the implementation of the project, serving as a reference for
assessment of the environmental impacts arising from the construction and operation of the highway, and of the
environmental liabilities.

The Environmental Diagnosis will identify and analyze the possible impacts.
environmental, and identified the environmental liabilities, of the alternatives, at a preliminary level.

In selecting the alternatives, the privileged areas must be identified and weighed.
by law (Biological and Indigenous Reserves, Conservation Units, etc.)

During the preparation of the environmental studies, activities will also be developed.
following:

a) monitoring the preparation of road engineering studies, verifying

its environmental adequacy and presenting, if necessary, solutions aimed at
eliminate or minimize the detected impacts;

b) drafting opinions that support the project's team decisions regarding

to the areas indicated as sources of construction materials, as well as proposals
of environmental recovery of these areas;

c) verification with the competent authorities of the existence of restrictive factors for use
only by highway (urban areas and Conservation Units);

d) proposal of measures to avoid or mitigate identified environmental problems

through studies;
e) preparation of the "Environmental Assessment Report of Alternatives - RAAA", which
it must contain the elements that characterize the identification and assessment of
Environmental Protection Measures of the alternatives.

3.2.2. DETERMINATION OF THE GUIDELINES FOR THE ALTERNATIVES

The study area of influence, traffic zones, and guidelines should be determined.
technically possible, likely traffic of the various alternatives, class and standard of
highway. For this purpose, surveys, information, and other data may be used.
available regarding the considered region, such as: maps, geographical charts,
aerophotogrammetry, geological and geotechnical studies, volumetric count data

EB-101 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Technical and Economic Feasibility Studies for Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 33

obtained from traffic studies already conducted in the area of interest of the studies
feasibility, and the unit construction costs.

In identifying the layout alternatives, the following methodology should be used:

Service Instruction Activity

Preliminary engineering studies for highways (alignment studies) - Phases

IS-207
Preliminary and Definitive

In the development of these activities, contact should be maintained with the

federal, state and municipal administrations, present in the area of interest of the studies,
no sentido de se conhecer eventuais projetos de natureza diversa, que estejam sendo
executed or scheduled simultaneously, and that may somehow come to
interfere with the implementation of the highway.

They will aim to integrate the projects developed by others.

public sector institutions to those initiated by DNIT.

3.2.3. ADDITIONAL RESEARCH

To complement and update the available information, the following will also be necessary
following research:

a) Classificatory volumetric counts to measure and update the information of

existing traffic volume by type of vehicle in the alternatives. Therefore, the locations
the counting stations should be selected through an inspection visit to the
fragments and according to the needs established in the socio-economic study. The
data collection will be carried out at distinct sites sufficient to cover all the
movements that may end up using the connection under study.

Based on the recommendations of IS-201: Traffic Studies on Highways - Phase

Definitely, for each counting station the following will be obtained:

Traffic volume, for each day, properly classified by type of vehicle;

Report containing percentage distribution by day of the week and by direction.

b) Origin and destination surveys to be conducted at previously established points
selected, covering all connections between the traffic zones that are
defined in the studies, always accompanied by volumetric counts
classificatory. The number of days and the research periods during the day will be
determined in order to meet the necessary level of accuracy of the studies. The
products to be obtained from the O/D research must contain the information
following:

main origin and destination hubs of the trips;

– composition of the vehicle fleet and the participation of each category on the highways;

EB-101 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Technical and Economic Feasibility Studies for Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 34

reason for travel and frequency of highway use;

user's opinion.
- other information that may be of interest for the study of the highway.

c) Fast registration: after researching and analyzing the available data, go through the
alternatives aiming to identify the relief, classifying the alternatives according to
importance, recording the locations of the main accesses, checking the condition of
pavement conservation, observations related to traffic profile, geometry of
via and relevant data, such as the environmental management of the alternatives considered, by
example.

3.2.4. DETERMINATION OF CURRENT AND FUTURE TRAFFIC

From the possession of the surveys and complementary research, the following must be determined
current traffic parameters, for each alternative, by type of vehicle. With these
information and with the traffic growth model, determined in the socio-
economic, project traffic for a period of 20 years. The installments should be obtained
estimates of normal, generated, and diverted traffic.

The following products must be presented:

a) indication of the peak factor of the k-th hour, aimed at capacity studies of
via;

b) tabela de volume de tráfego potencial, atual e futuro, para cada alternativa até o
20-year horizon of the project. These elements should consider each year and type.
of vehicle;

c) profile of seasonal traffic variation, as well as the average changes over time
day.

3.2.5. PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT OF CAPACITY AND SERVICE LEVELS

It is considered relevant, in traffic studies, to determine the capacities of

drainage and the calculation of service levels of various road sections,
considering the current situation and the introduction of improvements in infrastructure
existing.

To understand the importance of these calculations, it should be emphasized that the evaluation
identifica os estrangulamentos do tráfego nos segmentos estudados, analisando os
effects on the service levels of the highway and, consequently, the profitability of
introduction of the proposed improvements. For this purpose, the roadmap should be adopted and
the recommended methodology in the Highway Capacity Manual - HCM, updated version.

EB-101 - Basic Scope for Developing Technical and Economic Feasibility Studies for Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 35

3.2.6. SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY

The socio-economic survey will include the following activities, essential to

achievement of study goals:

a) definition of the traffic zoning to be adopted in the studies;

b) analysis of the existing situation, including climate, soils, population, vehicle fleet,
economic activities, local production, productivity and markets;
c) preliminary analysis of the economic potential of the region and the alternatives of the routes and
functional characteristics for the highway;

d) definition of the parameters to be used in traffic projections;

e) definition of the hypotheses to be adopted in the quantification of benefits;

3.3. FINALPHASE

In the definitive phase, the following activities will be developed:

a) Definition and calculation of benefits;

b) Definition and calculation of costs;

c) Comparison between benefits and costs

3.3.1. DEFINITION OF THE CALCULATION OF BENEFITS

Based on the potentialities of each alternative studied, and on the methodology adopted
in traffic projections, the benefits to users will be defined as indicated to
to follow

a) direct benefits: resulting from investments that lead to minimization of

transport costs, considering the reduction of operational costs of vehicles, and
still of travel time, maintenance costs, and number of accidents. The
benefits apply to normal, diverted, and generated traffic.

b) indirect benefits: stemming from the social and economic development of the region
in light of the road investments made. The indirect benefits are
expressed in terms of the net growth of local production, of real appreciation
the properties located in the influence area of the highway, of the highest revenue
fiscal, and above all the social evolution, of income and the adequate redistribution of
population residing in the studied region. When necessary for better
representing the costs should adopt the theory of shadow prices.

[Link]. CALCULATION OF DIRECT BENEFITS

The direct benefits will be calculated based on a comparative analysis of the costs.
vehicle operations, road maintenance, accidents, and travel time, assessed

EB-101 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Technical and Economic Feasibility Studies for Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 36

the existing alternatives and the same expected costs in light of the implementation of the
new highway or improvements implemented on the existing highway, calculated
for each studied alternative.

Thus, the following should be considered:

a) Operational costs of vehicles: calculated according to the procedures

adopted by DNIT, as recommended in the current regulations and specifications. The values
unit prices will be updated for the base year of the road engineering project.
b) Road maintenance costs: calculated based on the conditions of the roads, in the
current and future scenarios, taking into account the annual routine costs, and the
scheduled on the highways, based on the respective traffic volumes.

c) Accident costs: involving traffic safety for the user, which

configure as a factor of utmost importance in implementation or deployment projects.
road improvement. The costs of accidents will be quantified in
magnitudes that make it possible to interrelate with the benefits obtained.
The values related to accident costs must be justified through
comparison with other studies conducted on highways with similar characteristics
similar. For calculation, it is recommended to use the methodology adopted by DNIT.

In the calculation of direct benefits, the following aspects must be observed:

− The direct benefits identified must be presented separately for each

mode of transport that serves the area subject to the feasibility studies. The
Direct benefits should be calculated for the base year (scheduled date for the
opening of the highway to traffic), for the project's horizon (usually set at
20 years, counted from the opening of the highway.
− In the traffic loading for the project horizon, precautions will be taken.
in the sense of not allowing the inclusion of benefits resulting from traffic that exceeds
capacity of the studied highway.
− The implications of the necessary considerations should still be raised and properly analyzed.
possible intermodal transfers, clearly justifying the assumptions
formulated.

[Link]. CALCULATION OF INDIRECT BENEFITS

The calculation of indirect benefits should involve the following steps:

a) Benefits resulting from the growth of agricultural production

The following factors will be raised and analyzed:

climatic conditions and soil of the region;

production, productivity, and updated prices;

future demand for local production;

EB-101 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Technical and Economic Feasibility Studies for Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 37

existing plans for the region (energy infrastructure, irrigation,

storage and others), since the highway will not be,
probably, as the sole person responsible for local development;

– earnings from other similar regions that have infrastructure

adequate transportation for comparative purposes with the studied region, before
even when estimating the expected increase in local production. It is unlikely that
it may attribute to the implementation of the highway a benefit of more than 30% of the increase
expected for the value added of agricultural production.
b) Benefits resulting from the appreciation of properties

The valuation should be estimated through a comparative analysis of land values.

located in other similar regions that already have adequate transportation,
considering the distances from the major urban centers and the differences that
eventually occur, in relation to the other items related to infrastructure.
It will be necessary for comparison purposes, confrontation of the 'appreciation factor'
"real estate", with direct benefits to users, avoiding undue computation,
of other benefits resulting from the positive influence on activities
economic conditions of areas distant from the section intercepted by the highway, subject of the
studies. The benefits of this nature will be counted as such for the users of
long-distance travel. The benefits obtained for traffic between locations
located along the route should not be added to those coming from the
appreciation of the land located in the area crossed by the highway.

In the calculation of indirect benefits, the following must be considered

recomendações:
The deadline for the implementation of the benefits may take a long time, which is why the
possible growth rates should be evaluated with great caution and the
the prepared estimate should reproduce the future situation with maximum accuracy
of the studied area.

In the case of highways to be implemented or improved, in areas still in progress

of development, in addition to the necessary quantification of transportation costs,
the economic analysis of indirect benefits should be carried out.

Since they constitute equivalent magnitudes, the net value of the increase of the
local production should not be added to the value of the benefits arising from the
generated traffic.

The benefits resulting from the appreciation of properties located in the area of
direct influence of the highway to be implemented or improved, should only be
incorporated into the benefits with reduced operational costs of the vehicles and,
with the time spent on long-distance travels, from origin to destination
located outside the limits of the considered area.

EB-101 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Technical and Economic Feasibility Studies for Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Highway Studies and Projects 38

3.3.2. DEFINITION OF COST CALCULATION

The following costs must be considered:

a) Custos de investimento

b) Economic and financial costs:

Implementation cost

Conservation cost

Maintenance cost

Operational infrastructure cost of the highway

Operational cost of vehicles

[Link]. INVESTMENT COST

The investment required for each alternative studied must include costs of
construction, according to the following items, thus related:

a) Earthworks;

b) Drainage;

c) Current works of art;

d) Special works of art;

e) Paving;

f) Relocation of local public services;

Lighting;

h) Signaling;

i) Supplementary works;

j) Expropriation of the right-of-way and purchase of access rights;

k) Environmental protection measures and remediation of Environmental Liabilities;

Resettlement of the population affected by the enterprise;

Landscaping and urbanization;

n) Temporary works for traffic maintenance during construction;

o) Cost of the road engineering project and supervision during the construction phase;

p) Occasional costs;

Operating and maintenance costs for the useful life period (to be defined),
normally considered as 20 years for the case of highways.

EB-101 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Technical and Economic Feasibility Studies for Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 39

When requested in the terms of reference for the services, the cost components in
foreign currency, resulting from credit operations and with import of
equipment, vehicles, building materials, fuels, and others, will be
determined and indicated in their own columns in the cost composition spreadsheets.

[Link]. ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL COSTS TO BE CALCULATED

The costs referred to in this topic are those of implementation, maintenance,

maintenance, operational infrastructure of the road, and vehicle operations, included the
costs of congestion and accidents.

a) Implementation costs

The implementation costs of each alternative will be based on average values of

projects, considering the main characteristics of the sections raised by
expedited registration. In this sense, the Consultant must calculate parameters to be
applied in the various alternatives, according to the basic characteristics
following:

Expansion of the highway from two to four traffic lanes;

Rehabilitation of the highway with two lanes;

Highway rehabilitation with four lanes;

New urban contours with two or four lanes;

Incorporation of specific or localized improvements (urban crossings,

3 lanes, bridge widenings, and others.
For each of the above-related categories, it will be convenient to consider the relief (flat,
undulating or mountainous), the average values for the expropriations of the strips of
domain, any special works of art, tunnels, etc.

b) Conservation costs

This is the cost of the interventions aimed at keeping the highway intact.
adequate techno-operational conditions throughout the analysis period (in general
fixed from 10 to 20 years). The interventions include:

Routine Maintenance: repairs to the shoulder, preservation of the system

drainage, replacement of the vegetation cover on the slopes, replacement of plates
of signaling and repairs in horizontal signaling.

Runway Surface Maintenance: execution of recovery services

sufficient runway for maintaining appropriate levels of indices
of usual deterioration (irregularity, cracks, wear, holes, wheel tracks,
texture, slip resistance, edge breaks). These services
usually include pothole repairs, sealing, asphalt patching.

EB-101 - Basic Scope for the Development of Technical and Economic Feasibility Studies for Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 40

c) Maintenance costs

Maintenance cost is the cost of the set of interventions, of a periodic nature,

effected at the end of each useful life cycle of the highway, to provide support
structural, compatible with the existing structure and the expected traffic, and make the
road capable of entering a new life cycle.
Such interventions include, in particular, the resurfacing of the track and the
berths, as well as the restoration of elements and other accessories, based on
basic scopes EB-104: Basic Engineering Project for Restoration of
Road with Low-Cost Improvements, EB-105: Executive Engineering Project
for Road Restoration with Low-Cost Improvements, EB-106: Basic Project
from Engineering for Highway Restoration with Improvements for Adjustment of
Capacity and Safety, EB-107: Executive Engineering Project for Restoration
of the Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment. The values
The measures adopted will be consistent with those practiced by the agency.

d) Operational infrastructure costs of the highway

They are the costs of investments that ensure standards of fluidity and safety.
of traffic and of effective service delivery to users. The average values
adopted will be consistent with those practiced by the agency.

e) Operating cost of the vehicles

The operating costs of the vehicles will be obtained through the methodology of
HDM-4 Highway Development & Management model, currently in use in the field
road transport. The unit costs adopted must be consistent with those
practiced by the agency.

The costs associated with these events must be obtained from the analysis
of traffic conditions for each alternative, checking for the existence of points
critical points and low traffic capacity. After the completion of these
costs corresponding will be calculated. The average values
practices should be consistent with those practiced by the agency.

3.3.3. COMPARISON BETWEEN BENEFITS AND COSTS

A comparative analysis will be prepared between the benefits of each alternative and costs.
estimates for implementation. There will be a need for updates to the benefits and the
costs, by applying a capital opportunity rate. They should be calculated.
absolute B/C ratio (benefit/cost), the B-C ratio, and the internal rate of return IRR.

A sensitivity analysis will be presented that considers the effects on the results.
the variations of the main parameters such as traffic estimates, allocated value
the travel time of users, and construction costs.

In the sensitivity analysis, the exclusion of indirect benefits should be considered.

EB-101 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Technical and Economic Feasibility Studies for Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 41

For each alternative under study, the following feasibility indicators will be calculated:

− IRR - Internal Rate of Return;

− B-C - Updated net benefit (Net Present Value) at a real interest rate of 12% per
yes
− B/C - Relação benefício/custo, à taxa real de juros de 12% ao ano.

These indicators will be calculated (economic and financial), and an analysis will be made of
sensitivity, with successive variations in costs and benefits.

4 PRESENTATION

4.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE

The Preliminary Report on the Technical Feasibility Studies will be presented.

Economic, containing the conclusions of the studies developed in the preliminary phase, in addition
the recommendations regarding the work to be carried out in the final phase,
as detailed below:

PRELIMINARY REPORT

Volume Title Format

Preliminary Study Report

1 Descriptive and justificatory memory of the studies conducted A4
Conclusions and recommendations

This Preliminary Report must be submitted to DNIT for approval and,

once approved, it will allow the continuation of work in the final phase.

4.2. FINAL PHASE

The Final Report of the Technical-Economic Feasibility Studies, containing the

conclusions of the feasibility studies for each alternative considered, will be submitted
with the approval of DNIT, based on conclusive opinions from the Planning Directorate
and Research and the corresponding Land Infrastructure Unit.

It will be initially presented in draft form and later as a print.

definitive, consisting basically of the following documents:

Volume 1 - Study Report should succinctly describe the studies, the

results obtained and the conclusions drawn and also to gather the elements that are
of interest for the bidding of the next phase, related to the preparation of the project of
engineering of the road segment corresponding.

Volume 2 - Environmental Assessment Report of the Alternatives should involve the

environmental analyses and assessments provided for.

EB-101 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Technical and Economic Feasibility Studies for Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 42

Volume 3 - Justification Memorandum must contain technical justifications and

economic assessments for all proposed alternatives, with a clear presentation of the methodologies
adopted, from the development of the studies conducted and results obtained. It should
contribute, as a subsidy and reference element for the later phase of preparation of the
road engineering project.

Volume 3, for better presentation effect, should be divided into volumes

3.1 and 3.2, which will address the following topics:

− 3.1 Economic studies and traffic;

− 3.2 Engineering studies.

NoVolume 4 - Budgets will present the costs of all services.

necessary for economic analyses, for each alternative studied, indicating and
justifying the adopted methods.

FINAL REPORT

FORMAT
VOLUME TITLE
Impression
Minute
Definitive

Study Report
1 Brief description of the conclusions and results of A-4 A-4
technical and economic studies conducted;
Environmental Assessment Report of the Alternatives -
2 A-4 A-4
RAAA
Justificative Memo
Volume 3.1
3 Economic and traffic studies A-4 A-4
Volume 3.2
Engineering studies
Budget
4 A-4 A-4
Cost of services

EB-101 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Technical and Economic Feasibility Studies for Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 43

ANNEX A2
EB-102 - BASIC SCOPE FOR THE PREPARATION OF BASIC PROJECT
ENGINEERING FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION AND PAVING OF HIGHWAYS

1 DEFINITION

It is called Basic Engineering Project for Implementation and Paving of

Highways, the set of necessary and sufficient elements with a level of precision
adequate, to characterize the work, or services, of implementation and paving of
road segments, prepared based on the indications of technical studies
preliminaries, that ensure technical feasibility and appropriate treatment of the impact
environmental impact of the enterprise, and allows for the evaluation of the cost of the work and the
definition of methods and deadlines for execution for the purpose of bidding.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

This type of project will unfold in two phases, namely:

a) Preliminary Phase;

b) Basic Design Stage

3 ELABORATION OF THE PROJECT

3.1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

The Basic Engineering Project for the Implementation and Paving of Highways must
count the following elements:

a) development of the chosen solution in order to provide a global view of the work and
identify all of its constituent elements clearly;
b) global and localized technical solutions, sufficiently detailed, in such a way as to
minimize the need for revisions during the project development phases
executive, and of carrying out the works;
c) identification of the types of services to be executed, of materials to be incorporated into the work and of
equipment to be used, as well as their specifications, in order to ensure the
best results for the venture;

d) information that enables the study and deduction of construction methods,

temporary facilities and organizational conditions for the work;
e) subsidies for the preparation of the bidding plan and project management, including
your programming, the supply strategy, the inspection standards, and others
necessary data in each case;

EB-102 - Escopo Básico para Elaboração de Projeto Básico de Engenharia para Implantação e Pavimentação de Rodovias
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 44

f) detailed budget of the total cost of the work, based on quantities of

services and supply of materials and transports properly evaluated.

3.2. PRELIMINARY PHASE

The Preliminary Phase is characterized by data collection and the conduct of studies.
specific with the purpose of establishing the Basic Project for implementation and
paving of the highway, therefore being a phase of diagnosis and recommendations
based on the conclusions of the developed studies, through the presentation of
various selected and studied alternatives and the assembly of the work plan for
the next phase, of Basic Project.

In this preliminary phase, the following activities will be developed:

a) Collection and Analysis of Existing Data;

b) Traffic Studies;

c) Geological Studies;

d) Hydrological Studies;

e) Route Studies; and

f) Environmental Component of the Project.

The following Service Instructions will be used, where applicable:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-201 Traffic Studies on Highways - Preliminary Phase

IS-202 Geological Studies - Preliminary Phase
IS-203 Hydrological Studies - Preliminary Phase
Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highways (alignment studies) - Phase
IS-207
Preliminary
IS-214 Special Works of Art Project - Preliminary Phase
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase
IS-246
Preliminary

If there are already Technical and Economic Feasibility Studies for the road segment to
to be designed, a detailed analysis of the raised elements will be carried out, and to a
substantial assessment of the conclusions of the existing study, always in compliance with
Related Service Instructions above.

The following activities will then be carried out.

a) Analysis of available elements, aiming at their complementation and update;

EB-102 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for the Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 45

b) Verification of traffic, geological, hydrological studies, and routing studies,

carried out in the Technical and Economic Feasibility Studies, with eventual
supplementation, if necessary conducting additional research;
c) Verification of the Environmental Assessment Report of Alternatives - RAAA,
developed in the Technical and Economic Feasibility Studies to evaluate the
need for its update or extension to the preliminary level of the Project
Basic.

If there is a need to complement the results contained in the Studies of

Existing feasibility must follow the corresponding Service Instructions.

The activities in this Preliminary Phase must observe the

following aspects:

3.2.1. COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS OF EXISTING DATA

a) Identification of the section based on the latest version of the PNV;

b) Information about the stretch (extension, region, classification, rainy periods,

nature of the soils, main watercourses, road crossings more
significant, etc...;

c) Information about the highway projects;

d) Report on ecological, hydrological, and topographical aspects of the region.

3.2.2. TRAFFIC STUDIES

They will consist of:

a) Data related to the history of the VMD and fleet composition, obtained from DNIT;

b) Traffic projections (growth rates, based on historical data obtained from

consistent economic studies, such as multimodal transportation plans;

c) Volumetric and classificatory counts, carried out for at least 3 days, in the
situations where traffic data is not available or is
outdated;

d) Existing data on vehicle weighings; and

e) Estimate of current traffic.

3.2.3. GEOLOGICAL STUDIES

The following activities should be developed:

a) Data collection and research;

b) Interpretation of aerial photographs;

EB-102 - Basic Scope for the Development of Basic Engineering Project for the Implementation and Paving of Highways
Diretrizes Básicas para Elaboração de Estudos e Projetos Rodoviários 46

c) Field investigations

3.2.4. HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

It basically consists of the collection of hydrological data (climate, rainfall, river flow and
geomorphology) of the region.

3.2.5. STUDIES IN OUTLINE

The tracing studies will primarily aim to identify the alternatives of

traces to be considered in the conduct of studies and the preparation of the register
topographic.

3.2.6. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT OF THE PROJECT

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Preliminary Phase, consists of the preparation of
Preliminary Environmental Diagnosis of the direct influence area of the Enterprise, and
in the evaluations of the occurrences registered in the environmental assessments, and of the
environmental impacts that may result from the execution of the works, aiming at
proposal of environmental protection measures.

It should characterize the environmental situation of the area of influence of the enterprise in
physical, biotic, anthropic aspects, aiming for knowledge of the region before the
implementation of the enterprise, serving as a reference for assessing the impacts
environmental impacts arising from the construction and operation of the highway, and from environmental liabilities.

In this Preliminary Phase, the Environmental Component of the project must be developed accordingly.
with aIS-246 - Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase
Preliminary, to be consolidated by the Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report -
RPAA, which will enable decision-making for the optimization of technical alternatives and
locational, as well as the initiative of DNIT, together with the Licensing Environmental Agency, to
request for the Preliminary License - LP of the Enterprise.

3.3. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

With the approval of the conclusions and recommendations of the Preliminary phase, the
basic project phase, with the purpose of selecting the alignment option to be
consolidated and detail the selected solution, providing plans, drawings and others
elements that enable an adequate identification of the work to be executed
(Quantities, Specifications, and Execution Plan).

The Basic Project Phase should encompass:

a) Traffic Study

b) Traffic Safety Study

EB-102 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for the Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 47

c) Geological Study

d) Hydrological Study

e) Routing Study

f) Topographic Study

g) Estudo Geotécnico

h) Geometric Project

i) Earthwork Project

j) Drainage Project

k) Pavement Project

l) Project for Special Works of Art

m) Project of Intersections, Returns and Accesses

n) Signage Project

o) Project of Complementary Works

p) Expropriation Project
Environmental Component of the Project

r) Project Budget

s) Work Execution Plan

The following Service Instructions will be used wherever applicable:

EB-102 - Basic Scope for the Elaboration of Basic Engineering Project for the Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 48

Service Instruction Activity

IS-201 Traffic Studies on Highways - Final Phase

IS-202 Geological Studies - Final Phase
IS-203 Hydrological Studies - Definitive Phase
Topographic Studies for Basic Engineering Projects - Project Phase
IS-204
Basic (Single Phase)
IS-206 Geotechnical Studies - Basic Design Phase
Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highways (Alignment Studies)
IS-207
Definitive Phase
IS-208 Geometric Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-209 Earthmoving Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-210 Drainage Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-211 Flexible Pavement Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-213 Intersections, Returns, and Access Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-214 Special Works Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-215 Signage Project - Basic Project Phase
IS-216 Landscaping Project - Basic Design Phase
Protection Devices Project (Defenses and Barriers) - Design Phase
IS-217
Basic
IS-218 Fencing Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-219 Expropriation Project - Basic Project Phase
IS-220 Construction Budget - Preliminary and Basic Project Phases
IS-222 Presentation of the Construction Execution Plan - Single Phase

IS-225 Rigid Pavement Project - Basic Design Phase

Aerial Photogrammetry Coverage and Support for Basic Highway Project - Phase
IS-226
unique
Aerophotogrammetric Restitution and Field Support for Basic Project
IS-227
Highway – Single phase
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase of
IS-246
Basic Project

In the development of the activities of this Basic Project Phase, the following must be observed
the following aspects:

3.3.1. SCHEMA REGISTRATION ROAD

The preparation of the schematic registration of the highway must indicate the following elements:

a) Domain range with bindings of geographical features and other points

notable

EB-102 - Basic Scope for the Development of Basic Engineering Project for the Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 49

b) Characterization of the highway sections regarding the type of pavement and layers,
indicating the dimensions of the right-of-way, the platform, the pavement and the
berths;

c) Indication of the sources of materials to be used in the rehabilitation works of

floor
d) Interferences and potential occupations of the domain strip;

e) Indications regarding critical segments concerning traffic safety; and

f) Other indications deemed relevant.

3.3.2. TRAFFIC STUDIES

These studies will aim to evaluate the traffic behavior of the highway, for
homogeneous subsection, during the useful life period, counted from the release of the section to
traffic, based on the existing geometric project and the topographic studies carried out.
For the purposes of this scope, a homogeneous subsegment is understood as one that has the
same geometric characteristics and the same volumes and traffic compositions.

They should cover the following activities:

a) Volumetric, directional, and classificatory counts; conducted for at least 7

days

b) Weighing of commercial vehicles;

c) Data processing;

d) Traffic projections;
e) Determination of the number N.

3.3.3. GEOLOGICAL STUDIES

The following activities should be developed:

a) Establishing a drilling plan;

b) Geological mapping;
c) Geological description of the review;

d) Recommendations.

3.3.4. HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

a) Processing of pluviometric, fluviometric, and geomorphological data

raised in the Preliminary phase;

EB-102 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for the Implementation and Pavement of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 50

b) Determination of the rain equations for the region, correlating intensity of

precipitation x duration x recurrence interval, if necessary; and

c) Sizing of the proposed solutions using methods and formulas

consecrated.

d) Determination of design discharges for the contributing watersheds.

3.3.5. DRAFT STUDIES

The trace alternatives identified in the previous phase should be submitted to a

comparative evaluation, for the purpose of defining the layout to be designed.

3.3.6. TOPOGRAPHIC STUDIES

The topographic studies for the Basic Project are developed in a single phase, therefore
after the preliminary definition of the routes to be studied and may be carried out by:

a) Topographic survey by aerial photogrammetric process or,

b) Conventional topographic survey.

The topographic survey by aerial photogrammetry will observe the following

sequence:

a) selection of flight corridors (carried out in the preliminary phase);

b) flight of the selected corridor;

c) examination of the obtained photographs;

d) demarcation of the refund areas.

In this case, the following methodologies will be adopted:

Service Instruction Activity

Aerial Photogrammetric Coverage and Support for Basic Highway Project – Phase
IS-226
Basic Project (Single Phase)
Aerophotogrammetric Restoration and Field Support for Basic Project
IS-227
Highway - Basic Project Phase (Single Phase)

The topographic survey by conventional process will have the sequence indicated to
to follow

a) Implementation of a basic topographic network;

b) Launching of exploration line

c) Leveling and counter-leveling of the exploration line

d) Surveying of cross sections

EB-102 - Basic Scope for Preparing Basic Engineering Project for Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Highway Studies and Projects 51

e) Additional surveys

f) Total space

g) Tracking

3.3.7. GEOTECHNICAL STUDIES

Geotechnical studies at this stage of the Basic Project must be carried out for the
selected alternatives, referenced to the geological studies (item 3.3.3), and
involving the following activities:

a) Study of the subgrade;

b) Loan study for earthworks;

c) Studies on occurrences of materials for paving;

d) Studies of landfill foundations; and

e) Slope stability studies.

3.3.8. GEOMETRICPROJECT

Based on Aerophotogrammetric Restitution, or the Exploration Line, carried out

In the Topographic Study, the Geometric Project in this Basic Project Phase will consist of
de:

a) Project in plan, at appropriate scale;

b) Grading project, at the appropriate scale;

c) Typical cross-sections of the platforms, based on the conclusions of the Studies of

Traffic carried out at this stage.

3.3.9. DRAINAGE PROJECT

The alternatives regarding the movement of volumes will be evaluated.

of earthworks in order to adjust, among other things, the needs for borrowings and
boot-out with availability of areas for such, also taking into account the plans of
existing or planned urbanization and landscaping, for mutual compatibility, besides
from protecting the environment.

Further research will be conducted to determine possible locations for boxes.

loans.

Finally, based on the studies conducted, a brief summary will be prepared.

guidance of land grading, defining the influence on the aspects of disposal and
loan, as well as, costs. This table should also present the summary of

EB-102 - Basic Scope for the Development of Basic Engineering Project for Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 52

cut volumes, by category, and fill volumes to be compacted. The method

recommended for volume determination at this stage is that of the average red quota.

3.3.10. DRAINAGE PROJECT

Based on the survey of problematic drainage devices, according to

studies conducted in the previous phase, which enabled the achievement of the sizing and
preliminary quantification of the proposed solutions, the solutions to be defined will be
adopted.

3.3.11. PAVING PROJECT

The paving project, at this stage, involves defining the design of

pavement, based on the preliminary sizing and structural solutions of the pavement,
that should be the subject of technical-economic analysis and the estimation of quantities of
services:

3.3.12. SPECIAL ART WORK PROJECT

This project must include:

a) Definition of the project conception;

b) Study of alternatives for the crossing, regarding the location of implementation of the
work;
c) Study of feasible structural solutions, as a result of the examination of the location
implementation, with a definition, for each proposed solution, of the total length of
work, number of spans, main geometric characteristics, extent of embankments of
access and foundations;

d) Preliminary sizing of the selected alternatives, with quantity estimates

and costs and total justification for each solution;

3.3.13. INTERSECTION, RETURN, AND ACCESS PROJECT

This project includes:

a) Justifications for the solutions adopted in response to the traffic to be accommodated.

b) Graphic planialtimetric representation, with sizing and treatment of all

the geometric elements of the project, such as lanes, shoulders, stripes of
speed change, domain range, superelevations, medians and islands.

c) Typical cross sections at notable points.

d) Estimate of quantities of services and costs.

EB-102 - Basic Scope for the Development of Basic Engineering Project for the Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 53

The recommendations of the Intersection Design Manual should be followed.

DNER.

3.3.14. DESINALIZATION PROJECT

With the data obtained in the preparation of the highway registration, where the
deficiencies of the road signs in the section, the signaling project will be developed.

3.3.15. COMPLEMENTARY WORKS PROJECT

It will be elaborated including replacement or repairs of defenses, barriers, of fences of

delimitation and possible containment works.

3.3.16. EXPROPRIATION PROJECT

In this Basic Project phase, the Expropriation Project will be limited to an assessment.
the areas to be expropriated, and an estimate of their costs.

These procedures should be based on the Geometric Project developed in this phase.

3.3.17. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT OF THE PROJECT

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Basic Design Phase, must be
developed according to the following activities:

a) Preparation of the Definitive Environmental Diagnosis;

b) Environmental Liability Assessments;

c) Identification and Assessment of Environmental Impacts;

d) Establishment of Environmental Prognosis;

e) Environmental Protection Measures.

In this Basic Project Phase, the Environmental Component of the project must be developed.
according to the provisions of IS-246 - Environmental Component of Projects
Highway Engineering - Basic Design Phase.

The Environmental Component of the Project at this Stage will be consolidated by the Basic Report.
of Environmental Assessment - RBAA, which serves as the document to support the
analysis and evaluation of the environmental damages caused by the Enterprise, having as
one of its main functions is to provide the licensing authority with the decision-making tools in the sense
to grant the Installation License - IL, of the Project, whenever
the conduction of the bidding for the work is based on this Basic Engineering Project.

3.3.18. CONSTRUCTION BUDGET

EB-102 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for the Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 54

At the end of the studies developed in this phase, the costs of the work will be defined.
for pavement rehabilitation and the introduction of improvements to increase capacity and
security adopting the methodology recommended in IS-220 Budget of the Work -
Preliminary Phase and Basic Project and the recommendations of the Cost System
Road workers of DNIT - SICRO.

3.3.19. WORK EXECUTION PLAN

Presentation of the rational sequence of the set of activities that must be executed
of the project, indicating the problems of climatic, administrative, technical nature and
segurança; época do início dos trabalhos; período de execução; conseqüência da
location, type of work and other conditioning factors for construction, including
implications with traffic, in the case of existing highways.

The Execution Plan for the work, to be prepared for each construction lot, will include
consideration of the aspects related to climate and rainfall, particularly regarding
to the rainy season and number of rainy days per month, logistical support, deadline for the
execution of the works, minimum equipment, and service attack plan.

EB-102 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 55

4 PRESENTATION OF THE BASIC PROJECT

4.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE

At the end of the Preliminary Phase, the Preliminary Report of the Basic Project will be presented.
containing the conclusions of the studies developed and the proposed recommendations, the
which will be constituted by the volumes listed below.

PRELIMINARY REPORT

VOLUME TITLE FORMATO

1 Preliminary Report/Descriptive Memo - Texts, Graphs and Drawings A-4

2 Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report - PEAR A-4

4.2. FASE DEPROJETOBÁSICO

4.2.1. MINUTES

At the end of the Basic Design Phase, the Draft of the Final Report will be presented.
Basic Project, in 4 volumes, as per the list below.

FINAL REPORT

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

Report / Justification Memorandum of the Basic Project and Documents for

1 A-4
Competition
2 Basic Execution Project A-1
3 Basic Environmental Assessment Report - RBAA A-4
4 Budget and Execution Plan of the Work A-4

4.2.2. FINAL PRINT

After the approval of the Draft, the Final Report's Definitive Print will be presented.
of the Basic Project, according to the volumes listed below.

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

Report / Justification Memo of the Basic Project and Documents for

1 A-4
Competition
2 Basic Execution Project A-3
3 Basic Environmental Assessment Report - RBAA A-4
4 Budget and Execution Plan of the Work A-4

EB-102 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for the Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 56

ANNEX A3
EB-103 - BASIC SCOPE FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF EXECUTIVE PROJECT
ENGINEERING FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION AND PAVING OF ROADS

1 DEFINITION

It is called Executive Engineering Project for Implementation and Paving of

Highways, the set of necessary and sufficient elements for complete execution of the
work, in accordance with the Technical Standards of DNER and DNIT.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

This project will unfold in three phases:

a) Preliminary Phase

b) Basic Design Phase

c) Executive Project Phase

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

3.1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

This Basic Scope pertains to the Executive Engineering Project for Implementation and
Paving of Highways, to be developed consecutively to the respective
Preliminary studies and the respective basic project, allowing to characterize the work
completely from the execution point of view, and containing all the elements of the phases
previous ones, supplemented by the level of detail specific to the Executive Project, so that
to provide a comprehensive overview of the work and identify all its constructive elements
clearly.

3.2. PRELIMINARY PHASE

The Preliminary Phase is characterized by data collection and the conduct of studies.
specific with the purpose of establishing the Basic Project for implementation and
pavement of the highway, therefore being a phase of diagnosis and recommendations
based on the conclusions of the studies developed, through the presentation of
various selected and studied alternatives and the assembly of the work plan for
the next phase, of Basic Design.

In this preliminary stage, the following activities will be developed:

a) Collection and Analysis of Existing Data;

b) Traffic Studies;
EB-103 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of an Executive Engineering Project for the Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 57

c) Geological Studies;

d) Hydrological Studies;

e) Estudos de Traçado; e
Environmental Component of the Project.

The following Service Instructions will be used, where applicable:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-201 Traffic Studies on Highways - Preliminary Phase

IS-202 Geological Studies - Preliminary Phase
IS-203 Hydrological Studies - Preliminary Phase
Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highways (alignment studies) -
IS-207
Preliminary and Definitive Stages

IS-214 Project of Special Artwork - Preliminary Phase

Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase
IS-246
Preliminary

If a Basic Project has already been prepared for the road segment to be executed
designed, a detailed analysis of the raised elements will be carried out, and to a
substantial evaluation of the conclusions of the Preliminary Phase of the existing Basic project,
always in accordance with the above-mentioned Service Instructions.

The following activities will be carried out.

a) Analysis of available elements, with a view to their completion and updating;

b) Verification of traffic, geological, hydrological studies, and alignment studies,

carried out with possible supplementation, if necessary conducting research
complementary;
c) Verification of the Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report - RPAA, prepared in
Preliminary Phase of the Basic Project existing to assess the need for its
update or expansion for this preliminary level of the Executive Project.

In case there is a need to supplement the results contained in the Studies of

Existing feasibility must follow the corresponding Service Instructions.

The development of activities in this Preliminary Phase must observe the

following aspects:

3.2.1. COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS OF EXISTING DATA

a) Identification of the excerpt based on the latest version of the PNV;

EB-103 - Basic Scope for the Development of an Executive Engineering Project for the Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Highway Studies and Projects 58

b) Information about the stretch (extension, region, classification, rainy periods,

nature of the soils, main waterways, road intersections more
significant, etc...);

c) Information about the highway projects;

d) Information of geological, hydrological, and topographic nature about the region.

3.2.2. TRAFFIC STUDIES

Will consist of:

a) Data related to the history of the VMD and fleet composition, obtained from DNIT;

b) Traffic projections (growth rates, based on historical data obtained from

consistent economic studies, such as multimodal transportation plans;

c) Volumetric and classificatory counts, carried out for at least 3 days, in the
situations where traffic data is not available or is
outdated;

d) Existing data on vehicle weighings; and

e) Estimate of current traffic.

3.2.3. GEOLOGICAL STUDIES

The following activities should be developed:

a) Data collection and research;

b) Interpretation of aerial photographs;

c) Field investigations

3.2.4. HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

It basically consists of the collection of hydrological data (climate, precipitation, river flow and
geomorphology of the region.

3.2.5. STUDIES OF DRAFT

The trace studies will primarily aim to identify the alternatives for
tracing to be considered in the conduct of studies and the preparation of the registry
topographical.

3.2.6. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT OF THE PROJECT

EB-103 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Project for the Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 59

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Preliminary Phase, consists of the preparation of
Preliminary Environmental Diagnosis of the area of direct influence of the Enterprise, and in the
evaluations of the occurrences registered in environmental surveys, and of the impacts
environmental impacts that may arise from the execution of the works, aiming at the proposal of
environmental protection measures.

It must characterize the environmental situation of the area of influence of the enterprise in
physical, biotic, anthropogenic aspects, aiming for knowledge of the region before the
implementation of the project, serving as a reference for evaluating the impacts
environmental impacts arising from the works and operation of the highway, and from environmental liabilities.

In this Preliminary Phase, the Environmental Component of the project must be developed accordingly.
with aIS-246 - Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase
Preliminary, to be consolidated by the Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report -
RPAA, which will allow decision-making for the optimization of technical alternatives and
locational, as well as the initiative of DNIT, together with the Licensing Environmental Agency, to
request for the Preliminary License - LP of the Enterprise.

3.3. FASE DEPROJETOBÁSICO

With the approval of the conclusions and recommendations from the Preliminary phase, the
basic design phase, with the purpose of selecting the routing alternative to be
consolidated and detail the selected solution, providing plans, drawings and others
elements that enable an adequate identification of the work to be executed.

The Basic Project should encompass:

a) Traffic Study

b) Traffic Safety Study

c) Geological Study

d) Hydrological Study

e) Route Study

f) Topographic Study

g) Geotechnical Study

h) Geometric Project

Earthworks Project

j) Drainage Project

k) Pavement Project

l) Project of Special Works of Art

m) Project of Intersections, Returns and Accesses

EB-103 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Project for the Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 60

n) Signage Project

o) Project of Complementary Works

p) Expropriation Project
Environmental Component of the Project

r) Budget of the Work

The following Service Instructions will be used, where applicable:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-201 Traffic Studies on Highways - Final Phase

IS-202 Geological Studies - Definitive Phase
IS-203 Hydrological Studies - Definitive Phase
Topographic Studies for Basic Engineering Projects - Design Phase
IS-204
Basic (Single Phase)
IS-206 Geotechnical Studies - Basic Project Phase
Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highway (Alignment Study) - Phase
IS-207
Definitive
IS-208 Geometric Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-209 Earthworks Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-210 Projeto de Drenagem - Fase de Projeto Básico
IS-211 Flexible Pavement Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-213 Intersections, Returns and Access Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-214 Special Works Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-215 Signaling Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-216 Landscaping Project - Basic Project Phase
Protection Device Project (Defenses and Barriers) - Design Phase
IS-217
Basic
IS-218 Fence Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-219 Expropriation Project - Basic Project Phase
IS-220 Budget of the Work - Preliminary and Basic Project Phases
IS-225 Rigid Pavement Project - Basic Design Phase
Aerial Photogrammetry Coverage and Support for Basic Highway Project - Phase
IS-226
Basic Project (Single Phase)
Aerophotogrammetric Refund and Field Support for Basic Project of
IS-227
Highway - Basic Project Phase (Single Phase)
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase of
IS-246
Basic Project

If there is already a Basic Project prepared for the road segment to be executed.
designed, a detailed reassessment of its Basic Design phase will be carried out, the
starting from:

EB-103 - Basic Scope for the Development of Engineering Executive Project for the Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 61

a) Evaluation of the basic project developed, considering the necessary services for
execution of the work and corresponding costs;

b) Evaluation and consolidation of the Basic Environmental Assessment Report - RBAA,

developed in the existing Basic Project.

c) Evaluation of any and all observations deemed relevant and that come
modify any conclusion or recommendation of the existing Basic Project;
d) Elaboration of a conclusive opinion regarding the solutions presented in the Basic Project
existing through the analysis of its Presentation Volumes (Volumes 1, 2, 3, and 4)

In case there is a need for a complement to the proposed solutions of the project
Existing basics, the corresponding Service Instructions must be followed.

In the development of the activities of this Basic Project Phase, the following must be observed
the following aspects:

3.3.1. SCHEMATIC REGISTRATION OF THE ROAD

The preparation of the schematic registration of the highway must indicate the following elements:

a) Domain range with connections of geographic features and other points

notable
b) Characterization of the sections of the highway regarding the type of pavement and layers,
indicating the dimensions of the right-of-way, the platform, the pavement and the
side swipes;

c) Indication of the sources of materials to be used in the rehabilitation works of

pavement

d) Interferences and possible occupations of the domain strip;

e) Indications regarding critical segments concerning traffic safety;

f) Other indications deemed relevant.

3.3.2. TRAFFIC STUDIES

These studies will aim to evaluate the traffic behavior of the highway,
homogeneous subsegment, during the useful life period, counted from the release of the segment to
traffic, based on the existing geometric design and the topographic studies carried out.
For the purpose of this scope, a homogeneous subsection is understood to be one that has the
same geometric characteristics and the same volumes and traffic compositions.

They should cover the following activities:

a) Volumetric, directional, and classificatory counts; carried out for a minimum of 7

days

EB-103 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of an Executive Engineering Project for the Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 62

b) Weighing of commercial vehicles;

c) Data processing;

d) Traffic projections;
e) Determination of the number N.

3.3.3. GEOLOGICAL STUDIES

The following activities should be developed:

a) Establishment of a drilling plan;

b) Geological mapping;
c) Geological description of the review;

d) Recommendations.

3.3.4. HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

a) Processing of rainfall, river flow, and geomorphological data

raised in the Preliminary phase;
b) Determination of the rainfall equations for the region, correlating intensity of
precipitation x duration x return period, if necessary; and

c) Sizing of the proposed solutions using methods and formulas

dedicated.

d) Determination of the design discharges of the contributing basins.

3.3.5. DRAFT STUDIES

The trace alternatives identified in the previous phase must be submitted to a

comparative evaluation, for the purpose of defining the route to be designed.

3.3.6. TOPOGRAPHIC STUDIES

The topographic studies for the Basic Project develop in a single phase, therefore
after the preliminary definition of the routes to be studied and can be carried out by:

− Topographic survey by aerial photogrammetry process or,

− Conventional topographic survey.

The topographic survey by photogrammetric process will observe the following

sequence:

a) selection of flight corridors (carried out in the preliminary phase);

EB-103 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Project for the Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 63

selected aisle flight;

c) examination of the photographs obtained;

d) demarcation of the restitution strips.

e) In this case, the following methodologies will be adopted:

Service Instruction Activity

Aerial Photogrammetry Coverage and Support for Basic Road Project - Phase
IS-226
Basic Project (Single phase)
Aerophotogrammetric Restitution and Field Support for Basic Project of
IS-227
Highway - Basic Project Phase (Single Phase)

The topographic survey through the conventional process will follow the indicated sequence.
follow

a) Implementation of a basic topographic network;

b) Launching of exploration line

c) Leveling and counter-leveling of the exploration line

d) Survey of cross sections

e) Complementary surveys

total spaces

g) Tracking

3.3.7. GEOTECHNICAL STUDIES

Geotechnical studies at this Basic Project phase should be carried out for the
selected alternatives, referenced to the geological studies (item 3.3.3), and
involving the following activities:

a) Study of the subgrade;

b) Loan study for earthworks;

c) Studies on occurrences of materials for paving;

d) Foundation studies of earthworks; e

e) Slope stability studies.

3.3.8. GEOMETRIC PROJECT

Based on the Aerophotogrammetric Restitution, or the Exploration Line, carried out

In the Topographic Study, the Geometric Project in this Basic Project Phase will consist of
de:

EB-103 - Basic Scope for the Elaboration of Engineering Executive Project for the Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 64

a) Project in plan, at an appropriate scale;

b) Design of the grade, at the appropriate scale;

c) Typical cross-sections of the platforms, based on the conclusions of the Studies of

Traffic carried out in this phase.

3.3.9. DRAINAGE PROJECT

The alternatives regarding the movement of the volumes will be evaluated.

of earthworks in order to adjust, among other things, the loan requirements and
boots-out with availability of areas for such, also considering the plans of
existing or planned urbanization and landscaping, for mutual compatibility, in addition
from the protection of the environment.

Research will still be conducted to determine possible locations for boxes of

loans.

Finally, based on the studies conducted, a concise table will be prepared.

earthworks orientation, defining the influence on the aspects of dumping and
loan, as well as, costs. This table should also present the summary of
cutting volumes, by category, and volumes of fill to be compacted. The method
recommended for determining the volume at this stage is that of the average red quota.

3.3.10. DRAINAGE PROJECT

Based on the survey of problematic drainage devices, according to

studies conducted in the previous phase, which enabled the obtaining of the sizing and
preliminary quantification of the proposed solutions, the solutions to be defined will be
adopted.

3.3.11. PAVING PROJECT

The basic paving project includes the definition of the pavement design,
starting from the preliminary sizing and structural solutions of the pavement, which must
to be subject to technical-economic analysis, and the estimation of service quantities:

3.3.12. PROJECT OF SPECIAL ART WORKS

This basic project must include:

a) Definition of the project conception;

b) Study of alternatives for the crossing, regarding the implantation location of the
work;

EB-103 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for the Implementation and Pavement of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 65

c) Study of feasible structural solutions, resulting from the examination of the location
implementation, with definition, for each proposed solution, of the total length of the
work, number of spans, main geometric characteristics, length of the embankments of
access and foundations;

d) Preliminary sizing of the selected alternatives, with quantity estimates.

and costs and total justification for each solution;

3.3.13. PROJECT OF INTERSECTIONS, RETURNS AND ACCESS

This basic project comprises:

a) Justifications for the solutions adopted in relation to the traffic to be addressed.

b) Planialtimetric graphic representation, with scaling and treatment of all

the geometric elements of the project, such as tracks, shoulders, lanes of
speed change, domain range, superelevations, medians and islands.

c) Typical cross sections, at notable points.

d) Estimate of service quantities and costs.

The recommendations of the Intersection Design Manual must be followed.

DNER.

3.3.14. PROJECT DESINALIZATION

With the data obtained in the preparation of the highway registration, where the were marked the
deficiencies of the road signaling of the section, the basic project will be prepared
signaling.

3.3.15. PROJECT OF ADDITIONAL WORKS

It will be prepared including replacement or repairs of defenses, barriers, and fences.

delimitation and any containment works.

3.3.16. EXPROPRIATION PROJECT

In this Basic Project phase, the Expropriation Project will be limited to an assessment.
the areas to be expropriated, and an estimate of their costs.

These procedures should be based on the Geometric Project developed in this phase.

3.3.17. PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Basic Design Phase, should be
developed according to the following activities:

EB-103 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Project for Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 66

a) Preparation of the Definitive Environmental Diagnosis;

b) Environmental Liability Assessments;

c) Identification and Evaluation of Environmental Impacts;

d) Establishment of the Environmental Prognosis;

e) Environmental Protection Measures.

In this Basic Design Phase, the Environmental Component of the project must be developed.
according to the provisions of IS-246 - Environmental Component of Projects
Road Engineering - Basic Project Phase.

The Environmental Component of the Project at this Stage will be consolidated by the Basic Report.
of Environmental Assessment - RBAA, which acts as the document to support the
analysis and evaluation of the environmental damage caused by the Enterprise, having as
one of its main functions is to provide tools for the licensing authority's decision making in the sense of
to grant the Installation License - LI, of the Enterprise, whenever the
the bidding for the work is based on this Basic Engineering Project.

3.3.18. WORK BUDGET

At the end of the studies developed in this phase, the costs of the work will be defined.
for pavement rehabilitation, and the introduction of improvements to increase capacity and
segurança adotando-se a metodologia preconizada naIS-220 Orçamento da Obra -
Preliminary and Basic Project Phases and the recommendations of the Cost System
Road workers of DNIT - SICRO.

3.4. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

With the approval of the conclusions and recommendations of the Basic Design Phase, it will be
the executive project phase has started, with the purpose of detailing the selected solution,
providing plans, drawings, and service notes that allow for the construction of the
road. The following elements must be provided:

a) information that allows the study and deduction of construction methods,

temporary installations and organizational conditions for the work;
b) subsidies for the preparation of the bidding plan and project management;

c) detailed budget of the total cost of the work, based on quantities of

services, supply of materials and transportation properly evaluated;

d) information for the instruction of expropriation processes.

The Environmental Component of the Project at this Executive Project Phase consists of
detailed planning and budgeting of environmental protection measures, both corrective and preventive
preventive measures, indicated in the Basic Project Phase, aimed at rehabilitation/recovery
of environmental liability and the execution of works in an environmentally correct manner.

EB-103 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Engineering Executive Project for Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 67

The detailing activities must pay attention to the information or requirements of

environmental agencies and other environmental studies prepared for the undertaking.
It should be noted that for the interferences with the sources intended for consumption
Humans must design protective devices in order to avoid or mitigate the
impacts resulting from possible accidents with road transport of products
dangerous.

In this Executive Project Phase, the Environmental Component of the Project will be prepared from
in accordance with the provisions of IS-246 - Environmental Component of Projects
Road Engineering - Executive Project Phase.

O Componente Ambiental do Projeto, nesta Fase, será consolidada peloRelatório Final

of Environmental Assessment - RFAA that must contain the elements that characterize the
detailing of the environmental protection measures established in the Design Phase
Basic.

In the case where the bidding for the work is based on this Executive Project of
Engineering, the Final Environmental Assessment Report - RFAA must provide
additional information that allows DNIT to request from the Environmental Body
Licensor, the Installation License - LI, of the Enterprise.

The activities to be developed in this phase must comply with the provisions in
Service Instructions:

EB-103 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Project for the Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 68

Service Instruction Activity

Topographical Studies for Executive Projects - Executive Project Phase

IS-205
(Single phase)
IS-206 Geotechnical Studies - Executive Project Phase
IS-208 Geometric Project - Executive Project Phase
IS-209 Earthworks Project - Executive Project Phase
IS-210 Drainage Project - Executive Design Phase
IS-211 Flexible Pavement Project - Executive Project Phase
IS-213 Intersections, Returns and Accesses Project - Executive Design Phase
IS-214 Project of Special Artwork - Executive Project Phase
IS-215 Signage Project - Executive Design Phase
IS-216 Landscape Project - Executive Project Phase
Protection Devices Project (Defenses and Barriers) - Design Phase
IS-217
Executive
IS-218 Projeto de Cercas - Fase de Projeto Executivo
IS-219 Expropriation Project - Executive Design Phase
IS-220 Budget of the Work - Executive Project Phase
Presentation of the Construction Execution Plan - Executive Project Phase
IS-222
(Single phase)
Road Signage Project during the Execution of Works and Services -
IS-224
Executive Project Phase (Single Phase)
IS-225 Rigid Pavement Project - Executive Project Phase
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase of
IS-246
Executive Project

The technical team responsible for the development of the Component must be presented.
Project Environment, indicating the name, the professional area, and the registration number in.
respective class council of each team member.

4 PRESENTATION OF THE EXECUTIVE PROJECT

4.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE

At the end of the Preliminary Phase, the Preliminary Project Report will be presented
Executive summary, containing the conclusions of the studies conducted and the recommendations
proposals, which will be constituted by the volumes listed below.

PRELIMINARY REPORT

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

1 Preliminary Report/Descriptive Memory - Texts, Graphics, and Drawings A-4

2 Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report - PEAR A-4

EB-103 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Project for the Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 69

4.2. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

At the end of the basic project phase, the Basic Project Report will be presented.
Executive, containing the proposed solutions, indicative charts of the characteristics
techniques and operations, quantitative services and preliminary projects, consisting of
following volumes:

BASIC REPORT

VOLUME TÍTULO FORMAT

1 Report / Justificatory Memorandum of the Basic Project A-4

2 Basic Execution Project A-1
3 Basic Environmental Assessment Report - RBAA A-4
4 Budget and Work Execution Plan A-4

4.3. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

Finalizing the preparation of the Executive Project, the Final Report will be presented.
Executive Project, initially in the form of a draft. After examination and approval of the
DNIT will be presented in the form of a definitive print. The Final Report will be
consisting of the following volumes:

FINAL REPORT

FORMAT
VOLUME TITLE
Impression
Minute
Definitive

1 Project Report and Documents for Competition A-4 A-4

2 Execution Project A-1 A-3
3 Justification Memo A-4 A-4
3A Geotechnical Studies A-4 A-4
3B Calculation Memory of Structures A-4 A-4
3C Service Notes and Volume Calculation A-4 A-4
3D Expropriation Project A-4 A-4
3E Final Environmental Assessment Report - FEAR A-4 A-4
Other Attachments (as needed) A-4 A-4
4 Budget and Work Execution Plan A-4 A-4

EB-103 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for the Implementation and Paving of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 70

ANNEX A4
EB-104 - BASIC SCOPE FOR THE ELABORATION OF BASIC PROJECT
ENGINEERING FOR ROAD REHABILITATION
WITH LOW-COST IMPROVEMENTS

1 DEFINITIONS

It is called Basic Engineering Project for Road Rehabilitation, with Improvements

from Low Cost to the set of necessary and sufficient elements, at the level of
adequate precision, to characterize the work or service, developed based on the
indications of preliminary technical studies that ensure technical feasibility and the
adequate treatment of the environmental impact of the enterprise, and that allow for the
evaluation of the cost of the work and the definition of methods and deadlines for execution, for the purpose of
bidding.

It consists of the set of studies and projects developed with the primary objective of
reinforcing the existing pavement, by adding new structural layers or by
replacement of one or more layers, so that the resulting structure can
economically support the repetition of load per axis during the new
project period established, in conditions of comfort and safety for the
user, during the new project period established. The following must be observed:
provisions of the Basic Scope EB-114: Basic Engineering Project for
Pavement Rehabilitation of the Highway.

It also involves the introduction of low-cost physical and operational improvements.

aiming to improve the conditions of capacity and safety in the segments
roadways that present points or critical segments where studies of
Traffic safety should be developed based on the Reduction Guide
On Accidents Based on Low-Cost Engineering Measures - DNER/IPR.

The following low-cost engineering measures are generally recommended:

a) Intense vertical signaling for warning and regulation;

b) Horizontal signaling including painting of warning messages in locations

critics;

c) Sound devices;

d) Implementation of delineators;

e) Construction of areas on the shoulders for localized conversions;

f) Improvement of visibility conditions in interventions;

g) Physical separation of pedestrians and vehicles at urban crossings;

h) Installation of defenses and fences for protection and blocking;

EB-104 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Highway with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 71

i) Improvements in skid resistance conditions;

j) Users of devices with reflective elements, such as reflectors, studs and

studs

k) Replacement of the old guardrail with the New Jersey type.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

This type of project will unfold in two phases, namely:

a) Preliminary Phase;

b) Basic Design Phase

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

3.1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

The Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Highways with Low Improvements
Cost should include the following elements:

a) development of the chosen solution in order to provide a global view of the work and
identify all its constituent elements clearly;

b) global and localized technical solutions, sufficiently detailed, in order to

minimize the need for revisions during the project development phases
executive, and of the completion of the works;

c) identification of the types of services to be executed, of materials to be incorporated into the work and of
equipment to be used, as well as their specifications, in order to ensure the
best results for the venture;

d) information that enables the study and deduction of construction methods,

temporary installations and organizational conditions for the work;
e) subsidies for the preparation of the bidding plan and management of the work, comprising the
its programming, the supply strategy, the inspection standards, and others
necessary data in each case;

f) budget for the overall cost of the work, based on service quantities and
supplies of materials and properly assessed transportation.

3.2. PRELIMINARY PHASE

The preliminary phase is characterized by surveys and studies of the current conditions of the
highway with the purpose of establishing the basic project for its rehabilitation,
being, therefore, a phase of diagnosis and recommendations based on the conclusions
of the studies developed (including physical and operational improvements), through the

EB-104 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Roads with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 72

presentation of the various alternatives studied and work plan for the phase of
basic project.

The study should cover:

a) Historical cadastral survey of the existing pavement;

b) Traffic studies;

c) Traffic safety studies

d) Geological studies;

e) Hydrological studies;
f) Preliminary Evaluation of the Existing Pavement, and

g) Environmental Component of the Project.

Service Instructions will be used where applicable:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-201 Traffic Studies on Highways - Preliminary Phase

IS-202 Geological Studies - Preliminary Phase
IS-203 Hydrological Studies - Preliminary Phase
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase
IS-246
Preliminary

In the development of the activities of this Preliminary Phase, the following must be addressed
following aspects:

3.2.1. SURVEY OF THE EXISTING PAVEMENT CADASTRAL HISTORY

This survey will contain:

a) Identification of the passage based on the latest version of the PNV;

b) Date of delivery of the pavement to traffic;

c) Information about the existing pavement, covering the characteristics of the subgrade,
thickness and composition of the pavement layers, nature and execution period
of any rehabilitation and maintenance work; and

d) Typical cross-sections of the pavement.

3.2.2. TRAFFIC STUDIES

They will consist of:

a) Data related to the history of the VMD and fleet composition, obtained from DNIT;

EB-104 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 73

b) Preliminary traffic estimate;

c) Volumetric and classificatory counts, carried out for at least 3 days,

situations in which traffic data is not available or is
outdated;

d) Existing data on vehicle weighings; and

e) Estimate of current traffic

3.2.3. TRAFFIC SAFETY STUDIES

Traffic safety studies aim to evaluate the conditions

operational aspects of the highway with a focus on road safety. The elements obtained will be
used with the goal of ensuring that the rehabilitation project includes all the
traffic engineering measures necessary to minimize the risk of occurrence of
traffic accidents, in the section under study, within the project horizon. To this end,
the segments concentrating accidents should be identified through consultation
of the following documents from the Accident Data Processing System,
DEST/DNIT:

a) Stretch Registration;

b) Listing of Critical Sections;

c) Listing of Accident Relations in Accident Concentration Areas.

After the collection and analysis of data on accidents, the section should be inspected.
aiming to detect failures in the adopted traffic engineering system, in what it says
regarding visibility deficiencies, geometry issues, superelevation
inadequate, poor or non-existent signage, insufficient road capacity, locations
unsuitable for pedestrian crossings, among others.

Next, low-cost engineering measures aimed at elimination will be defined.

of these accidents, as well as the prioritization of critical sections for investment purposes
based on the indices and the costs of accidents, before and after the interventions of
engineering.

3.2.4. Geological Studies

The following activities should be developed:

a) Data collection and research;

b) Interpretation of aerial photographs;

c) Field investigation

EB-104 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 74

3.2.5. HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

It basically consists of the collection of hydrological data (climate, rainfall, river flow, and
geomorphology) of the region.

3.2.6. PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT OF EXISTING PAVEMENT

The preliminary studies of the existing pavement, for the purpose of identifying solutions
alternatives should encompass the analysis of existing field surveys with the
objective of determining the functional and structural conditions for identification of the
solutions.

3.2.7. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT OF THE PROJECT

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Preliminary Phase, consists of the preparation of
Diagnóstico Preliminar Ambientalda área de influência direta do Empreendimento, e
In the evaluations of the occurrences registered in the environmental surveys, and of the
environmental impacts that may arise from the execution of the works, aiming at
proposal of environmental protection measures.

It should characterize the environmental situation of the area influenced by the enterprise in
physical, biotic, anthropogenic aspects, aiming for an understanding of the region before the
implementation of the enterprise, serving as a reference for assessing the impacts
environmental impacts arising from the construction and operation of the highway, and from environmental liabilities.

In this Preliminary Phase of the Environmental Component of the project, it must be prepared for
agreement with aIS-246 - Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects
Preliminary Phase, to be consolidated by the Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report
RPAA, which will enable decision-making for the optimization of technical alternatives and
locational, as well as the initiative of DNIT, with the Licensing Environmental Agency, to
request for the Preliminary License - LP of the Project.

3.3. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

The basic project phase is characterized by the study of the current conditions of the highway with
the purpose of establishing a project for recovery, diagnosis, and recommendations. This
conjugate recovery measures for existing roads, low cost covering the
environmental passive, with no need to develop a routing study.

A study will be conducted on the degree of degradation reached by the pavement, determining its
causes and preliminarily assessing the cost of recovery.

Being common highways with paved lanes, with dirt shoulders and
deprived of surface drainage work, it is understood that together with the
the recovery of the pavement of the runways should study the system of
surface drainage and check the need to pave the shoulders.

EB-104 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 75

Considering the emphasis on the utilization of the services performed previously in a

restoration project for pavement involves checking if they are in good condition
satisfactory and in accordance with the quality standard that is intended to be achieved. Check the
stability of existing cuts and fills, the recovery of degraded areas, the
capacity and the condition of the drains, the need for replacement of
pavement in degraded segments.

The Basic Project must cover:

Schematic Registration of the Highway

b) Traffic Study

c) Geological Study

d) Hydrological Study

e) Topographic Study

Geotechnical Study

g) Geometric Project

h) Drainage Project

i) Pavement Rehabilitation Project

j) Signage Project

k) Complementary Works Project

Environmental Component of the Project

m) Project Budget

n) Execution Plan of the Work

The following Service Instructions will be used where applicable:

EB-104 - Basic Scope for the Development of Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Highway with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 76

Service Instruction Activity

IS-201 Traffic Studies on Highways - Definitive Phase

IS-202 Geological Studies - Definitive Phase
IS-203 Hydrological Studies - Definitive Phase
Topographic Studies for Basic Engineering Projects - Design Phase
IS-204
Básico (Fase única)
IS-206 Estudos Geotécnicos - Fase de Projeto Básico
IS-210 Drainage Project - Basic Design Phase
Structural Assessment and Rehabilitation Design of Flexible and Semi-
IS-212
Rigid - Basic Design Phase
IS-215 Signaling Project - Basic Project Phase
Protection Devices Project (Defenses and Barriers) - Design Phase
IS-217
Basic
IS-218 Fence Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-220 Budget of the Work - Preliminary and Basic Project Phases
Presentation of the Work Execution Plan - Executive Project Phase
IS-222
(Single phase)
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase of
IS-246
Basic Project

In the development of the activities of this Basic Project Phase, the following must be observed
the following aspects:

3.3.1. SCHEMATIC REGISTRATION OF THE HIGHWAY

The preparation of the schematic registration of the highway should indicate the following elements:

a) Domain range with bindings of geographical features and other points

notable
b) Characterization of the highway sections regarding the type of pavement and layers,
indicating the dimensions of the right of way, the platform, the pavement and the
approaches;

c) Indication of the sources of materials to be used in the rehabilitation works of

pavement
d) Interferences and potential occupations of the domain strip;

e) Indications regarding the critical segments concerning traffic safety; and

f) Other indications deemed relevant.

3.3.2. TRAFFIC STUDIES

EB-104 - Basic Scope for the Development of Basic Engineering Project for Rehabilitation of Highway with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 77

These studies will aim to evaluate the traffic behavior of the highway, by
homogeneous segment, during the useful life period, counted from the release of the segment to
traffic, based on the existing geometric design and the topographic studies conducted.
For the purposes of this scope, a homogeneous subsection is understood to be one that has the
the same geometric characteristics and the same volumes and traffic compositions.

They should encompass the following activities:

a) Volumetric, directional, and classificatory counts; performed for at least 7

days

b) Weighing of commercial vehicles;

c) Data processing;

d) Traffic projections;
e) Determination of the number N.

3.3.3. GEOLOGICAL STUDIES

The following activities must be developed:

a) Establishment of a drilling plan;

b) Geological mapping;
c) Geological description of the region;

d) Recommendations.

3.3.4. HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

Hydrological studies will be conducted to verify the operation

hydraulic of problematic surface and deep drainage devices,
mainly those that are with insufficient structural situation and flow.
The following activities will be developed:

a) Collection of local information and with conservation teams regarding the operation
two devices for surface and deep drainage;

b) Local inspection to identify the problematic drainage devices, with the

respective contributing basins, aiming at repair or replacement;
c) Determination of the rainfall equations for the region, correlating intensity of
precipitation x duration x return period, if necessary; and

d) Sizing of the proposed solutions using methods and formulas

consecrated.

3.3.5. TOPOGRAPHIC STUDIES

EB-104 - Basic Scope for the Development of Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Highway with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 78

The topographic studies, for this phase of the Basic Project, are limited to the survey.
cadastral of the existing highway right of way.

3.3.6. GEOTECHNICAL STUDIES

The geotechnical studies of the existing pavement, being Flexible or Semi-

Rigid, they will provide subsidies for the preparation of the pavement diagnosis, consisting of
the following activities:

a) Subjective assessment of the pavement (visual inspection) aimed at subdivision of

segment in homogeneous sections;

b) Objective assessment of the pavement surface;

c) Measures of longitudinal irregularity (QI/IRI);

d) Measurements of reversible deflections and deflection basins on the pavement surface;

e) Registration and selection of quarries, sandbanks, and other materials existing along
from the highway, which may be used in the pavement rehabilitation project;

f) Preliminary geotechnical studies of areas with material occurrences

selected; and

g) Pavement surveys to verify the types and thicknesses of layers and

characterization of the constituent materials.

For the execution of the aforementioned surveys, the

IS 212 - Service Instruction for Structural Assessment and Rehabilitation Project of
Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavements - Basic Project Phase and the methodologies
follow indicated:

Methodology Title

Objective Assessment of the Surface of Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavements -

DNIT 006/2003-PRO
procedure
Survey for Evaluation of the Surface Condition of Subsections
DNIT 007/2003-PRO Homogeneous flexible and semi-rigid pavement highways for management
of Pavements and Studies and Projects - Procedure
DNIT 009/2003-PRO Subjective Evaluation of Pavement Surfaces - Procedure
Measurement of surface irregularity of pavement with systems
DNER-PRO 182
integrators IPR/USP eMaysmeter
DNER-ME 024 Determination of pavement deflections by the Benkelman beam
Determination of deflections using the "Falling Weight Deflectometer"
DNER-PRO 273
deflectometer-FWD

The existing pavement being Rigid Pavement, the following must be observed
methodologies:

EB-104 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Highway with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 79

Methodology Title

DNIT 060/2004-PRO Rigid Pavement Inspections - Procedure

DNIT 061/2004-TER Defects in Rigid Pavements - Terminology
DNIT 062/2004-PRO Objective Assessment of Rigid Pavements - Procedure
DNIT 063/2004-PRO Subjective Assessment of Rigid Pavements – Procedure

3.3.7. DRAINAGE PROJECT

Based on the survey of problematic drainage devices, as per

studies conducted in the previous phase, which allowed for the obtaining of the sizing and
preliminary quantification of the proposed solutions, the solutions to be defined will be
adopted.

3.3.8. PAVEMENT REHABILITATION PROJECT

Based on the Geotechnical Studies and the Evaluation of the Existing Pavement, a report will be prepared.
The Basic Rehabilitation Project of the Pavement, based on the Service Instructions and
Next rules:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-211 (substitution) Pavement project (flexible pavement) - Basic Project Phase

Structural assessment and rehabilitation design of the Pavement (flexible pavement)
IS-212 (rehabilitation)
Basic Project Phase
IS-225 Rigid Pavement Project - Basic Design Phase

Norma Activity

DNER-PRO 010 Structural evaluation of flexible pavements - Procedure A

DNER-PRO 011 Structural evaluation of flexible pavements - Procedure B
DNER-PRO 159 Restoration project of flexible and semi-rigid pavements
DNER-PRO 269 Flexible pavement restoration project – TECNAPAV

In the development of the Pavement Rehabilitation Project, at this stage, the following should be adopted
the following criteria:

a) size the pavement using, at least, three methods indicated in the table
previous
b) adopt layer thicknesses of reinforcement provided by the method that best fits
adapted to the functional and structural conditions of each homogeneous segment;

c) compare the costs of the alternatives in order to choose the most appropriate solution and
present the justification for the chosen solution in volume 3.

EB-104 - Basic Scope for Developing Basic Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 80

The Pavement Rehabilitation Project must contain, at a minimum, the following elements:

− Development of the pavement rehabilitation solution selected in the phase of

preliminary;
− Expedited inventory of the condition of the highway through which a
estimate of local pavement failures;
− Table containing the quantities of the services;

− Typical cross-sections of the pavement, indicating the services to be carried out;

− Physical schedule;

− Sketch showing the location of existing material occurrences for

paving, as well as the advisable locations for the installation of support;
− Segments of the section that will require surface and deep drainage; and

− Specifications and recommendations for carrying out the service.

The existing pavement being a rigid pavement, the methodologies must be observed.
exposed in the Rigid Pavement Manual of DNIT, currently under revision in
IPR.

3.3.9. PROJECT DECIMALIZATION

With the data obtained in the preparation of the highway registration, where were marked the
deficiencies of the road signaling in the stretch, a signaling project will be developed.

3.3.10. COMPLEMENTARY WORKS PROJECT

It will be developed including the replacement or repairs of defenses, barriers, and fences.
delimitation and possible containment works.

3.3.11. PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Basic Project Phase, must be
developed according to the following activities:

a) Preparation of the Definitive Environmental Diagnosis;

b) Environmental Liability Assessments;

c) Identification and Assessment of Environmental Impacts;

d) Establishment of the Environmental Forecast;

e) Environmental Protection Measures.

EB-104 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for Road Rehabilitation with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 81

In this Basic Design Phase, the Environmental Component of the project must be developed.
according to the provisions of IS-246 - Environmental Component of Projects
Road Engineering - Basic Design Phase.

The Environmental Component of the Project at this Stage will be consolidated by the Basic Report.
of Environmental Assessment - RBAA, which is configured as the document to support the
analysis and assessment of the environmental damages caused by the Enterprise, having as
one of its main functions is to provide the licensing authority with the necessary tools to make a decision
to grant the Installation License - LI, of the Enterprise, whenever the
the conduct of the bidding for the work is based on this Basic Engineering Project.

3.3.12. WORK BUDGET

At the end of the work developed in this phase, the costs of the services will be estimated.
para reabilitação do pavimento e introdução de recursos de baixo custo, adotando-se a
methodology recommended in IS-220 Budget of the work - Basic Project phase and in
recommendations of the Road Cost System of DNIT - SICRO.

3.3.13. WORK EXECUTION PLAN

Presentation of the rational sequence of the set of activities that should be executed
of the project, indicating the problems of a climatic, administrative, technical and
security; time of the start of the work; execution period; consequence of
location, type of work and other conditioning factors for construction, including
implications with traffic, in the case of existing highways.

The Execution Plan for the work, to be prepared for each construction lot, will take into account
considering the aspects related to climate and rainfall, especially regarding
to the rainy season and number of rainy days per month, logistical support, deadline for the
execution of the works, minimum equipment and service attack plan.

4 PRESENTATION OF THE BASIC PROJECT

4.1. PRELIMINARY STAGE

At the end of the Preliminary Phase, the Preliminary Report of the Basic Project will be presented,
containing the conclusions of the developed studies and the proposed recommendations, the
which will be constituted by the volumes listed below.

PRELIMINARY REPORT

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

1 Preliminary Report/Descriptive Memo - Texts, Graphics, and Drawings A-4

2 Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report - PEAR A-4

EB-104 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for Rehabilitation of Highway with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 82

4.2. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

4.2.1. MINUTE

At the end of the Basic Project, the Draft of the Final Project Report will be presented.
Basic, in 4 volumes, as per the list below.

FINAL REPORT - DRAFT

VOLUME TÍTULO FORMAT

Report / Justification Memo of the Basic Project, and Documents for

1 A-4
Competition
2 Basic Execution Project A-1
3 Basic Environmental Assessment Report - RBAA A-4
4 Budget and Work Execution Plan A-4

4.2.2. FINAL IMPRESSION

After the approval of the Draft, the Final Report's Definitive Print will be presented.
of the Basic Project, according to the volumes below.

FINAL REPORT - DEFINITIVE PRINT

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

Report / Justification Memo of the Basic Project, and Documents for

1 A-4
Competition
2 Basic Execution Project A-3
3 Basic Environmental Assessment Report - RBAA A-4
4 Budget and Execution Plan of the Work A-4

EB-104 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 83

ANNEX A5
EB-105 - EXECUTIVE ENGINEERING PROJECT FOR REHABILITATION
OF THE HIGHWAY WITH LOW-COST IMPROVEMENTS

1 DEFINITIONS

It is called the Executive Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Highways,

Low-Cost Improvements the set of necessary and sufficient elements to
complete execution of the work, according to the Technical Standards of DNER and DNIT.

It consists of the set of studies and projects developed with the aim of reinforcing the
existing pavement, either by adding new structural layers, or by replacement of
one or more layers of the pavement, in such a way that the resulting structure can
economically support the repetition of the loads per axle incident, under conditions of
safety and comfort for the user, during the new project period.

It also aims to identify low-cost improvements to be introduced in the

highway aiming at improving the conditions of capacity and safety in the segments
included in the engineering project that present critical points or segments to those
conditions under which traffic safety studies must be developed with
basis in the Accident Reduction Guide Based on Engineering Measures
Low Cost - DNER/IPR.

The following low-cost engineering measures are usually recommended:

a) Intense vertical signaling for warning and regulation;

b) Horizontal signaling including painting warning messages in locations

critics;

c) Sound devices;

d) Implementation of delineators;
e) Construction of platforms on the shoulders for localized conversions;

f) Improvement of visibility conditions in interventions;

g) Physical separation of pedestrians and vehicles at urban crossings;
h) Installation of defenses and fences for protection and blockages;

i) Improvements in skid resistance conditions;

j) Users of devices with reflective elements, such as markers, studs and

spikes

k) Replacement of old guardrail with New Jersey type.

EB-105 - Executive Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 84

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

This type of project will unfold in three phases, namely:

a) Preliminary Phase;

b) Basic Project Phase;

c) Executive Design Phase.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

3.1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

This Basic Scope refers to the Executive Engineering Project for Rehabilitation of
Highway with Low-Cost Improvements, to be developed consecutively to
respective Preliminary Studies and the respective Basic Project, allowing to characterize the
work completely from the execution point of view, and containing all the elements of the
previous phases, added with the level of detail specific to the Executive Project, such that
It provides a global view of the work and identifies all its elements.
constructive with clarity.

3.2. PRELIMINARY PHASE

The preliminary phase is characterized by surveys and studies of the current conditions of the
highway with the purpose of establishing the basic project for its rehabilitation,
being, therefore, a phase of diagnosis and recommendations based on the conclusions
from the studies developed (including physical and operational improvements), through the
presentation of the various alternatives studied and work plan for the phase of
basic project.

The study should cover:

a) Historical cadastral survey of the existing pavement;

b) Traffic studies;

c) Traffic safety studies

d) Geological studies;

e) Hydrological studies;
f) Preliminary Assessment of the Existing Pavement, and

g) Environmental Component of the Project.

Serão utilizadas, onde couber, as Instruções de Serviços:

EB-105 - Executive Engineering Project for Road Rehabilitation with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 85

Service Instruction Activity

IS-201 Traffic Studies on Highways - Preliminary Phase

IS-202 Geological Studies - Preliminary Phase
IS-203 Hydrological Studies - Preliminary Phase
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase
IS-246
Preliminary

If there is already a Basic Project prepared for the road segment to be executed
designed, a detailed analysis of the raised elements will be carried out, and to a
substantial assessment of the conclusions of the Preliminary Phase of the existing Basic Project,
always in accordance with the above-related Service Instructions.

The following activities will be carried out.

a) Analysis of available elements, with a view to their supplementation and updating;

b) Verificação dos estudos de tráfego, geológicos, hidrológicos, e da avaliação preliminar

of the existing pavement carried out, with possible complementation, if necessary
conducting additional research;
c) Verification of the Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report - RPAA, prepared in
Preliminary Phase of the Basic Project existing to assess the need for its
update or expansion for this preliminary level of the Executive Project.

If there is a need for supplementary results from the Preliminary Phase

the existing Basic Project, the Service Instructions must be followed
correspondents.

In the development of the activities of this Preliminary Phase, the following must be observed:
following aspects:

3.2.1. SURVEY OF THE HISTORICAL REGISTRATION OF THE EXISTING PAVEMENT

This survey will contain:

a) Identification of the excerpt based on the latest version of the PNV;

b) Date of delivery of the pavement to traffic;

c) Information about the existing pavement, covering the characteristics of the subgrade,
thickness and composition of the pavement layers, nature and execution period
on potential rehabilitation and maintenance work; and

d) Typical cross-sections of the pavement.

EB-105 - Executive Engineering Project for Rehabilitation of Highway with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 86

3.2.2. TRAFFIC STUDIES

Will consist of:

a) Data related to the history of VMD and fleet composition, obtained from DNIT;

b) Preliminary traffic estimate;

c) Volume and classification counts, carried out for at least 3 days, in the
situations where traffic data is not available or is
outdated;

d) Existing data on vehicle weighings; and

e) Estimation of current traffic

3.2.3. TRAFFIC SAFETY STUDIES

Traffic safety studies aim to assess the conditions

operational aspects of the highway under the focus of road safety. The elements obtained will be
used with the aim of ensuring that the rehabilitation project includes all
traffic engineering measures necessary to minimize the risks of occurrence of
traffic accidents, in the section under study, within the project horizon. For that,
The segments concentrating accidents should be identified through consultation.
of the following documents from the Accident Data Processing System,
DEST/DNIT:
a) Registration of the Section;

b) Listing of Critical Sections;

c) Listing Relationship of Accidents in Accident Concentration Locations.

After the collection and analysis of data on accidents, the section must be inspected.
aiming to detect failures in the adopted traffic engineering system, concerning
regarding visibility deficiencies, geometry issues, superelevation
inadequate, poor or non-existent signage, insufficient road capacity, locations
unsuitable for pedestrian crossings, among others.

Below, the engineering measures aiming to eliminate these will be defined.

acidentes, bem como a priorização das seções críticas para fins de investimentos em
function of the indices and costs of accidents, before and after the interventions of
engineering.

3.2.4. GEOLOGICAL STUDIES

The following activities should be developed:

a) Data collection and research;

EB-105 - Executive Engineering Project for Road Rehabilitation with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 87

b) Interpretation of aerial photographs;

c) Field investigations

3.2.5. HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

Basically consists of the collection of hydrological data (climate, rainfall, river flow and
geomorphology) of the region.

3.2.6. PRELIMINARY EVALUATION OF THE EXISTING PAVEMENT

The preliminary studies of the existing pavement, for the purpose of identifying the solutions
alternatives should encompass the analysis of existing field surveys with the
objective of determining the functional and structural conditions for identification of the
solutions.

3.2.7. PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Preliminary Phase, consists of the preparation of
Preliminary Environmental Diagnosis of the direct influence area of the Enterprise, and
in the assessments of the occurrences registered in the environmental surveys, and of the
environmental impacts that may arise from the execution of the works, aiming at
proposed measures for environmental protection.

It must characterize the environmental situation of the influence area of the enterprise in
physical, biotic, anthropic aspects, aiming for an understanding of the region before the
implantação do empreendimento, servindo de referência para avaliação dos impactos
environmental impacts arising from the works and operation of the highway, and from environmental liabilities.

In this Preliminary Phase of the Environmental Component of the project, it must be developed
agreement with aIS-246 - Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects
Preliminary Phase, to be consolidated by the Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report
RPAA, which will enable decision-making for the optimization of technical alternatives and
locational, as well as the initiative of DNIT, together with the Licensing Environmental Agency, to
request for the Preliminary License - LP of the Undertaking.

3.3. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

The basic design phase is characterized by the study of the current conditions of the highway with
the purpose of establishing a project for recovery, diagnosis, and recommendations. This
conjugate recovery measures for existing highways, at low cost, covering the
environmental liability, with no need to develop a route study.

A study will be conducted on the degree of degradation reached by the pavement, determining its
causes and preliminarily assessing the recovery cost.

EB-105 - Executive Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 88

Being common roadways with paved lanes, with dirt shoulders and
lacking surface drainage works, it is understood that together with the
the recovery of the pavement of the runways must study the system of
surface drainage and check the need to pave the shoulders.

Considering the focus on the utilization of the services previously performed in a

pavement restoration project aims to verify if they are in condition
satisfactory and in accordance with the quality standard that is intended to be achieved. Check the
stability of existing cuts and embankments, the recovery of degraded areas,
capacity and the state of conservation of the drainage systems, the need for replacement of the
pavement in degraded segments.

The Basic Project should include:

a) Schematic Registration of the Highway

b) Traffic Study

c) Geological Study

d) Hydrological Study

e) Topographic Study

Geotechnical Study

g) Drainage Project

h) Pavement Rehabilitation Project

i) Signaling Project

j) Complementary Works Project

k) Environmental Component of the Project

Project Budget

The following Service Instructions will be used where applicable:

EB-105 - Executive Engineering Project for Road Rehabilitation with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 89

Service Instruction Activity

IS-201 Traffic Studies on Highways - Final Phase

IS-202 Geological Studies - Definitive Phase
IS-203 Hydrological Studies - Definitive Phase
Topographical Studies for Basic Engineering Projects - Project Phase
IS-204
Basic (Single Phase)
IS-206 Geotechnical Studies - Basic Project Phase
IS-210 Drainage Project - Basic Project Phase
Structural Assessment and Rehabilitation Design of Flexible and Semi-
IS-212
Rigid - Basic Design Phase
IS-215 Signage Project - Basic Design Phase
Protection Devices Project (Defenses and Barriers) - Design Phase
IS-217
Basic
IS-218 Fencing Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-220 Budget of the Work - Preliminary and Basic Project Phases
Presentation of the Work Execution Plan - Executive Project Phase
IS-222
(Single Phase)
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase of
IS-246
Basic Project

If there is already a Basic Project prepared for the road segment to be executed
designed, a detailed re-evaluation of its Basic Project phase will be carried out,
to leave from:

a) Evaluation of the basic project developed, considering the necessary services for the
execution of the work and corresponding costs;

b) Evaluation and consolidation of the Basic Environmental Assessment Report - RBAA,

developed in the existing Basic Project.

c) Evaluation of all and any observations deemed relevant and that may come
to modify any conclusion or recommendation of the existing Basic Project;
d) Preparation of a conclusive opinion regarding the solutions presented in the Basic Project
existing through the analysis of its Presentation Volumes (Volumes 1, 2, 3, and 4)

If there is a need for a complement to the proposed solutions of the project

Existing basic, the corresponding Service Instructions must be followed.

In the development of the activities of this Basic Project Phase, the following must be observed:
the following aspects:

3.3.1. SCHEMATIC REGISTRATION OF THE HIGHWAY

The preparation of the schematic registration of the highway must indicate the following elements:

EB-105 - Executive Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 90

a) Domain range with ties to geographic features and other points

notable
b) Characterization of the highway sections regarding the type of pavement and layers,
indicating the dimensions of the right of way, the platform, the pavement and the
berths;
c) Indication of the sources of materials to be used in the rehabilitation works of the
floor

d) Interferences and possible occupations of the domain strip;

e) Indications regarding critical segments concerning traffic safety; and

f) Other indications deemed relevant.

3.3.2. TRAFFIC STUDIES

These studies will aim to evaluate the traffic behavior of the highway, by
homogeneous subsection, during the useful life period, counted from the release of the section to
traffic, based on the existing geometric design and the topographical studies carried out.
For the purpose of this scope, a homogeneous subsegment is understood to be one that has the
same geometric characteristics and the same volumes and traffic compositions.

They should cover the following activities:

a) Volumetric, directional, and classificatory counts; conducted for at least 7

days;

b) Weighing of commercial vehicles;

c) Data processing;

d) Traffic projections;
e) Determination of the number N.

3.3.3. GEOLOGICAL STUDIES

The following activities should be developed:

a) Establishment of a drilling plan;

b) Geological mapping;
c) Geological description of the region;

d) Recommendations.

EB-105 - Executive Engineering Project for Road Rehabilitation with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 91

3.3.4. HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

Hydrological studies will be conducted with a view to verifying the functioning

hydraulic of problematic surface and deep drainage devices,
mainly those that have insufficient structural and flow conditions.
The following activities will be developed:

a) Collection of local information and with conservation teams regarding the operation
two devices for surface and deep drainage;

b) Local inspection to identify the problematic drainage devices, with the

respective catchment basins, aiming for repair or replacement;
c) Determination of the rainfall equations for the region, correlating intensity of
precipitation x duration x return period, if necessary; and

d) Sizing of the proposed solutions using methods and formulas

dedicated.

3.3.5. TOPOGRAPHIC STUDIES

The topographic studies for this phase of the Basic Project are limited to the survey.
cadastre of the domain strip of the existing highway.

3.3.6. GEOTECHNICAL STUDIES

The Geotechnical Studies of the existing pavement being, Flexible or Semi-

Rigid, they will provide subsidies for the preparation of the pavement diagnosis, consisting of
the following activities:

a) Subjective assessment of the pavement (visual inspection) aimed at the subdivision of

segment in homogeneous portions;

b) Objective assessment of the pavement surface;

c) Measures of longitudinal irregularity (QI/IRI);

d) Measurements of reversible deflections and deflection basins on the pavement surface;

e) Registration and selection of quarries, sandbanks, and other materials existing along
from the highway, which may be used in the pavement rehabilitation project;

f) Preliminary geotechnical studies of the areas of occurrence of materials

selected; and

g) Pavement surveys, to verify the types and thicknesses of layers and

characterization of the constituent materials.

For the execution of the previously mentioned surveys, the

IS 212 - Service Instruction for Structural Assessment and Rehabilitation Project of

EB-105 - Executive Engineering Project for Road Rehabilitation with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 92

Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavements - Basic Project Phase and the methodologies
follow indicated:

Methodology Title

Objective Assessment of Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavement Surfaces -

DNIT 006/2003-PRO
procedure
Survey for Assessment of Surface Condition of Subsections
DNIT 007/2003-PRO Homogeneous Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavement Highways for Management
of Pavements and Studies and Projects – Procedure
DNIT 009/2003-PRO Subjective Assessment of Pavement Surfaces – Procedure
Measurement of surface irregularity of pavement with systems
DNER-PRO 182
IPR/USP integrators eMaysmeter
DNER-ME 024 Determination of pavement deflections by the Benkelman beam
Determination of deflections using a falling weight deflectometer
DNER-PRO 273
deflectometer-FWD

The existing pavement being Rigid Pavement, the following should be observed
methodologies:

Methodology Title

DNIT 060/2004-PRO Rigid Pavement Inspections - Procedure

DNIT 061/2004-TER Defects in Rigid Pavements - Terminology
DNIT 062/2004-PRO Objective Assessment of Rigid Pavements – Procedure
DNIT 063/2004-PRO Subjective Evaluation of Rigid Pavements – Procedure

3.3.7. DRAINAGE PROJECT

Based on the survey of problematic drainage devices, according to

studies conducted in the previous phase, which enabled the achievement of the design and
preliminary quantification of the proposed solutions, the solutions to be defined will be
adopted.

3.3.8. REHABILITATION PROJECT OF THE PAVEMENT

Based on the Geotechnical Studies and the Evaluation of the Existing Pavement, a report will be prepared.
the Basic Rehabilitation Project of the Pavement, based on the Service Instructions and
Following rules:

EB-105 - Executive Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 93

Service Instruction Activity

IS-211 (substitution) Paving project (flexible pavement) - Basic Design Phase

Structural assessment and rehabilitation design of the Pavement (flexible pavement)
IS-212 (rehabilitation)
Basic Project Phase
IS-225 Rigid Pavements Project – Basic Design Phase

Norma Activity

DNER-PRO 010 Structural evaluation of flexible pavements - Procedure A

DNER-PRO 011 Structural evaluation of flexible pavements - Procedure B
DNER-PRO 159 Flexible and semi-rigid pavement restoration project
DNER-PRO 269 Flexible pavement restoration project - TECNAPAV

In the preparation of the Pavement Rehabilitation Project, at this stage, the following should be adopted
the following criteria:

a) dimension the pavement using at least three methods indicated in the table
anterior
b) adopt the thicknesses of the reinforcement layer provided by the method that best fits
adapt to the functional and structural conditions of each homogeneous segment;

c) compare the costs of the alternatives in order to choose the most suitable solution and
present the justification for the chosen solution in volume 3.

The basic rehabilitation project for the pavement must contain, at a minimum, the following
elements:

− Development of the pavement rehabilitation solution selected in the phase of

preliminary
− Expedited inventory of the condition of the roadway through which an will be made
estimate of local pavement failures;
− Table containing the quantities of the services;

− Typical cross-sections of the pavement, indicating the services to be executed;

− Physical schedule;

− Sketch showing the location of existing material occurrences for

paving, as well as the advisable locations for the installation of support;
− Segments of the section that will require surface and deep drainage;

− Specifications and recommendations for service execution.

The existing pavement being a rigid pavement, the methodologies must be observed.
exposed in the Rigid Pavement Manual of DNER, currently under revision in
IPR.
EB-105 - Executive Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of a Highway with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 94

3.3.9. DESIGNATION PROJECT

With the data obtained in the preparation of the highway registration, where the were marked the
deficiencies in the road signage of the section, the signage project will be developed.

3.3.10. COMPLEMENTARY WORKS PROJECT

It will be developed including replacement or repairs of defenses, barriers, and fences.

delimitation and possible containment works.

3.3.11. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT OF THE PROJECT

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Basic Project Phase, must be
developed according to the following activities:

a) Preparation of the Definitive Environmental Diagnosis;

b) Environmental Liability Assessments;

c) Identification and Assessment of Environmental Impacts;

d) Establishment of the Environmental Prognosis;

e) Environmental Protection Measures.

In this Basic Project Phase, the Environmental Component of the project must be developed.
according to the provisions of IS-246 - Environmental Component of Projects
Road Engineering - Basic Project Phase.

The Environmental Component of the Project in this Phase will be consolidated by the Basic Report.
of Environmental Assessment - RBAA, which serves as the document to support the
analysis and assessment of the environmental damage caused by the Enterprise, aimed at
one of its main functions is to instrumentalize the decision of the licensing authority in the sense
to grant the Installation License - LI, of the Enterprise, whenever the
the bidding for the work is based on this Basic Engineering Project.

3.3.12. PROJECT BUDGET

At the end of the work carried out in this phase, the costs of the services will be estimated.
for the rehabilitation of the pavement, and introduction of low-cost improvements adopting
methodology recommended in IS-220 Budget of the work - Basic Project Phase and in the
recommendations from the Road Cost System of DNIT - SICRO.

3.4. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

With the approval of the conclusions and recommendations of the Basic Design Phase will be
the Executive Project phase has begun with the purpose of detailing the selected solution,

EB-105 - Executive Engineering Project for Road Rehabilitation with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 95

providing plants, drawings and service notes that allow for the construction of
highway. The following elements must be provided:

a) information that enables the study and deduction of construction methods,

temporary installations and organizational conditions for the work;
b) subsidies for the preparation of the bidding plan and project management;

c) detailed budget of the total cost of the work, based on quantities of

services, supply of materials and transportation properly assessed.

The Environmental Component of the Project in this Executive Project Phase consists of
detailing and budgeting of environmental protection measures, both corrective and
preventive measures, indicated in the Basic Design Phase, aiming at rehabilitation/recovery
the environmental liability and the execution of the works in an environmentally correct manner.

The detailing activities must pay attention to the information or requirements of

environmental agencies and other environmental studies prepared for the enterprise.
It is emphasized that for the interferences with the water sources intended for consumption
humans, protective devices must be designed in order to avoid or mitigate the
impacts resulting from possible incidents with the road transport of products
dangerous.

In this Executive Project Phase, the Environmental Component of the Project will be developed from
in accordance with the provisions of IS-246 - Environmental Component of Projects
Road Engineering - Executive Design Phase.

The Environmental Component of the Project, at this Stage, will be consolidated by the Final Report.
Environmental Assessment - RFAA that should contain the elements that characterize the
detailing of the environmental protection measures established in the Design Phase
Basic.

In the case where the bidding for the work is based on this Executive Project of
Engineering, the Final Environmental Assessment Report - RFAA must provide
additional information that allows DNIT to request from the Environmental Agency
Licensor, the Installation License - LI, of the Enterprise.

The activities to be developed in this phase must comply with the provisions in
Service Instructions:

EB-105 - Executive Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 96

Service Instruction Activity

IS-205 Topographic Studies for Executive Projects – Executive Project Phase

(Single Phase)
IS-206 Geotechnical Studies - Executive Project Phase
IS-210 Drainage Project - Executive Design Phase
IS-215 Projeto de Sinalização - Fase de Projeto Executivo
Protection Devices Project (Defenses and Barriers) - Design Phase
IS-217
Executive
IS-218 Fencing Project - Executive Design Phase
IS-220 Project Budget - Executive Project Phase
Presentation of the Execution Plan of the Work - Executive Project Phase
IS-222
(Single Phase)
Road Signaling Project during the Execution of Works and Services -
IS-224
Executive Design Phase (Single Phase)
Environmental Component of Highway Engineering Projects - Phase of
IS-246
Executive Project

4 PRESENTATION OF THE EXECUTIVE PROJECT

4.1. PRELIMINARY STAGE

At the end of the Preliminary Phase, the Preliminary Project Report will be presented.
Executive summary, containing the conclusions of the studies conducted and the recommendations
proposals, which will consist of the volumes listed below.

PRELIMINARY REPORT

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

1 Preliminary Report/Descriptive Memo - Texts, Graphs, and Drawings A-4

2 Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report - PEAR A-4

4.2. BASIC PROJECT STAGE

At the end of the Basic Design phase, the Basic Project Report will be presented.
Executive, containing the proposed solutions, indicative tables of the characteristics
techniques and operational and quantitative services, composed of the following volumes:

BASIC REPORT

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

1 Report / Justification Memorandum of the Basic Project - Text A-4

2 Projeto Básico de Execução A-1
3 Basic Environmental Assessment Report - BEAR A-4
4 Budget A-4

EB-105 - Executive Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 97

4.3. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

Finalizing the preparation of the Executive Project, the Final Report will be presented.
Executive Project, initially in the form of a Draft. After examination and approval by DNIT,
will be presented in the form of a Final Print. The Final Report will consist of
by the following volumes:

FINAL REPORT

FORMAT
VOLUME TITLE
Printing
Minute
Definitive

1 Project Report and Tender Documents A-4 A-4

2 Execution Project A-1 A-3
3 Justifying Memory A-4 A-4
3A Geotechnical Studies A-4 A-4
3B Final Environmental Assessment Report - FEAR A-4 A-4
Other Attachments (as needed) A-4 A-4
4 Budget and Execution Plan of the Work A-4 A-4

EB-105 - Executive Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Low-Cost Improvements
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 98

ANNEX A6
EB-106 - BASIC ENGINEERING PROJECT FOR HIGHWAY REHABILITATION
WITH IMPROVEMENTS FOR ADJUSTING CAPACITY AND SAFETY

1 DEFINITIONS

The Basic Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation, including improvements

physical and operational for Capacity and Safety Adaptation is the set of
necessary and sufficient elements, with an adequate level of precision, to characterize the
work or service, prepared based on the indications from the preliminary technical studies,
that ensure the technical viability and the appropriate handling of the environmental impact of the
undertaking, which allows for the evaluation of the construction cost and the definition of the methods
and the execution deadline, for bidding purposes.

It consists of a set of studies and projects to be developed with the objective

primarily to strengthen the existing pavement by adding new structural layers,
for the replacement of one or more pavement layers, or to proceed with
total reconstruction of the pavement, so that the resulting structure can
economically support the repetition of axle loads incurred, under conditions of
security and comfort for the user, during the new project period established.
The provisions of the Basic Scope EB-114: Basic Project must be observed.
Engineering for Roadway Pavement Rehabilitation.

It also consists of the introduction of improvements for capacity and safety adjustment,
related to problems not directly linked to the existing pavement, such as:
line improvements for the elimination of critical points, duplication of the track,
construction of side streets, implementation of third lanes, construction and/or
rearrangement of intersections and accesses, urban crossings, reinforcement and widening of
special works of art and construction of walkways for pedestrian crossing.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

This type of project will unfold in two phases, namely:

a) Preliminary Phase;

b) Basic Design Phase

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

3.1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

The Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Highways with Improvements for
The adequacy of Capacity and Safety must contain the following elements:

EB-106 - Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of a Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adequacy
Basic Guidelines for the Elaboration of Highway Studies and Projects 99

a) development of the chosen solution in order to provide a global view of the work and
identify all its constituent elements clearly;

b) global and localized technical solutions, sufficiently detailed, in order to

minimize the need for revisions during the project development phases
executive, and the completion of the works;

c) identification of the types of services to be performed, of materials to be incorporated into the work and of
equipment to be used, as well as their specifications, in order to ensure the
best results for the venture;

d) information that enables the study and deduction of construction methods,

temporary installations and organizational conditions for the work;
e) subsidies for the preparation of the bidding plan and management of the work, comprising the
your programming, the supply strategy, the inspection regulations, and others
necessary data in each case;

f) detailed budget of the total cost of the work, based on quantities of

services and supply of materials and transportation properly assessed.

3.2. PRELIMINARY PHASE

The Preliminary Phase is characterized by the surveys and studies of the current conditions of
road with the purpose of establishing the basic project for its restoration,
being, therefore, a phase of diagnosis and recommendations based on the conclusions
of the studies developed (including physical and operational improvements), through the
presentation of the various alternatives studied and of the work plan for the phase of
Basic Project.

The activities of the Preliminary Phase should be initiated by the Capacity Studies.
road segment to be designed, aiming at identifying physical improvements and
operational measures to be introduced on the highway, following the increase in its capacity
road

These studies should be conducted according to the provisions of the Basic Scope.
EB-108: Studies for the Adjustment of Capacity and Safety of Highways
Existing.

The following will be the work aimed at conceptualizing the restoration of

existing pavement, involving the following activities:

a) Historical cadastral survey of the existing pavement;

Traffic Studies;

c) Geological Studies;

d) Hydrological Studies;

e) Alignment Studies;
EB-106 - Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of a Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 100

f) Survey of Special Works of Art;

g) Preliminary Assessment of the Existing Pavement; and

h) Environmental Component of the Project.

The following Service Instructions will be used, where applicable:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-201 Traffic Studies on Highways - Preliminary Phase

IS-202 Geological Studies - Preliminary Phase
IS-203 Hydrological Studies - Preliminary Phase
Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highways (alignment studies) - Phase
IS-207
Preliminary
IS-214 Project of Art Work of Special Works - Preliminary Phase
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase
IS-246
Preliminary

Se já existirem Estudos de Viabilidade Técnica e Econômica, proceder-se-á à uma

detailed analysis of the elements raised, and a substantial evaluation of the
conclusions of the existing study, especially regarding the Study of
Capacity and Safety of the road segment to be designed.

In the development of the activities of this Preliminary Phase, the following must be observed
following aspects:

3.2.1. SURVEY OF THE EXISTING PAVEMENT CADASTRAL HISTORY

This survey will contain:

a) Identification of the excerpt based on the latest version of the PNV;

b) Delivery date of the pavement to traffic;

c) Information about the existing pavement, covering the characteristics of the subgrade,
thickness and composition of the pavement layers, nature and execution period
of any rehabilitation and maintenance work; and

d) Typical cross-sections of the pavement.

3.2.2. TRAFFIC STUDIES

They will consist of:

a) Data related to the history of the VMD and fleet composition, obtained from DNIT;

b) Traffic projections (growth rates, based on historical data obtained from

consistent economic studies, such as multimodal transport plans;

EB-106 - Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 101

c) Volumetric and classification counts, carried out at least over 3 days, in the
situations where traffic data is not available or is
outdated;

d) Existing vehicle weighing data; and

e) Estimate of current traffic.

3.2.3. GEOLOGICAL STUDIES

The following activities should be developed:

a) Data collection and research;

b) Interpretation of aerial photographs;

c) Field investigations

3.2.4. HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

It basically consists of the collection of hydrological data (climate, rainfall, river flow and
geomorphology) of the region.

3.2.5. STUDIES OF DETRACTED

The tracing studies will primarily aim to identify alternative options for
layout of the improvements to be introduced on the highway, and preparation of the registration
topographic.

3.2.6. SURVEY OF SPECIAL ARTWORKS

Additional information will be gathered beyond what is available at DNIT, for the
identification of works with problems and the possible causes.

If the need for inspections on the artworks is identified

For existing specials, the methodology prescribed in the DNIT Standard should be adopted.
010/2003-PRO - Inspections of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Bridges and Viaducts
Procedure.

3.2.7. PRELIMINARY EVALUATION OF EXISTING PAVEMENT

The studies of the existing pavement, for the purpose of identifying alternative solutions,
should cover the analysis of existing field surveys with the aim of
determine the functional and structural conditions for identifying solutions.

EB-106 - Basic Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 102

3.2.8. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Preliminary Phase, consists of the preparation of
Preliminary Environmental Diagnosis of the direct influence area of the Enterprise, and
in the evaluations of the occurrences registered in the environmental assessments, and of the
environmental impacts that may result from the execution of the works, aiming at
proposal of environmental protection measures.

It must characterize the environmental situation of the area of influence of the enterprise in
physical, biotic, anthropic aspects, aiming for knowledge of the region before the
implementation of the enterprise, serving as a reference for assessing the impacts
environmental aspects arising from the works and operation of the highway, and from the environmental liabilities.

In this Preliminary Phase of the Environmental Component of the project, it must be prepared for
agreement with aIS-246 - Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects
Preliminary Phase, to be consolidated by the Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report
RAAP, which will enable decision-making for optimizing technical alternatives and
locational, as well as the initiative of DNIT, together with the Licensing Environmental Agency, to
request for the Preliminary License - LP of the Enterprise.

3.3. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

With the approval of the conclusions and recommendations of the Preliminary phase, the
basic project phase, with the purpose of selecting the alignment alternative to be
consolidated and detail the selected solution, providing plans, drawings, and others
elements that enable an adequate identification of the work to be executed
(Quantities, Specifications and Execution Plan).

The Basic Project Phase must cover:

a) Schematic Registry of the Highway

b) Traffic Study

c) Traffic Safety Study

d) Geological Study

e) Hydrological Study

f) Alignment Study

g) Topographic Study

h) Geotechnical Study

Geometric Project

j) Earthworks Project

k) Drainage Project

EB-106 - Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of a Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adequacy
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 103

l) Pavement Rehabilitation Project

m) Project of Special Works of Art

n) Project of Intersections, Turnarounds and Accesses

Signage Project

p) Complementary Works Project

q) Expropriation Project

Environmental Component

s) Budget of the Work

Work Execution Plan

The following Service Instructions will be used where appropriate:

EB-106 - Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of a Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 104

Service Instruction Activity

IS-201 Highway Traffic Studies - Final Phase

IS-202 Geological Studies - Definitive Phase
IS-203 Hydrological Studies - Definitive Phase
Topographic Studies for Basic Engineering Projects - Project Phase
IS-204
Basic (Single Phase)
IS-206 Geotechnical Studies - Basic Design Phase
Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highways (Alignment Studies) - Phase
IS-207
Definitive
IS-208 Geometric Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-209 Earthmoving Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-210 Drainage Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-211 Flexible Pavement Project - Basic Design Phase
Structural Assessment and Rehabilitation Design of Flexible and Semi-
IS-212
Rigid – Basic Design Phase
IS-213 Intersections, Returns, and Access Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-214 Special Works Project - Preliminary and Basic Design Phases
Evaluation and Resizing of Existing Special Works - Phase
IS-223
Basic Project
IS-215 Signage Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-216 Landscaping Project - Basic Project Phase
Protection Devices Project (Defenses and Barriers) - Design Phase
IS-217
Basic
IS-218 Fence Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-219 Expropriation Project - Basic Project Phase
IS-220 Budget of the Work - Preliminary and Basic Design Phases
Presentation of the Work Execution Plan - Executive Project Phase
IS-222
(Single Phase)
IS-225 Rigid Pavement Project - Basic Project Phase
Aerial Photogrammetry Coverage and Support for Basic Road Project - Phase
IS-226
Basic Project (Single Phase)
Aerophotogrammetric Restitution and Field Support for Basic Project
IS-227
Highway - Basic Project Phase (Single Phase)
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase of
IS-246
Basic Project

In the development of the activities of this Basic Project Phase, the following must be observed
the following aspects:

3.3.1. SCHEMATIC REGISTRATION OF THE HIGHWAY

The preparation of the schematic road register must indicate the following elements:

EB-106 - Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of a Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 105

a) Domain range with bindings of geographical accidents and other points

notables;
b) Characterization of the sections of the highway regarding the type of pavement and layers,
indicating the dimensions of the right-of-way, the platform, the pavement and the
berths;
c) Indication of the sources of materials to be used in the rehabilitation works of the
floor

d) Interferences and possible occupations of the domain strip;

e) Indications regarding critical segments concerning traffic safety; and

f) Other indications deemed relevant.

3.3.2. TRAFFIC STUDIES

These studies will aim to assess the traffic behavior of the highway, for
homogeneous subsection, in the period of the useful life, counted from the release of the section to
traffic, based on the existing geometric project and the topographic studies carried out.
For the purpose of this scope, a homogeneous segment is understood as one that has
mesmas características geométricas e os mesmos volumes e composições de tráfego.

They should cover the following activities:

a) Volumetric, directional, and classificatory counts; carried out for a minimum of 7

days

b) Weighing of commercial vehicles;

c) Data processing;

d) Traffic projections;
e) Determination of the number N.

3.3.3. TRAFFIC SAFETY STUDIES

Traffic safety studies aim to assess the conditions

operational aspects of the highway with a focus on road safety. The obtained elements will be
used with the aim of ensuring that the rehabilitation project includes all the
traffic engineering measures, necessary to minimize the risks of occurrence of
traffic accidents, in the section under study, within the project horizon. To this end,
the accident concentration segments should be identified through consultation
of the following documents from the Accident Data Processing System,
DEST/DNIT:

Section Registration;

b) Listing of Critical Sections;

EB-106 - Basic Engineering Project for Rehabilitation of Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adequacy
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 106

c) Listing of Accident Relation in Accident Concentration Locations.

After the collection and analysis of data on accidents, the section should be inspected.
aiming to detect failures in the adopted traffic engineering system, regarding
regarding visibility deficiencies, geometry issues, superelevation
inadequate, poor or nonexistent signage, insufficient road capacity, locations
unsuitable for pedestrian crossings, among others.

The engineering measures aimed at eliminating these will be defined next.

accidents, as well as the prioritization of critical sections for investment purposes in
function of the accident indices and costs, before and after the interventions of
engineering.

3.3.4. GEOLOGICAL STUDIES

The following activities should be developed:

a) Establishment of a drilling plan;

b) Geological mapping;
c) Geological description of the review;

d) Recommendations.

3.3.5. HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

Hydrological studies will be conducted with a view to verifying the functioning

hydraulic of problematic surface and deep drainage devices,
mainly those that have insufficient structural and flow conditions.
The following activities will be developed:

a) Collection of local information and with conservation teams regarding operations

two devices for surface and deep drainage;

b) Local inspection to identify the problematic drainage devices, with the

respective drainage basins, aiming for repair or replacement;
c) Determination of the rainfall equations for the region, correlating intensity of
precipitation x duration x recurrence interval, if necessary; and

d) Sizing of the proposed solutions using methods and formulas

consecrated.

3.3.6. DETAILED STUDIES

The routing alternatives for the improvements to be introduced on the highway should be
submitted to a comparative assessment for the purpose of defining the routes to be
designed.

EB-106 - Basic Engineering Project for Road Rehabilitation with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adequacy
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 107

3.3.7. TOPOGRAPHIC STUDIES

The topographic studies for the Basic Project are developed in a single phase, therefore
after the preliminary definition of the routes to be studied and they can be carried out by:

− Topographic survey by aerial photogrammetric process or,

− Conventional topographical survey.

The topographic survey through aerial photogrammetric processes will observe the following
sequence:

a) selection of flight corridors (carried out in the preliminary phase);

b) flight of the selected corridor;

c) examination of the obtained photographs;

d) demarcation of the refund areas.

In this case, the following methodologies will be adopted:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-226 Aerial Photography Coverage and Support for Basic Highway Project – Phase
Basic Project (Single Phase)
Aerophotogrammetric Reimbursement and Field Support for Basic Project of
IS-227
Highway - Basic Project Phase (Single Phase)

The topographical survey by conventional process will have the indicated sequence
to follow

a) Implementation of a basic topographic network;

b) Launch of exploration line

c) Leveling and counter-leveling of the exploration line

d) Surveying of cross sections

e) Complementary surveys

f) Total spaces

g) Tracking

3.3.8. GEOTECHNICAL STUDIES

The Existing Pavement being Flexible or Semi-Rigid, the Studies

Geotechnical engineers will provide support for the preparation of the pavement diagnosis.
consisting of the following activities:

a) Subjective survey of the pavement (visual inspection) aimed at subdivision of

segment in homogeneous sections;

EB-106 - Basic Engineering Project for Rehabilitation of Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adequacy
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 108

b) Objective assessment of the pavement surface;

c) Measures of longitudinal irregularity (QI/IRI);

d) Measurements of reversible deflections and deflection basins on the pavement surface;

e) Registration and selection of quarries, sand pits, and other materials existing along
from the highway, which may be used in the pavement rehabilitation project;

f) Preliminary geotechnical studies of the areas of occurrence of materials

selected; and

g) Pavement surveys, to verify the types and thicknesses of layers and

characterization of the constituent materials.

For the execution of the aforementioned surveys, IS 212 will be used.

Service Instruction for Structural Assessment and Rehabilitation Project
Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavements – Basic Project Phase and the methodologies
follow indicated:

Methodology Title

Objective Evaluation of Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavement Surfaces

DNIT 006/2003-PRO
procedure
Survey for Evaluation of the Surface Condition of Subsections
DNIT 007/2003-PRO Homogeneous Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavement Highways for Management
of Pavements and Studies and Projects - Procedure
DNIT 009/2003-PRO Subjective Assessment of Pavement Surfaces - Procedure
Measurement of surface irregularity of pavement with systems
DNER-PRO 182
IPR/USP Integrators eMaysmeter
DNER-ME 024 Determination of pavement deflections by the Benkelman beam
Determination of deflections using impact deflectometer 'Falling weight'
DNER-PRO 273
deflectometer-FWD

The existing pavement being Rigid Pavement, the following must be observed
methodologies:

Methodology Title

DNIT 060/2004-PRO Rigid Pavement Inspections - Procedure

DNIT 061/2004-TER Defects in Rigid Pavements - Terminology
DNIT 062/2004-PRO Objective Assessment of Rigid Pavements – Procedure
DNIT 063/2004-PRO Subjective Assessment of Rigid Pavements - Procedure

EB-106 - Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of a Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 109

3.3.9. GEOMETRIC PROJECT

Based on the Aerophotogrammetric restitution, or the Exploration Line, carried out

In the Topographic Study, the Geometric Project of the improvements in this Basic Project Phase.
will consist of:

a) Project in plan, to appropriate scale;

b) Grade project, to the appropriate scale;

c) Typical cross-sections of the platforms, based on the conclusions of the Studies of

Traffic carried out in this phase.

3.3.10. DRAINAGE PROJECT

The alternatives regarding the movement of volumes will be evaluated.

of earthworks in order to adjust, among others, the borrowing needs and
boots-out with available areas for such, also taking into account the plans for
existing or planned urbanization and landscaping, for mutual compatibility, in addition to
for the protection of the environment.

Research will still be conducted to determine possible locations for boxes of

loans.

Finally, based on the studies conducted, a brief outline will be prepared.

earthworks orientation, defining the influence on the aspects of disposal and
loan, as well as, costs. This table should also present the summary of
cut volumes, by category, and fill volumes to be compacted. The method
recommended for determining the volume at this stage is that of the average red quota.

3.3.11. DRAINAGE PROJECT

Based on the survey of problematic drainage devices, according to

studies conducted in the previous phase, which enabled the obtaining of the sizing and
preliminary quantification of the proposed solutions, the solutions to be defined will be
adopted.

3.3.12. PAVEMENT REHABILITATION PROJECT

Based on the geotechnical studies and the assessment of the existing pavement, the will be done
pavement rehabilitation project, based on the Service Instructions and Standards
following:

EB-106 - Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of a Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 110

Service Instruction Activity

IS-211 (replacement) Pavement project (flexible pavement) - Basic Design Phase

Structural assessment and rehabilitation design of the Pavement (flexible pavement)
IS-212 (rehabilitation)
Basic Design Phase
IS-225 Rigid Pavements Project - Basic Design Phase

Norma Activity

DNER-PRO 010 Structural assessment of flexible pavements - Procedure A

DNER-PRO 011 Structural evaluation of flexible pavements - Procedure B
DNER-PRO 159 Restoration project for flexible and semi-rigid pavements
DNER-PRO 269 Flexible pavement restoration project - TECNAPAV

In the preparation of the Pavement Rehabilitation Project, at this stage of Basic Project
the following criteria should be adopted:

a) size the pavement using at least three methods indicated in the table
previous

b) adopt thicknesses of the reinforcement layer provided by the method that best
adapt to the functional and structural conditions of each homogeneous segment;

c) compare the costs of the alternatives for the purpose of choosing the most suitable solution and
present the justification for the chosen solution in volume 3.

The basic rehabilitation project of the pavement must contain, at a minimum, the following
elements:

− Development of the pavement rehabilitation solution selected in the phase of

preliminary;
− Expedited inventory of the condition of the highway through which an
estimation of local pavement failures;
− Table containing the quantities of the services;

− Typical cross-sections of the pavement, indicating the services to be performed;

− Physical schedule;

− Sketch showing the location of existing material occurrences for

paving, as well as the advisable locations for support installation;
− Segments of the stretch that will require surface and deep drainage; and

− Specifications and recommendations for the execution of the service.

The existing pavement being Rigid Pavement, the methodologies must be observed.
exposed in the Rigid Pavements Manual of DNER, now under revision in
IPR.
EB-106 - Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of a Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 111

3.3.13. SPECIAL ARTWORK PROJECT

This project must include:

a) Definition of the project conception;

b) Study of alternatives for the crossing, regarding the location of implementation of the
work;

c) Study of feasible structural solutions, as a result of the site examination

implementation, with definition, for each proposed solution, of the total length of
work, number of openings, main geometric characteristics, extent of the embankments of
access and foundations;

d) Pre-dimensioning of the selected alternatives, with quantity estimates

and costs and total justification for each solution;

e) Choice of the solution, opting for the one that best meets the technical criteria,
economic and administrative requirements and operational requirements for the highway. Consider the
architectural and landscaping aspects of the work;
f) Structural calculation memory of the adopted solution defining the main sections and
elements of relevance in the structure, including the resistance checks and
approximate amount of armor;

3.3.14. INTERSECTION, RETURN AND ACCESS PROJECT

This project, at this stage of Basic Design, comprises the graphic representation of
intersections, returns, and planned accesses. It should include:

− Justification of the solution adopted in light of the traffic to be addressed.

− Preliminary graphic planialtimetric project with sizing and treatment of all

geometric elements of the project, such as tracks, shoulders, lanes of
speed change, right of way, superelevations, medians, islands, according to
with the following instructions:

− Typical cross-sections at notable intersection points.

The recommendations of the DNIT Intersection Project Manual should be followed.

review).

3.3.15. DESINALIZATION PROJECT

With the data obtained in the preparation of the highway registration, where the were marked the
Deficiencies in the road signage of the section, a signage project will be developed.

EB-106 - Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of a Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 112

3.3.16. PROJECT OF COMPLEMENTARY WORKS

It will be developed including replacement or repairs of defenses, barriers, fences.

delimitation and possible containment works.

3.3.17. EXPROPRIATION PROJECT

In this Basic Project phase, the Expropriation Project will be limited to an assessment.
the areas to be expropriated, and an estimate of their costs.

These procedures should be based on the Geometric Design developed in this phase.

3.3.18. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT OF THE PROJECT

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Basic Design Phase, must be
developed according to the following activities:

a) Preparation of the Definitive Environmental Diagnosis;

b) Environmental Liability Surveys;

c) Identification and Assessment of Environmental Impacts;

d) Establishment of the Environmental Prognosis;

e) Environmental Protection Measures.

In this Basic Project Phase, the Environmental Component of the project must be developed.
segundo as disposições daIS-246 - Componente Ambiental de Projetos de
Road Engineering - Basic Project Phase.

The Environmental Component of the Project in this Phase will be consolidated by the Basic Report.
of Environmental Assessment - RBAA, which serves as the document to support the
analysis and evaluation of the environmental damage caused by the enterprise, having as
one of its main functions is to provide the licensing body with the means to make a decision in the sense
to grant the Installation License - LI, of the Undertaking, whenever the
the bidding for the work is based on this Basic Engineering Project.

3.3.19. CONSTRUCTION BUDGET

At the end of the studies conducted in this phase, the costs of the work will be defined.
for pavement rehabilitation and introduction of improvements to increase capacity and
safety adopting the methodology recommended in IS-220 Project Budget -
Preliminary and Basic Project Phase and the recommendations of the Cost System
Road workers of DNIT - SICRO.

EB-106 - Basic Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adequacy
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 113

3.3.20. WORK EXECUTION PLAN

Presentation of the rational sequence of the set of activities that should be executed.
of the project, indicating the problems of a climatic, administrative, technical and
segurança; época do início dos trabalhos; período de execução; conseqüência da
location, type of construction and other conditioning factors for building, including
implications with traffic, in the case of existing highways.

The Execution Plan for the work, to be prepared for each construction lot, will take into account
consideration of the aspects related to climate and rainfall, particularly concerning
to the rainy season and number of rainy days per month, logistical support, deadline for the
Execution of the works, minimum equipment, and service attack plan.

The division of the section into construction lots must be established.

4 PRESENTATION OF THE BASIC PROJECT

4.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE

At the end of the Preliminary Phase, the Preliminary Report of the Basic Project will be presented.
containing the conclusions of the studies developed and the proposed recommendations, the
which will be constituted by the volumes listed below.

PRELIMINARY REPORT

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

1 Preliminary Report/Descriptive Memory - Texts, Graphs, and Drawings A-4

2 Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report - PEAR A-4

4.2. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

4.2.1. MINUTES

At the end of the Basic Project, the Draft of the Final Project Report will be presented
Basic, in 4 volumes, as per the list below.

FINAL REPORT - DRAFT

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

Report / Justification Memo of the Basic Project and Documents for

1 A-4
Competition
2 Basic Execution Project A-1
3 Basic Environmental Assessment Report - BEAR A-4
4 Budget and Execution Plan of the Work A-4

EB-106 - Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of a Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adaptation
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 114

4.2.2. DEFINITIVE IMPRESSION

After the draft is approved, the final report will be presented in its definitive form.
of the Basic Project, according to the volumes listed below.

FINAL REPORT - DEFINITIVE PRINT

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

Relatório / Memória Justificativa do Projeto Básico e Documentos para

1 A-4
Competition
2 Basic Execution Project A-3
3 Basic Environmental Assessment Report - RBAA A-4
4 Budget and Work Execution Plan A-4

EB-106 - Basic Engineering Project for Road Rehabilitation with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adequacy
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 115

APPENDIX A7
EB-107 - EXECUTIVE ENGINEERING PROJECT FOR REHABILITATION OF
HIGHWAY WITH IMPROVEMENTS FOR CAPACITY AND SAFETY ADJUSTMENT

1 DEFINITIONS

It is called Executive Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with

Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adequacy, the set of elements
necessary and sufficient for the complete execution of the work, in accordance with the Standards
Techniques of DNER and DNIT.

It consists of the set of studies and projects developed with the aim of reinforcing the
existing pavement, by adding new structural layers, or by replacement of
one or more layers of the pavement, or to proceed with the total recomposition of the
pavement, in such a way that the resulting structure can economically support the
repetition of loads per axle incident, in conditions of safety and comfort for the
user, during the new project period. The provisions of must be observed.
Basic Scope EB-115: Executive Engineering Project for Rehabilitation of
Road Pavements.

It also consists of the introduction of improvements for adjustment of capacity and safety,
related to problems not directly linked to the existing pavement, such as:
route improvements for the elimination of critical points, lane duplication,
construction of side streets, implementation of third lanes, construction and/or
remodeling of intersections and accesses, urban crossings, reinforcement and widening of
special artworks and construction of walkways for pedestrian crossings.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

This type of project will unfold in three phases, namely:

a) Preliminary Phase;

b) Basic Design Phase;

c) Executive Design Phase.

3 ELABORATION OF THE PROJECT

3.1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

This Basic Scope refers to the Executive Engineering Project for Rehabilitation of
Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment, to be developed
subsequent to the respective Preliminary Studies and the respective Basic Project,
allowing to fully characterize the work from the point of view of execution, and containing

EB-107 - Executive Engineering Project for Rehabilitation of Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 116

all the elements from the previous phases, added to the level of detail specific to
Executive Project, in such a way as to provide a global view of the work and identify all the
its constructive elements clearly.

3.2. PRELIMINARY PHASE

The preliminary phase is characterized by the surveys and studies of the current conditions of
highway with the purpose of establishing the basic project for its rehabilitation,
being, therefore, a phase of diagnosis and recommendations based on the conclusions
of the developed studies (including physical and operational improvements), through the
presentation of the various alternatives studied and work plan for the phase of
basic project.

The activities of the Preliminary Phase must be initiated by the Capacity Studies.
road segment to be designed, aiming at identifying physical improvements and
operational measures to be introduced on the highway, based on the increase of its capacity
road.

These studies must be conducted according to the provisions of the Basic Scope.
EB-108: Studies for the Adjustment of Capacity and Safety of Highways
Existing.

The following will develop the works aiming at the conceptualization of the restoration of
existing pavement, involving the following activities:

a) Historical cadastral survey of the existing pavement;

b) Traffic Studies;

c) Geological Studies;

d) Hydrological Studies;

e) Alignment Studies;

f) Survey of Special Works of Art;

g) Preliminary Assessment of the Existing Pavement; and

h) Environmental Component of the Project.

The following Service Instructions will be used, where applicable:

EB-107 - Executive Engineering Project for Rehabilitation of Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 117

Service Instruction Activity

IS-201 Traffic Studies on Highways - Preliminary Phase

IS-202 Geological Studies - Preliminary Phase
IS-203 Hydrological Studies - Preliminary Phase
Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highways (route studies) - Phase
IS-207
Preliminary
IS-214 Project of Artwork of Special Works - Preliminary Phase
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase
IS-246
Preliminary

If a Basic Project has already been prepared for the road segment to be executed
designed, a detailed analysis of the raised elements will be carried out, and to a
substantial evaluation of the conclusions of the Preliminary Phase of the existing Basic Project,
always in accordance with the above Service Instructions.

The following activities will be carried out:

a) Analysis of available elements, with a view to their complementation and update;

b) Verification of traffic, geological, hydrological studies, and preliminary assessment

of the existing pavement carried out, with possible supplementation, and if necessary
executando pesquisas complementares;
c) Verification of the Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report - RAAP, prepared in
Preliminary Phase of the Basic Project existing to assess the need for its
update or expansion for this preliminary level of the Executive Project.

If there is a need to supplement results from the Preliminary Phase

from the existing Basic Project, the Service Instructions must be followed
correspondents.

In the development of the activities of this Preliminary Phase, the following must be observed
following aspects:

3.2.1. SURVEY OF THE EXISTING PAVEMENT REGISTRATION HISTORY

This survey will contain:

a) Identification of the excerpt based on the latest version of the PNV;

b) Date of delivery of the pavement to traffic;

c) Information about the existing pavement, covering the characteristics of the subgrade,
thickness and composition of pavement layers, nature and execution period
of any rehabilitation and maintenance work; and

d) Typical cross-sections of the pavement.

EB-107 - Executive Engineering Project for Road Rehabilitation with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 118

3.2.2. TRAFFIC STUDIES

They will consist of:

a) Data related to the history of the VMD and fleet composition, obtained from DNIT;

b) Preliminary estimate of traffic;

c) Volumetric and classificatory counts, conducted for at least 3 days, in the

situations in which traffic data is not available or is
outdated;

d) Existing data on vehicle weighings; and

e) Estimate of current traffic

3.2.3. GEOLOGICAL STUDIES

The following activities should be developed:

a) Data collection and research;

b) Interpretation of aerial photographs;

c) Field investigations

3.2.4. HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

Basically consists of the collection of hydrological data (climate, rainfall, river flow and
geomorphology) of the region.

3.2.5. DETAILED STUDIES

The trace studies will primarily aim to identify the alternatives of

outlined improvements to be introduced in the proposal, and preparation of the registration
topographical.

3.2.6. SURVEY OF SPECIAL ARTWORKS

Additional information will be gathered beyond what is available from DNIT, for the
identification of the works with problems and the possible causes.

If there is a need for inspections to be carried out on the artworks

existing specials, the methodology recommended in the DNIT Standard should be adopted
010/2003-PRO – Inspections of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Bridges and Viaducts
Procedure.

EB-107 - Executive Engineering Project for Rehabilitation of Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adequacy
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 119

3.2.7. PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT OF EXISTING PAVEMENT

The preliminary studies of the existing pavement, for the purpose of identifying the solutions
alternatives must encompass the analysis of existing field surveys with the
Objective of determining the functional and structural conditions for identification of
solutions.

3.2.8. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT OF THE PROJECT

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Preliminary Phase, consists of the preparation of
Preliminary Environmental Diagnosis of the direct influence area of the Enterprise, and
in the assessments of the occurrences registered in the environmental surveys, and of the
environmental impacts that may arise from the execution of the works, aiming at
proposal for environmental protection measures.

It must characterize the environmental situation of the area of influence of the project in
physical, biotic, anthropic aspects, aiming for knowledge of the region before the
implementation of the venture, serving as a reference for assessing the impacts
environmental impacts resulting from the construction and operation of the highway, and from environmental liabilities.

In this Preliminary Phase of the Environmental Component of the project, it must be developed
agreement with aIS-246 - Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects
Preliminary Phase, to be consolidated by the Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report
RPAA, which will allow for decision-making to optimize technical alternatives.
locational, as well as the initiative of DNIT, together with the Licensing Environmental Agency, to
Request for the Preliminary License-LP of the Enterprise.

3.3. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

With the approval of the conclusions and recommendations of the Preliminary phase, the
Basic Project Phase, with the aim of selecting the layout alternative to be
consolidated and detail the selected solution, providing plans, drawings and others
elements that enable an adequate identification of the work to be executed.

The Basic Design Phase should cover:

a) Schematic Registration of the Highway

b) Traffic Study

c) Traffic Safety Study

d) Geological Study

Hydrological Study

f) Route Study

g) Topographic Study

EB-107 - Executive Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 120

h) Geotechnical Study

i) Geometric Project

Earthworks project

k) Drainage Project

Pavement Rehabilitation Project

m) Project of Special Works of Art

n) Project of Intersections, Returns and Accesses

o) Signaling Project

p) Complementary Works Project

Expropriation Project

Environmental Component

s) Project Budget

Project Execution Plan

The following Service Instructions will be used where applicable:

EB-107 - Executive Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 121

Service Instruction Activity

IS-201 Traffic Studies on Highways - Final Phase

IS-202 Geological Studies - Definitive Phase
IS-203 Hydrological Studies - Definitive Phase
Topographical Studies for Basic Engineering Projects - Project Phase
IS-204
Basic (Single Phase)
IS-206 Geotechnical Studies - Basic Project Phase
Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highway (Alignment Studies) - Phase
IS-207
Definitive
IS-208 Projeto Geométrico - Fase de Projeto Básico
IS-209 Earthworks Project - Basic Project Phase
IS-210 Drainage Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-211 Flexible Pavement Project - Basic Design Phase
Structural Assessment and Rehabilitation Design of Flexible and Semi-
IS-212
Rigid – Basic Design Phase
IS-213 Intersections, Returns, and Access Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-214 Special Works of Art Project - Preliminary and Basic Project Phases
Evaluation and Resizing of Existing Special Works - Phase
IS-223
of Basic Project
IS-215 Signaling Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-216 Landscaping Project - Basic Design Phase
Protection Device Project (Defenses and Barriers) - Design Phase
IS-217
Basic
IS-218 Fence Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-219 Expropriation Project - Basic Project Phase
IS-220 Budget of the Work - Preliminary and Basic Project Phases
Presentation of the Execution Plan of the Work - Executive Project Phase
IS-222
(Single Phase)
IS-225 Rigid Pavement Project - Basic Design Phase
Aerial Photogrammetric Coverage and Support for Basic Highway Project - Phase
IS-226
Basic Project (Single Phase)
Aerophotogrammetric Return and Field Support for Basic Project
IS-227
Highway - Basic Project Phase (Single Phase)
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase of
IS-246
Basic Project

If a Basic Project has already been prepared for the road segment to be executed
designed, a detailed re-evaluation of its Basic Project phase will be carried out,
starting from:

a) Evaluation of the basic project developed, considering the necessary services for
execution of the work and corresponding costs;

EB-107 - Executive Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment
Diretrizes Básicas para Elaboração de Estudos e Projetos Rodoviários 122

b) Evaluation and consolidation of the Basic Environmental Assessment Report - RBAA,

developed in the existing Basic Project.

c) Evaluation of all and any observation deemed relevant and that comes
modify any conclusion or recommendation of the existing Basic Project;
d) Preparation of a conclusive opinion regarding the solutions presented in the Basic Project
existing through the analysis of its Presentation Volumes (Volumes 1, 2, 3, and 4)

Should there be a need for a supplement to the proposed project solutions

Existing basics, the corresponding Service Instructions must be followed.

In the development of the activities of this Basic Project Phase, the following must be observed
the following aspects:

3.3.1. SCHEMATIC REGISTRATION OF THE HIGHWAY

The preparation of the schematic registration of the highway should indicate the following elements:

a) Range of domain with bindings of geographical accidents and other points

notable
b) Characterization of the highway sections regarding the type of pavement and layers,
indicating the dimensions of the right-of-way, the platform, the pavement and the
retreats;

c) Indication of the sources of materials to be used in the rehabilitation works of

pavement

d) Interferences and possible occupations of the domain strip;

e) Indications regarding critical segments concerning traffic safety; and

f) Other indications deemed pertinent.

3.3.2. TRAFFIC STUDIES

These studies will aim to assess the traffic capacity of the highway, by subsection.
homogeneous, over the useful life period, counted from the release of the section to traffic,
based on the existing geometric project and the topographic studies carried out. For
For the purpose of this scope, a homogeneous subsection is understood to be one that has the
same geometric characteristics and the same volumes and traffic compositions.

They should encompass the following activities:

a) Volumetric, directional, and classificatory counts; conducted for at least 7

days

b) Weighing of commercial vehicles;

c) Data processing;

EB-107 - Executive Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of a Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adequacy
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 123

Traffic projections;
e) Determination of the number N.

3.3.3. TRAFFIC SAFETY STUDIES

Traffic safety studies aim to assess the conditions

operational aspects of the highway with a focus on road safety. The elements obtained will be
used with the aim of ensuring that the rehabilitation project includes all the
traffic engineering measures necessary to minimize the risks of occurrence of
traffic accidents, in the section under study, within the project horizon. Therefore,
the accident concentration segments should be identified through consultation
from the following documents of the Accident Data Processing System,
DEST/DNIT:

a) Stretch Registration;

b) Listing of Critical Sections;

c) Listing of Accident Reports in Accident Concentration Locations.

After the collection and analysis of data on accidents, the section should be inspected.
aiming to detect failures in the adopted traffic engineering system, in what it says
regarding visibility deficiencies, geometry issues, superelevation
inadequate, poor or non-existent signage, insufficient road capacity, locations
unsuitable for pedestrian crossings, among others.

Next, engineering measures will be defined aiming at the elimination of these.

accidents, as well as the prioritization of critical sections for investment purposes in
function of the indices and costs of accidents, before and after the interventions of
engineering.

3.3.4. GEOLOGICAL STUDIES

The following activities must be developed:

a) Establishment of a drilling plan;

b) Geological mapping;
c) Geological description of the review;

d) Recommendations.

3.3.5. HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

Hydrological studies will be developed with a view to verifying the operation.

hydraulic of problematic surface and deep drainage devices,

EB-107 - Executive Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of a Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adequacy
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 124

mainly those that have insufficient structural conditions and flow.

The following activities will be developed:

a) Collection of local information and with conservation teams regarding the functioning
two devices for surface and deep drainage;

b) Local inspection to identify problematic drainage devices, with the

respective drainage basins, aiming for repair or replacement;
c) Determination of the rainfall equations for the region, correlating intensity of
precipitation x duration x return period, if necessary; and

d) Sizing of proposed solutions using methods and formulas

consecrated.

3.3.6. DETAILED STUDIES

The route alternatives for the improvements to be introduced on the highway must be
submitted to a comparative assessment for the purposes of defining the routes to be
designed.

3.3.7. TOPOGRAPHIC STUDIES

The topographic studies for the Basic Project are developed in a single phase, and
may be carried out by:

− Topographic survey by aerophotogrammetric process or,

− Conventional topographic survey.

The topographic survey by aerophotogrammetric process will observe the following

sequence:

a) selection of flight paths;

b) flight of the selected corridor;

c) examination of the photographs obtained;

d) demarcation of the restitution areas.

In this case, the following methodologies will be adopted:

Service Instruction Activity

Aerial Photogrammetric Coverage and Support for Basic Highway Project - Phase
IS-226
of Basic Project (Single Phase)
Aerophotogrammetric Restitution and Field Support for Basic Project
IS-227
Highway - Basic Project Phase (Single Phase)

EB-107 - Executive Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of a Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adaptation
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 125

The topographic survey by conventional process will follow the sequence indicated to
to follow

a) Implementation of a basic topographic network;

b) Launch of exploration line

c) Leveling and counterleveling of the exploration line

d) Survey of cross sections

e) Additional surveys

f) Total space

g) Tracking

3.3.8. GEOTECHNICAL STUDIES

The existing pavement being flexible or semi-rigid, the Geotechnical Studies

they will provide subsidies for the preparation of the pavement diagnosis, consisting of
following activities:

a) Subjective assessment of the pavement (visual inspection) aimed at the subdivision of

segment in homogeneous segments;

b) Objective assessment of the pavement surface;

c) Measures of longitudinal irregularity (QI/IRI);

d) Measurements of reversible deflections and deflection basins on the pavement surface;

e) Registration and selection of quarries, sand pits, and other materials existing along
from the highway, which may be used in the pavement rehabilitation project;

f) Preliminary geotechnical studies of the areas of occurrence of materials

selected; and

g) Pavement surveys, to verify the types and thicknesses of layers and

characterization of the constituent materials.

For the execution of the aforementioned surveys, IS 212 will be used.

Service Instruction for Structural Assessment and Rehabilitation Project
Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavements - Basic Design Phase and the methodologies
followed indicated:

EB-107 - Executive Engineering Project for Road Rehabilitation with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 126

Methodology Title

Objective Assessment of the Surface of Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavements -

DNIT 006/2003-PRO
procedure
Survey for Assessment of the Surface Condition of Subsections
DNIT 007/2003-PRO Homogeneous Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavement Highways for Management
of Pavements and Studies and Projects - Procedure
DNIT 009/2003-PRO Subjective Evaluation of Pavement Surfaces - Procedure
Measurement of surface irregularity of pavement with systems
DNER-PRO 182
integrators IPR/USP and Maysmeter
DNER-ME 024 Determination of pavement deflections by the Benkelman beam
Determination of deflections using falling weight deflectometer
DNER-PRO 273
deflectometer-FWD

The existing pavement being Rigid Pavement, the following must be observed
methodologies:

Methodology Title

DNIT 060/2004-PRO Rigid Pavement Inspections - Procedure

DNIT 061/2004-TER Defects in Rigid Pavements - Terminology
DNIT 062/2004-PRO Objective Assessment of Rigid Pavements - Procedure
DNIT 063/2004-PRO Subjective Evaluation of Rigid Pavements - Procedure

3.3.9. GEOMETRIC PROJECT

Based on the Aerophotogrammetric Restitution, or the Exploration Line, carried out

In the Topographic Study, the Geometric Project of the improvements in this Basic Project Phase
will consist of:

a) Project in plan, at appropriate scale;

b) Grade design, at the appropriate scale;

c) Typical cross sections of the platforms, based on the conclusions of the Studies of
Traffic carried out in this phase.

3.3.10. DRAINAGE PROJECT

The alternatives regarding the movement of volumes will be evaluated.

of earthworks in order to adjust, among other things, the borrowing needs and
out-of-boot with availability of areas for such, also taking into account the plans of
existing or planned urbanization and landscaping, for mutual compatibility, in addition
from environmental protection.

Research will still be carried out to determine possible locations for boxes of
loans.

EB-107 - Executive Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of a Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adequacy
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 127

Finally, based on the studies conducted, a succinct framework will be prepared.

earthworks orientation, defining the influence on the aspects of dumping and
loan, as well as, costs. This table should also present the summary of
cut volumes, by category, and landfill volumes to be compacted. The method
recommended for determining the volume at this stage is that of the average red quota.

3.3.11. DRAINAGE PROJECT

Based on the survey of problematic drainage devices, as per

studies conducted in the previous phase, which enabled the achievement of the sizing and
preliminary quantification of the proposed solutions, the solutions to be defined will be
adopted.

3.3.12. PAVEMENT REHABILITATION PROJECT

Based on the geotechnical studies and the assessment of the existing pavement, a draft will be prepared.
pavement rehabilitation project, based on the Service Instructions and Standards
the following:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-211 (replacement) Paving project (flexible pavement) - Basic Project Phase

Structural assessment and rehabilitation design of the Pavement (flexible pavement)
IS-212 (rehabilitation)
Basic Design Phase
IS-225 Rigid Pavement Project - Basic Design Phase

Norma Activity

DNER-PRO 010 Structural evaluation of flexible pavements - Procedure A

DNER-PRO 011 Structural evaluation of flexible pavements – Procedure B
DNER-PRO 159 Restoration project of flexible and semi-rigid pavements
DNER-PRO 269 Flexible pavement restoration project - TECNAPAV

In the preparation of the Pavement Rehabilitation Project, the criteria must be adopted
following:

a) size the pavement using at least three methods indicated in the table
anterior

b) adopt thicknesses of the reinforcement layer provided by the method that best
adapt to the functional and structural conditions of each homogeneous segment;

c) compare the costs of alternatives for the purpose of choosing the most suitable solution and
present the justification for the chosen solution in volume 3.

In this Basic Project phase, the pavement rehabilitation project must contain, in
minimum, the following elements:

EB-107 - Executive Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 128

− Development of the pavement rehabilitation solution selected in the phase of

preliminary;
− Expedited inventory of the condition of the highway through which an
estimation of local pavement failures;
− Table containing the quantities of the services;

− Type cross sections of the pavement, indicating the services to be performed;

− Physical schedule;

− Sketch showing the location of existing material occurrences for

pavement, as well as advisable locations for the installation of support;
− Segments of the section that will require surface and deep drainage;

− Specifications and recommendations for the execution of the service.

The pavement being rigid pavement, the methodologies presented must be observed.
In the Manual of Rigid Pavements of DNIT, currently undergoing revision at IPR.

3.3.13. PROJECT OF SPECIAL ART WORKS

This project must include:

a) Definition of the project conception;

b) Study of alternatives for the crossing, regarding the location of implementation of the
work;
c) Study of the feasible structural solutions, resulting from the examination of the site
implementation, with definition, for each proposed solution, of the total length of the
work, number of spans, main geometric characteristics, extent of the fills of
access and foundations;

Pre-sizing of the selected alternatives, with quantity estimates

and costs and total justification for each solution;

e) Choice of the solution, opting for the one that best meets the technical criteria,
economic and administrative requirements and operational requirements for the highway. Consider the
architectural and landscaping aspects of the work;
f) Structural calculation memory of the adopted solution defining the main sections and
relevant elements in the structure, including resistance checks and
approximate amount of armor;

3.3.14. INTERSECTION, RETURN AND ACCESS PROJECT

This project comprises the graphical representation of intersections, returns, and access points.
expected. It should include:

EB-107 - Executive Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adaptation
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 129

a) Justification of the solution adopted in light of the traffic to be addressed.

b) Preliminary graphic planialtimetric project with sizing and treatment of all

geometric elements of the project, such as lanes, shoulders, lanes of
speed change, domain range, super elevations, medians, islands, according to
with the following instructions:

c) Typical cross sections at notable intersection points.

The recommendations of the DNER Intersection Design Manual must be followed.

3.3.15. DESIGNATION PROJECT

With the data obtained during the road registration process, where the
deficiencies of the road signaling of the section, the signaling project will be developed.

3.3.16. COMPLEMENTARY WORKS PROJECT

It will be developed including replacement or repairs of defenses, barriers, and fences.

delimitation and any containment works.

3.3.17. EXPROPRIATION PROJECT

In this Basic Project phase, the Expropriation Project will be limited to an evaluation.
the areas to be expropriated, and an estimate of their costs.

These procedures should be based on the Geometric Project developed in this phase.

3.3.18. PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Basic Design Phase, should be
developed according to the following activities:

a) Preparation of the Definitive Environmental Diagnosis;

b) Environmental Liability Assessments;

c) Identification and Assessment of Environmental Impacts;

Establishment of the Environmental Prognosis;

e) Environmental Protection Measures.

In this Basic Design Phase, the Environmental Component of the project must be developed.
according to the provisions of IS-246 - Environmental Component of Projects
Road Engineering - Basic Project Phase.

The Environmental Component of the Project at this Stage will be consolidated by the Basic Report.
of Environmental Assessment - RBAA, which serves as the document to support the

EB-107 - Executive Engineering Project for Rehabilitation of Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 130

analysis and evaluation of the environmental damages caused by the Enterprise, aiming at
one of its main functions is to instrumentalize the decision of the licensing body in the sense
to grant the Installation License - LI, of the Enterprise, whenever the
the execution of the bidding for the work is based on this Basic Engineering Project.

3.3.19. PROJECT BUDGET

At the end of the studies conducted in this phase, the costs of the work will be estimated.
for pavement rehabilitation, and introduction of improvements to increase capacity and
safety adopting the methodology recommended in IS-220 Work Budget -
Preliminary Phase and Basic Project and in the recommendations of the Cost System
Road workers of DNIT - SICRO.

3.4. EXECUTIVE PROJECT

With the approval of the conclusions and recommendations of the Basic Design Phase, it will be
the executive project phase has begun, with the purpose of detailing the selected solution,
providing plants, drawings, and service notes that allow for the construction of
highway. The following elements must be provided:

a) information that enables the study and deduction of construction methods,

temporary installations and organizational conditions for the construction work;

b) subsidies for the preparation of the bidding plan and management of the work;

c) detailed budget of the total cost of the work, based on quantities of

services, supply of materials and transport properly assessed.

d) informação para a instrução dos processos desapropriatórios

The Environmental Component of the Project in this Executive Project Phase consists of
detailed planning and budgeting for environmental protection measures, both corrective and
preventive measures indicated in the Basic Design Phase, aiming at rehabilitation/recovery
of environmental liability and the execution of works in an environmentally correct manner.

The detailing activities must pay attention to the information or requirements of

environmental agencies and other environmental studies prepared for the project.
It is noteworthy that for the interference with the sources intended for consumption
humans, protective devices must be designed in order to avoid or mitigate the
impacts resulting from possible accidents involving the road transport of products
dangerous.

In this Executive Project Phase, the Environmental Component of the Project will be developed.
in accordance with the provisions of IS-246 - Environmental Component of Projects
Highway Engineering - Executive Project Phase.

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Phase, will be consolidated by the Final Report.
of Environmental Assessment - RFAA that must contain the elements that characterize the

EB-107 - Executive Engineering Project for Road Rehabilitation with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 131

detailing of the environmental protection measures established in the Project Phase

Basic.

In the case where the bidding for the work is based on this Executive Project of
Engineering, the Final Environmental Assessment Report - RAAF should provide
additional information that allows DNIT to request from the Environmental Agency
Licensor, the Installation License - LI, of the Enterprise.

As atividades a serem desenvolvidas nesta fase deverão atender ao disposto nas

following Service Instructions:

Service Instruction Activity

Topographic Studies for Executive Projects - Executive Project Phase

IS-205
(Single Phase)
IS-206 Geotechnical Studies - Executive Project Phase
IS-208 Geometric Project - Executive Design Phase
IS-209 Earthworks Project - Executive Design Phase
IS-210 Drainage Project - Executive Design Phase
IS-211 Flexible Pavement Project - Executive Design Phase
IS-213 Intersections, Returns and Access Project - Executive Design Phase
IS-214 Project of Special Works of Art - Executive Project Phase
Assessment and Resizing of Existing Special Works - Phase
IS-223
of Executive Project
IS-215 Signage Project - Executive Design Phase
IS-216 Landscape Design Project - Executive Project Phase
Protection Devices Project (Defenses and Barriers) - Design Phase
IS-217
Executive
IS-218 Fence Project - Executive Design Phase
IS-219 Expropriation Project - Executive Project Phase
IS-220 Budget of the Work - Executive Project Phase
Presentation of the Work Execution Plan - Executive Project Phase
IS-222
(Single Phase)
Road Signaling Project during the Execution of Works and Services -
IS-224
Executive Design Phase (Single Phase)
IS-225 Rigid Pavement Project - Executive Design Phase
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase of
IS-246
Executive Project

EB-107 - Executive Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adequacy
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 132

4 PRESENTATION OF THE EXECUTIVE PROJECT

4.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE

At the end of the Preliminary Phase, the Preliminary Project Report will be presented.
Executive, containing the observations and preliminary recommendations considered.
relevant being constituted by the following volumes.

PRELIMINARY REPORT

VOLUME TÍTULO FORMAT

1 Preliminary Report/Descriptive Memory - Texts, Graphs, and Drawings A-4

2 Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report - PEAR A-4

4.2. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

At the end of the basic design phase, the Basic Project Report will be presented.
Executive, containing the proposed solutions, indicative tables of the characteristics
operational and quantitative techniques of the services, consisting of the volumes
following:

BASIC REPORT

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

1 Report / Justification Memo of the Basic Project - Text A-4

2 Basic Execution Project A-1
3 Basic Environmental Assessment Report - BEAR A-4
4 Budget A-4

4.3. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

Finalizing the preparation of the Executive Project, the Final Report will be presented.
Executive Project, initially in the form of a draft. After examination and approval by DNIT,
will be presented in the form of a final print. The Final Report will consist of
by the following volumes:

EB-107 - Executive Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Upgrade
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 133

FINAL REPORT

FORMAT
VOLUME TITLE
Printing
Minute
Definitive

1 Project Report and Documents for Bidding A-4 A-4

2 Execution Project A-1 A-3
3 Justification Memorandum A-4 A-4
3A Geotechnical Studies A-4 A-4
3B Calculation Memory of Structures A-4 A-4
3C Service Notes and Volume Calculation A-4 A-4
3D Expropriation Project A-4 A-4
3E Final Environmental Assessment Report - FEAR A-4 A-4
Other Attachments (as needed) A-4 A-4
4 Budget and Execution Plan A-4 A-4

EB-107 - Executive Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of a Highway with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adequacy
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 134

ANNEX A8
EB-108 - BASIC SCOPE FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF STUDIES FOR ADJUSTMENT
ON THE CAPACITY AND SAFETY OF EXISTING HIGHWAYS

1 DEFINITION

Studies for the Adjustment of Capacity and Safety of Highways

Existing set of studies and evaluations developed for the definition of
improvements to be implemented on existing highways. They mainly aim to
increase in road capacity, the elimination of the physical and operational characteristics of
through which they identify as dangerous, thus increasing security conditions
for the users.

This scope includes the estimate of the costs for implementing the proposed improvements, the
formulation of a schedule and the development of a detailed scope for the phase
subsequent to the final engineering project.

2 STUDY PHASE

The studies will be conducted in a single phase, the Preliminary Phase, and will comprise the
following activities:

Data collection;
a) Collection of supplementary data;
b) Diagnosis of the current situation;

c) Traffic projections;

d) Conducting preliminary studies; and

e) Choice of the most appropriate alternative(s).

3 DEVELOPMENT OF STUDIES

Follow the recommendations contained in the Service Instructions:

Service Instruction Activity

IS - 201 Traffic Studies on Highways - Preliminary Phase

Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highways (Alignment Studies) -
IS – 207 Preliminary and Definitive Phases

Studies for Definition de Program for Adequacy yes

IS - 232
Capacity and Security (PACS) - Single Phase
Environmental Component of Projects of Engineering Bus Station
IS – 246 Preliminary Phase

EB-108 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Studies for the Adaptation of Capacity and Safety of Existing Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 119

3.2.7. PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT OF EXISTING PAVEMENT

The preliminary studies of the existing pavement, for the purpose of identifying the solutions
alternatives must encompass the analysis of existing field surveys with the
Objective of determining the functional and structural conditions for identification of
solutions.

3.2.8. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT OF THE PROJECT

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Preliminary Phase, consists of the preparation of
Preliminary Environmental Diagnosis of the direct influence area of the Enterprise, and
in the assessments of the occurrences registered in the environmental surveys, and of the
environmental impacts that may arise from the execution of the works, aiming at
proposal for environmental protection measures.

It must characterize the environmental situation of the area of influence of the project in
physical, biotic, anthropic aspects, aiming for knowledge of the region before the
implementation of the venture, serving as a reference for assessing the impacts
environmental impacts resulting from the construction and operation of the highway, and from environmental liabilities.

In this Preliminary Phase of the Environmental Component of the project, it must be developed
agreement with aIS-246 - Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects
Preliminary Phase, to be consolidated by the Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report
RPAA, which will allow for decision-making to optimize technical alternatives.
locational, as well as the initiative of DNIT, together with the Licensing Environmental Agency, to
Request for the Preliminary License-LP of the Enterprise.

3.3. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

With the approval of the conclusions and recommendations of the Preliminary phase, the
Basic Project Phase, with the aim of selecting the layout alternative to be
consolidated and detail the selected solution, providing plans, drawings and others
elements that enable an adequate identification of the work to be executed.

The Basic Design Phase should cover:

a) Schematic Registration of the Highway

b) Traffic Study

c) Traffic Safety Study

d) Geological Study

Hydrological Study

f) Route Study

g) Topographic Study

EB-107 - Executive Engineering Project for Highway Rehabilitation with Improvements for Capacity and Safety Adjustment
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 136

3.3. DIAGNOSIS OF THE CURRENT SITUATION

This stage aims to identify the main problems observed, as well as the causes,
in order to conceive corrective measures for the solutions. Thus, the following
analyses should be carried out:

3.3.1. TRAFFIC STUDIES

To determine the flow patterns along the stretch, such as:

a) Research on the main characteristics of demand fluctuation, such as variations.

seasonal throughout the year, such as:

b) vacation periods, holidays, and festive dates;

c) harvest period (in the case of highways that serve agricultural production);

d) Knowledge of the basic purposes of trips, especially the occurrence of

commuting trips, typical of urban areas;

e) Obtaining parameters or other indices that allow for accurate execution

acceptable, the projection of vehicle flow over the study horizon, according to
the recommendations of IS-230: Traffic Studies in Urban Areas - Phases
Preliminary and Definitive;
f) Evaluations of operational conditions, based on the HCM (Highway Capacity Manual)
Manual), with the intention of understanding the operating regimes throughout the entire year.
for the current situation, and throughout the study period.

3.3.2. STUDY OF ACCIDENTS

a) Determine the exact location of the critical sections, the danger pattern and the
comparison with the rates and indices of the other critical sections.

b) Obtain more information and refer to the absolute quantities for each section. For each
critical section to create the collision diagram, recording the types and
consequences of the most common accidents.

c) The next stage of the accident analysis will be to formulate a diagnosis of the main
causes of occurrences, confirmed by field inspections; and

d) Consider the data from the expedited survey conducted in the main
pedestrian crossing locations, intersections and junctions, generating hubs
traffic and relevant establishments in the study of accidents, such as schools,
hospitals, important businesses.

3.4. TRAFFIC PROJECTIONS

Since the studies aim for a short-term improvement program, many of the
analyses and conclusions will be based on the existing traffic. To reconcile any

EB-108 - Basic Scope for Preparing Studies for the Adjustment of Capacity and Safety of Existing Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 137

recommendations with the other traffic projections already made, referring them to
same or another year-horizon.

3.5. CONDUCTING PRELIMINARY STUDIES

The preliminary study phase includes the definition of a set of measures that
eliminate, or even minimize the causes of the problems identified. This list of
probable solutions should consider not only the physical and operational interventions to
to implant, but also, the aspects not directly related to the road itself, such as the
use of the local road system, modifications in the patterns of riverside occupation, impact
Environmental and access control. It should be clarified that some of these measures
They will involve the local governmental institution.

Most of the time, it is not possible to reconcile relevant issues, such as mobility and
accessibility. The first refers to the road circulation itself,
especially the fluidity, safety, and comfort of the users. The second refers to the
ease of entry and exit in the transportation system under study.

The choice of the privileged function will be the result of the analyses conducted. Example: the
small-scale urban crossings, long-distance road traffic should be
prioritized, placing greater emphasis on the mobility aspect, to the detriment of accessibility.
Unlike highly densely populated urban areas, with vehicle flows towards the
non-predominant areas, the accessibility function will be treated specially, in
detriment to mobility.

In urban crossings, alternative solutions should include physical measures and

operational ones, such as:

a) construction of walkways or overpasses for pedestrian crossing and local traffic;

b) installation of vertical and horizontal or luminous signage (traffic lights, panels of
variable messages, lane markers, among others);

c) blocking access to the highway;

d) lane duplication;

e) improvement of curve radius;

f) implementation of superelevation;

g) installation or recovery of the drainage system; and

h) improvement of visibility conditions.

3.6. CHOOSE THE MOST APPROPRIATE ALTERNATIVE(S)

EB-108 - Basic Scope for the Development of Studies for the Adaptation of Capacity and Safety of Existing Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 138

This stage consists of choosing, among all the recommended measures in the stage
previous, that one or those that are more viable for implementation. The solution of
The problem can arise from a single measure or from a set.

For the choice of the most viable interventions, some questions should be raised.
considered, such as those listed below:

a) benefit/cost relationship of the alternative(s);

b) initial investment for the implementation of measures;

c) cost of operation, maintenance, and conservation of the considered solutions;

d) positive and negative impacts on the environment in local urban planning;

e) duration period of the measures, that is, the time during which they will remain effective.

3.7. PREPARATION OF DESIGN/GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION

At this stage, a graphical representation of the most alternative(s) should be presented.

adequate.

4 PRESENTATION

The presentation of the studies must follow the presentation systems in the Projects.
Basics and Executive Engineering for Road Rehabilitation with Improvements
for Capacity and Safety Adequacy, EB-106 and EB-107.

EB-108 - Basic Scope for Developing Studies for the Adaptation of the Capacity and Safety of Existing Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 139

ANNEX A9
EB-109 - BASIC SCOPE FOR THE ELABORATION OF BASIC PROJECT
ENGINEERING FOR HIGHWAY DUPLICATION

1 DEFINITION

It is called Basic Engineering Project for Highway Duplication, the set of

necessary and sufficient elements with an adequate level of precision to characterize the
work or services for the duplication of highways, developed based on the indications of
preliminary technical studies that ensure technical feasibility and adequacy
treatment of the environmental impact of the enterprise, and that enables the evaluation of the
cost of the work and the definition of the methods and deadlines for execution for bidding purposes.

It is the set of studies and projects that need to be developed aiming at

primarily the duplication of the track, and consequently the special artwork
existing, and the adjustment of the circulation schemes to the new runway situation.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

This type of project will unfold in two phases, namely:

a) Preliminary Phase;

b) Basic Design Phase

3 Preparation of the project

3.1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

The Basic Engineering Project for Road Duplication must contain the
following elements:

a) development of the chosen solution in order to provide a global view of the work and
identify all of its constituent elements clearly;

b) global and localized technical solutions, sufficiently detailed, in order to

minimize the need for revisions during the project development phases
executive, and the execution of the works;

c) identification of the types of services to be executed, of materials to be incorporated into the work and of
equipment to be used, as well as their specifications, in order to ensure the
best results for the venture;

d) information that enables the study and deduction of construction methods,

temporary facilities and organizational conditions for the work;

EB-109 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for the Duplication of Highway
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 140

e) subsidies for the preparation of the bidding plan and project management, encompassing the
your programming, the supply strategy, the monitoring standards and others
necessary data in each case;

f) detailed budget of the overall cost of the work, based on quantities of

services and supplies of materials and properly assessed transportation.

3.2. PRELIMINARY PHASE

The Preliminary Phase is characterized by the development of the Functional Plan and Study of
Tracing Alternatives.

Studies will be conducted covering the entire collector/distributor road system.

showing the overall conception of the highway's operation, its integration with the rest
of the road system and other basic information related to the way it operates
circulation plan.

In this preliminary phase, the following activities will be carried out:

a) Historical cadastral survey of the existing pavement;

b) Traffic Studies;

c) Geological Studies;

d) Hydrological Studies;

e) Route Studies;
f) Assembly of the Functional Plan;

g) Survey of Special Works of Art;

h) Preliminary Assessment of the Existing Pavement; and

i) Environmental Component of the Project.

The following Service Instructions will be used where applicable:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-201 Traffic Studies on Highways - Preliminary Phase

IS-202 Geological Studies - Preliminary Phase
IS-203 Hydrological Studies - Preliminary Phase
Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highways (alignment studies) - Phase
IS-207
Preliminary
Functional Plan studies aimed at Improving Capacity
IS-231 Highway Safety in Duplication Project - Preliminary Phase (Phase
Unique
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase
IS-246
Preliminary

EB-109 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for Highway Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 141

If there are already Technical and Economic Feasibility Studies for the road segment
to be designed, a detailed analysis of the raised elements will be carried out, and to a
substantial assessment of the conclusions of existing studies, always in compliance
with the above related Service Instructions.

If there is a need to supplement the results contained in the Studies of

Existing viability must follow the corresponding Service Instructions.

In the development of the activities of this Preliminary Phase, the following must be observed:
following aspects:

3.2.1. SURVEY OF THE EXISTING PAVEMENT CATALOG HISTORICAL

This survey will contain:

a) Identification of the excerpt based on the latest version of the PNV;

b) Date of pavement delivery to traffic;

c) Information about the existing pavement, covering the characteristics of the subgrade,
thickness and composition of the pavement layers, nature and period of execution
of any rehabilitation and maintenance work; and

d) Typical cross-sections of the pavement.

3.2.2. TRAFFIC STUDIES

Will consist of:

a) Data related to the history of the VMD and fleet composition, obtained from DNIT;

b) Preliminary traffic estimate;

c) Volumetric and classificatory counts, carried out for at least 3 days, in

situations in which traffic data is not available or is
outdated;

d) Existing data on vehicle weighings;

e) Estimate of current traffic;

f) Study of Capacity and Levels of Service of the highway (H.C.M. methodology)

3.2.3. GEOLOGICAL STUDIES

The following activities should be developed:

a) Data collection and research;

b) Interpretation of aerial photographs;

EB-109 - Basic Scope for the Development of Basic Engineering Project for Road Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 142

c) Field investigations

3.2.4. HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

Basically consists of the collection of hydrological data (climate, rainfall, streamflow and
geomorphology) of the region.

3.2.5. DETAILED STUDIES

The tracing studies will primarily aim to identify the alternatives for
traces to be considered in the conduct of studies, in the case of a 2nd track
independent (remote) from the existing track.

3.2.6. FUNCTIONAL PLAN ASSEMBLY

It will consist of:

a) Local Recognition (Visual Inspection);

b) Basic Elements (Aerial Photogrammetry);

c) Establishment of the Basic Guidelines;

d) Launch of the Functional Plan

3.2.7. SURVEY OF SPECIAL ARTWORKS

Hydrological, topographical, geological, and geometric information will be gathered.

available at DNIT, for the identification of the works to be constructed.

As for the existing works, information regarding the

project, to the construction, to the functioning of the structure, for the identification of the problems and
possible causes.

If there is a need to carry out inspections on existing works,

the methodology recommended in the NormDNIT 010/2003-PRO - Inspections will be adopted.
Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Bridges and Viaducts.

3.2.8. PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT OF EXISTING PAVEMENT

The preliminary studies of the existing pavement, for the purpose of identifying the solutions
alternatives should encompass the analysis of existing field surveys with the
objective of determining the functional and structural conditions for identification of the
solutions.

3.2.9. ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN COMPONENT

EB-109 - Basic Scope for the Development of Basic Engineering Project for Highway Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 143

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Preliminary Phase, consists of the elaboration of
Preliminary Environmental Diagnosis of the direct influence area of the Enterprise, and
in the assessments of the occurrences registered in the environmental surveys, and of the
environmental impacts that may arise from the execution of the works, aiming at the
proposal for environmental protection measures.

It must characterize the environmental situation of the area of influence of the enterprise in
physical, biotic, anthropic aspects, aiming for an understanding of the region before the
implementation of the enterprise, serving as a reference for assessing the impacts
environmental impacts arising from the works and operation of the highway, and from environmental liabilities.

In this Preliminary Phase, the Environmental Component of the project must be developed accordingly.
with aIS-246 - Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase
Preliminary, to be consolidated by the Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report -
RPAA, which will enable decision-making for the optimization of technical alternatives
locational, as well as the initiative of DNIT, alongside the Licensing Environmental Agency, to
request for the Preliminary License (LP) of the Enterprise.

3.3. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

With the approval of the conclusions and recommendations of the Preliminary Phase, the
Basic Project phase, aimed at selecting the route alternative to be
consolidated and detailed the selected solution, through the estimation of quantities of
service and the preparation of plants, drawings, and other elements that enable the
perfect identification of the work to be executed.

In the highway segments where the possibility of constructing the new lane occurs
traffic, parallel and adjacent to the existing one, a study will be conducted to determine the side in
that will be launched, taking into account construction difficulties, problems of
expropriations and compensation for earthworks volumes. In the segments of
highway where there is a need to lay down the new lane with an independent guideline
from existing, one should, whenever possible, project returns at intervals of about 5
km.

The Basic Project Phase must cover:

a) Schematic Registration of the Highway

b) Traffic Study

c) Traffic Safety Study

d) Geological Study

Hydrological Study

f) Trace Study

g) Topographic Study

EB-109 - Basic Scope for the Development of Basic Engineering Project for Road Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 144

h) Geotechnical Study

Geometric Project

j) Earthworks Project

k) Drainage Project

l) Paving Project

m) Pavement Rehabilitation Project

n) Project of Special Artwork

o) Evaluation and Resizing of Existing Artwork

Intersections, Returns and Access Project

Signage Project

r) Project of Complementary Works

Expropriation Project
Environmental Component of the Project

u) Project Budget

v) Work Execution Plan

The following Service Instructions will be used, where applicable:

EB-109 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for Road Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 145

Service Instruction Activity

IS-201 Traffic Studies on Highways - Definitive Phase

IS-202 Geological Studies - Definitive Phase
IS-203 Hydrological Studies - Definitive Phase
Topographic Studies for Basic Engineering Projects - Project Phase
IS-204
Basic (Single Phase)
IS-206 Geotechnical Studies - Basic Project Phase
IS-208 Geometric Project – Basic Project Phase
IS-209 Earthworks Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-210 Drainage Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-211 Flexible Pavement Project - Basic Design Phase
Structural Assessment and Rehabilitation Design of Flexible and Semi-
IS-212
Rigid - Basic Project Phase
IS-213 Intersections, Returns, and Access Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-214 Project of Special Artwork - Preliminary and Basic Design Phases
Evaluation and Resizing of Existing Special Works - Phase
IS-223
of Basic Project
IS-215 Signage Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-216 Landscaping Project - Basic Project Phase
Protection Devices Project (Defenses and Barriers) - Design Phase
IS-217
Basic
IS-218 Fence Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-219 Expropriation Project - Basic Project Phase
IS-220 Budget for the Work - Preliminary and Basic Project Phases
Presentation of the Execution Plan for the Work - Basic Project Phase (Phase
IS-222
Unique
IS-225 Rigid Pavement Project - Basic Design Phase
Aerial Photogrammetric Coverage and Support for Basic Highway Project - Phase
IS-226
Basic Project (Single Phase)
Aerophotogrammetric Restitution and Field Support for Basic Project of
IS-227
Highway - Basic Project Phase (Single Phase)
Studies for the Definition of the Capacity and Safety Enhancement Program -
IS-232
PACS - Preliminary Phase (Single Phase)
Drafting of the Engineering Project for PACS-type Improvements - Phase of
IS-233
Basic Project
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase of
IS-246
Basic Project

In the development of the activities of this Basic Project Phase, the following must be observed
the following aspects:

EB-109 - Basic Scope for the Development of Basic Engineering Project for Road Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 146

3.3.1. SCHEMATIC REGISTRATION OF THE HIGHWAY

The preparation of the schematic registration of the highway should indicate the following elements:

a) Domain range with bindings of geographical features and other points

notable
b) Characterization of the highway segments regarding the type of pavement and layers,
indicating the dimensions of the right-of-way, the platform, the pavement, and the
berths;

c) Indication of the sources of materials to be used in the rehabilitation works of

pavement

d) Interferences and any occupations of the domain strip;

e) Indications regarding critical segments concerning traffic safety; and

f) Other indications deemed pertinent.

3.3.2. TRAFFIC STUDIES

These studies will aim to evaluate the behavior of traffic on the highway, for
homogeneous subsection, during the useful life period, counted from the release of the section,
based on the existing geometric project and the topographic studies carried out
They also aim to determine the Number N for the purpose of sizing the
highway pavement.

They should include the following activities:

a) Volumetric, directional, and classificatory counts; carried out for at least 7

days

b) Weighing of commercial vehicles;

c) Data processing;

d) Traffic projections;
e) Determination of the number N.

3.3.3. TRAFFIC SAFETY STUDIES

Traffic safety studies aim to assess the conditions

operational aspects of the highway with a focus on road safety. The elements obtained will be
used with the aim of ensuring that the rehabilitation project includes all the
traffic engineering measures necessary to minimize the risks of occurrence of
traffic accidents, in the section under study, within the project horizon. To this end,
The segments concentrating accidents must be identified through consultation.
of the following documents from the Accident Data Processing System,
DEST/DNIT:

EB-109 - Basic Scope for Preparing Basic Engineering Project for Road Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 147

a) Stretch Registration;

b) Listing of Critical Sections;

c) Listing of Accident Reports in Accident Concentration Locations.

After the collection and analysis of data on accidents, the section should be inspected.
aiming to detect failures in the adopted traffic engineering system, in what it says
regarding visibility deficiencies, geometry problems, superelevation
inadequate, poor or nonexistent signaling, insufficient road capacity, locations
unsuitable for pedestrian crossings, among others.

The engineering measures aimed at eliminating these will be defined next.

accidents, as well as the prioritization of critical sections for investment purposes in
function of indices and accident costs, before and after interventions of
engineering.

3.3.4. GEOLOGICAL STUDIES

The following activities should be developed:

a) Establishment of a drilling plan;

b) Geological mapping;
c) Geological description of the review;

d) Recommendations.

3.3.5. HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

Os estudos hidrológicos serão desenvolvidos com vistas à verificação do funcionamento

hydraulic of problematic surface and deep drainage devices,
mainly those that have insufficient structural and flow conditions.
The following activities will be developed:

a) Collection of local information and with conservation teams regarding the operation
two superficial and deep drainage devices;

b) Local inspection to identify the problematic drainage devices, with the

respective contributing basins, aiming for repair or replacement;
c) Determination of the rainfall equations for the region, correlating intensity of
precipitation x duration x return period, if necessary; and

d) Sizing of the proposed solutions using methods and formulas

consecrated.

EB-109 - Basic Scope for the Development of Basic Engineering Project for Highway Duplication
Basic Guidelines for Preparing Road Studies and Projects 148

3.3.6. DETAILED STUDIES

At this stage, the identified routing alternatives for the independent runways
(removed) from the existing track, must undergo an evaluation process
comparison for the purpose of defining the paths to be designed.

3.3.7. TOPOGRAPHIC STUDIES

The topographic studies for the Basic Project develop in a single phase, and
may be carried out by:

− Topographic survey by aerophotogrammetric process or,

− Conventional topographic survey.

The topographic survey by aerophotogrammetric process will observe the following

sequence:

a) selection of flight corridors;

b) flight of the selected corridor;

c) examination of the obtained photographs;

d) demarcation of the restitution strips.

In this case, the following methodologies will be adopted:

Service Instruction Activity

Aerial Photogrammetric Coverage and Support for Basic Highway Project - Phase
IS-226
Basic Project (Single Phase)
Aerophotogrammetric Restitution and Field Support for Basic Project
IS-227
Highway - Basic Project Phase (Single Phase)

The topographic survey by conventional process will have the indicated sequence to
to follow

a) Implementation of a basic topographic network;

b) Launch of exploration line

c) Leveling and counter-leveling of the exploration line

d) Cross-section survey

e) Complementary surveys

f) Total space

g) Tracking

EB-109 - Basic Scope for the Development of Basic Engineering Project for Highway Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 149

3.3.8. GEOTECHNICAL STUDIES

[Link]. PISTAEXISTENTE

Geotechnical studies for the existing runway, in the case of Flexible and Semi-Pavements
Rigid materials will provide subsidies for the preparation of the diagnosis of the existing pavement.
consisting of the following activities:

a) Subjective survey of the pavement (visual inspection) aiming for the subdivision of
segment in homogeneous segments;

b) Objective assessment of the pavement surface;

c) Measures of longitudinal irregularity (QI/IRI);

d) Measurements of reversible deflections and deflection basins on the pavement surface;

e) Registration and selection of quarries, sandbanks, and other materials existing along
from the highway, which may be used in the pavement rehabilitation project;

Preliminary geotechnical studies of the areas of occurrence of materials

selected; and

g) Pavement surveys, to verify the types and thicknesses of layers and

characterization of the constituent materials.

For the execution of the previously mentioned surveys, aIS 212 will be used.
Service Instruction for Structural Assessment and Rehabilitation Project
Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavements - Basic Project Phase and the methodologies
follow indicated:

Methodology Title

Objective Assessment of Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavement Surfaces -

DNIT 006/2003-PRO
procedure
Survey for Assessment of the Surface Condition of Subsections
DNIT 007/2003-PRO Homogeneous Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavement Highways for Management
of Pavements and Studies and Projects - Procedure
DNIT 009/2003-PRO Subjective Assessment of Pavement Surface – Procedure
Measurement of pavement surface irregularity with systems
DNER-PRO 182
IPR/USP integrators eMaysmeter
DNER-ME 024 Determination of pavement deflections by the Benkelman beam
Determination of deflections using a falling weight deflectometer
DNER-PRO 273
deflectometer-FWD

The existing pavement being Rigid Pavement, the following should be observed
methodologies:

EB-109 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for Highway Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 150

Methodology Title

DNIT 060/2004-PRO Rigid Pavement Inspections - Procedure

DNIT 061/2004-TER Defects in Rigid Pavements - Terminology
DNIT 062/2004-PRO Objective Evaluation of Rigid Pavements - Procedure
DNIT 063/2004-PRO Subjective Assessment of Rigid Pavements - Procedure

2nd TRACK

For the runway to be implemented, the 2nd runway, the geotechnical studies should involve:

a) Study of the subgrade;

b) Loan study for earthworks;

c) Studies of occurrences of materials for paving;

d) Foundation studies of embankments; and

e) Slope stability studies.

3.3.9. GEOMETRIC PROJECT

Based on the Aerophotogrammetric Restitution, or the Exploration Line, carried out

In the Topographical Study, the Geometric Project in this Basic Project phase will consist of
de:

a) Project in plan, at an appropriate scale;

b) Grade design, at the appropriate scale;

c) Typical cross-sections of the platforms, based on the conclusions of the Studies of

Traffic conducted in this phase.

3.3.10. DRAINAGE PROJECT

The alternatives concerning the movement of the volumes will be evaluated.

of earthworks in order to adjust, among other things, the needs for loans and
removal with availability of areas for such, also taking into account the plans for
existing or planned urbanization and landscaping, for mutual compatibility, in addition
from the protection of the environment.

Research will still be conducted to determine possible locations for boxes of

loans.

Finally, based on the studies conducted, a brief overview will be prepared.

earthwork orientation, defining the influence on the aspects of dumping and
loan, as well as, costs. This table should also present the summary of

EB-109 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for Road Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 151

cut volumes, by category, and fill volumes to be compacted. The method

recommended for volume determination at this stage is the average red mark.

3.3.11. DRAINAGE PROJECT

Based on the survey of problematic drainage devices, according to

studies conducted in the previous phase, which allowed for the obtaining of the sizing and
preliminary quantification of the proposed solutions, the solutions to be defined will be
adopted.

3.3.12. PAVING PROJECT

The runway paving project to be implemented, the 2nd runway, in this Project Phase
Basic encompasses the definition of the pavement design, based on the sizing.
preliminary and structural solutions of the pavement, which should be the subject of technical analysis-
economic, and the estimation of quantities of services:

3.3.13. ROAD REHABILITATION PROJECT

Based on the geotechnical studies and the assessment of the existing pavement, the
rehabilitation project of the existing pavement, based on the Service Instructions and
Following standards, in the case of Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavements:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-211 (substitution) Pavement project (flexible pavement) - Basic Project Phase

Structural assessment and rehabilitation design of the Pavement (flexible pavement) –
IS-212 (rehabilitation)
Basic Project Phase
IS-225 Rigid Pavement Project - Basic Design Phase

Norma Activity

DNER-PRO 010 Structural assessment of flexible pavements - Procedure A

DNER-PRO 011 Structural evaluation of flexible pavements – Procedure B
DNER-PRO 159 Project for the restoration of flexible and semi-rigid pavements
DNER-PRO 269 Flexible pavement restoration project - TECNAPAV

In the preparation of the Pavement Rehabilitation Project, at this stage, certain measures must be adopted.
the following criteria:

a) design the pavement using at least three methods indicated in the table
anterior;
b) adopt the thicknesses of the reinforcement layer provided by the method that best
suitable for the functional and structural conditions of each homogeneous segment;

c) compare the costs of the alternatives for the purpose of choosing the most appropriate solution and
present the justification for the chosen solution in volume 3.
EB-109 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for Road Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 152

The pavement rehabilitation project must include, at a minimum, the following elements:

− Development of the pavement rehabilitation solution selected in the phase of

preliminary;
− Expedited inventory of the condition of the highway through which an
estimate of local pavement failures;
− Table containing the quantities of services;

− Typical cross-sections of the pavement, indicating the services to be executed;

− Physical schedule;

− Sketch showing the location of existing material occurrences for

paving, as well as the advisable locations for the installation of support;
− Segments of the section that will require surface and deep drainage; and

− Specifications and recommendations for the execution of the service.

In the case of rigid pavements, the methodologies outlined in

Manual of Rigid Pavements, from DNER, currently under review at IPR.

3.3.14. PROJECT OF SPECIAL ART WORKS

For the special artworks to be constructed as part of the 2nd lane, they must
the following activities must be carried out:

a) Definition of the project conception;

b) Study of alternatives for crossing, regarding the location for implementation of the
work;

c) Study of the feasible structural solutions, as a result of the site examination.

implementation, with definition, for each proposed solution, of the total length of the
work, number of spans, main geometric characteristics, extent of the embankments of
access and foundations;

d) Pre-dimensioning of the selected alternatives, with quantity estimates

and costs and total justification for each solution;

3.3.15. EVALUATION AND REDIMENSIONING OF SPECIAL ART WORKS

For the existing works of art, the data collected in the Phase must be processed.
Preliminary, and based on this procedure, establish the need for reinforcement works,
of extensions, or substitutions, defining the types of services to be
carried out, and quantifying them at the basic project level.

EB-109 - Basic Scope for the Development of Basic Engineering Project for Highway Duplicating
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 153

3.3.16. PROJECT OF INTERSECTIONS, RETURNS AND ACCESS

This project comprises the graphic representation of intersections, returns, and accesses.
foreseen. It should include:

a) Justification of the solution adopted in light of the traffic to be addressed.

b) Graphic planialtimetric pre-project with sizing and treatment of all the

geometric elements of the project, such as, lanes, shoulders, strips of
speed change, domain range, superelevations, medians, islands, according to
with the following instructions:

c) Typical cross sections at notable intersection points.

The recommendations of the Intersection Design Manual must be followed.

DNER.

3.3.17. PROJECT DECIMALIZATION

With the data obtained in the preparation of the highway registration, where the were marked the
deficiencies of the road signaling in the section, a signaling project will be developed.

3.3.18. BASIC PROJECT OF COMPLEMENTARY WORKS

It will be prepared including replacement or repairs of defenses, barriers, and fences.

delimitation and any containment works.

3.3.19. EXPROPRIATION PROJECT

At this stage of the Basic Project, the Expropriation Project will be limited to an assessment
of the areas to be expropriated, and an estimate of their costs.

These procedures should be based on the Geometric Project developed in this phase.

3.3.20. PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Basic Project Phase, must be
developed according to the following activities:

a) Preparation of the Definitive Environmental Diagnosis;

b) Environmental Liability Assessments;

c) Identification and Assessment of Environmental Impacts;

d) Establishment of the Environmental Prognosis;

e) Environmental Protection Measures.

EB-109 - Basic Scope for the Development of Basic Engineering Project for Highway Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 154

In this Basic Project Phase, the Environmental Component of the project must be developed.
segundo as disposições daIS-246 - Componente Ambiental de Projetos de
Road Engineering - Basic Project Phase.

The Environmental Component of the Project at this Stage will be consolidated by the Basic Report.
of Environmental Assessment - RBAA, which serves as the document to support the
analysis and assessment of the environmental damage caused by the Undertaking, taking as
one of its main functions is to equip the licensing body to make a decision in the sense
to grant the Installation License - LI, of the Enterprise, whenever the
the bidding for the work is based on this Basic Engineering Project.

3.3.21. WORK BUDGET

At the end of the studies developed in this phase, the costs of the work will be estimated.
for pavement rehabilitation, and introduction of improvements to increase capacity and
security adopting the methodology recommended in IS-220 Budget of the Work -
Preliminary and Basic Project Phases and the recommendations of the Cost System
Road workers from DNIT - SICRO.

3.3.22. WORK EXECUTION PLAN

Presentation of the rational sequence of the set of activities that must be executed
of the project, indicating the problems of a climatic, administrative, technical nature and
segurança; época do início dos trabalhos; período de execução; conseqüência da
location, type of work and other conditioning factors for construction, including
implications with traffic, in the case of existing highways.

The Execution Plan of the work, to be prepared for each construction plot, will take into
consideration of the aspects related to climate and precipitation, particularly concerning
to the rainy period and number of rainy days per month, logistical support, deadline for the
execution of the works, minimum equipment and service attack plan.

4 BASIC PROJECT PRESENTATION

4.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE

At the end of the Preliminary Phase, the Preliminary Report of the Basic Project will be presented.
containing the conclusions of the studies developed and the proposed recommendations, the
which will be constituted by the volumes listed below.

EB-109 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for Highway Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 155

PRELIMINARY REPORT

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

1 Preliminary Report/Descriptive Memory - Texts, Graphs, and Drawings A-4

2 Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report - PEAR A-4

4.2. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

4.2.1. MINUTES

At the end of the Basic Design Phase, the Draft of the Final Report will be presented.
Basic Project, in 4 volumes, according to the list below.

FINAL REPORT - DRAFT

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

Report / Justification Memo of the Basic Project and Documents for

1 A-4
Competition
2 Basic Execution Project A-1
3 Basic Environmental Assessment Report – RBAA A-4
4 Budget and Work Execution Plan A-4

4.2.2. FINAL PRINT

After the approval of the Draft, the Final Report's Definitive Print will be presented.
of the Basic Project, according to the volumes detailed below.

FINAL REPORT - DEFINITIVE PRINT

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

Report / Justification Memo of the Basic Project and Documents for

1 A-4
Competition
2 Basic Execution Project A-3
3 Basic Environmental Assessment Report - RBAA A-4
4 Budget and Execution Plan of the Work A-4

EB-109 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for Road Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 156

ANNEX A10
EB-110 - BASIC SCOPE FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF EXECUTIVE PROJECT
ENGINEERING FOR HIGHWAY DUPLICATION

1 DEFINITIONS

It is called Executive Engineering Project for Road Duplication, the set

of necessary and sufficient elements for the complete execution of the work, according to
the Technical Standards of DNER and DNIT.

It is about the set of studies and projects that need to be developed, aiming at
prioritariamente a duplicação da pista e conseqüentemente das obras-de-arte especiais
existing and the adjustment of traffic schemes to the new situation of the track.

2 PROJECT PHASES

This type of project will unfold in three phases, namely:

a) Preliminary Phase;

b) Basic Design Phase;

c) Executive Design Phase.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

3.1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

This Basic Scope refers to the Executive Engineering Project for Duplication of
Highway, to be developed consecutively to the respective Preliminary Studies and to
respective Basic Project, allowing to fully characterize the work from a point of view
of the execution, and containing all the elements of the previous phases, added to the level of
specific detailing of the Executive Project, in such a way as to provide a global view of the
work, and clearly identify all its constructive elements.

3.2. PRELIMINARY PHASE

The Preliminary Phase is characterized by the preparation of the Functional Plan and Study of
Tracing Alternatives.

Studies will be conducted encompassing the entire collector/distributor road system.

showing the overall conception of the functioning of the highway, its integration with the rest
of the road system and other basic information related to how it operates
circulation plan.

EB-110 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Project for Highway Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 157

In this preliminary phase, the following activities will be developed:

a) Historical cadastral survey of the existing pavement;

b) Traffic Studies;

c) Geological Studies;

d) Hydrological Studies;

e) Survey Studies;
f) Assembly of the Functional Plan;

g) Survey of Special Works of Art;

h) Preliminary Assessment of the Existing Pavement; and

i) Environmental Component of the Project.

The following Service Instructions will be used where applicable:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-201 Traffic Studies on Highways - Preliminary Phase

IS-202 Geological Studies - Preliminary Phase
IS-203 Hydrological Studies - Preliminary Phase
Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highways (route studies) - Phase
IS-207
Preliminary
Functional Plan Studies Aiming at Capacity Improvements
IS-231 Highway Safety in Duplication Project - Preliminary Phase (Phase
Unique)
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase
IS-246
Preliminary

If there is already a Basic Project prepared for the road segment to be executed
designed, a detailed analysis of the raised elements will be carried out, and to a
substantial evaluation of the conclusions of the Preliminary Phase of the existing Basic Project,
always in accordance with the above-mentioned Service Instructions.

The following activities will be carried out:

a) Analysis of available elements, with a view to their complementation and updating;

b) Verification of traffic, geological, hydrological studies, and preliminary assessment

of the existing pavement carried out, with any possible completion, and if necessary
conducting complementary research;

c) Verification of the Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report – RAAP, prepared in

Preliminary Phase of the Basic Project existing to assess the need for it
update or expansion for this preliminary level of the Executive Project.

EB-110 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for the Duplication of a Highway
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 158

d) If there is a need to supplement the results contained in the Phase

Preliminary of the existing Basic Project, the Service Instructions must be followed.
correspondents.

In the development of the activities of this Preliminary Phase, the following must be observed
the following aspects:

3.2.1. SURVEY OF THE HISTORICAL REGISTER OF THE EXISTING PAVEMENT

This survey will contain:

a) Identification of the excerpt based on the latest version of the PNV;

b) Date of pavement delivery to traffic;

c) Information about the existing pavement, covering the characteristics of the subgrade,
thickness and constitution of the pavement layers, nature and execution period
of any rehabilitation and maintenance work; and
d) Typical cross-sections of the pavement.

3.2.2. TRAFFIC STUDIES

Shall consist of:

a) Data related to the history of the VMD and fleet composition, obtained from DNIT;

b) Preliminary traffic estimate;

c) Volumetric and classified counts, carried out for at least 3 days, in the
situations where traffic data is not available or is
outdated;
d) Existing data on vehicle weighings; and
e) Estimate of current traffic
f) Study of Capacity and Service Levels of the highway (H.C.M. methodology)

3.2.3. GEOLOGICAL STUDIES

The following activities should be developed:

a) Data collection and research;

b) Interpretation of aerial photographs;
c) Field investigations

3.2.4. HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

It basically consists of the collection of hydrological data (climate, rainfall, river flow and
geomorphology) of the region.

EB-110 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Project for Road Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 159

3.2.5. DETAILED STUDIES

The route studies will primarily aim to identify the alternatives for
traces to be considered in conducting studies, in the case of an independent track
(removed) from the existing track.

3.2.6. FUNCTIONAL PLAN MONTAGE

It will consist of:

a) Local Recognition (Visual Inspection);

b) Basic Elements (Aerial Photogrammetry);

c) Establishment of Basic Guidelines;

d) Launch of the Functional Plan

3.2.7. SURVEY OF SPECIAL ARTWORKS

Hydrological, topographical, geological, and geometric information will be collected.

available at DNIT, for the identification of the works to be constructed.

Regarding the existing works, information will be gathered regarding the

project, to the construction, to the functioning of the structure, for the identification of the problems and
possible causes.

If the need to carry out inspections on existing works is identified,

the methodology recommended in the DNIT Norm 010/2003-PRO - Inspections will be adopted
Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Bridges and Viaducts.

3.2.8. PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT OF THE EXISTING PAVEMENT

The preliminary studies of the existing pavement, for the purpose of identifying the solutions
alternatives should cover the analysis of existing field surveys with the
objective of determining the functional and structural conditions for identification of
solutions.

3.2.9. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT OF THE PROJECT

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Preliminary Phase, consists of the preparation of
Preliminary Environmental Diagnosis of the direct influence area of the Enterprise, and
in the evaluations of the occurrences registered in the environmental surveys, and of the
environmental impacts that may arise from the execution of the works, aiming at
proposals for environmental protection measures.

It should characterize the environmental situation of the area of influence of the enterprise in
physical, biotic, anthropic aspects, aiming for an understanding of the region before the
EB-110 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for Highway Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 160

implementation of the project, serving as a reference for assessing the impacts

environmental issues arising from the works and operation of the highway, and from environmental liabilities.

In this Preliminary Phase of the Environmental Component of the project, it must be prepared.
agreement with aIS-246 - Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects
Preliminary Phase, to be consolidated by the Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report
RPAA, which will allow decision-making for the optimization of technical alternatives and
locational, as well as the initiative of DNIT, together with the Licensing Environmental Agency, to
request for the Preliminary License (LP) of the Enterprise.

3.3. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

With the approval of the conclusions and recommendations of the Preliminary Phase, the
Basic Design Phase, with the aim of selecting the routing alternative to be
consolidated and detailed the selected solution, through the estimation of quantities of
service and the preparation of plants, drawings, and other elements that enable the
perfect identification of the work to be executed.

In the highway segments where the possibility of constructing the new lane occurs
traffic, parallel and contiguous to the existing one, a study will be made to determine the side in
that will be released, taking into account construction difficulties, problems of
expropriations and compensation for earthmoving volumes. In the segments of
highway where it is necessary to launch the new lane with the independent guideline
from the existing, one should, whenever possible, project returns at intervals of about 5
km.

The Basic Design Phase should encompass:

a) Schematic Registration of the Highway

b) Traffic Study

c) Traffic Safety Study

d) Geological Study

e) Hydrological Study

f) Alignment Study

g) Topographic Study

h) Geotechnical Study

i) Geometric Project

j) Earthworks Project

k) Drainage Project

l) Paving Project

EB-110 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Project for Road Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 161

m) Projeto de Reabilitação de Pavimentos

n) Project of Special Works of Art

o) Evaluation and Resizing of Existing Works of Art

p) Project of Intersections, Returns and Accesses

q) Projeto de Sinalização

r) Project of Complementary Works

s) Expropriation Project
Environmental Component of the Project

u) Work Budget

The following Service Instructions will be used, where applicable:

EB-110 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for Road Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 162

Service Instruction Activity

IS-201 Highway Traffic Studies - Definitive Phase

IS-202 Geological Studies - Definitive Phase
IS-203 Hydrological Studies - Definitive Phase
Topographical Studies for Basic Engineering Projects - Project Phase
IS-204
Basic (Single Phase)
IS-206 Geotechnical Studies - Basic Project Phase
IS-208 Geometric Project - Basic Project Phase
IS-209 Earthworks Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-210 Drainage Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-211 Flexible Pavement Project - Basic Design Phase
Structural assessment and rehabilitation design of Flexible and Semi-pavements
IS-212
Rigid - Basic Design Phase
IS-213 Intersections, Returns and Access Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-214 Project of Special Engineering Works - Preliminary Phase and Basic Design
Evaluation and Resizing of Existing Special Works - Phase
IS-223
of Basic Project
IS-215 Signage Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-216 Landscape Project - Basic Design Phase
Protection Device Project (Defenses and Barriers) - Design Phase
IS-217
Basic
IS-218 Fence Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-219 Expropriation Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-220 Project Budget - Preliminary and Basic Project Phases
IS-225 Rigid Pavement Project - Basic Design Phase
Aerial Photogrammetric Coverage and Support for Basic Highway Project - Phase
IS-226
Basic Project (Single Phase)
Aerophotogrammetric Reimbursement and Field Support for Basic Project of
IS-227
Highway – Basic Project Phase (Single Phase)
Studies for Defining the Capacity and Safety Expansion Program
IS-232
PACS - Preliminary Phase (Single Phase)
Development of the Engineering Improvement Project type PACS - Project Phase
IS-233
Basic
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase of
IS-246
Basic Project

If a Basic Project has already been developed for the road segment, a will be carried out.
detailed reassessment of your Basic Project phase, based on:

a) Evaluation of the basic project developed, considering the necessary services for
execution of the work and corresponding costs;

b) Evaluation and consolidation of the Basic Environmental Assessment Report - RBAA,

developed in the existing Basic Project.

EB-110 - Basic Scope for Development of Executive Engineering Project for Highway Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 163

c) Evaluation of any and all observations deemed relevant and that come
modify any conclusion or recommendation of the existing Basic Project;
d) Preparation of a conclusive opinion regarding the solutions presented in the Basic Project
existing through the analysis of its Presentation Volumes (Volumes 1, 2, 3, and 4)

Should there be a need for an amplification of the proposed project solutions

Existing basics, the corresponding Service Instructions should be followed.

In the development of the activities of this Basic Project Phase, the following must be observed
the following aspects:

3.3.1. SCHEMATIC REGISTRATION OF HIGHWAYS

The preparation of the schematic registration of the highway must indicate the following elements:

a) Domain range with bindings of geographical features and other points

notable
b) Characterization of the highway sections regarding the type of pavement and layers,
indicating the dimensions of the right-of-way, the platform, the pavement and the
roadside

c) Indication of the material sources to be used in the rehabilitation works of

pavement

d) Interferences and possible occupations of the domain strip;

e) Indications regarding critical segments concerning traffic safety; and

f) Outras indicações julgadas pertinentes.

3.3.2. TRAFFIC STUDIES

These studies will aim to evaluate the behavior of traffic on the highway, for
homogeneous subsection, during the useful life period, counted from the release of the subsection,
based on the existing geometric project and the topographical studies conducted
They also aim to determine the Number N, for the purpose of sizing the
roadway pavement.

They should include the following activities:

a) Volumetric, directional, and classificatory counts; carried out for a minimum of 7

days

b) Weighing of commercial vehicles;

c) Data processing;

d) Traffic projections;

EB-110 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for Highway Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 164

e) Determination of the number N.

3.3.3. TRAFFIC SAFETY STUDIES

Traffic safety studies aim to assess the conditions

operational aspects of the highway with a focus on road safety. The elements obtained will be
used with the aim of ensuring that the rehabilitation project includes all the
traffic engineering measures necessary to minimize the risks of occurrence of
traffic accidents, in the section under study, within the project horizon. To this end,
the segments concentrated in accidents should be identified through consultation
of the following documents from the Accident Data Processing System,
DEST/DNIT:

a) Section Registration;

b) Listing of Critical Sections;

c) Listing of Accident Relations in Accident Concentration Areas.

After the collection and analysis of data on accidents, the section must be inspected.
aiming to detect failures in the adopted traffic engineering system, regarding
regarding visibility deficiencies, geometry problems, superelevation
inadequate, poor or nonexistent signage, insufficient road capacity, locations
unsuitable for pedestrian crossings, among others.

The following will define the engineering measures aimed at the elimination of these.
accidents, as well as the prioritization of critical sections for investment purposes in
function of accident indices and costs, before and after interventions of
engineering.

3.3.4. GEOLOGICAL STUDIES

The following activities should be developed:

a) Establishment of a drilling plan;

b) Geological mapping;
c) Geological description of the review;

d) Recommendations.

3.3.5. HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

Hydrological studies will be carried out with a view to verifying the functioning
hydraulic of problematic surface and deep drainage devices
mainly those that have insufficient structural and flow conditions.
The following activities will be developed:

EB-110 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for Road Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 165

a) Collection of local information and with conservation teams regarding the operation
two surface and deep drainage devices;

b) Local inspection to identify problematic drainage devices, with the

respective drainage basins, aiming for repair or replacement;
c) Determination of the rainfall equations for the region, correlating intensity of
precipitation x duration x return period, if necessary; and

d) Sizing of the proposed solutions using methods and formulas

consecrated.

3.3.6. STUDIES OF DETAIL

At this stage, the identified routing alternatives for the independent tracks.
(removed) from the existing track, must undergo an evaluation process.
comparison for the purpose of defining the paths to be designed.

3.3.7. TOPOGRAPHIC STUDIES

The topographic studies for the Basic Project are developed in a single phase, and
poderão ser realizados por:

− Topographic survey by aerophotogrammetric process or,

− Conventional topographic survey.

The topographic survey by aerial photogrammetric process will observe the following
sequence:

a) selection of flight paths;

b) flight of the selected aisle;

c) examination of the obtained photographs;

d) demarcation of the refund areas.

In this case, the following methodologies will be adopted:

Service Instruction Activity

Aerial Photogrammetry Coverage and Support for Basic Highway Project - Phase
IS-226
Basic Project (Single Phase)
Aerophotogrammetric Reimbursement and Field Support for Basic Project
IS-227
Highway - Basic Design Phase (Single Phase)

The topographic survey using conventional process will follow the sequence indicated to
to follow

a) Implementation of a basic topographic network;

EB-110 - Basic Scope for the Development of Engineering Executive Project for the Duplication of Highway
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 166

b) Launch of exploration line

c) Leveling and counter-leveling of the exploration line

d) Surveying of cross sections

e) Supplementary surveys

f) Total space

g) Tracking

3.3.8. GEOTECHNICAL STUDIES

[Link]. PISTAEXISTENTE

The geotechnical studies for the existing runway, in the case of Rigid and Semi-Pavements
Rigid ones will provide subsidies for the preparation of the diagnosis of the existing pavement,
consisting of the following activities:

a) Subjective assessment of the pavement (visual inspection) aiming for subdivision of

segment in homogeneous segments;

b) Objective assessment of the pavement surface;

c) Measures of longitudinal irregularity (QI/IRI);

d) Measurements of reversible deflections and deflection basins on the pavement surface;

e) Registration and selection of quarries, sandbanks, and other existing materials along
from the highway, which may be used in the pavement rehabilitation project;

Preliminary geotechnical studies of the areas of occurrence of materials

selected; and

g) Soil tests, to verify the types and thicknesses of layers and

characterization of the constituent materials.

Para a execução dos levantamentos anteriormente mencionados serão utilizadas aIS 212
Service Instruction for Structural Assessment and Rehabilitation Project of
Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavements - Basic Design Phase and the methodologies
follow indicated:

EB-110 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Engineering Executive Project for the Duplication of Highway
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 167

Methodology Title

Objective Assessment of the Surface of Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavements

DNIT 006/2003-PRO
procedure
Survey for Evaluation of the Surface Condition of Subsections
DNIT 007/2003-PRO Homogeneous Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavement Highways for Management
de Pavimentos e Estudos e Projetos – Procedimento
DNIT 009/2003-PRO Subjective Assessment of Pavement Surfaces – Procedure
Measurement of surface irregularity of pavement with integrative systems
DNER-PRO 182
IPR/USP eMaysmeter
DNER-ME 024 Determination of pavement deflections by the Benkelman beam
Determination of deflections using a Falling Weight Deflectometer
DNER-PRO 273
deflectometer-FWD

The existing pavement being Rigid Pavement, the following must be observed
methodologies

Methodology Title

DNIT 060/2004-PRO Rigid Pavement Inspections - Procedure

DNIT 061/2004-TER Defects in Rigid Pavements - Terminology
DNIT 062/2004-PRO Objective Assessment of Rigid Pavements - Procedure
DNIT 063/2004-PRO Subjective Evaluation of Rigid Pavements - Procedure

2nd TRACK

For the runway to be implemented, the 2nd runway, the geotechnical studies should involve:

a) Study of the subgrade;

b) Loan study for earthworks;

c) Studies of occurrences of materials for paving;

d) Studies of landfill foundation; e

e) Slope stability studies.

3.3.9. GEOMETRIC PROJECT

Based on Aerophotogrammetric Restitution, or the Exploration Line, carried out

In the Topographic Study, the Geometric Project in this Basic Project Phase will consist of
de:

a) Project in plan, at appropriate scale;

b) Grade project, at the appropriate scale;

EB-110 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Project for Highway Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 168

c) Typical cross sections of the platforms, based on the conclusions of the Studies of
Traffic carried out in this phase.

3.3.10. DRAINAGE PROJECT

The alternatives regarding the movement of the volumes will be evaluated.

of earthworks in order to adjust, among other things, the needs for borrowings and
outsourcing with availability of areas for such, also taking into account the plans of
existing or planned urbanization and landscaping, for mutual compatibility, in addition
from the protection of the environment.

Research will also be conducted to determine possible locations for boxes.

loans.

Finally, based on the studies conducted, a brief summary will be prepared.

earthworks orientation, defining the influence on the aspects of spoil disposal and
loan, as well as, costs. This table should also present the summary of
cut volumes, by category, and embankment volumes to be compacted. The method
recommended for determining the volume at this stage is that of the average red quota.

3.3.11. DRAINAGE PROJECT

Based on the survey of problematic drainage devices, as per

studies conducted in the previous phase, which enabled the obtaining of the sizing and
preliminary quantification of the proposed solutions, the solutions to be defined will be
adopted.

3.3.12. PAVING PROJECT

The project for the paving of the runway to be implemented, the 2nd runway, in this Project Phase
Basic includes the definition of the pavement design, based on sizing.
preliminary and structural solutions of the pavement, which should be subject to technical analysis
economic, and the estimate of service quantities:

3.3.13. STREET REHABILITATION PROJECT

Based on the geotechnical studies and the assessment of the existing pavement, a
basic project for the rehabilitation of the existing pavement, based on the Instructions of
Service and Standards following, in the case of flexible and semi-rigid pavements:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-211 (substitution) Paving project (flexible pavement) - Basic Design Phase

Structural assessment and rehabilitation design of the pavement (flexible pavement)
IS-212 (rehabilitation)
Basic Design Phase
IS-225 Rigid Pavement Project - Basic Design Phase

EB-110 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for Road Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 169

Norma Activity

DNER-PRO 010 Structural evaluation of flexible pavements - Procedure A

DNER-PRO 011 Structural evaluation of flexible pavements – Procedure B
DNER-PRO 159 Project for the restoration of flexible and semi-rigid pavements
DNER-PRO 269 Flexible pavement restoration project - TECNAPAV

In the preparation of the Pavement Rehabilitation Project, this phase must adopt
the following criteria:

a) dimension the pavement using at least three methods indicated in the table
anterior
b) adopt the thicknesses of the reinforcement layer provided by the method that best
adapt to the functional and structural conditions of each homogeneous segment;

c) compare the costs of the alternatives for the purpose of choosing the most suitable solution and
present the justification for the chosen solution in volume 3.

The pavement rehabilitation project must contain, at a minimum, the following elements:

− Development of the pavement rehabilitation solution selected in the phase of

preliminary;
− Expedited inventory of the condition of the highway through which an will be made.
estimation of local pavement failures;
− Table containing the quantities of the services;

− Type cross-sections of the pavement, indicating the services to be executed;

− Physical schedule;

− Sketch showing the location of existing material occurrences for

paving, as well as the advisable locations for support installations;
− Segments of the section that will require surface and deep drainage; and

− Specifications and recommendations for the execution of the service.

In the case of rigid pavements, the methodologies outlined in should be observed.

Rigid Pavement Manual, from DNER.

3.3.14. PROJECT OF SPECIAL ARTWORKS

For the special artworks to be constructed as part of the 2nd track, they must
the following activities should be carried out:

a) Definition of the project conception;

EB-110 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for Road Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 170

b) Study of alternatives for the crossing, concerning the location of implantation of the
work;
c) Study of executable structural solutions, resulting from the examination of the site
implementation, with definition, for each proposed solution, of the total length of the
work, number of spans, main geometric characteristics, extent of the embankments of
access and foundations;

d) Pre-dimensioning of the selected alternatives, with quantity estimates

and costs and total justification for each solution;

3.3.15. EVALUATION AND REDIMENSIONING OF SPECIAL ARTWORKS

For the existing special artworks, data must be processed.

raised in the Preliminary Phase, and from this procedure, establish the need
of reinforcement works, widening, or replacements, defining the types of
services to be performed, and quantifying them at the basic project level.

3.3.16. PROJECT OF INTERSECTIONS, RETURNS AND ACCESS

This basic project includes the graphical representation of intersections, returns and
expected accesses. It should include:

a) Justification of the solution adopted in light of the traffic to be served.

b) Planialtimetric graphic project with measurement and treatment of all the

geometric elements of the project, such as, lanes, shoulders, lanes of
speed change, domain range, super elevations, medians, islands, according to
with the following instructions:

c) Typical cross sections at notable intersection points.

The recommendations of the Intersection Design Manual must be followed.

DNER, now under review at IPR.

3.3.17. DE-SIGN PROJECT

With the data obtained in the preparation of the highway registration, where they were marked
deficiencies of the road signage in the section, a signage project will be developed.

3.3.18. PROJECT OF COMPLEMENTARY WORKS

It will be prepared including the replacement or repairs of defenses, barriers, and fences.
delimitation and any possible containment works.

EB-110 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Project for Highway Duplicatio
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 171

3.3.19. EXPROPRIATION PROJECT

In this Basic Project phase, the Expropriation Project will be limited to an assessment.
the areas to be expropriated, and an estimate of their costs.

These procedures should be based on the Geometric Project developed in this phase.

3.3.20. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT OF THE PROJECT

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Basic Project Phase, must be
developed according to the following activities:

a) Preparation of the Definitive Environmental Diagnosis;

b) Levantamentos de Passivos Ambientais;

c) Identification and Assessment of Environmental Impacts;

d) Establishment of the Environmental Prognosis;

e) Environmental Protection Measures.

In this Basic Project Phase, the Environmental Component of the project must be developed.
according to the provisions of IS-246 - Environmental Component of Projects
Road Engineering - Basic Design Phase.

The Environmental Component of the Project at this Stage will be consolidated by the Basic Report.
of Environmental Assessment - RBAA, which is configured as the document to subsidize the
analysis and evaluation of the environmental damage caused by the Enterprise, having as
one of its main functions is to equip the licensing authority's decision in the sense
to grant the Installation License - LI, of the Enterprise, whenever the
the bidding for the work is based on this Basic Engineering Project.

3.3.21. WORK BUDGET

At the end of the studies developed in this phase, the costs of the work will be estimated.
for pavement rehabilitation, and introduction of improvements to increase capacity and
security adopting the methodology recommended in IS-220 Project Budget -
Preliminary Phase and Basic Project in the recommendations of the Cost System
Road workers of DNIT - SICRO.

3.4. EXECUTIVE PROJECT

The executive engineering project for the duplication of a highway is the set of elements
necessary and sufficient, with an appropriate level of precision, to characterize the work or
service, developed based on the indications of the preliminary technical studies, that
ensure the technical viability and proper treatment of the environmental impact of
enterprise, including the preparation of the necessary detailing for execution

EB-110 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for Highway Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 172

the works, the evaluation of its cost and the definition of the methods and the execution time,
having to include the following elements:

a) information that allows for the study and deduction of construction methods,
temporary installations and organizational conditions for the work;
b) subsidies for the preparation of the bidding plan and project management;

c) detailed budget of the total cost of the work, based on quantities of

services, supplies of materials and transport properly evaluated.

d) information for the instruction of expropriation processes

The Environmental Component of the Project at this Executive Project Phase consists of
detailing and preparation of the budget for environmental protection measures, wants
corrective, whether preventive, indicated in the Basic Project Phase, aiming at
rehabilitation/recovery of the environmental liabilities and the execution of the works in a way
environmentally friendly.

The detailing activities must pay attention to the information or requirements of

environmental agencies and other environmental studies developed for the project.
It is noteworthy that for the interferences with the water sources intended for consumption
humans, protective devices should be designed in order to prevent or mitigate the
impacts arising from possible accidents with the road transport of products
dangerous.

In this Executive Project Phase, the Environmental Component of the Project will be developed.
according to the provisions of IS-246 - Environmental Component of Projects
Road Engineering - Executive Design Phase.

The Environmental Component of the Project, at this Phase, will be consolidated by the Final Report.
of Environmental Assessment - RFAA that should contain the elements that characterize the
detailing of the environmental protection measures established in the Project Phase
Basic.

In the case where the bidding for the work is based on this Executive Project of
Engineering, the Final Environmental Assessment Report - RAAF must provide
additional information that allows DNIT to request from the Environmental Agency
Licensor, the Installation License - LI, of the Enterprise.

The activities to be developed in this phase must comply with the provisions in
following Service Instructions:

EB-110 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Project for Highway Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 173

Service Instruction Activity

Topographic Studies for Executive Projects - Executive Project Phase

IS-205
(Single Phase)
IS-206 Geotechnical Studies - Executive Project Phase
IS-208 Geometric Project - Executive Project Phase
IS-209 Earthworks Project - Executive Design Phase
IS-210 Drainage Project - Executive Project Phase
IS-211 Flexible Pavement Project - Executive Design Phase
Structural Assessment and Rehabilitation Design of Flexible and Semi-
IS-212
Rigid - Executive Project Phase
IS-213 Intersections, Returns, and Access Project - Executive Design Phase
IS-214 Special Works Project - Executive Design Phase
Assessment and Resizing of Existing Special Works - Phase
IS-223
of Executive Project
IS-215 Signaling Project - Executive Design Phase
IS-216 Landscape Project - Executive Project Phase
Protection Device Project (Defenses and Barriers) - Design Phase
IS-217
Executive
IS-218 Fencing Project - Executive Project Phase
IS-219 Expropriation Project - Executive Project Phase
IS-220 Budget for the Construction - Executive Project Phase

Presentation of the Work Execution Plan - Executive Project Phase

IS-222
(Single Phase)
Signaling Project for the Highway during the Execution of Works and Services -
IS-224
Single Phase
IS-225 Rigid Pavement Project - Executive Design Phase
Development of Road Engineering Projects type PACS - Phase of
IS-233
Executive Project
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase of
IS-246
Executive Project

4 PRESENTATION OF THE EXECUTIVE PROJECT

4.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE

At the end of the Preliminary Phase, the Preliminary Project Report will be presented.
Executive, containing the observations and recommendations deemed pertinent, being
consisting of the following volumes:

EB-110 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for Highway Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 174

RELATORIO PRELIMINAR

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

1 Preliminary Report/Descriptive Memory - Texts, Graphs, and Drawings A-4

2 Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report - PEAR A-4

4.2. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

At the end of the Basic Design Phase, the Basic Project Report will be presented.
Executive, containing the proposed solutions, indicative tables of the characteristics
techniques and operational and quantitative services, consisting of the following volumes:

BASIC PROJECT

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

1 Report / Justification Memo of the Basic Project - Text A-4

2 Basic Execution Project A-1
3 Basic Environmental Assessment Report - RBAA A-4
4 Budget A-4

4.3. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

With the completion of the Executive Project, the Final Report will be presented.
Executive Project, initially in the form of a draft. After review and approval by DNIT,
will be presented in the form of final printing. The Final Report will consist of
through the following volumes:

FINAL REPORT

VOLUME FORMAT
TITLE
Printing
Minute
Definitive

1 Project Report and Competition Documents A-4 A-4

2 Execution Project A-1 A-3
3 Justificative Memorandum A-4 A-4
3A Geotechnical Studies A-4 A-4
3B Calculation Memory of Structures A-4 A-4
3C Service Notes and Volume Calculations A-4 A-4
3D Expropriation Project A-4 A-4
3E Final Environmental Assessment Report - FEAR A-4 A-4
Other Attachments (as needed) A-4 A-4
4 Budget and Execution Plan A-4 A-4

EB-110 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for Highway Duplication
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 175

ANNEX A11
EB-111 - BASIC SCOPE FOR THE PREPARATION OF EXECUTIVE PROJECT
ENGINEERING FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF LOCAL ROADS

1 DEFINITIONS

The Executive Engineering Project for the Construction of Rural Highways is called
a set of elements necessary and sufficient for the complete execution of the work, of
in accordance with the Technical Standards of DNER and DNIT.

Local roads aim to promote the interconnection of regional road networks.

integrate existing modal systems, channel production to the upper roadway system and
storage centers, consumption, industrialization, marketing or export and/or
ensure road access to underserved population centers.

Given the nature of the services and works to be carried out in the construction of highways
neighbors, the bidding for the work must be carried out solely and exclusively from its
Executive Project, with the Basic Project being an intermediate phase of the services.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

This project will be developed in two phases:

a) Preliminary Phase and Basic Project;

b) Executive Project Phase.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

3.1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

This Basic Scope pertains to the Executive Engineering Project for Construction of
Local Roads, to be developed consecutively to the respective Studies
Preliminary studies and Basic Project, allowing to fully characterize the work from the point of view
view from the execution, and including all the elements from the previous phases, added with the
level of detail specific to the Executive Project, in such a way as to provide a view
global of the work, and identify all its constructive elements clearly.

3.2. PRELIMINARY PHASE AND BASIC DESIGN

The Preliminary Phase and Basic Project is characterized by data collection and
specific studies are being carried out with the purpose of defining the layout to be
designed.

In this phase, the following activities will be developed:

EB-111 - Basic Scope for Preparing Executive Engineering Project for the Construction of Rural Roads
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 176

a) Traffic studies;

b) Estudos de traçado;

c) Hydrological studies;

Basic project of special artworks

In the development of these activities, the methodologies outlined should be observed.

in the Service Instructions:

Service Instruction Activity

Traffic Studies of the Executive Project for the construction of rural roads
IS-236
Preliminary Phase and Basic Project (Single Phase)
Design studies of the executive project for the construction of local roads
IS-237
Preliminary Phase and Basic Design (Single Phase)
Hydrological Studies of the Executive Project for road construction
IS-239 neighbors - Preliminary Phase and Basic Project Phase (Single Phase)

Studies of Special Artwork of the Executive Project for construction of

IS-244
local roads - Preliminary and Basic Project Phase

In the development of these activities, the following aspects must be observed:

3.2.1. TRAFFIC STUDIES

a) Data related to the National Road Plan - PNV, updated;

b) Data related to the history of the VMD and fleet composition, obtained from DNIT;

c) Traffic projections (growth rates, based on historical data obtained from

consistent economic studies, such as multimodal transportation plans);

d) Volumetric and classificatory counts, carried out for at least 3 days, in the
situations in which traffic data is not available or is
outdated;

e) Existing data on vehicle weighings; and

f) Estimate of current traffic.

3.2.2. DETAILED STUDIES

a) Data collection and compilation;

b) Identification of the routing alternatives;

c) Selection of the alternative route to be designed.

EB-111 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for the Construction of Local Roads
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 177

3.2.3. HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

a) Obtaining and processing of rainfall, river flow, and

geomorphological

b) Determination of rainfall equations for the region, correlating intensity of

precipitation x duration x recurrence interval, if necessary; and

c) Sizing of the proposed solutions using methods and formulas

consecrated.

d) Determination of the design discharges of the contributing basins.

3.2.4. BASIC PROJECT OF SPECIAL ART WORKS

The Basic Project for Special Artworks will basically consist of the definition of
project conception.

3.3. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

Based on the conclusions and recommendations from the Preliminary Phase and Basic Project, it will be
Executive Project Phase initiated, with the purpose of detailing the selected solution.
providing plants, drawings, and service notes that allow for the bidding of the work.
The following elements must be provided:

a) information that enables the study and deduction of construction methods,

temporary installations and organizational conditions for the work;
b) subsidies for the preparation of the bidding plan and project management;

c) detailed budget of the overall cost of the work, based on quantities of

services, supplies of materials and transportation properly evaluated;

In this phase, the following activities will be developed:

− Topographic studies;

− Geotechnical studies;

− Geometric project;

− Earthmoving project;

− Drainage project;

− Project of special artworks;

− Fence project;

− Expropriation project;

− Environmental Component;

EB-111 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for the Construction of Local Roads
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 178

− Budget of the work;

− Construction execution plan.

In the development of these activities, the Service Instructions must be observed:

Service Instruction Activity

Topographic Studies of the Executive Engineering Project for construction of

IS-237
local roads - Executive Project Phase (Single Phase)
Geotechnical Studies of the Executive Engineering Project for construction of
IS-240
local roads - Executive Project Phase (Single Phase)
Geometric Design of the Executive Engineering Project for construction of
IS-241
local roads - Executive Project Phase (Single Phase)
Drainage Project of the Executive Engineering Project for construction of
IS-242
local roads - Executive Project Phase (Single Phase)
Earthworks project of the Executive Engineering project for construction
IS-243
of local roads - Executive Project Phase (Single Phase)
Project of Special Works of the Detailed Engineering Project for
IS-244
construction of local highways - Executive Project Phase
IS-219 Expropriation Project - Executive Project Phase
IS-220 Budget of the work - Executive Project Phase
Presentation of the execution plan for the work - Executive Project Phase
IS-222
(Single Phase)

These activities must be carried out considering the following aspects:

3.3.1. TOPOGRAPHIC STUDY

The Topographic Study will be conducted by conventional process involving:

a) Location of the axis (selected route);

b) Leveling and counter-leveling;

c) Survey of the cross-sections;

d) Survey of material occurrences;

e) Registration of the right-of-way.

3.3.2. GEOTECHNICAL STUDIES

Geotechnical studies should involve the following activities:

a) Study of the subgrade;

b) Loan study for earthworks;

c) Studies of occurrences of materials for paving;

EB-111 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Design for the Construction of Local Roads
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Highway Studies and Projects 179

d) Foundation studies of landfills.

EB-111 - Basic Scope for Preparing Engineering Executive Project for Construction of Country Roads
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 180

3.3.3. GEOMETRIC PROJECT

Based on the Traffic Studies (Preliminary Phase and Basic Design) and on
Topographic studies must be developed:

a) The plan-altimetric project (in plan view, and of the grading);

b) The cross sections of the project;

c) Special elements of the project, whenever necessary

3.3.4. DRAINAGE PROJECT

They must be calculated and established:

a) The earthworks volumes, including those of the primary coating layer;

b) The movement of earthworks volumes, and consequently the picture of

earthmoving orientation;

c) The possible locations of the loan boxes.

3.3.5. DRAINAGE PROJECT

The Drainage Project must dimension the selected devices for the
surface drainage systems, drainage of culverts, and deep drainage.

3.3.6. SPECIAL ARTWORKS PROJECT

From the Project of Special Works of Art, this Executive Project Phase must include
basically:

a) Structural calculation of the works;

b) Preparation of the graphic documentation of the project (floor plans, elevations and
longitudinal and transverse sections, as well as structural and architectural details.

3.3.7. FENCE PROJECT

It will consist of:

a) Identification of type projects;

b) Detailing of the devices.

3.3.8. EXPROPRIATION PROJECT

At this stage, all the essential elements for the Instruction must be raised.
of the expropriation processes for the construction of the local highway.

EB-111 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Project for the Construction of Local Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 181

3.3.9. PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Executive Project Phase, will be developed.
according to the following activities, and must comply with the provisions in the Service Instruction

Service Instruction Activity

Environmental Component of Road Engineering Project - Phase of

IS - 246
Executive Project:

a) Preparation of the Definitive Environmental Diagnosis;

b) Environmental Liability Assessments;

c) Identification and Assessment of Environmental Impacts;

d) Establishment of the Environmental Prognosis;

e) Environmental Protection Measures.

The Environmental Component of the Project will be consolidated by the Assessment Report.
Environmental - RAA, which is established as the document to support the analysis and evaluation
two environmental damages caused by the Enterprise, having as one of its
main functions to empower the licensing authority's decision to grant
Installation License - LI, of the Enterprise.

3.3.10. PROJECT BUDGET

At the end of the work carried out in this phase, the costs of the services will be defined and
works for the construction of the local highway, according to the recommendations of the System of
Road Costs of DNIT - SICRO, and in accordance with the methodology recommended in
Service Instruction:

Service Instruction Activity

IS - 220 Budget of the Work - Preliminary and Basic Project Phases

3.3.11. WORK EXECUTION PLAN

Presentation of the rational sequence of the set of activities that must be executed.
of the project, indicating the problems of climatic, administrative, technical and
{"segurança":"security","época do início dos trabalhos":"time of the start of the work","período de execução":"execution period","conseqüência da":"consequence of"}

location, type of work and other conditioning factors for construction, including
implications with traffic, in the case of existing highways.

The Execution Plan for the work, to be prepared for each construction lot, will take into account
consideration of the aspects related to climate and rainfall, particularly regarding
to the rainy season and number of rainy days per month, logistical support, deadline for the
execution of the works, minimum equipment and action plan for the services.

EB-111 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of an Executive Engineering Project for the Construction of Local Roads
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 182

4 PROJECT PRESENTATION

4.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE AND BASIC DESIGN

At the end of the Preliminary Phase and Basic Project, the Basic Report will be presented.
of the Project, containing the conclusions of the developed studies and the recommendations
proposals, which will be constituted by the volume detailed below.

BASIC REPORT

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

1 Report/Justification Memorandum of the Project - Texts, Graphs and Drawings A-4

4.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

Finalizing the development of the Executive Project, the Final Report will be presented.
Project, initially in the form of a draft. After examination and approval by DNIT, it will be
presented in the form of a final print. The Final Report will consist of the
following volumes:

FINAL REPORT

FORMAT
VOLUME TITLE
Printing
Minute
Definitive

1 Project Report and Documents for Bidding A-4 A-4

2 Execution Project A-1 A-3
3 Justifying Memo A-4 A-4
3A Geotechnical Studies A-4 A-4
3B Calculation Memory of Structures A-4 A-4
3C Service Notes and Volume Calculations A-4 A-4
3D Expropriation Project A-4 A-4
3E Environmental Assessment Report - EAR A-4 A-4
Other Attachments (as needed) A-4 A-4
4 Budget and Execution Plan of the Work A-4 A-4

EB-111 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for the Construction of Local Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 183

APPENDIX A12
EB-112 - BASIC SCOPE FOR THE ELABORATION OF EXECUTIVE PROJECT
ENGINEERING FOR THE STABILIZATION OF ROAD EMBANKMENTS

1 DEFINITION

It is called Executive Engineering Project for Slope Stabilization, the set

of studies and projects that need to be developed to assess their conditions of
stability, and correct the deficiencies found aiming at the safety of the road system
and of the users.

Given the nature of the services and works to be carried out for the stabilization of slopes
of highways, the bidding for the work must be carried out solely and exclusively from
your Executive Project, with the Basic Project being an intermediate stage of the services.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

The Slope Stabilization Project will be developed in two phases:

a) Preliminary Phase and Basic Design;

b) Executive Design Phase.

3 ELABORATION OF THE PROJECT

3.1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

This Basic Scope pertains to the Executive Engineering Project for Stabilization
from Road Embankments, to be developed consecutively to the respective Studies
Preliminary studies and Basic Project, allowing to fully characterize the work from the point of view of
view of execution, and containing all the elements from the previous phases, added to the
detail level specific to the Executive Project, in such a way as to provide a view
global of the work, and identify all its constructive elements clearly.

3.2. PRELIMINARY AND BASIC PROJECT PHASE

This phase is characterized by the collection and analysis of existing information and by
development of studies, assessments, and services at Preliminary and Basic levels, that
allow the identification of the various solutions to be proposed.

Surveys and laboratory testing plans must be prepared,

as well as the topographic, geotechnical, and hydrological studies being carried out.

The following activities will be developed:

EB-112 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Project for Stabilization of Road Slopes
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 184

3.2.1. HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

The hydrological studies will aim to determine all the elements

necessary for the execution of a drainage project for each unstable area, to eliminate
the influence of the action of water, whether precipitated or urgent, on the possible causes of
instability. They will be developed according to the following systematic:

a) data collection and processing

Delimitation and confrontation of the catchment basins that contribute directly or
indirectly to the unsteady areas;
Determination of the physical elements of the catchment basins (such as area, thalweg,
slope) ;

Determination of the average annual rainfall index;

Determination of the maximum, average, and minimum monthly rainfall height; and

Determination of intensity - duration - frequency and height - duration -

frequency for the recurrence time to be established (see IS-203 Studies
Hydrological.

b) survey of the elements of each catchment basin

Detailed study of the vegetation cover of each contributing catchment basin

for the unsteady area;

Collection of elements provided by geological studies at various horizons,

notably of layers of impermeable clayey - silty soil;

Contacts of soil profiles with marked differences in permeability;

Identification of possible presence of groundwater at elevated levels;

Verification, in the non-stabilized areas or in their proximity, of the existence

of depressions, points of accumulation of precipitation waters and consequent
infiltrations between different layers;

Verification of the eventual existence of natural sources of free water or moisture.

elevated in cuts, ravines, and valleys; and

Permeability of soils in unsealed areas and neighboring regions.

c) analysis of the collected elements
According to the collected elements, pursuant to items 'a' and 'b', the procedure will be carried out.
detailed analysis in order to characterize the following elements:

– Coefficient of surface runoff of the catchment basins of the non

stabilized;

Precipitation fixation over the region (per m²);

EB-112 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Project for Highway Slope Stabilization
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 185

Study of the possible infiltration areas of rainwater in the basins of

direct or indirect collection of contributors, on non-stabilized areas;

Study of water percolation in non-stabilized areas and neighboring regions;

e

Study of water percolation over the possible silt-clay layers of

low permeability.

d) determination of design discharge

Based on the hydrogeological elements, the discharges must be determined.

project for surface drainage works and subsurface drainage
horizontal and deep.
Hydrological Studies should be developed, where applicable, according to the
methodology exposed in the Service Instruction:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-203 Hydrological Studies - Preliminary and Definitive Phases

3.2.2. GEOTECHNICAL STUDIES

The geotechnical studies will aim to obtain information

geological/geotechnical studies necessary for the analysis and detailing of the proposed solutions,
related to the sliding or tumbling of rock blocks, masses of soil
in cuts and slopes adjacent to the highway, mass movement of talus,
instability of landfills, slope of the embankment, and erosion. They will be developed based on
in the following methodology:

a) prior approval of the locations, types, quantities, extensions, and depths of

surveys and essays;

b) obtaining existing elements related to the passage, including survey

history of accidents occurred, surveys and tests carried out previously
for projects in adjacent areas, studies, reports, bibliography, and others;

c) preliminary interpretation of aerial photographs, aiming at the location of the main

features of the relief, drainage, geological structures, and other elements of interest;

field survey aimed at the confirmation and completion of data

interpreted in the photos;

e) location on the map of the geophysical/geotechnical mapping of segments or points

critics, with geotechnical registration, analysis of causes and types of problems and
proposal of solution for each case;

f) probing profiles.

EB-112 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for Slope Stabilization of Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 186

The survey profiles must have a homogeneous scale and contain the following elements
minimums

− Level reference;

− Position of NA;

− Tipo de sondagem;

− Type of sampler;

− Contacts of horizons and depths;

− Graphic legend of the materials;

− Summary description of the surveyed horizons; and

− Leveling of the "mouths" of the drilling holes

A plan showing the location of all the boreholes and tests must be provided.
executed, properly tied to easily identifiable known points.

3.2.3. TOPOGRAPHICAL STUDIES

The topographic studies should include:

a) plants with contour lines from meter to meter;

b) cross sections drawn to scales 1:100, 1:200, and 1:500, depending on the
location of the slope;

c) rental of slabs and rock plates and boulders, perfectly tied together,
allowing for easy identification in the field, during the execution phase of the works;

d) rental of existing drainage works;

e) presentation in plan of reference markers;

f) identification of the positions of the sections in relation to a possible landslide wedge;

g) presentation of the adopted conventions;

h) anchor points of the surveys to fixed points and indication of the respective profiles;

i) cross sections, between offsets, at least three on each slope, covering the
affected region, the surveys and the necessary bindings; and

j) presentation of the rainfall catchment area that influences drainage of the

studied slope.

The topographic surveys must be carried out using conventional processes.

EB-112 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for Stabilization of Road Slopes
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 187

3.2.4. STABILITY ANALYSIS

Based on the data obtained from previous studies, the analysis should be conducted on
stability.

3.3. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

In this phase, the most suitable technical solution must be selected from solutions
identified alternatives, and proceeded to detail them at an executive level.

The following are the technical solutions that are usually recommended for
stabilization of roadway slopes:

a) Tensioned curtains;

b) Armed terre armada;

c) Tied retaining wall;

Gabion wall;

e) Rip-rap wall;

f) Stacking;

g) Sub-horizontal drains.

The technical characteristics of these works, and the procedures to build them, are
expressed in the Basic Implementation Manual - DNER/1996.

In the case of the retaining structure project, internal drainage must be designed.
this, aiming to relieve the hydrostatic and hydrodynamic pressures of the water table,
existing in the vicinity of the work, reducing the total thrust on the aforementioned
structure.

When the cause of instability is due to the rise of the water table or the level
for confined aquifers, the use of sub-horizontal drains is recommended.
In cases of large-scale landslides, this is sometimes the only
economic solution that can be sought, as indicated in the Drainage Manual,
do DNER.

The following activities are to be carried out in this phase:

3.3.1. DRAINAGE PROJECT

The drainage project aims to define the devices intended for:

a) Preventing rainwater from the contributing basins from reaching, whether they are
subterranean or surface, both the protected areas of the slopes' surfaces
like the unsteady ones, leading them to safe places;

EB-112 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Engineering Executive Project for the Stabilization of Road Slopes
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 188

b) Remove the waters possibly arising from springs and accumulated in

depressions; and

c) Eliminate or reduce moisture in areas where it may affect the roadway.

With the data obtained from the hydrological studies, the devices will be sized.
drainage intended to conduct water in order to meet the mentioned objectives.

3.3.2. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT OF THE PROJECT

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Executive Project Phase, will be developed.
according to the following activities, and must comply with the provisions of the Service Instruction

Service Instruction Activity

Environmental Component of Road Engineering Project - Phase of

IS - 246:
Executive Project:

a) Preparation of the Definitive Environmental Diagnosis;

b) Surveys of Environmental Liabilities;

c) Identification and Assessment of Environmental Impacts;

d) Establishment of Environmental Prognosis;

e) Environmental Protection Measures.

The Environmental Component of the Project will be consolidated by the Evaluation Report.
Environmental - RAA, which is configured as the document to support the analysis and evaluation
two environmental damages caused by the Enterprise, having one of its
main functions to empower the licensing authority's decision to grant
Installation License - LI, of the Enterprise.

In the establishment of environmental protection measures concerning reforestation,

demand the soil and pedological analyses of the slope, in order to verify any
nutrient deficiency to recommend fertilization dosages.

In the selection of plant species for the consortium of grasses and legumes,
consider the following:

a) Rapid initial development;

b) Tolerance to acidic and toxic soils;

c) Resistance to drought, fire, diseases, and pests;

d) Propagation by seeds that are easily commercially available; and

Efficient nitrogen fixation.

EB-112 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for the Stabilization of Highway Slopes
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 189

3.3.3. PROJECT DETAILING

Understand the detailing of the selected technical solution, following the scale of
priorities defined in the study phase, including calculations, details, plans,
sections, etc., necessary for the complete clarification of the project and budget for the
stabilization of each slope.

Whenever necessary, monitoring of the slope should be proposed, aiming to observe the
behavior of the mass and confirm the correctness of the adopted technical solution.

4 PRESENTATION

4.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE AND BASIC PROJECT

The presentation of the Slope Stabilization Project in its Preliminary Phase and of
Basic Project will be carried out through the Basic Project Report, which must be
composed of the volume:

BASIC REPORT

Volume Title Format

1 Report/Justification Memo of the Project: Texts, Graphs, and Drawings A4

4.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

The presentation of the Slope Stabilization Project, in its Design Phase

The executive will be made through the Final Project Report, initially in the form of
draft, and subsequently, in the form of a final print after the draft is approved.

The Final Report must include the following volumes:

FINAL REPORT

Format
Volume Discrimination
Minute
Definitive
Printing

Project Report e Documents for

1 A4 A4
Competition
2 Execution Project A3 A3
3 Justifying Memory A4 A4
3A Environmental Assessment Report - EAR A4 A4
4 Budget and Execution Plan of the Work A4 A4

EB-112 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Project for the Stabilization of Highway Slopes
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 190

ANNEX A13
EB-113 - BASIC SCOPE FOR PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT
ROAD EXPLORATION - PER

1 DEFINITION

It is called the Highway Exploration Program, simply designated as PER,

set of elements necessary to characterize all activities to be
developed during the period of granting a highway section to the private initiative,
establishing minimum quality standards to be met in the provision of
services. It will also cover the analysis of the economic and financial feasibility of the contract of
road concession.

2 PHASES OF THE PROGRAM (PER)

2.1. FIRSTPHASE

It should include the indication of the necessary Initial Works for a recovery.
the emergency operation of the highway, providing it with minimum safety conditions and
comfort, and relating the facilities to be implemented to allow operation
full of the highway, with all the necessary equipment and operational systems,
executed and completed within the deadline set by the PER, before the start of the charge
toll.

2.2. SECOND PHASE

It will be the period of full operation of the highway, operated directly by

Concessionaire, when will the general recovery be completed and executed?
improvements planned in the PER. The operation of the highway by the Concessionaire, in this
phase, must adopt all the operational procedures established in the PER. This
will define all the works and services whose implementation is necessary so that, after
completed, the recovered pavement presents and maintains, throughout the period of
concessão, características estruturais e funcionais dentro dos limites de valores
established.

3 ELABORATION OF THE PROGRAM (PER)

3.1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

For each work, service or activity covered in the PER, the following will be defined:

a) criteria for the development of recovery and monitoring services,

maintenance, conservation, operation, organization, and improvements of the roadway;

EB-113 - Basic Scope for the Development of a Road Exploration Program (PER)
Basic Guidelines for the Elaboration of Highway Studies and Projects 191

b) unit and total quantities for the road recovery works, including
Initial Works and Capacity Expansion, in order to allow that the
competitors can quote the costs of the charges throughout the concession;

c) schedules, so that the competitors have full knowledge of the starts and
end of activities;

d) criteria for inspection and monitoring, with the respective graduation plans
sanctions to be applied to the Concessionaire for delay or total or partial non-performance
of the duties of the concession.

OPER will define the interventions of a structural, operational, organizational nature and
management of the highway, in order to meet acceptable highway standards,
establishing

a) minimum requirements for the start of toll collection, to be

executed in Phase 1:
On the tracks, shoulders, accesses, intersections, and returns;

– No central median, in the domain strip and in the riparian areas;

- In special and contemporary artworks;
In the elements of protection and security;

In the elements of user assistance;

At the toll plaza and in the administration building;

At the vehicle weighing stations; and

– No management.
b) aspects of engineering and operation of the highway to be executed in the 1st
Phase:

Pavement;

Special works of art;

Protection and security elements:

• Signaling

• Lighting

• Containment

• Defenses and security devices

• Cleaning

• Drainage and current artworks

• Interventions in critical segments

EB-113 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Road Exploration Program (PER)
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 192

Access;

– Thorns, intersections, and returns;

Toll plazas;

Vehicle weighing stations;

– Rights of way and riparian areas;

Buildings and administrative equipment;

User assistance elements:

• Emergency care services

• User communication services

• Information services

• Complaint and suggestion systems

• Other user assistance services

Operational management processes:

• Control system

• Toll collection system

• Guard and surveillance of property

• Relationship with the user and other entities

• Quality control.

Highway improvements.

OPER should establish guidelines for the quantification and location of the squares
toll, based on the expected traffic volumes over the concession period.

Economic growth rates for the region should be raised, which will result in
growth rates of traffic in the various sections of the highway, along with the assessment of
levels of service respective throughout the concession period. With the aim of defining
the time when each improvement should be executed, it must be considered that the
operational level, at peak time, will be at least level D of the HCM - Highway
Capacity Manual, latest edition, regarding continuous sections. For the
intersections must comply with the recommendations of the Intersection Design Manual
of DNER, regarding the determination of level D, which is also based on the Standards
Germans.

EB-113 - Basic Scope for the Development of a Highway Exploration Program (PER)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 193

3.2. BASIC ENGINEERING PROJECT FOR THE RECOVERY AND OPERATION OF THE HIGHWAY

The Basic Engineering Project for the Recovery and Operation of the Highway will be
prepared to allow ANTT - National Agency for Land Transportation to bid,
select and hire the Concessionaire. With this objective, the basic project must
provide the definition of the highway needs, the schedule for the implementation of each
planned work or service, relating and quantifying the services to be executed
and preparing the respective budgets for the project.

The elements contained in the basic project will be used as support for the
preparation of the Bidding Notice, for the development of Technical and Price Proposals
dos concorrentes e para a análise e julgamento das referidas propostas.

3.2.1. BASIC ENGINEERING PROJECT FOR THE RECOVERY OF THE HIGHWAY

The Basic Engineering Project for the Recovery of the Highway will be the set of
studies and projects to be developed with the aim of recovering the highway and equipping it with
operational characteristics suitable for your operation throughout the entire period of
concession.

The result obtained from the completion of this set of tasks will consist of
following elements:

a) Initial Works - a set of emergency interventions that must be

carried out in the 1st Phase of the highway concession, by the Concessionaire, with the objective
to provide it with minimum conditions of safety and comfort, whose conclusion
will condition the start of toll collection.
b) General Recovery of the Highway - set of interventions implemented in the 2nd Phase
from the concession of the highway, by the Concessionaire, to permanently maintain the
indices that define the main structural and functional characteristics of the highway
within the specified limits, and ensure that at the end of the concession the highway
to be returned to the public authority under these conditions, with remaining useful life equal to or
superior to 8 years and allow its operation at adequate comfort levels,
security and economy for the user, throughout the entire remaining period of
concession. Such interventions should include:

Pavement restoration;

Restoration and general recovery of all the components of the highway;

Implementation of intersections and accesses; and

Operational adequacy of the highway, including: alignment corrections,

variants, adjustment of intersections, implementation of turnarounds, additional lanes
of traffic, multivia, duplication, widening and/or duplication of works of art
special, in order to meet during peak traffic hours, at least, regarding the
level of service of HCM in continuous stretches and the recommendations of
Intersection Design Manual.
EB-113 - Basic Scope for the Development of Road Exploration Program (PER)
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 194

[Link]. STUDIES

The following activities must be carried out:

a) expedited registration - This registration aims to establish a base of

reference for the conduct of studies and projects and will be carried out over the
existing roadway platform, comprising:

– tying to the mileage of the existing signage, with precision of the ten
meters, two notable points of the highway, comprising at least, and not being
restricting them:
• start and end of special artworks;

• start and end of urban intersections and crossings;

• start and end of additional traffic lanes;

• existing containment works;

• unstable or problematic slopes;

• problems in the skeletal system.

measurement of the total width of the existing roadway platform, characterization of the section
transversal to each significant width change, also characterizing the
runway widths, additional traffic lanes, shoulders,
drainage devices and additional widths available.
characterization of the roadway platform on both sides: such as cutting, filling,
scraping, elevated grade;

– registration of existing drainage devices, with tying to

mileage of the existing signaling;

registration of the current works of art, linked to

mileage of the existing signage, indicating the type, spans, and dimensions of the
work, as well as the width and slope of the channel.

b) Consultations on existing studies and projects - to support the analyses or

to identify the need for additional studies, the studies will be consulted and
existing projects that are in the technical file of the Planning Department
and Research and Ground Infrastructure Units of DNIT that have jurisdiction over the
highway to be granted. As a result of this analysis, the studies and projects will be
partially or fully utilized, only recommending the
complementations and updates that may become necessary, taking advantage, always
as possible, the information available in DNIT. The elements and solutions of
projects that are deemed relevant may also be utilized, in
part or not all.

Traffic and capacity studies will aim to support the preparation of the
basic projects for operational capacity and pavement adaptation, covering

EB-113 - Basic Scope for the Development of Highway Exploration Program (PER)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 195

the entire duration of the concession and also provide the necessary elements for the
calculation of the tariff and for the analyses of economic and financial feasibility of
enterprise.

The following tasks must be carried out at a minimum:

Data collection for defining seasonal adjustment parameters, series

historical and other information available in existing traffic statistics;

Survey of accident statistics and critical segments;

– Complementary traffic surveys, when the existing data is

insufficient

Definition of growth rates and traffic volumes for the entire period of
granting;

Calculation of the number N for pavement studies;

– Development of traffic flowcharts for homogeneous segments and

intersections;

Impact studies of tolls on traffic behavior (analysis of

elasticity);
– Study of the operational capacity of the highway throughout the entire period of
granting, for the definition of the improvements to be implemented, as well as the
respective schedule for this implementation.

d) geological studies - these studies should be conducted through

research of the available geological maps and inspection of the section for adjustments
of this information, aiming to:
- Assess the geological conditions of the sites where the highway is installed or where
variants may be implemented;

Evaluate the stability conditions of the masses and slopes and, if necessary,
identifying potential risk areas;

Evaluate the conditions of the foundation soils of embankments, indicating any

problems and identifying the potential risk areas;

Evaluate the potential of the region regarding availability of

materials for construction (rock, granular materials, and sand).

e) hydrological studies - these studies should be developed to resize

the drainage devices that are effectively insufficient, causing
damage to the road body, or to design new works. The determination of the
drainage device discharges will be carried out according to the methods
conventional, the following parameters must be respected:

EB-113 - Basic Scope for the Development of Road Exploration Program (PER)
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 196

Type Recurrence times (years)

Surface drainage 10
Transposition of watercourses (culverts) 10 to 50
Special works of art 100

expedited topographic studies - these studies will be carried out only in the locations
where there is a need for the implementation of improvements and they are not found
reliable elements for the quantification of the services to be indicated. The elements
Raised will be properly tied to the mileage of the existing signage.

g) geotechnical studies - the work to be carried out will aim to:

Characterize the materials at the sites of future earthworks.

Characterize the subgrade materials in the locations where execution is required.

new pavements;

– Characterize the available materials for construction: natural soils, sands and
rock occurrences;

– Identify and tie to the mileage of the existing signage the locations with
stability problems of slopes and masses and indicate and quantify them
possible containment and stabilization solutions;
Characterize the foundation soils of embankments and current engineering works;

Identify and tie the existing signage mileage to the locations where
widenings, reinforcement or construction of new works will need to be carried out
special arts, with characterization of foundation soils.

h) environmental studies - Environmental Studies consist of detailing the

environmental protection measures, whether corrective or preventative, aiming at
execution of the works in an environmentally correct manner.

These studies will be developed according to the determinations of IS-246 -

Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Project Phases
Basic and Executive Project, and consolidate the performance of the Evaluation Report
Environmental - RAA.

The Environmental Studies must result in information that allows requests to be made,
together with the Environmental Licensing Body, the Preliminary License - LPeLicense of
Installation - LI, of the Enterprise.

i) estudos para avaliação do pavimento existente - estes trabalhos terão por objetivo:
Evaluate the existing condition of comfort and maintenance of the existing pavement;

Evaluate the structural condition of the existing pavement;

Evaluate the safety and maintenance condition of the shoulders;

EB-113 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Road Exploration Program (PER)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 197

Support the preparation of the basic recovery projects for the pavement in
emergency level (1st Phase) and structural recovery (2nd Phase).

For the execution of this assessment, the available data can be used from
DNER related to the Pavement Management, as well as existing projects, since
that the referred elements may be considered valid for the project to be
proposed.

j) inspection of special artworks - will be inspected considering the

characterization of the state of conservation and its structural condition. From this
Inspection, the use or not of the work will be evaluated, and in case of
utilization, the need for reinforcement of the structure and/or its will be indicated.
enlargement.

[Link]. PROJECTS

The projects will always be developed with the aim of indicating solutions.
of emergency and long-term recovery, since the collection of tolls, for
from the Concessionaire, it can only be initiated from the moment when the
The road must provide a minimum condition of safety and comfort for the user.
Initial Works - 1st phase

Initial Works is the term used for the set of all services that, when being
executed, enable immediate recovery to minimum levels of conditions
of safety and comfort offered by the highway to the user, as well as its operation,
to be implemented in the first months of the concession. Within this concept, the
basic project of initial works, to be developed based on the data collected in
fase de estudos, deverá prever as seguintes ações:

Emergency recovery of the pavement, on the runways, accesses,

intersections and returns, shoulders, eliminating the defects that may
contribute to reducing safety conditions, such as pots, deformations
superficial pavement, areas with exudation, erosion on the edges of the tracks;

Regularization of the shoulder surface, eliminating the pronounced steps

and considering solutions such as the use of granular soil, asphalt mixtures;

Implementation of an emergency surface drainage system in the locations where

to confirm the presence of flows and/or accumulation of water on the track of
bearing;

Unblocking of surface drainage devices and gutters and implementation of

devices to eliminate the surfaces of erosion caused by flows
of water originating from highway works;

Complete recovery of vertical and horizontal signage. In case of signage

horizontal, for the segments where pavement recovery is planned in
Phase 2 will have provisional signage planned;

EB-113 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Road Exploration Program (PER)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 198

Emergency stabilization of slopes and hillsides that present risks regarding

stability and that may compromise the user's safety;

Replacement of damaged protection and safety elements;

Intense signage of construction sites, minimizing accident risks;

– Recuperação emergencial de obras-de-arte especiais que representarem risco

for the operation of the highway.

All work to be carried out in this phase will be related, detailed and
quantified, with the minimum quality criteria for being specified.
acceptance of these services by the Inspection.

b) General Recovery Works of the Highway - 2nd phase

The work to be carried out in this phase will include the preparation of the projects.
basic engineering for the general recovery of the highway, with the aim of equipping it
of operational characteristics suitable for traffic needs, allowing for
full operation. Within this concept, the work to be developed must
understand the development of the following basic projects:

Adjustment of operational capacity through the implementation of

improvements such as: additional traffic lanes, multiway, variants and
correction of alignment, duplication, widening and/or containment of artworks
specials, adaptation and modernization of signaling and devices for
traffic management;

General restoration of the road platform, including the restoration of the

pavement, reconstruction and paving of the shoulders, recovery and
implementation of the surface drainage system;

Recovery and reinforcement of existing special artworks;

General recovery of the road system, including the stabilization of slopes and
slopes, elimination of erosion, correction of platform subsidence, cleaning,
recovery and adaptation of the drainage system and implementation of devices
surface protection and landscaping;

Implementation of security devices compatible with the needs

operational of the highway;

General recovery of the right-of-way, including its fencing and aspects

landscapes;

Survey and recovery of the Environmental Liability.

The basic projects to be developed must contain schedules for

execution of the various works, with the forecast of the times for the implementation of
each improvement and the quantification of all services.

EB-113 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of a Highway Exploration Program (PER)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 199

3.2.2. BASIC PROJECT FOR THE OPERATION OF THE HIGHWAY

Also, this Project should be developed aiming at the implementation of two phases.
namely:

a) Initial works - 1st Phase;

b) Operação normal da rodovia – 2a Fase;

In both phases of operation of the highway, the following should be considered

atividades:

− Road conservation: a set of routine and permanent actions, of low

executive complexity, which will be executed by the Concessionaire, aiming to maintain
the operational condition established in the PER;

− Highway maintenance: a set of periodic and more complex actions

executive, which will be carried out by the Concessionaire, to maintain the standard of
security, comfort, and savings offered to the user after the overall recovery of
highway, and established in the PER, throughout the entire period of the concession;

− Monitoring of the operation: set of operations that will be developed by itself

Concessionaire in the sense of permanently monitoring the quality of services
provided to the user.

In the development of the project, the following services will be executed:

a) Initial Works - Phase 1

The concept of 'smart highway' will be considered, where all information

should be obtained, whenever possible and economically viable, through processes
automatically and immediately stored in computerized databases. And,
still, that all information of interest to the user should flow as soon as it is
obtained, for the information systems to the users.

Basically, during this phase, which will precede the start of toll collection,
the recovery and/or implementation of the buildings and installation of
systems for full operation, the detailed organization of the operation, the
establishment of schedules for the implementation of the 'facilities' that
we will surpass the period of this phase, and the development of service of
relationship with the user.

Implementation and/or recovery of horizontal signage, of the devices of

vertical and traffic safety signage, proceeding to evaluate its
condition and its possible use.
Implementation and/or recovery of the facilities for the operation of the highway, which
they will understand the following installations, based on the Manual of
Basic Procedures for Highway Operation, from DNER.

EB-113 - Basic Scope for the Development of Road Exploration Program (PER)
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 200

• Operational Control Center (CCO) - the most suitable location must be indicated
suitable and the deadline to complete the installation;

• Control Posts (CP) – when the need for implementation is observed,

the number of posts and the places where they should be defined
installed and the deadlines for completion;

• User Service Posts (SAU) - will need to be defined

the number of stations to be installed along the stretch and their respective
places and deadlines for execution;

• User Information Service Points (SIU) - it must be defined the

number of posts to be installed along the stretch and the respective
locations and deadlines for execution;

• Toll Booths - the number of toll booths should be defined, the

dimensioning the number of collection booths by square and the
respective locations, always taking into account the guidelines of the PER;

• Checkpoints for Cargo - the recovery of checkpoints should be anticipated.

existing and, in some cases, foresee the installation of weighing stations with
use of portable mobile scales;
• Emergency Call Boxes (CCE) – when economically viable,
the installation of the equipment along the highway should be planned for
allow user contact with the Operational Control Center (OCC). The
amount of these boxes to be installed and the respective schedule for
installation should be planned.
• Variable Message Panels - should be provided when necessary and
economically viable, the installation of panels along the highway, to
allow the instant transmission of information about the conditions of the
highway (accidents, rain, closures, fog, etc.);
• TV cameras - when economically viable, it should be anticipated
installation, at designated points, of TV cameras for monitoring of
traffic.
• Weather Stations - when they are technically recommended, and if they are
economically viable, the installation at points should be planned
located, of devices of this type for diagnosing conditions
climatic.

– System for Operational Management of the Highway – comprising

subsystems for highway control (traffic volume and classification, control
speed, data collection of accidents, data collection of
weight, gathering of climatic and environmental data, and others), collection of
toll, load control, traffic inspection, support for traffic inspection and
transport, treatment of critical points, property security and surveillance and
relationship with the user and other entities and organization of the Concession.

EB-113 - Basic Scope for the Development of Road Exploration Program (PER)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 201

User Assistance System - understanding, when economically

viable, the subsystems for Emergency Medical Care and Care
Mechanical, and mandatorily Communication Subsystem, Subsystem
Information, as well as Complaints Services and Relationship Services
with the Users.

b) Full Operation of the Highway – Phase 2

For this phase, oPER should establish the minimum performance standards that
must be served by the highway operation systems and foresee the
completion of the installations which are expected to be concluded in this phase,
highlighting:

Installation of weighing stations or sites using fixed scales or

furniture, anticipating, for each segment, at least one control point in
each traffic sense;

Completion of the installation of the designed Variable Message Panels,

when applicable;

Completion of the installation of Emergency Call Boxes; when

for the case;
Conclusion of the organization of the exploration of the Concession;

Conclusion of the Checkpoints, when applicable;

Conclusion of User Service Posts;

Conclusion of the Concession Management System.

In segments where the implementation of panels is economically unfeasible.

variable messages, the program should anticipate the intensification of signaling
indicative, informing the user of the main problems to be encountered,
during its occurrence period.

The maximum distance between the emergency call boxes will be 5 km.
should, however, be reduced in sections of heavier traffic or subject to
largest number of accidents.

The toll collection and user assistance systems will be sized

considering the maximum waiting time according to the established standards in
Basic Procedures Manual for Highway Operation.

It will restore the points of definitive deployment of the operation systems and
traffic control, highlighting, among others:

– Monitoring System: defining performance standards for all the

highway structures, in order to allow for the permanent monitoring of these
parameters, not only by the Concessionaire, but also by the supervision of
DNER;

EB-113 - Basic Scope for the Development of a Road Exploration Program (PER)
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 202

Maintenance and Conservation Program of the Highway: as a reference for the

future dealership, the operator must establish general guidelines for the application of
a Maintenance and Conservation Program to be adopted throughout
grant period, establishing the activities that must be carried out
for the maintenance and conservation of each "part" of the highway, and also, the
criteria that should guide the execution of each of these activities.

These services should have their quantities estimated, year by year, throughout the
concession period, including the construction period.

The prescriptions of ISA-08 (Environmental Service Instruction) must be observed:

Impacts of the Road Operation Phase regarding mitigation/elimination
two IAs in the road operation phase.

3.3. ANALYSIS OF ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL FEASIBILITY OF THE ENTERPRISE

It will be composed of the necessary elements to define the task that, being
technically correct and socially acceptable, allows the execution of the PER and obtaining
an internal rate of return (IRR) compatible with the one adopted in the market for
ventures of the same nature, considering the traffic volume based on
properly grounded projections.

For the preparation of the Economic and Financial Feasibility Analysis of

Business venture, which can be executed with computerized financial models,
the following elements must be considered:

a) adequacy of the positioning of the planned toll booths;

b) investments by the Concessionaire in both works and equipment and

installation of operating systems, according to what is established in the projects
basics, distributed annually throughout the concession period;
c) annual costs of operation, maintenance, and conservation of the highway during the period
from the concession;

d) financial expenses of the Concessionaire, including:

Alternative financial plans;

Interest, grace periods, financial costs, and loan amortization of

financing for the investments planned in the basic project;

Evolution of toll revenues;

Alternative income streams;

Mechanisms for the evolution of toll rates;

Coverage of international risks in cases of external financing

(exchange rate differential, inflation differential)

e) costs of services;
EB-113 - Basic Scope for the Development of a Road Exploration Program (PER)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 203

f) taxes and fees;

g) administrative costs of the Concessionaire;

funds to cover the costs of supervision.

All these parameters will be considered in accordance with the reality in force at the time of
drafting of the PERe, also consider the expectation of international inflation for the
concession period.

Sensitivity analyses of the formulated financial model should be conducted by

intermediate of conducting simulation throughout the entire term of the Concession, with
expectations (optimistic and pessimistic) for future traffic variations. For each
simulation, the respective internal rate of return (IRR) of the venture will be calculated and
own capital invested, also allowing for variations in the values of basic rates
of toll.

The methodologies and criteria to be used for conducting these studies and analyses
will be explained and justified for approval by the DNER during the phase of
elaboration of the PER. The SACRO system, available at DNER, may be used for
feasibility analysis implementation.

The Analysis of the Economic and Financial Viability of the Enterprise must be
presented with the following structure:

a) Presentation;

b) Methodological Summary;

c) Traffic Parameters;

d) General Budget;

Physical-Financial Programs;

f) Simulation and Sensitivity Analysis;

g) Studies for the Definition of the Maximum Rate;

For the standardization of the tariff proposals from the competitors for the Concession bidding,
the values of the construction costs, of the operation works will be defined in the PER,
conservation and maintenance of the equipment to be installed, the schedules
physical and financial, the estimates of the costs of insurance and guarantees, as well as the
possible sources of funding, the revenue statements, and the presentation of
demonstration of accounting and financial results.

EB-113 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of a Highway Exploration Program (PER)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 204

3.4. TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR PARALYSIS AND SELECTION OF THE CONCESSIONAIRE

3.4.1. CONTENT OF THE REFERENCE SYSTEM

The terms of reference that will be part of the future notice must be presented in the PER.
of the bidding for the selection of the Concessionaire. These terms of reference will contain the
elements of the Basic Engineering Project for the Recovery of the Highway, the list of
works to be carried out, the schedules for the execution of the various works and
implementation of various systems and their respective quantities, encompassing
quantitative data of civil and road works, of maintenance and conservation activities, and
of equipment and systems for the operation and monitoring of the highway.

3.4.2. OBJECTIVE OF REFERENCE

These terms of reference aim to standardize the technical proposal and

prices of the competitors for the concession bidding. They should define perfectly, between
others, the items of operational and investment costs, the physical schedules and
financial, the statements of income and expenditure, the presentation of the data of
financing, insurance and guarantees, as well as the form of presentation of
demonstrative of the accounting and financial results of the enterprise.

3.4.3. STRUCTURING OF REFERENCE TERMS

The terms of reference should clearly and objectively propose the way to
presentation of technical and pricing proposals, separating them into three distinct parts:
Technical Proposal, Economic and Financial Plan, and Toll Rate. They must indicate
instructions on filling out tables, presenting statements, and the format
of the judgment of the proposals from the competitors for the bidding of the Concession, covering
at least the following criteria: degree of understanding of the relevant issues,
consistency of the propositions, quality of the information presented, compatibility
from the Proposal with oPERe with the object of the bidding, coherence between the knowledge of
the problem is the work plan.

3.4.4. STRUCTURE OF PROPOSALS

The proposals to be presented by the competitors in the bidding for selection of the
Concessionaire, they must be prepared in accordance with the notices of
Competition:

Normally, these notices are divided into:

a) Technical Proposal;

b) Rate Proposal

Economic and Financial Plan

EB-113 - Basic Scope for the Development of Road Exploration Program (PER)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 205

Toll Rate

4 PROGRAM PRESENTATION

The Final Report of the Highway Execution Program - PER will be presented
initially in the form of a draft, for examination by DNER. The final impression of
The Final Report should be edited according to the approved draft of the Final Report.
observed the corrections, additions, and clarifications resulting from the analysis
conducted by the inspection. The Final Report will contain all the studies and projects that
I support the adopted solutions, with the information, drawings, graphs, and attachments.
necessary for your analysis and understanding, including the list of works to be
executed, the schedules for the execution of all works and services and the implementation
of two different systems, and the respective quantities encompassing the civil works
bus stations and buildings, the electromechanical installations, the maintenance activities and
conservation, equipment and systems for the operation and monitoring of the highway. The
The Final Report must consist of the following volumes:

FINAL REPORT

Volume Title Format

Basic Engineering Projects for Recovery and Operation of

Highway
1.1 Project Report
Project conception and methodology adopted; A4
–Table of quantities of all services, with codes,
discrimination of services, transport distances, units and
quantities.
1.2 Execution Projects
1 –Plants and drawings - type of elements from all projects of
A3
works and services;
Schematic location plans of the works.
1.3 Various Studies and Justificatory Memories
Geotechnical studies and other studies;
Justification of the approved alternatives; A4
Calculation memory of structures;
Service Notes and Volume Calculations
2 Environmental Report - ER A4
Economic Viability Assessment (HDM);
Financial Feasibility Analysis of the Enterprise;
Definition of the Maximum Basic Rate and Grant Term;
4 Studies on the Growth Rate of the Region and Volume of A4
Traffic
Terms of Reference, with Elements of the Basic Project for
Bidding and Selection of the Concessionaire

EB-113 - Basic Scope for the Development of a Highway Exploration Program (PER)
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Highway Studies and Projects 206

ATTACHMENT A13
EB-114 - BASIC SCOPE FOR THE PREPARATION OF BASIC PROJECT FOR
HIGHWAY PAVEMENT REHABILITATION

1 DEFINITIONS

It is called Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Road Pavements,

the set of necessary and sufficient elements with an appropriate level of accuracy, for
to characterize the work or services for the rehabilitation of road segment pavements
prepared based on the indications of preliminary technical studies that ensure the
technical feasibility and the appropriate management of the environmental impact of the enterprise, and
that allows for the evaluation of the cost of the work and the definition of methods and deadlines
execution for the purpose of bidding.

It consists of the set of studies and projects developed with the primary objective of
reinforce the existing pavement, either by adding new structural layers, or by
replacement of one or more layers of the pavement, or proceeding with the recomposition
total of the flooring, in such a way that the resulting structure can economically
support the repetition of the loads per axis incident, under safe conditions and
comfort for the user during the new project period.

The provisions of the Basic Scope EB-106: Basic Project must be observed.
Engineering for Pavement Rehabilitation with Improvements for Adaptation of
Capacity and Safety.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

This type of project will unfold in two phases, namely:

a) Preliminary Phase;

b) Basic Design Phase

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

3.1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

The Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Road Pavements should
count the following elements:

a) development of the chosen solution in order to provide a global view of the work and
identify all of its constituent elements clearly;

EB-114 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for Highway Pavement Rehabilitation
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 207

b) global and localized technical solutions, sufficiently detailed, in order to

minimize the need for redesign during the project development phases
executive, and of carrying out the works;
c) identification of the types of services to be executed, of materials to be incorporated into the work and of
equipment to be used, as well as their specifications, in order to ensure the
better results for the business venture;

d) information that enables the study and deduction of construction methods,

temporary installations and organizational conditions for the work;

e) subsidies for the preparation of the bidding plan and project management, including
your programming, the supply strategy, the inspection standards, and others
necessary data in each case;

f) budget of the total cost of the work, based on service quantities and
supplies of materials and transports properly evaluated.

3.2. PRELIMINARY PHASE

A fase preliminar caracteriza-se pelos levantamentos e estudos das condições atuais da

road with the purpose of establishing the basic project for its rehabilitation,
being, therefore, a phase of diagnosis and recommendations based on the conclusions
of the studies developed (including physical and operational improvements), through the
presentation of the various alternatives studied and of the work plan for the phase of
basic project.

The study must cover:

a) Historical survey of the existing pavement;

b) Traffic studies;

c) Traffic safety studies

d) Geological studies;

e) Hydrological studies;
Preliminary Evaluation of the Existing Pavement, and
g) Environmental Component of the Project.

Service Instructions will be used, where applicable:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-201 Traffic Studies on Highways - Preliminary Phase

IS-202 Geological Studies - Preliminary Phase
IS-203 Hydrological Studies - Preliminary Phase
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase
IS-246
Preliminary

EB-114 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Highway Pavement
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Highway Studies and Projects 208

In the development of the activities of this Preliminary Phase, the following must be observed
following aspects:

3.2.1. SURVEY OF THE EXISTING PAVEMENT CATALOG HISTORICAL

This survey will contain:

a) Identification of the excerpt based on the latest version of the PNV;

b) Delivery date of the pavement to traffic;

c) Information about the existing pavement, covering the characteristics of the subgrade,
thickness and composition of the pavement layers, nature and execution period
of any rehabilitation and maintenance work; and

d) Typical cross sections of the pavement.

3.2.2. TRAFFIC STUDIES

Will consist of:

a) Data related to the history of the VMD and fleet composition, obtained from DNIT;

b) Preliminary traffic estimate;

c) Volumetric and classificatory counts, carried out for at least 3 days, in the
situations where traffic data is not available or is
outdated;

d) Existing vehicle weighing data; and

e) Estimate of current traffic

3.2.3. TRAFFIC SAFETY STUDIES

Traffic safety studies aim to assess the conditions

operational aspects of the highway from the perspective of road safety. The elements obtained will be
used with the aim of ensuring that the rehabilitation project includes all the
traffic engineering measures, necessary to minimize the risks of occurrence of
traffic accidents, in the section under study, within the project horizon. Therefore,
the concentrating segments of accidents should be identified through consultation
from the following documents of the Accident Data Processing System,
DEST/DNIT:

a) Section Registration;

b) Listing of Critical Sections;

c) Listagem Relação de Acidentes em Locais Concentradores de Acidentes.

EB-114 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for Road Pavement Rehabilitation
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 209

After collecting and analyzing data on accidents, the section should be inspected.
aiming to detect failures in the adopted traffic engineering system, regarding
regarding visibility deficiencies, geometry problems, superelevation
inadequate, poor or nonexistent signage, insufficient road capacity, locations
unsuitable for pedestrian crossing, among others.

The following will define the engineering measures aimed at eliminating these.
accidents, as well as the prioritization of critical sections for investment purposes in
function of indices and accident costs, before and after the interventions of
engineering.

3.2.4. GEOLOGICAL STUDIES

The following activities must be developed:

a) Data collection and research;

b) Interpretation of aerial photographs;

c) Field investigations

3.2.5. HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

It basically consists of the collection of hydrological data (climate, rainfall, river flow and
geomorphology) of the region.

3.2.6. PRELIMINARY EVALUATION OF THE EXISTING PAVEMENT

The preliminary studies of the existing pavement, for the purpose of identifying the solutions
alternatives should encompass the analysis of existing field surveys with the
objective of determining the functional and structural conditions for identification of the
solutions.

3.2.7. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT OF THE PROJECT

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Preliminary Phase, consists of the preparation of
Preliminary Environmental Diagnosis of the direct influence area of the Enterprise, and
in the evaluations of the occurrences registered in the environmental surveys, and of the
environmental impacts that may result from the execution of the works, aiming at
proposition of environmental protection measures.

It must characterize the environmental situation of the area of influence of the enterprise in
physical, biotic, anthropic aspects, aiming for knowledge of the region before the
implementation of the project, serving as a reference for assessing the impacts
environmental impacts arising from the works and operation of the highway, and from the environmental liabilities.

EB-114 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Road Pavement
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 210

In this Preliminary Phase of the Environmental Component of the project, it must be developed by
agreement with aIS-246 - Environmental Component of Highway Engineering Projects
Preliminary Phase, to be consolidated by the Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report
RPAA, which will allow for decision-making for the optimization of technical alternatives and
locational, as well as the initiative of DNIT, together with the Licensing Environmental Agency, to
end of request for the Preliminary License - LP of the Enterprise.

3.3. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

The basic project phase is characterized by the study of the current conditions of the highway with
the purpose of establishing a project for recovery, diagnosis, and recommendations. This
conjugate recovery measures for existing roads, covering environmental liabilities,
there is no need to develop route study.

A study will be conducted on the level of degradation reached by the pavement, determining
its causes and preliminarily assessing the cost of recovery.

Being common highways with paved lanes, with earthen shoulders and
devoid of surface drainage work, it is understood that together with the
the recovery of the pavement on the runways should study the system of
surface drainage and check the need to pave the shoulders.

Considering the emphasis on the utilization of the services previously executed in a

restoration project of pavement involves checking if they are in good condition
satisfactory and in accordance with the quality standard that is intended to be achieved. Check the
stability of existing cuts and embankments, the recovery of degraded areas,
capacity and the state of conservation of the drainage systems, the need for replacement of
pavement in degraded segments.

The Basic Design Phase should encompass:

a) Schematic Registration of the Highway

b) Traffic Study

c) Geological Study

Hydrological Study

e) Topographic Study

f) Geotechnical Study

g) Drainage Project

h) Pavement Rehabilitation Project

i) Signage Project

j) Project for Complementary Works

EB-114 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Highway Pavement
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Highway Studies and Projects 211

Environmental Component of the Project

l) Project Budget

m) Construction Execution Plan

The following Service Instructions will be used where applicable:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-201 Traffic Studies on Highways - Definitive Phase

IS-202 Geological Studies - Definitive Phase
IS-203 Hydrological Studies - Definitive Phase
Topographic Studies for Basic Engineering Projects - Project Phase
IS-204
Basic (Single Phase)
IS-206 Geotechnical Studies - Basic Project Phase
IS-210 Drainage Project - Basic Design Phase
Structural Assessment and Rehabilitation Design of Flexible and Semi-
IS-212
Rigid – Basic Design Phase
IS-215 Signaling Project - Basic Project Phase
Protection Devices Project (Defenses and Barriers) - Design Phase
IS-217
Basic
IS-218 Fence Project - Basic Design Phase
IS-220 Budget of the Work - Preliminary and Basic Project Phases
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase of
IS-246
Basic Project

In the development of the activities of this Basic Project Phase, the following must be observed
the following aspects:

3.3.1. SCHEMATIC REGISTRATION OF THE ROAD

The preparation of the schematic registration of the highway must indicate the following elements:

a) Domain range with bindings of geographical accidents and other points

notable
b) Characterization of the sections of the highway regarding the type of pavement and layers,
indicating the dimensions of the right-of-way, the platform, the pavement and the
approaches;

c) Indication of the sources of materials to be used in the rehabilitation works of

floor
d) Interferences and potential occupations of the domain strip;

e) Indications regarding the critical segments concerning traffic safety; and

f) Other indications deemed relevant.

EB-114 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Highway Pavement
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 212

3.3.2. TRAFFIC STUDIES

These studies will aim to evaluate the traffic behavior of the highway, for
homogeneous subsegment, during the useful life period, counted from the release of the segment to
traffic, based on the existing geometric design and the topographic studies carried out.
For the purposes of this scope, a homogeneous subsection is understood as one that has the
the same geometric characteristics and the same volumes and traffic compositions.

They should encompass the following activities:

a) Volumetric, directional, and classificatory counts; carried out for a minimum of 7

days;

b) Weighing of commercial vehicles;

c) Data processing;

d) Traffic projections;
e) Determination of the number N.

3.3.3. GEOLOGICAL STUDIES

The following activities should be developed:

a) Establishment of a drilling plan;

b) Geological mapping;
c) Geological description of the review;

d) Recommendations.

3.3.4. ESTUDOSHIDROLÓGICOS

Hydrological studies will be conducted with a view to verifying the functioning

hydraulic of problematic surface and deep drainage devices,
mainly those that have insufficient structural and flow conditions.
The following activities will be developed:

a) Collection of local information and with conservation teams regarding the operation
two devices for surface and deep drainage;

b) Local inspection to identify the problematic drainage devices, with the

respective drainage basins, aiming for repair or replacement;
c) Determination of the rainfall equations for the region, correlating intensity of
precipitation x duration x return period, if necessary; and

d) Sizing of the proposed solutions using methods and formulas

dedicated.

EB-114 - Basic Scope for the Development of Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Highway Pavement
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 213

3.3.5. TOPOGRAPHICAL STUDIES

The topographic studies for this Basic Project Phase are limited to the survey.
cadastral of the highway's right-of-way:

3.3.6. GEOTECHNICAL STUDIES

Geotechnical studies, in the case of flexible or semi-rigid pavements, will provide

subsidies for the preparation of the diagnosis of the existing pavement, consisting of
following activities:

a) Subjective survey of the pavement (visual inspection) aiming at subdivision of

segment into homogeneous segments;

b) Objective assessment of the pavement surface;

c) Measures of longitudinal irregularity (QI/IRI);

d) Measurements of reversible deflections and deflection basins on the pavement surface;

e) Registration and selection of quarries, sand pits, and other materials existing along
from the highway, which may be used in the pavement rehabilitation project;

Preliminary geotechnical studies of the areas of material occurrences

selected; and

g) Pavement surveys, to verify the types and thicknesses of layers and

characterization of the constituent materials.

For the execution of the aforementioned surveys, aIS 212 will be used.
Service Instruction for Structural Assessment and Rehabilitation Project
Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavements - Basic Design Phase and the methodologies
follow indicated:

Methodology Title

Objective Assessment of Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavement Surfaces -

DNIT 006/2003-PRO
procedure
Survey for Assessment of the Surface Condition of Subsections
DNIT 007/2003-PRO Homogeneous Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavement Highways for Management
of Pavements and Studies and Projects - Procedure
DNIT 009/2003-PRO Subjective Assessment of Pavement Surface - Procedure
Measurement of surface irregularity of pavement with systems
DNER-PRO 182
IPR/USP and Maysmeter integrators
DNER-ME 024 Determination of pavement deflections by the Benkelman beam
Determination of deflections using a Falling Weight Deflectometer
DNER-PRO 273
deflectometer-FWD

The existing pavement being Rigid Pavement, the following must be observed
methodologies:

EB-114 - Basic Scope for the Development of Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Road Pavement
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 214

Methodology Title

DNIT 060/2004-PRO Rigid Pavement Inspections - Procedure

DNIT 061/2004-TER Defects in Rigid Pavements - Terminology
DNIT 062/2004-PRO Objective Assessment of Rigid Pavements - Procedure
DNIT 063/2004-PRO Subjective Assessment of Rigid Pavements – Procedure

3.3.7. DRAINAGE PROJECT

Based on the survey of problematic drainage devices, as per

studies carried out in the previous phase, which allowed for the obtaining of the sizing and
Preliminary quantification of the proposed solutions will define the solutions to be implemented.
adopted.

3.3.8. PAVEMENT REHABILITATION PROJECT

Based on the geotechnical studies and the evaluation of the existing pavement, a will be prepared
pavement rehabilitation project, based on the Service Instructions and Standards
following:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-211 (substitution) Paving project (flexible pavement) – Basic Design Phase

Structural assessment and rehabilitation design of the pavement (flexible pavement)
IS-212 (rehabilitation)
Basic Project Phase
IS-225 Rigid Pavement Project – Basic Design Phase

Norma Activity

DNER-PRO 010 Structural evaluation of flexible pavements - Procedure A

DNER-PRO 011 Structural evaluation of flexible pavements - Procedure B
DNER-PRO 159 Project for the restoration of flexible and semi-rigid pavements
DNER-PRO 269 Flexible pavement restoration project - TECNAPAV

In the preparation of the Pavement Rehabilitation Project, this phase should adopt
the following criteria:

a) dimension the pavement using at least three methods indicated in the table
anterior

b) adopt thicknesses of the reinforcement layer provided by the method that best
adapt to the functional and structural conditions of each homogeneous segment;

c) compare the costs of the alternatives for the purpose of choosing the most suitable solution and
present the justification for the chosen solution in volume 3.

EB-114 - Basic Scope for the Development of Basic Engineering Project for Road Pavement Rehabilitation
Diretrizes Básicas para Elaboração de Estudos e Projetos Rodoviários 215

The pavement rehabilitation project must contain, at a minimum, the following elements:

− Development of the selected pavement rehabilitation solution in the phase of

preliminary;
− Expedited inventory of the condition of the highway through which it will be made a
estimate of local pavement failures;
− Table containing the quantities of services;

− Cross-sections of the pavement, indicating the services to be performed;

− Physical schedule;

− Sketch showing the location of existing material occurrences for

paving, as well as the advisable locations for the installation of support;
− Segments of the stretch that will require surface and deep drainage; and

− Specifications and recommendations for the execution of the service.

Since the existing pavement is rigid, the methodologies outlined in must be observed.
Rigid Pavements Manual, from DNIT, now under revision at IPR.

3.3.9. DECIMALIZATION PROJECT

With the data obtained in the preparation of the highway registration, where were marked the
deficiencies of the road signage of the section, the signage project will be developed.

3.3.10. PROJECT OF COMPLEMENTARY WORKS

It will be developed including the replacement or repair of defenses, barriers, and fences.
delimitation and possible containment works.

3.3.11. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT OF THE PROJECT

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Basic Project Phase, must be
developed according to the following activities:

a) Preparation of the Definitive Environmental Diagnosis;

b) Survey of Environmental Liabilities;

c) Identification and Assessment of Environmental Impacts;

d) Establishment of the Environmental Prognosis;

e) Environmental Protection Measures.

In this Basic Project Phase, the Environmental Component of the project must be developed.
according to the provisions of IS-246 - Environmental Component of Projects
Road Engineering - Basic Design Phase.
EB-114 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for Road Pavement Rehabilitation
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Highway Studies and Projects 216

The Environmental Component of the Project in this Phase will be consolidated by the Basic Report.
of Environmental Assessment - RBAA, which serves as the document to support the
analysis and evaluation of the environmental damage caused by the Enterprise, having as
one of its main functions is to provide support for the decision of the licensing authority in order to
to grant the Installation License - LI, of the Enterprise, whenever the
the bidding for the work is based on this Basic Engineering Project.

3.3.12. ORÇAMENTO DAOBRA

At the end of the work developed in this phase, the costs of the services will be estimated.
for pavement rehabilitation, adopting the methodology recommended in IS-220
Budget of the work - Basic Project Phase and in the recommendations of the System
Road Costs of DNIT - SICRO.

3.3.13. WORK EXECUTION PLAN

Presentation of the rational sequence of the set of activities that must be executed
of the project, indicating the problems of a climatic, administrative, technical nature and
segurança; época do início dos trabalhos; período de execução; conseqüência da
location, type of work and other conditioning factors for construction, including
implications with traffic, in the case of existing highways.

The Execution Plan for the work, to be prepared for each construction lot, will take into account
considering the aspects related to climate and rainfall, particularly regarding
to the rainy season and the number of rainy days per month, logistical support, deadline for the
execution of the works, minimum equipment and attack plan for the services.

4 PRESENTATION OF THE BASIC PROJECT

4.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE

At the end of the Preliminary Phase, the Preliminary Report of the Basic Project will be presented.
containing the conclusions of the studies developed and the proposed recommendations, the
which will be constituted by the volumes detailed below.

PRELIMINARY REPORT

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

1 Preliminary Report/Descriptive Memo - Texts, Graphs, and Drawings A-4

2 Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report - PEAR A-4

EB-114 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Highway Pavement
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 217

4.2. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

4.2.1. MINUTES

At the end of the Basic Project Phase, the Draft of the Final Report will be presented.
Basic Project, in 4 volumes, as per the list below.

FINAL REPORT - DRAFT

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

Report / Justification Memo of the Basic Project and Documents for

1 A-4
Competition
2 Basic Execution Project A-1
3 Basic Environmental Assessment Report - RBAA A-4
4 Budget and Work Execution Plan A-4

4.2.2. FINAL IMPRESSION

After the approval of the Draft, the Final Report's Definitive Print will be presented.
of the Project, according to the volumes detailed below.

FINAL REPORT - FINAL PRINT

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

Report / Justificatory Memo of the Basic Project and Documents for

1 A-4
Competition
2 Basic Execution Project A-3
3 Basic Environmental Assessment Report - BEAR A-4
4 Budget and Work Execution Plan A-4

EB-114 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Roadway Pavement
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 218

ANNEX A15
EB-115 - BASIC SCOPE FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF EXECUTIVE PROJECT
ENGINEERING FOR ROAD PAVEMENT REHABILITATION

1 DEFINITIONS

It is called Executive Engineering Project for Pavement Rehabilitation of

Highways, the set of elements necessary and sufficient for complete execution of the
work, in accordance with the Technical Standards of DNER and DNIT.

It consists of a set of studies and projects developed with the aim of strengthening the
existing pavement, by adding new structural layers, or by replacement of
one or more layers of the pavement, or to proceed with the complete recomposition of
pavement, in such a way that the resulting structure can economically support the
repetition of the loads per axle incident, under conditions of safety and comfort for the
user, during the new project period.

The provisions of Basic Scope EB-106: Basic Project must be observed.

Engineering for Pavement Rehabilitation with Improvements for Adaptation
Capacidade e Segurança.

2 PROJECT PHASES

This type of project will unfold in three phases, namely:

a) Preliminary Phase;

b) Basic Design Phase;

c) Executive Project Phase.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

3.1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

This Basic Scope refers to the Executive Engineering Project for Rehabilitation of
Highway pavement, to be developed consecutively to the respective studies.
Preliminary and the respective Basic Project, allowing to characterize the work
completely from the execution perspective, and containing all the elements of the phases
previous ones, added with the level of detail specific to the Executive Project, in such a way
to provide an overview of the work, and to identify all its constructive elements
clearly.

EB-115 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Project for Road Pavement Rehabilitation
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 219

3.2. PRELIMINARY PHASE

The preliminary phase is characterized by the surveys and studies of the current conditions of
highway for the purpose of establishing the basic project for its rehabilitation,
being, therefore, a phase of diagnosis and recommendations based on the conclusions
from the studies developed (including physical and operational improvements), through the
presentation of the various alternatives studied and the work plan for the phase of
basic project.

The study must cover:

a) Historical cadastral survey of the existing pavement;

b) Traffic studies;

c) Traffic safety studies

d) Geological studies;

e) Hydrological studies;
f) Preliminary Assessment of the Existing Pavement, and

g) Environmental Component of the Project.

Service Instructions will be used where applicable:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-201 Traffic Studies on Highways - Preliminary Phase

IS-202 Geological Studies - Preliminary Phase
IS-203 Hydrological Studies - Preliminary Phase
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase
IS-246
Preliminary

If a Basic Project has already been prepared for the road segment to be executed
designed, a detailed analysis of the identified elements will be carried out, and a
substantial evaluation of the conclusions of the Preliminary Phase of the existing Basic Project,
always in accordance with the above related Service Instructions.

The following activities will be carried out.

a) Analysis of available elements, aiming at their complementation and updating;

b) Verification of traffic, geological, hydrological studies, and the preliminary assessment

of the existing pavement carried out, with possible completion, and if necessary
conducting additional research;
c) Verification of the Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report - RPAA, prepared in
Preliminary Phase of the Basic Project existing to assess the need for it.
update or expansion for this preliminary level of the Executive Project.

EB-115 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for Road Pavement Rehabilitation
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 220

Should there be a need to complement results from the Preliminary Phase

the existing Basic Project, the Service Instructions must be followed
correspondents.

In the development of the activities of this Preliminary Phase, the following must be observed
following aspects:

3.2.1. SURVEY OF THE HISTORICAL CADASTRAL OF THE EXISTING PAVEMENT

This survey will contain:

a) Identification of the excerpt based on the latest version of the PNV;

b) Date of pavement delivery for traffic;

c) Information about the existing pavement, covering the characteristics of the subgrade,
thickness and composition of the pavement layers, nature and execution period
of possible rehabilitation and maintenance works; and

d) Typical cross sections of the pavement.

3.2.2. TRAFFIC STUDIES

They will consist of:

a) Data related to the history of the VMD and fleet composition, obtained from DNIT;

b) Preliminary traffic estimate;

c) Volumetric and classificatory counts, conducted for at least 3 days, in the

situations where traffic data is not available or is
outdated;

d) Existing data on vehicle weighings; and

e) Estimate of current traffic

3.2.3. TRAFFIC SAFETY STUDIES

Traffic safety studies aim to assess the conditions

operational aspects of the highway under the focus of road safety. The elements obtained will be
used with the aim of ensuring that the rehabilitation project includes all the
traffic engineering measures necessary to minimize the risks of occurrence of
traffic accidents, in the section under study, within the project horizon. To that end,
The segments concentrating accidents should be identified through consultation.
from the following documents of the Accident Data Processing System,
DEST/DNIT:

a) Section Registration;

EB-115 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Engineering Executive Project for Highway Pavement Rehabilitation
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 221

b) Listing of Critical Sections;

c) Listing Relation of Accidents in Accident Concentrator Locations.

After the collection and analysis of data on accidents, the section must be inspected.
aiming to detect failures in the adopted traffic engineering system, regarding
regarding visibility deficiencies, geometry problems, superelevation
inadequate, poor or non-existent signage, insufficient road capacity, locations
unsuitable for pedestrian crossing, among others.

The following will define the engineering measures aimed at the elimination of these.
accidents, as well as the prioritization of critical sections for investment purposes in
function of accident indices and costs, before and after the interventions of
engineering.

3.2.4. GEOLOGICAL STUDIES

The following activities should be developed:

a) Data collection and research;

b) Interpretation of aerial photographs;

c) Field investigations

3.2.5. HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

It basically consists of the collection of hydrological data (climate, rainfall, river flow and
geomorphology) of the region.

3.2.6. PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT OF EXISTING PAVEMENT

The preliminary studies of the existing pavement, for the purpose of identifying solutions
alternatives should cover the analysis of existing field surveys with the
objective of determining the functional and structural conditions for identification of the
solutions.

3.2.7. PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Preliminary Phase, consists of the preparation of
Preliminary Environmental Diagnosis of the direct influence area of the Enterprise, and
in the evaluations of the occurrences registered in the environmental surveys, and of the
environmental impacts that may arise from the execution of the works, aiming at
proposition of environmental protection measures.

It must characterize the environmental situation of the area of influence of the enterprise in
physical, biotic, anthropic aspects, aiming for knowledge of the region before the

EB-115 - Basic Scope for the Development of an Executive Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Highway Pavement
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 222

implementation of the enterprise, serving as a reference for evaluating impacts

environmental impacts arising from the works and operation of the highway, and from environmental liabilities.

In this Preliminary Phase of the Environmental Component of the project, it must be developed from
agreement with aIS-246 - Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects
Preliminary Phase, to be consolidated by the Preliminary Environmental Evaluation Report
RPAA, which will allow for decision-making to optimize technical alternatives and
locational, as well as the initiative of DNIT, together with the Environmental Licensing Agency, to
request for the Preliminary License - LP of the Enterprise.

3.3. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

The basic design phase is characterized by the study of the current conditions of the highway with
the purpose of establishing a project for recovery, diagnosis, and recommendations. This
conjugate recovery measures for the existing highway, covering the environmental liabilities,
there is no need to develop a layout study.

A study will be conducted on the degree of degradation reached by the existing pavement.
determining its causes and preliminarily evaluating the cost of recovery.

Being common highways with paved lanes, with dirt shoulders and
lacking surface drainage works, it is understood that together with the
the recovery of the runway pavement must study the system of
surface drainage and check the need to pave the shoulders.

Considering the focus on utilizing the services previously executed in a

restoration project for pavement involves checking if they are in good condition
satisfactory and in accordance with the quality standard that is intended to be achieved. Check the
stability of existing cuts and embankments, the recovery of degraded areas, the
capacity and the state of conservation of the culverts, the need for replacement of
pavement in degraded segments.

The Basic Project must cover:

a) Schematic Registration of the Highway

b) Traffic Study

c) Geological Study

d) Hydrological Study

e) Topographic Study

f) Geotechnical Study

g) Drainage Project

h) Pavement Rehabilitation Project

EB-115 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Highway Pavement
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Highway Studies and Projects 223

i) Signage Project

j) Project for Complementary Works

k) Environmental Component of the Project

l) Project Budget

The following Service Instructions will be used, where applicable:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-201 Traffic Studies on Highways - Definitive Phase

IS-202 Geological Studies - Definitive Phase
IS-203 Hydrological Studies - Definitive Phase
Topographic Studies for Basic Engineering Projects - Project Phase
IS-204
Basic (Single Phase)
IS-206 Geotechnical Studies - Basic Project Phase
IS-210 Drainage Project - Basic Project Phase
Structural Assessment and Rehabilitation Design of Flexible and Semi-Pavements
IS-212
Rigid – Basic Design Phase
IS-215 Signaling Project - Basic Project Phase
Protection Device Project (Defenses and Barriers) - Design Phase
IS-217
Basic
IS-218 Projeto de Cercas - Fase de Projeto Básico
IS-220 Budget of the Work - Preliminary and Basic Project Phases
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase of
IS-246
Basic Project

If a Basic Project has already been prepared for the road segment to be executed
designed, a detailed reassessment of its Basic Project phase will be carried out,
starting from:

a) Evaluation of the developed basic project, considering the necessary services for the
execution of the work and corresponding costs;

b) Evaluation and consolidation of the Basic Environmental Assessment Report - RBAA,

developed in the existing Basic Project.

c) Evaluation of any and all observations deemed relevant and that come
modify any conclusion or recommendation of the existing Basic Project;

d) Preparation of a conclusive report on the solutions presented in the Basic Project

existing through the analysis of its Presentation Volumes (Volumes 1, 2, 3, and 4)

e) If there is a need for additional solutions proposed in the project

Existing basic, the corresponding Service Instructions must be followed.

In the development of the activities of this Basic Project Phase, the following must be observed
the following aspects:

EB-115 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Road Pavement
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 224

3.3.1. SCHEMATIC REGISTRATION OF THE HIGHWAY

The preparation of the schematic register of the highway should indicate the following elements:

a) Domain range with bindings of the geographical features and other points
notable
b) Characterization of the highway sections regarding the type of pavement and layers,
indicating the dimensions of the domain strip, the platform, the pavement and the
berths;

c) Indication of the sources of materials to be used in the rehabilitation works

pavement

d) Interferences and possible occupations of the domain strip;

e) Indications regarding critical segments related to traffic safety; and

f) Other indications deemed relevant.

3.3.2. TRAFFIC STUDIES

These studies will aim to evaluate the behavior of traffic on the highway, for
homogeneous subsegment, during the useful life period, counted from the release of the segment to
traffic, based on the existing geometric design and the topographic studies conducted.
For the purpose of this scope, a homogeneous sub-section is understood as one that has the
the same geometric characteristics and the same volumes and traffic compositions.

Should encompass the following activities:

a) Volumetric, directional, and classificatory counts; conducted for a minimum of 7

days

b) Weighing of commercial vehicles;

c) Data processing;

d) Traffic projections;
e) Determination of the number N.

3.3.3. GEOLOGICAL STUDIES

The following activities should be developed:

a) Establishment of a drilling plan;

b) Geological mapping;
c) Geological description of the review;

d) Recommendations.

EB-115 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Project for Highway Pavement Rehabilitation
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Highway Studies and Projects 225

3.3.4. HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

Hydrological studies will be conducted with a view to verifying the operation

hydraulic of problematic surface and deep drainage devices,
primarily those with insufficient structural and flow conditions.
The following activities will be developed:

a) Collection of local information and with conservation teams regarding the operation
two drainage devices, surface and deep;

b) Local inspection to identify the problematic drainage devices, with the

respective contributing basins, aiming at repair or replacement;
c) Determination of the rainfall equations of the region, correlating intensity of
precipitation x duration x recurrence interval, if necessary; and

d) Sizing of the proposed solutions using methods and formulas

consecrated.

3.3.5. TOPOGRAPHIC STUDIES

The topographic studies for this Basic Project Phase are limited to the survey.
cadastral of the right-of-way of the highway:

3.3.6. GEOTECHNICAL STUDIES

The geotechnical studies, whether the existing pavement is flexible or semi-rigid, will provide
subsidies for the elaboration of the pavement diagnosis, consisting of activities
following:

a) Subjective survey of the pavement (visual inspection) aiming at the subdivision of

segment in homogeneous segments;

b) Objective assessment of the pavement surface;

c) Measures of longitudinal irregularity (QI/IRI);

d) Measurements of reversible deflections and deflection basins on the pavement surface;

e) Registration and selection of quarries, sandbanks, and other materials existing along
from the highway, which may be used in the pavement rehabilitation project;

f) Preliminary geotechnical studies of areas with material occurrences

selected; and

g) Pavement core samples to verify the types and thicknesses of layers and
characterization of the constituent materials.

For the execution of the aforementioned surveys, aIS 212 will be used.
Service Instruction for Structural Assessment and Rehabilitation Project

EB-115 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Engineering Executive Project for Road Pavement Rehabilitation
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 226

Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavements - Basic Design Phase and the methodologies
follow indicated:

Methodology Title

Objective Evaluation of Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavement Surfaces -

DNIT 006/2003-PRO
procedure
Survey for Assessment of the Surface Condition of Subsections
DNIT 007/2003-PRO Homogeneous Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavement Highways for Management
of Pavements and Studies and Projects – Procedure
DNIT 009/2003-PRO Subjective Assessment of Pavement Surfaces - Procedure
Measurement of surface irregularity of pavement with systems
DNER-PRO 182
integrators IPR/USP eMaysmeter
DNER-ME 024 Determination of pavement deflections by the Benkelman beam
Determination of deflections using a falling weight deflectometer
DNER-PRO 273
deflectometer-FWD

The existing pavement being Rigid Pavement, the following must be observed
methodologies:

Methodology Title

DNIT 060/2004-PRO Rigid Pavement Inspections - Procedure

DNIT 061/2004-TER Defects in Rigid Pavements - Terminology
DNIT 062/2004-PRO Objective Evaluation of Rigid Pavements - Procedure
DNIT 063/2004-PRO Subjective Assessment of Rigid Pavements - Procedure

3.3.7. DRAINAGE PROJECT

Based on the survey of problematic drainage devices, according to

studies conducted in the previous phase, which enabled the achievement of the sizing and
preliminary quantification of the proposed solutions, the solutions to be defined will be
adopted.

3.3.8. REHABILITATION PROJECT OF THE PAVEMENT

Based on the geotechnical studies and the assessment of the existing pavement, the ...
rehabilitation project of the pavement, based on the following Service Instructions:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-211 (substitution) Paving project (flexible pavement) - Basic Project Phase

Structural assessment and rehabilitation design of the Pavement (flexible pavement)
IS-212 (rehabilitation)
Basic Project Phase
IS-225 Rigid Pavement Project - Basic Design Phase

EB-115 - Basic Scope for the Development of Engineering Executive Project for Road Pavement Rehabilitation
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 227

Norma Activity

DNER-PRO 010 Structural evaluation of flexible pavements - Procedure A

DNER-PRO 011 Structural evaluation of flexible pavements - Procedure B
DNER-PRO 159 Project for the restoration of flexible and semi-rigid pavements
DNER-PRO 269 Flexible pavement restoration project – TECNAPAV

In the preparation of the Pavement Rehabilitation Project, in this phase, the following should be adopted
the following criteria:

a) dimensioning the pavement using at least three methods indicated in the table
anterior;
b) adopt thicknesses of the reinforcement layer provided by the method that best fits
adapted to the functional and structural conditions of each homogeneous segment;

c) compare the costs of the alternatives for the purpose of choosing the most suitable solution and
present the justification for the chosen solution in volume 3.

The basic rehabilitation project of the pavement must contain, at a minimum, the following
elements:

− Development of the pavement rehabilitation solution selected in the phase of

preliminary;
− Expedited inventory of the condition of the highway through which a will be made
estimate of local pavement failures;
− Table containing the quantities of services;

− Typical cross-sections of the pavement, indicating the services to be executed;

− Physical schedule;

− Sketch showing the location of existing material occurrences for

paving, as well as the advisable locations for support installation;
− Segments of the stretch that will require surface and deep drainage; and

− Specifications and recommendations for the execution of the service.

Since the existing pavement is rigid, the methodologies presented must be followed
Rigid Pavement Manual, by DNER.

3.3.9. PROJECT DE-SIGNALIZATION

With the data obtained in the preparation of the highway registration, where it was marked the
deficiencies in the road signage of the section, a signage project will be developed.

EB-115 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Highway Pavement
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 228

3.3.10. COMPLEMENTARY WORK PROJECT

It will be prepared including replacement or repairs of defenses, barriers, fences of

delimitation and possible containment works.

3.3.11. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT OF THE PROJECT

The Environmental Component of the Project, in this Basic Project Phase, must be
desenvolvido segundo as seguintes atividades:

a) Elaboration of the Definitive Environmental Diagnosis;

b) Surveys of Environmental Liabilities;

c) Identification and Assessment of Environmental Impacts;

d) Establishment of the Environmental Prognosis;

e) Environmental Protection Measures.

In this Basic Design Phase, the Environmental Component of the project must be developed.
according to the provisions of IS-246 - Environmental Component of Projects
Road Engineering - Basic Project Phase.

The Environmental Component of the Project at this Stage will be consolidated by the Basic Report.
de Avaliação Ambiental - RBAA, que se configura como o documento a subsidiar a
analysis and assessment of the environmental damage caused by the Project, having as
one of its main functions is to provide the licensing authority with the means to make decisions in terms of
to grant the Installation License - LI, of the Enterprise, whenever the
the bidding of the work is based on this Basic Engineering Project.

3.3.12. WORK BUDGET

At the end of the work developed in this phase, the costs of the services will be estimated.
for pavement rehabilitation, adopting the methodology recommended in IS-220
Budget for the work - Basic Project phase and in the recommendations of the System
Road Costs of DNIT - SICRO.

3.4. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

With the approval of the conclusions and recommendations of the Basic Design Phase, it will be
the Executive Project phase has begun with the purpose of detailing the selected solution,
providing plants, drawings and service notes that allow for the construction of
highway.

a) information that enables the study and deduction of construction methods,

temporary facilities and organizational conditions for the work;
b) subsidies for the preparation of the bidding plan and management of the work;

EB-115 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Project for Highway Pavement Rehabilitation
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 229

c) detailed budget of the overall project cost, based on quantities of

services, supplies of materials and transportation properly assessed.

The Environmental Component of the Project in this Executive Project Phase consists of
detailing and budgeting of environmental protection measures, both corrective and
preventive measures, indicated in the Basic Project Phase, aiming for rehabilitation/recovery
of environmental liability and the execution of works in an environmentally correct manner.

The detailing activities must pay attention to the information or requirements of the
environmental agencies and other environmental studies prepared for the project.
It is noteworthy that for the interventions with the water sources intended for consumption
humans, protective devices must be designed in order to prevent or mitigate the
impacts resulting from possible incidents with the road transport of products
dangerous.

In this Executive Project Phase, the Environmental Component of the Project will be developed from
agreement with the provisions of IS-246 - Environmental Component of Projects
Road Engineering - Executive Design Phase.

The Environmental Component of the Project, at this Stage, will be consolidated by the Final Report.
of Environmental Assessment - RFAA that should contain the elements that characterize the
detailed description of the environmental protection measures established in the Project Phase
Basic.

In the case where the bidding for the work is based on this Executive Project of
Engineering, the Final Environmental Assessment Report - RAAF must provide
additional information that allows DNIT to request from the Environmental Agency
Licensor, the Installation License - LI, of the Enterprise.

The activities to be carried out in this phase should meet the provisions in
Service Instructions:

EB-115 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Executive Engineering Project for Road Pavement Rehabilitation
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 230

Service Instruction Activity

Topographic Studies for Executive Projects - Executive Project Phase

IS-205
(Single Phase)
IS-206 Geotechnical Studies - Executive Project Phase
IS-210 Drainage Project - Executive Project Phase
Structural Assessment and Rehabilitation Design of Flexible and Semi-
IS-212
Rigid - Executive Project Phase
IS-215 Signage Project - Executive Project Phase
Projeto de Dispositivos de Proteção (Defensas e Barreiras) - Fase de Projeto
IS-217
Executive
IS-218 Fencing Project - Executive Design Phase
IS-220 Project Budget - Executive Design Phase
Presentation of the Execution Plan for the Work - Executive Project Phase
IS-222
(Single Phase)
Projeto de Sinalização da Rodovia durante a Execução de Obras e Serviços -
IS-224
Executive Project Phase (Single Phase)
Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects - Phase of
IS-246
Executive Project

4 PRESENTATION OF THE EXECUTIVE PROJECT

4.1. PRELIMINARY STAGE

At the end of the Preliminary Phase, the Preliminary Project Report will be presented.
Executive summary, containing the conclusions of the studies developed and the recommendations
proposals, which will be composed of the volumes detailed below.

PRELIMINARY REPORT

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

1 Preliminary Report/Descriptive Memo - Texts, Graphs, and Drawings A-4

2 Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report - PEAR A-4

4.2. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

At the end of the basic design phase, the Basic Project Report will be presented.
Executive, containing the proposed solutions, indicative tables of the characteristics
techniques and operational and quantitative services, composed of the following volumes:

EB-115 - Basic Scope for the Development of Engineering Executive Project for the Rehabilitation of Highway Pavement
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 231

BASIC REPORT

VOLUME TITLE FORMAT

1 Report / Justification Memo for the Basic Project - Text A-4

2 Basic Execution Project A-1
3 Basic Environmental Assessment Report – BEAR A-4
4 Budget A-4

4.3. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

Finalizing the preparation of the Executive Project, the Final Report will be presented.
Executive Project, initially in the form of a draft. After examination and approval by DNIT,
will be presented in the form of a final print. The Final Report will consist of
through the following volumes:

FINAL REPORT

FORMAT
VOLUME TITLE
Printing
Minute
Definitive

1 Project Report and Tender Documents A-4 A-4

2 Execution Project A-1 A-3
3 Justification Memo A-4 A-4
3A Geotechnical Studies A-4 A-4
3B Calculation Memory of Structures A-4 A-4
3C Service Notes and Volume Calculation A-4 A-4
3D Expropriation Project A-4 A-4
3E Final Environmental Assessment Report - FEAR A-4 A-4
Other Attachments (as needed) A-4 A-4
4 Budget and Execution Plan of the Work A-4 A-4

EB-115 - Basic Scope for the Development of Executive Engineering Project for the Rehabilitation of Road Pavement
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 232

ANNEX A16
EB-116 - BASIC SCOPE FOR ELABORATION OF
ROAD REGISTRATION

1 DEFINITION

Road registration is the set of records resulting from surveys conducted

on the highway, and if necessary in your area of influence, in order to obtain the elements
necessary for the development of the intended studies and projects.

2 STAGES OF REGISTRATION

The road registration includes the following phases:

a) Preliminary Phase;

Final Phase.

3 PREPARATION OF THE REGISTRATION

3.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE

The Preliminary Phase of road registration encompasses field services, which are
the following:

3.1.1. SURVEY OF THE STATE OF CONSERVATION AND THE CHARACTERISTICS OF EACH

EXCERPT

This survey will be carried out through the completion of registration forms.
with the indication of the following elements:

a) Road registration form indicating the characterization of the stretch of the highway,
["kilometer by kilometer","right-of-way","land use","resistance"]
lateral, cross sections, running surfaces, layout in profile and plan,
drainage conditions and degraded areas;

b) Road registration form indicating the characterization of the roadway segment,

kilometer by kilometer, regarding the cross slope of the terrain, current distribution and
future of the cross sections, soil classification, resistant characteristics of
subject (ISC) and average distances of transportation of the materials used in
construction

c) Road registration form indicating the location and characterization of the

areas crossed by the highway, the ramps and counter-ramps and the artworks
specials, throughout the entire stretch;

EB-116 - Basic Scope for Road Registration Preparation

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 233

d) Road registration form relating to existing traffic data;

e) Registration form for environmental problems, inside and outside the domain range;

3.1.2. LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF NOTABLE POINTS

a) They will be identified and located, through geographic coordinates, along

all segments of the highway, the following notable points:
Start and end of each section (classification of the PNV/ DNIT);

Intersections, accesses, and returns;

Location of bridges, viaducts, tunnels, walkways, and underground passages;

Start and end of urban perimeters;

State currencies;

– Dependencies of DNIT / Land Infrastructure Units (active or

disabled);

Quarries and occurrences of construction material;

Degraded areas;

Conservation units; and

Other projects in progress or planned for the area of interest;

b) For the determination of the geographical coordinates of points on the platform of
highway, GPS (Global Positioning System) equipment will be used,
provide, instantly, the values of latitude and longitude in degrees, minutes and
seconds.

3.1.3. SURVEY OF STRUCTURAL DATA OF THE PAVEMENT

Regarding Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavements, the data will be obtained from the
Database of the DNIT Pavement Management System and the built projects
existing, updated through consultations with the Federal Road Districts. They will be
the following complementary data has been raised:

a) Thicknesses of the layers and characteristics of the constituent materials;

b) Assessment of the pavement surface;

c) Irregularity quotient (IQ);

d) Deflection;

e) Structural number; and

f) Date of the last intervention (such as rehabilitation, reinforcement, reconstruction).

EB-116 - Basic Scope for Road Registration Development

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 234

The existing pavement being rigid pavement, the data will be obtained considering the
following methodologies

RIGID PAVEMENTS

Methodology Title

DNIT 060/2004-PRO Rigid Pavement Inspections - Procedure

DNIT 061/2004-TER Defects in rigid pavements - Terminology

3.1.4. UPDATE OF EXISTING DATA

Based on the recommendations contained in IS-212: Structural Assessment and Design of

Pavement Rehabilitation, carry out the following surveys:

[Link]. EVALUATION OF THE PAVEMENT SURFACE

Evaluate the condition of the pavement surface allowing to conclude whether the segment presents the
running surface in satisfactory conditions, for any traffic situations,
according to the following methodologies:

FLEXIBLE AND SEMI-RIGID PAVEMENTS

Standards Title

Objective assessment of the surface of flexible and semi-rigid pavements -

DNIT 006/2003-PRO
Procedure
Survey for evaluating the surface condition of a sub-section
DNIT 007/2003-PRO homogeneous roadways and flexible or semi-rigid pavement for management of
pavements and project studies - Procedure
Survey for subjective evaluation of the flexible pavement surface or
DNIT 009/2003-PRO
semi-rigid - Procedure
HDM-4 Highway Development & Management

RIGID PAVEMENTS

Methodology Title

DNIT 062/2004-PRO Objective assessment of rigid pavements - Procedure

DNIT 063/2004-PRO Subjective assessment of rigid pavements - Procedure

[Link]. MEASUREMENT OF IRREGULARITY COEFFICIENT (QI)

Carry out continuous survey along the stretch, using measuring equipment
irregularity response type. The procedures for raising irregularities
they will follow the guidelines set out in the following methodologies:

EB-116 - Basic Scope for Road Registration Development

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 235

Methodology Título

Objective Assessment of Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavement Surfaces

DNIT 006/2003-PRO
procedure
Evaluation Survey of the Surface Condition of Subsections
DNIT 007/2003-PRO Homogeneous of Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavement Highways for Management
On Pavements and Studies and Projects - Procedure
DNIT 009/2003-PRO Subjective Assessment of Pavement Surfaces - Procedure
Measurement of surface irregularity of pavement with systems
DNER-PRO 182
integrators IPR/USP and Maysmeter
DNER-ME 024 Determination of pavement deflections by the Benkelman beam
Determination of deflections using the impact deflectometer 'Falling weight'
DNER-PRO 273
deflectometer-FWD

[Link]. DEFLECTOMETRIC SURVEYS

The deflections of the pavement will be determined in sampling units of 1 km.

of extension, previously defining the quantity of sampling units, using
the methodologies indicated below:

Methodology Title

DNER-ME 024 Pavement - Determination of deflections in the pavement by the Benkelman beam
Determination of deflections using a falling weight deflectometer
DNER-ME 273
weight deflectometer – FWD

The statistical analyses for data treatment should comply with the guidelines set forth in
procedures DNIT-ME-024 (Pavement - Determination of deflections in the pavement
by the Benkelman beam) and DNITPRO 011 (Structural evaluation of flexible pavements -
Procedure B).

3.2. OFFICE SERVICES

3.2.1. CONSOLIDATION OF FIELD DATA

Office work will include, in addition to the conferences and corrections of the files
of field, calculations and filing, the following activities:

a) Consolidation and systematization of data;

b) Data entry in MS-Excel spreadsheets, or in MS-Access database, or

other compatible ones;

c) Digitization of road sections using GIS-Plus software, TransCAD, or

other compatible ones;

d) Preparation of text using MS-Word or another similar text editor.

EB-116 - Basic Scope for the Development of Road Registration

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 236

3.2.2. CALCULATION OF STRUCTURAL NUMBER (SN)

The surveys conducted will be used for the determination of values

representatives of the current structural number of the pavement (SN), according to the criteria
of calculation in force and adopted by DNIT.

3.2.3. ANALYSIS OF RESULTS

De posse dos levantamentos dos dados existentes, e dos resultados provenientes da

the update of this data will be followed by the analysis of the obtained results, aiming at
characterize the evolution of the pavement structure over time.

4 PRESENTATION

You will understand the reports, as detailed:

a) Volume 1 - Registration Report (text);
b) Volume 2 - Plants and Diagrams of the Registration;
c) Volume 3 - Justificative Memoir (text).

EB-116 - Basic Scope for the Development of Road Registration

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 237

ANNEX A17
EB-117 - BASIC SCOPE FOR ELABORATION
AS BUILT PROJECT

1 DEFINITION

It is the technical documentation developed with the aim of recording textually and
graphically represent what was effectively executed in the Enterprise. The
"Built" results from the physical and financial changes made to the original project.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

a) Execution

Final

3 ELABORATION OF THE PROJECT

The 'As Built' must be developed based on the Project prepared for the
Enterprise and in the Partial Reports of Supervision/Inspection/Management,
containing the identification of the physical and financial changes made during the phase of
execution of works and services.

3.1. EXECUTION PHASE

At this stage, they should be recorded in a specific chapter in the monthly/partial reports.
of supervision, the changes made to the original Project of the Enterprise.

3.2. FINAL PHASE

Once the execution phase of the works and services is completed, the review of it must be finalized.
documentation related to the project, including in digital form, and extracting the data from the
monthly/partial supervision reports.

All elements deemed relevant for future inquiries and interventions,

whether they are informed or not in the monthly/partial supervision reports, they must be
registered in the "as built" Report.

4 PROJECT PRESENTATION

4.1. EXECUTION PHASE

The services executed related to the "As Built" must be reported in a chapter.
specific to the monthly/partial supervision report.

EB-117 - Basic Scope for the Development of 'As Built' Project

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 238

4.2. FINALPHASE

Upon completion of the final phase, the corresponding volumes must be presented to the
physical and financial changes made to the original project during the execution of the work
the service, which will constitute the 'As Built' Report.

The 'As Built' Report must be integrated into the Final Supervision Report.

EB-117 - Basic Scope for Preparation of 'As Built' Project

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Highway Studies and Projects 239
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 240

ANNEX B -
SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 241
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 242

ANNEX B1
IS-201 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR STUDIES OF
TRAFFIC ON HIGHWAYS (RURAL AREA)

1 OBJECTIVE

Analyze the traffic for conducting Feasibility Studies or preparing Projects

of Road Engineering, Basic Project and Executive Project, aimed at construction
of new highways, or introduction of improvements in existing highways.

Traffic Studies aim to:

a) Assess the adequacy of the existing transportation system;

b) Serve as a subsidy, together with the topographic studies, for the definition of the
tracing and pattern of the highway;

c) Define the class of road to be implemented or rehabilitated and size it.

technical characteristics;

d) Determine the operational characteristics of the highway, how it will adapt to

demands in the year(s) established as the project's horizon;

e) Serve as input for the economic feasibility analysis.

2 STAGES OF STUDIES

These services will be carried out in two phases:

a) Preliminary;

b) Definitive.

All phases must be developed in close collaboration with the studies.

economic according to IS - 229: Economic feasibility studies of
highways (rural area).

3 Preparation of the studies

3.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE

The Traffic Study in the Preliminary Phase will consist of:

3.1.1. PRELIMINARY TRAFFIC ESTIMATE

a) current: obtained from the National Traffic Counting Plan (PNCT) and Plans
Directors and other available sources.

IS-201 - Service Instruction for Traffic Studies on Highways (Rural Area)

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 243

b) future: based on historical series, regional growth rates, cases

similarities and correlations with available indicators.

3.1.2. CURRENT TRAFFIC ESTIMATE

Preliminary traffic allocation through the estimation of normal highway traffic (if
of existing roadways), plus the diverted and generated traffic, estimated
preliminarily.

3.1.3. SERVICE LEVEL CAPACITY

Forecast of capacity and service levels based on the methodology presented in

Highway Capacity Manual - HCM.

3.2. FINALPHASE

The Traffic Study in the Definitive Phase will be developed based on the conclusions of the Phase
Preliminary, upon prior approval, will include the following activities
discriminated.

a) establishment of traffic zones;

b) traffic data collection;

c) collection of complementary data from the region (socio-economic data, generating poles
traffic, among others);

d) preparation of trip generation matrices;

e) preparation of travel distribution matrices;

f) evaluation of alternative road systems;

g) analysis of the modal distribution;

h) allocation of trips in the network;

i) determination of traffic flows;

j) determination of growth rates;

k) execution of traffic projections;

l) loading of the proposed systems;

m) evaluation of results;

n) sizing of the system elements.

IS-201 - Service Instruction for Traffic Studies on Highways (Rural Area)

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 244

3.2.1. ESTABLISHMENT OF TRAFFIC ZONES

The direct influence area of the highway, encompassing the municipalities it cuts through and
those who depend on it for their access, divided into internal traffic zones. For
utilization of existing socioeconomic data, these areas will correspond
normally to the municipal boundaries, although it becomes necessary to subdivide the municipalities
for more than one traffic generation center.

The major economic centers, far from the region of direct influence, should be
represented by external traffic zones.

3.2.2. TRAFFIC DATA COLLECTION

This phase includes the execution of the following services:

a) collection of existing data on the area of interest for the project, including maps,
plans, studies and traffic data, as well as any indicators of variations
seasonal traffic.

b) obtaining any additional traffic data necessary for development

of the studies, including the execution of volumetric, classificatory counts and
directions, travel time searches, and origin/destination searches.

c) preparation, if necessary, of a survey of the public transport system,

including itineraries, frequency, stopping points and transfers, travel times,
passenger volume data.

3.2.3. COLLECTION OF ADDITIONAL DATA FROM THE REGION

This phase encompasses the collection of socio-economic data, traffic generating poles,
distinct modal systems, among others. It involves the execution of the following services:

a) collection and compilation of any other data deemed valuable for execution
appropriate studies (climate, soil, population, production and
agricultural and industrial productivity and socio-economic parameters
necessary for traffic projections;

b) verification of the existence of traffic generation poles in the region that can
influence the traffic patterns of the highway;

c) survey of other modes of transport, such as rail and river that

may interfere with the traffic patterns of the highway under study.

3.2.4. DEVELOPMENT OF TRAVEL GENERATION MATRICES

This stage will determine the ability to generate trips for each traffic zone, in
function of the investment planned in the road system. To this end, some aspects must be

IS-201 - Service Instruction for Traffic Studies on Highways (Rural Area)

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 245

to be considered, such as the physical and operational characteristics of the network, data
socio-economic factors of the population in the region, daily variations, and seasonal factors.

The result of this stage will cover the number of trips attracted and generated from
of each area.

At least one of the various existing softwares will be used in order to obtain
precision and reliability in the results.

3.2.5. PREPARATION OF TRAVEL DISTRIBUTION MATRICES

This stage involves the determination of the trip distribution matrix in the network.
traffic-related, that is, in the relationship between the various pairs of areas in terms of quantity
of travel. There are several methods, and the choice of the most appropriate one will depend on the
objectives and the precision of the study. Some more complex ones take into account the
impedance (costs) of the network during the trip distribution process. The most
known and used is the gravitational model, which needs to be well calibrated, so that
the best way to characterize travel patterns for the base year.

At least one of the various existing software must be used in order to obtain
precision and reliability in the results.

3.2.6. DEVELOPMENT OF ALTERNATIVE VARIOUS SYSTEMS

The work in this phase will consist of the development and study of technical alternatives.
for the planned road investments, alternatives that encompass both variations
In the layout, as the physical and operational characteristics of the highway and should
consider the traffic plans and studies, already prepared or in preparation, existing in
analysis horizon.

3.2.7. MODAL DISTRIBUTION ANALYSIS

At this stage, the drainage capacity of other systems should be analyzed.

modalities and their interferences in the road system. The consideration of the
modal transfer, based on the improvements planned in the system.

For that, some aspects that influence modal choice should be considered,
such as travel characteristics (purpose, costs, time/day, seasonal variations in
travel production, among others), characteristics of the various transportation systems,
such as regularity, comfort, safety, travel costs, duration of
trips, among others, and also characteristics of users or goods
transported, such as resident/vehicle ratio, type of trips produced, among
others.

At least one of the various existing software should be used in order to obtain
precision and reliability in the results.

IS-201 - Service Instruction for Traffic Studies on Highways (Rural Area)

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 246

3.2.8. ALLOCATION OF JOURNEYS IN THE NETWORK

This stage will consist of traffic allocation on the road network, considering the routes.
existing alternatives on the network.

The balance point between demand and supply should be sought, that is, the number of
travels in the various links must be suited to their respective drainage capacity.
considering aspects of fluency (travel time, travel costs, among
others) and safety (the worse the operating conditions, the greater the likelihood of
occurrence of accidents). Costs for users should also be considered,
such as travel times, fuel consumption, toll booths, among others.

This stage should show the deficiencies of the transportation system and/or its
needs based on demand.

At least one of the various existing software should be used in order to obtain
precision and reliability in the results.

3.2.9. DETERMINATION OF TRAFFIC FLOWS

Once the quantities of trips on the various links are known, one must then obtain
the corresponding vehicle flows, as well as the composition of the fleet in each one
of them. For this, it is important to know the average occupancy rates, or average tonnage
transported, for the various types of vehicles that make up the fleet on the roads under study.

3.2.10. DETERMINATION OF DECREASING RATES

Based on the existing projections, historical series, and growth rates

adopted in existing Road Master Plans, federal, state or municipal,
in the studies conducted in the previous stages and in any social indicators
economic factors deemed necessary, the growth rates should be estimated,
along the study horizon.

It may be necessary to determine, for each of the various traffic zones, rates
differentiated by type of vehicle, leading to differentiated growth among the links that
compose the network under study.

Poderá também, ser necessário analisar cenários distintos, com o intuito de prever o
behavior of growth rates during the study period.

3.2.11. CARRYING OUT TRAFFIC PROJECTIONS

Traffic projections will be made through growth rates obtained.

based on historical data collected in consistent economic studies, such as
multimodal transport plans, etc. In cases where such information does not exist, the
The methodology to be adopted must be discussed with the competent department of the agency. Only

IS-201 - Service Instruction for Traffic Studies on Highways (Rural Area)

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 247

growth rates above 3% will be adopted in cases of agricultural borders

proven by economic studies.

In the absence of weighing data from DNIT scales, for the definition of
factors of vehicles in the commercial fleet will be carried out through field surveys with
trucks, researching the loads per axle, over 2 consecutive days. Based on the
research or weighing, the weights by axle/set of axles will be determined
various types of vehicles that make up the fleet of users of the stretch. The surveys
of the field, necessary for the determination of the vehicle factors applicable to the highway
In study, they may be waived if they are available at DNIT.

At this stage, interzone travel projections by cars should be prepared.

particulares, coletivos e caminhões, para o horizonte de projeto, para os anos
intermediaries and for each alternative of the traffic network under study.

It is important to consider, in all alternatives, the possibility of transfers.

modes, as well as the traffic dilution and parking capacity of the areas
urbanized. At the same time, one must carefully analyze the possible effect of
a new connection about the additional generation of new trips, explaining
detailed hypotheses and methodologies adopted.

3.2.12. DIMENSIONING OF SYSTEM DOSAGE ELEMENTS

At this stage, with the help of the available software on the market, must be
dimensioned as the system facilities, such as number of lanes and tracks, characteristics
physical and operational, that is, to size the interventions, with a view to the implementation of
improvements or the construction of the highway.

3.2.13. LOADING OF PROPOSED SYSTEMS

Using simulation techniques compatible with the complexity of the networks under analysis,
and considering the flow capacity of the roadway systems under study, collect
data for the base year and the projections of interzonal movements for the horizon of
project, allocating (manually or electronically) to the networks that incorporate the alternatives
under analysis.

There will be, therefore, an approximate vision of the future development of networks, of
need for modifications and the role of the proposed investments, in the long term.

3.2.14. EVALUATION OF RESULTS

The results of the loadings from the different networks will be analyzed and compared.
based on the volume/capacity relationships (considering the traffic composition and the
hourly, daily, and annual variations, in traffic flowcharts, in average speeds
of route, in the service levels for road networks and in transport costs,
however with a level of detail suitable for this stage.

IS-201 - Service Instruction for Traffic Studies on Highways (Rural Area)

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 248

3.2.15. DIMENSIONING OF DOSING ELEMENTS OF THE SYSTEM

Based on traffic volume projections, it will be possible to determine:

a) the type and the standard of the road work (Class I, II, III, IV);

b) the number of lanes required for the road (including weaving lane, ramps and
need for ascending third lanes);
c) the determination of the number of standard axis operations, number N;

d) the configuration of the intersections.

4 PRESENTATION

4.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE

The presentation of the Traffic Study in its Preliminary Phase will be made through
of the Preliminary Report of the Engineering Project to which it corresponds.

This Report should include the Descriptive Memory of the activities carried out in this phase,
as follows:

PRELIMINARY REPORT

Volume Discrimination Species Format

Report/ − Text of the chapter Traffic Studies, including estimate

Memory preliminary traffic, current traffic, and capacity
1 service levels; A4
Descriptive
Preliminary − Spreadsheets, boards, tables, and graphs used

4.2. FINALSTAGE

In the Definitive Phase, the presentation of the Traffic Study will be made through the Report.
Basic of the Engineering Project to which it corresponds. Must be included.

Volume Discrimination Species Format

Text of the chapter Traffic Studies including the

establishment of traffic zones, data collection of
traffic and complementary, generation and matrix of
Report /
distribution of trips, development of road systems
Memory
1 alternatives, analysis of modal distribution, of allocation A4
Justification of
travel on the network, traffic flows, growth rates,
Basic Project
traffic projections, system loading and
sizing of system elements; Memory of
calculation; spreadsheets, boards, tables, and graphs used.

IS-201 - Service Instruction for Traffic Studies on Highways (Rural Area)

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 249

ANNEX B2
IS-202 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR GEOLOGICAL STUDIES

1 OBJECTIVE

The purpose of this service instruction is to define and specify the services
constants of Geological Studies in Road Engineering Projects, Project
Basic and Executive Project.

2 STAGES OF THE STUDIES

These services will be carried out in two phases:

a) Preliminary phase; and

b) Final phase.

3 EXECUTION OF STUDIES

3.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE

In this phase, the following activities are developed:

a) Data collection and research;

b) Interpretation of aerial photographs;

c) Field investigation.

3.1.1. DATA COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS

Collection and examination of all existing information - topography, geomorphology, soils,

geology, hydrogeology, climate and vegetation of the area crossed by the highway, including
publications, letters, maps, aerial photographs and others.

3.1.2. INTERPRETATIVE ANALYSIS OF AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHS

Interpretative analysis of aerial photographs of the region, aiming to separate the units.
geotechnical interest mapable features, as well as detect the features (faults, joints,
contacts, schistosity, stratifications) that may interfere with the establishment of
geometric and geotechnical conditions of the guidelines; delimitation of locations with
probability of occurrence of construction materials, talus zones, scars of
ancient landslide movements; areas of compressible soils; mountain areas;
escarpas, cuestas, cristas, e quaisquer outras de interesse para o estudo.

IS-202 - Service Instruction for Geological Studies

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 250

3.1.3. FIELD INVESTIGATIONS

These are supplementary field investigations aimed at consolidating the interpretation of the
aerial photographs and allow the execution of the drilling plan.

This phase will determine the spatial configuration of the occurring formations, their aspects
structural, textural and mineralogical, the modifications introduced by phenomena
secondary (tectonics, weathering, erosion, metamorphism, etc.) aimed at evaluation
of its geotechnical behavior and its workability as a construction material.

Special interest should be given to the results of the geology-climate interaction, that is,
geomorphology, vegetation, soils, hydrology, hydromorphism. At the same time, all the
areas marked as capable of providing usable materials, zones of
occurrences of compressible soils, and potentially unstable areas should be
visited and examined in order to estimate the characteristics and inherent problems.

The area to be researched should cover the entire region where the alternatives were inserted,
giving greater or lesser lateral extension to materials suitable for construction.

3.2. FINAL STAGE

The Geological Study in the Definitive Phase will develop from the conclusions and
recommendations of the study in the previous phase, subject to prior approval by the body,
as detailed below.

3.2.1. DREDGING PLAN

The reconnaissance drilling plan will cover an area that allows for between the
alternatives, the choice of the best line considering the geological aspect. The drilling
they will be mechanical and/or geophysical, according to the desired purpose. The
The establishment of this plan will be based on preliminary maps and other information.
available geological data, and will seek solutions to major geological problems
geotechnical, such as:

a) talus zones;

b) recent sedimentary zones, especially with the presence of compressible soils;

c) potential or real areas of instability;

d) passages in gorges and steep slopes;

e) areas with occurrence of coluvial soils.

In talus zones, coluvial soils, steep slopes, and areas of instability

In general, the surveys will seek to determine the thicknesses and the nature of the material.
incoherent, the depth, the special position, the nature and the characteristics of
rock substrate, as well as the position and orientation of the flow of groundwater; in the
recent sedimentary zones the surveys will seek to determine the thickness, well
IS-202 - Instrução de Serviço para Estudos Geológicos
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 251

how to collect samples that allow evaluating the physical and mechanical characteristics of
occurring soils and the consistent material overlapping beyond the position of the groundwater table.

3.2.2. GEOLOGICAL MAPPING

The geological mapping of the studied area should be assembled indicating:

a) the occurrences of construction materials and the preliminary information;

b) areas of clayey soils;

c) areas of recent sediments; with the presence of compressible soils;

d) areas of exposed rocks;

e) structural aspects, such as the direction and dip of the layer;

f) schistosity, fractures, represented by active symbols;

g) orientation of the groundwater table at the intermediate level;

h) unstable areas that require special stabilization studies with

characterization of the nature of the material, through symbolism;

i) other elements of interest in geology applied to road engineering.

The preliminary geological maps of the chosen alternatives will undergo a process in this phase.
systematic detailing through new careful observations (measures of
attitudes, schistosity, jointing, more precise location of contacts) and of the
results of the surveys planned in the survey plan. They should be mapped.
with convenient symbolism, the geological contacts, the tectonic lines, the attitudes of
layers, in addition to the soil compartmentalization of the road.

The rock outcrops and the groundwater table will also be recorded and mapped.
with indications of possible orientations. The occurrences of talus, colluvium, half-
steep slopes and gorges should have their extensions mapped with the
possible accuracy, while providing indications about their thicknesses,
natures, spatial orientation, depth of rocky substrate, within accuracy
achieved by the surveys conducted.

Compressible soil zones, in addition to being demarcated, will also be affected through symbolism.
indication of their thicknesses and characteristics provided by the surveys carried out.

The features will also be represented through conventional symbolism.

notable geomorphological features: cliffs, slopes, crests, alignments, and others of interest.

Based still on the photointerpretative studies and mappings carried out, a will be made the
final cartography of occurrences considered interesting for use.

3.2.3. GEOLOGICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE REGION

IS-202 - Service Instruction for Geological Studies

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 252

The geological description of the studied region will be provided, including:

a) Geographical situation;

b) Climate;
c) Soils and vegetation;

d) Physiological and geomorphological aspects;

e) Geological aspects:

stratigraphic;

tectonic

- lithological;

f) Hydrogeological aspects

g) Occurrences of materials for paving.

3.2.4. RECOMMENDATIONS

Recommendations will be established for solving construction problems of the highway.

resulting from the geological formation of the region such as:

a) Cuts and fill in unstable areas

b) Landfills in compressible soils.

3.2.5. DEVELOPMENT OF THE STUDY TO ADDRESS LOCALIZED PROBLEMS

Whenever there is a need for deepening in some section of the highway

geological study, this will be carried out according to a pre-elaborated plan approved by
DNIT. These studies are planned in mountainous regions, in places that require
of special works of art, such as tunnels, bridges, viaducts.

3.2.6. CONCLUSÕES ERECOMENDAÇÕES

The Geological Study should conclude with the conclusions and recommendations resulting from the
work completed.

4 PRESENTATION

4.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE

The presentation of the Geological Study, at the end of this phase, will be done through the Report.
Preliminary Engineering Project to which it corresponds, and must contain:

IS-202 - Service Instruction for Geological Studies

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 253

PRELIMINARY REPORT

Volume Discrimination Subjects Format

Report/
Memory − Report containing the conclusions of this Phase;
1 A4
Descriptive − Recommendations for the continuation of the Study
Preliminary

4.2. FINAL STAGE

The presentation of the Geological Study, at the end of the Definitive Phase, will be made through the
Basic Report of the Engineering Project to which it corresponds, containing:

BASIC REPORT

Volume Discrimination Subjects Format

− Study design conducted;

− Geological map;
− Interpretative analysis of aerial photographs;
Report / − Aspects structural, textural e mineralogical
Memory modifications introduced by secondary phenomena
1 (tectonics, weathering, erosion, metamorphism, and others)
A4
Justification of the
Basic Project results of field investigations;
− Recommendations for solving construction problems
from the highway resulting from the geological formation of the region
(cuts and fillings in unstable areas and fillings in
compressible soils.

IS-202 - Instrução de Serviço para Estudos Geológicos

Diretrizes Básicas para Elaboração de Estudos e Projetos Rodoviários 254

APPENDIX B3
IS-203 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services included in the Hydrological Studies in Projects of
Road Engineering, Basic Project and Executive Project.

2 STAGES OF THE STUDY

The Hydrological Studies will be developed in two phases:

a) Preliminary Phase;

b) Definitive Phase.

3 EXECUTION OF STUDIES

3.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE

The Hydrological Studies in the Preliminary Phase have the following objectives:

a) collect hydrological data;

b) Define the contributing basins.

It should cover:

− Collection of hydrological data from official authorities, existing studies, which

allow the climatic, pluviometric, fluviometric, and geomorphological characterization of
region, and more specifically, the area where the section under study is located.
− Collection of elements that allow the definition of dimensions and others
physical characteristics of the catchment basins (shape, slope, type of soil,
vegetation cover) such as: aerial photogrammetric surveys, maps
geographic, radametric surveys, phytopedological surveys and/or others
available letters.
− Collection of elements that allows for the identification of future modifications that
will occur in the basins such as projects, master plans, and occupation trends.

The systematic approach must be followed in the collection of hydrological data:

a) pluviometry - rain data collection

presentation of a map at a convenient scale highlighting the hydrographic network
basic committed by the project and the location of the section under study;

IS-203 - Service Instruction for Hydrological Studies

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 255

– collection of rainfall data from the stations located in the area and presented in
map indicating the entity responsible for collection and the respective
observation periods;

characterization of measuring instruments such as: rain gauges, pluviographs,

linear rulers, and others;
– careful selection of the station that characterizes the rainfall regime of the section,
justifying the hydrological aspect;
– in the absolute absence of a station in the region, precise indication of the sources that
they provided the rainfall data, the isoietas maps, meteorological atlas, with
the respective authors;
– calculation of the following elements: annual average rainfall of the region; average
monthly; number of rainy days per month; total annual; maximum heights and
minimums; rainfall records and respective pluviograms; total precipitation;
indication of the wettest and driest quarter; maximum precipitation in 24
hours.

b) stream gauging

collecting elements for the preparation of flow charts of average water heights,
monthly maximums and minimums of the main rivers in the region;

– record of the maximum flood levels of smaller watercourses, lacking gauges,

which should be done through local evidence and information;

presentation of a map containing the hydrometric stations of the area of interest

for the project, with identification of the entities that operate them and the schedules of
observation;

– flow diagrams of maximum, average, and minimum monthly heights and/or others
necessary;

frequency curves of levels; discharge curves;

– topographical-hydrological surveys at the crossings of the main watercourses, which

enable the development of compatible plans for the deployment project of
bridges or large-sized cellular culverts.

3.2. FINAL PHASE

In the Definitive Phase, the studies conducted in the previous phase will be consolidated, involving
the following activities:

3.2.1. PROCESSING OF PLUVIOGRAPHIC DATA

The rainfall data will be processed in order to obtain:

a) intensity - duration - frequency curves;

IS-203 - Service Instruction for Hydrological Studies
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 256

b) altitude curves - duration - frequency;

c) histograms of monthly minimum, average, and maximum rainfall precipitation;

d) histograms with the monthly distributions of the minimum number of rainy days,
averages and maximums.

3.2.2. PROCESSING OF FLUVIO-METRIC DATA

The flow data will be processed in order to obtain:

a) table containing the extreme values of daily average flow rates (m/s),
3
in case of
availability of millimeter scales in the watercourses in a location near the construction site
from art to be designed.
b) table containing the quotas of the maximum full observed in the region, in case of none
to have millimeter rulers available.

3.2.3. ANALYSIS OF PROCESSED DATA

a) Recurrence period

The recurrence periods will be fixed by the types of works classified below:

Surface drainage works;

Subsurface drainage of the pavement;

Sewers;

Bridges;

Bridges.

The choice of recurrence times will be determined through technical factors.

economic and should basically consist of:

– Type, importance, and safety of the work;

Highway class;

Cost estimate for restoration in the event of destruction;

Estimate of other losses resulting from the occurrence of larger discharges

what project;

Cost comparison of the work for different recurrence times;

Risk to human lives due to accidents caused by destruction of the

work;
The choice of the recurrence interval of the project flood should be reviewed in each
particular case; in general, the following usual values are adopted:

IS-203 - Service Instruction for Hydrological Studies

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 257

Species Recurrence period (years)

Surface drainage 5 to 10
Subsurface drainage 1
Sewer 10, 25, and 50 (like an orifice)
Footbridge 50
Bridge 100

b) Concentration time
The concentration time of the basins should be evaluated using methodology and models.
usual, and that present compatible results and that consider:

Length and slope of the main watercourse;

– Basin area;
Vegetation cover;

Land use;

Others.

For the surface drainage works, a concentration time equal to

5 minutes.

c) Deflation coefficient

The deflator coefficients should be set only after analyzing the use of
areas of rise, particularly in cases of violent modification of
permeability of the basins.

3.2.4. DETERMINATION OF DRAINAGES OF THE BASINS

The methodology to be followed in the determination of the discharges of the basins will depend on:

a) from the availability of river flow data and the number of years of observation;
b) on the size of the basin and the importance of understanding the shape of the hydrogram;

When there is no riverflow data available, the following methods are recommended:

Data Calculation method

Without rainfall data, basin area < 10 km2 Rational and corrected rational
Without rainfall data, basin area > 10 km2 Hydrogram or similar
With hydrometric data from 10 to 15 years Statisticians

The guidelines and methodology for determining Recurrence Time, of Time

of Concentration, the Defluence Coefficient and the Discharges of the Contributing Basins

IS-203 - Instruction for Hydrological Studies

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 258

constant of the Manual of Basic Hydrology for Drainage Structures, from DNER,
now in the review process at the IPR.

4 PRESENTATION

4.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE

The presentation of the Hydrological Study, at the end of this phase, will be made through the
Preliminary Report of the Engineering Project to which it corresponds, containing:

PRELIMINARY REPORT

Volume Discrimination Subjects Format

− Summary of hydrological data collection;

− Gráficos, tabelas e mapas suficientes para exame do
Report/ project;
Memory
1 − Analysis conclusion on the crossing of hydrological basins A4
Descriptive
Preliminary through the various alternatives of routing;
− Analysis of the magnitude of special artworks; prediction of
change in the quality of the environment.

4.2. FINAL STAGE

The presentation of the Definitive Phase of the Hydrological Study will be made through the Report
Basic Project of the Engineering corresponding to it, containing:

BASIC REPORT

Volume Discrimination Subjects Format

− Text with an exposition of the conducted study and the justification

of the solution adopted;
− Assessment of the significance of special works of art in each
Report / alternative defined in the layout studies;
Memory
1 − Recommendations; A4
Justification of the
Basic Project − Explanation of the adopted methodology;
− Memoirs of calculation;
− Spreadsheets, boards, tables, and graphs used.

IS-203 - Service Instruction for Hydrological Studies

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 259

ANNEX B4
IS-204 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR TOPOGRAPHICAL STUDIES FOR
BASIC ENGINEERING PROJECTS

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the Surveying services in the Basic Projects of

Road engineering.

2 STAGES OF THE STUDY

The Topographic Studies for Basic Engineering Project are developed in a

single phase, Basic Design Phase, and may be carried out by:

− Topographic survey by aerial photogrammetric process or,

− Conventional topographic survey.

3 EXECUTION OF THE STUDIES

3.1. EXECUTION OF TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY BY AEROPHOTOGRAMMETRIC PROCESS

The topographic survey by aerophotogrammetric process will observe the following

sequence

a) selection of flight corridors (carried out in the preliminary phase);

b) flight of the selected corridor;

c) examination of the photographs obtained;

d) demarcation of the restitution bands.

In this case, the following methodologies will be adopted:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-226 Aerial Photography Coverage for Road Engineering Projects - Single Phase

Restituição Aerofotogramétrica e Apoio de Campo para Projetos de Engenharia

IS-227
Bus Station - Single Phase

3.2. EXECUTION OF CONVENTIONAL TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY

The topographic survey by conventional process will have the sequence indicated to
to follow

IS-204 - Service Instruction for Topographic Studies for Basic Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 260

3.2.1. IMPLEMENTATION OF A BASIC TOPOGRAPHICAL NETWORK

This basic topographic network will consist of:

a) implementation of a topographic planimetric polygon with monumented benchmarks of

sides of approximately 1 km, along the selected route and tied to landmarks of
1st order geodetic network of IBGE.

b) implementation of a leveling line with benchmarks located every 0.5 km

km, along the selected route.

The execution of this network will be carried out as recommended by Service Instruction IS-227:
Aerophotogrammetric Restitution and Field Support for Engineering Projects
Bus Station - Single Phase:

3.2.2. RELEASE OF EXPLORATION LINES

These lines will be tied to the basic topographic network and obtained using
theodolites and steel tapes.

The allowed tolerance for angular error of the exploration line will be established by the
expression:

e = 10 N

In which:

e = tolerance, in minutes;

N = number of vertices.

The axis will be marked every 20 meters and at all notable points such as: PI,
topographical accidents, intersections with roads, riverbanks and streams. In all
The installed stakes will have witness stakes made of wood.
of good quality, about 60 cm in length, provided with a notched inscription to
oil, from top to bottom, the corresponding number.

All the stakes corresponding to the PIs, as well as the stakes every 2 km of the
long tangents will be tied by "safety points", located more than 20 m away
of the highway axis.

The tying process will normally consist of eight milestones. They will be
organized notebooks of bindings and recorded the elements of the points
tied up.

The distance measurements will be made with a steel tape, according to the horizontal for the purpose of
location of the exploration line stakes, however, it is recommended to use
statistical process for reading the distances between PI, in order to verify the
measures taken.

IS-204 - Service Instruction for Topographic Studies for Basic Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 261

3.2.3. ECONOMIC LEVELING LEVELING OF EXPLORATION LINES

The leveling and counter-leveling of all the stakes of the exploration lines will be
made with the use of precision levels. The control of leveling and
the counter level will be by tying this leveling with the basic line of RRNN.

The tolerance in leveling services will be 2 cm/km and the accumulated difference
the maximum will be less than or equal to that obtained by the formula:

e = 12.5 n

In what:

n = kilometers;

e = millimeters

Along with leveling the axis, all notable points will be leveled and counter-leveled.
the crossings of existing watercourses, when noted, in the notebook of
leveling, the water mirror elevation, leveling date and maximum flood elevation.

3.2.4. TRANSVERSAL SURVEY

The survey of cross sections will be done at the exploration line stakes.
by one of the following methods:

a) statimetry;

ruler;

c) level and steel tape.

The spacing between sections will vary according to the region, but ensuring
always your characterization. The maximum spacing allowed between two sections
successive will be 100 m and the length will be the necessary to define the project.

The notebooks of cross sections will mention: houses, quarries, bottom of ravines,
riverbanks, dividing fences and other accidents affected by the sections.

3.2.5. ADDITIONAL WITHDRAWALS

A registration of geographical accidents and other notable points will be made due to its
importance will influence the project, such as: existing highways, transmission line,
water networks, industries, houses, and others.

IS-204 - Service Instruction for Topographic Studies for Basic Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 262

3.3. TOTAL STATIONS

Total stations can be used for the optimization of work, in light of the
possibility of dispensing with field notebooks, storing a large amount of
data and eliminate annotation errors, very common in surveying services of
field.

These devices combine, in a single unit, the measurement of angles and distances.
presenting advantages over traditional equipment regarding collection,
storage, processing, import, and export of data collected in the field.
They have an active sensor, as it receives data from a beam of radiation in the range of
infrared, generated by itself, which reaches prisms placed over the target object,
returning by reflection and exciting the sensors of the same generating source.

The internal software used is capable of processing area calculations.

coordinates of points, heights, levels, inclined and reduced distances resulting
in security and great time savings of work done in the office. The
topographic software should be in ASCII, DXF or DGN format, which in addition to
Those who perform the calculations must also edit drawings using the CAD function.
contributing to the automation of projects.

The calibration of electronic distance measuring devices must be carried out, both for
theodolites and levels, as for Total Stations using the ABNT Standard
13.133.

3.4. GPS Tracking

In the case of using GPS tracking, precision receivers must be used.
geodetic of single or dual frequency, with tracking in static differential mode
with a tracking time of at least 30 minutes or 'fast-static' with time of
tracking of at least 10 minutes.

4 PRESENTATION
The presentation of the Topographic Studies will be through the Basic Project Report.
of Engineering to which it corresponds, comprising the following volumes:

IS-204 - Service Instruction for Topographic Studies for Basic Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 263

BASIC REPORT

Volume Discrimination Subjects Format

Report / Memory Project summary text and descriptive memory and

1 Justification of justification – graphs and tables A4
Basic Project

Survey topographic for process

aerophotogrammetric
Restitution plan of the selected area at the scale of
1:5000 or in another scale indicated by the conditions
particulars.
Survey topographic for process
Basic Report of
2 conventional A1
Execution
Plant on Canson at a scale of 1:5,000, or in another
approved scale, with contour lines compatible with the
scale of the plan, indicating all the accidents and
raised occurrences;
Profile of the exploration line at equal horizontal scales
the plant is vertical ten times larger.

IS-204 - Service Instruction for Topographic Studies for Basic Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 264

ANNEX B5
IS-205 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR TOPOGRAPHIC STUDIES FOR
EXECUTIVE ENGINEERING PROJECTS

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services included in the Topographic Studies to be

developed in the Executive Engineering Projects.

2 STUDY PHASE

The Topographic Studies for Executive Engineering Project will be developed in

a single phase, the Executive Project Phase.

The execution of these studies at this stage will be carried out by conventional process of
topography, and it will refer to the basic topographic network established in the Basic Project phase:

The following work sequence should be observed:

a) Location of the axis defined in the basic design phase;

b) Leveling and counter-leveling of the location axis;

c) Cross sections;

d) Tying of notable points;

e) Survey of material occurrences;

f) Specific surveys of:

areas for police stations, scales and tolls

– locations for intersections and accesses; service stations and parking

watercourses, etc.
g) Topographic registration of the right-of-way.

In the rental whenever problems occur, caused by failures in the selection of

traced, it is ensured that the designer will redo the tracing studies in the section without
implies an additional burden for DNIT.

3 EXECUTION OF THE STUDIES

The various services included in the Topographic Studies will be carried out according to the
following specifications:

IS-205 - Service Instruction for Topographic Studies for Engineering Executive Project
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 265

3.1. LOCATION AND BINDING OF THE AXIS

The location of the axis will be based on the implantation of its notable points (PI, PC, PT,
TS, SC, CS and ST, topographical accidents, intersections with other highways, margins of
rivers, long tangents, etc.), and direct polar coordinates of the vertices of the polygon
secondary (PS) of the basic topographic network.

Once the notable points of the project's geometric axis are materialized, the placement will be
made using theodolites and linear measurements through steel tape.
The implementation of the axis will consist of two distinct phases:

a) Implementation of the tangents;

b) Implementation of the curves.

The axis will be marked every 20 meters. At all installed markers, there will be
witness stakes installed, made of good quality wood, with about
60 cm in length, provided with a notch and inscribed in oil, from top to bottom, the
corresponding number, always located to the left of the staking, in the direction
increasing in number and with the number facing the stake.

Curves with a radius smaller than 600 m will be marked every 10 m. All the
corresponding stakes for PI, PC, PT, TS, and ST, as well as the stakes every 2 km
the long tangents will be secured by "safety points", located more than 20
I am in the axis of the highway.

The tying process will consist of at least 8 concrete markers, with

metal pin on its top, aligned in an X shape, so that every two markers
establish an alignment, whose intersection occurs at the point to be tied. There will be
organized notebooks of bindings with records of the elements of the points
tied up.

Distance measurements will be made with a steel tape, according to the horizontal for the purpose of
location of the stakes of the rental line, however, it is recommended to use a
statistical process for reading the distances between PPII, in order to verify the measurements
made.

The curves will be materialized in the field, using a theodolite and the process to be
the employee will be the one from the deflections on the tangents.

3.2. ALIGNMENT AND COUNTERALIGNMENT OF THE LOCATION AXIS

The implementation of the reference network at the level must follow the following guidelines:

a) A network of RRNN will be implemented, tied to the RN network of the IBGE that will serve as
support for leveling and counter-leveling of the located axis;

IS-205 - Service Instruction for Topographic Studies for Executive Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 266

b) This network will be materialized, on the ground, through concrete markers.

standardized, with a metal pin on top, spaced 500 m apart, along the strip of
dominion of the highway;

c) Existing works of art must contain an RN.

Perform leveling and counter-leveling of all the stakes of the axis of

rental and in all the RRNN of the basic leveling network, establishing, from this
form, the altimetric control of the line.

The leveling error tolerance will be 2 cm/km and the maximum accumulated difference
will be less than or equal to that obtained by the formula:

e = 12.5 n

Where:

n = km;

e = mm.

Along with leveling the axis, the notable points will also be leveled and counter-leveled.
the crossings of existing watercourses, when they will be noted, in the notebook of
leveling, the water mirror elevation, on the date of leveling, and the maximum elevation
flooding. Likewise, the bottom of the waterways will be leveled in order to allow for the
drawing of the longitudinal profile of the crossing, for use in the design of the artworks.

It is recommended to use electronic levels with laser readings in sights with

barcodes, because they are more accurate and allow for electronic storage,
reducing the possibility of errors.

3.3. SURVEY OF CROSS SECTIONS

Cross sections will be taken in all the paddocks along the located axis, with the
employment level and, in justified cases, the ruler.

The following points of the platform will be leveled at a minimum: axis, edges, start, and end.
shoulders, steps between the pavement and the shoulders, bottom of the ditches,
wheel tracks, cut and fill crests, base of cuts and fills.

The sections will be raised asymmetrically, in relation to the axis and in such a way as to
cover the limits of the future domain strip. At points where there is a need for
special studies, the sections will be extended to a considered sufficient extent
for these studies. Whenever necessary, the spacing of the cross sections
will be reduced to 10 meters.

IS-205 - Service Instruction for Topographic Studies for Executive Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 267

In the tangents, the sections will be raised in the direction perpendicular to the located axis and in the
curves in the direction of the bisector of the angle formed by the anterior and posterior sections
section that is being raised.

The determination of the direction of each section provides for the use of a cross brace or prism of
refraction. A bubble level will be used to check the position of the horizontal ruler.

The notebooks of cross sections will mention: houses, quarries, bottom of ravines,
riverbanks, dividing fences, and other accidents affected by the sections.

3.4. TOTAL STATIONS

Total Stations can be used for the optimization of the work, in light of the
possibility of dispensing with field notebooks, storing large amounts of
data and eliminate annotation errors, which are very common in surveying services
field.

These devices combine, in a single unit, the measurement of angles and distances.
presenting advantages over traditional equipment regarding collection,
storage, processing, import and export of data collected in the field.

They have an active sensor, as they receive and record data from a beam of
radiations in the infrared range, generated by itself, that reach placed prisms
about the target object, returning by reflection and exciting the sensors of the same source
generator.

They use internal software capable of processing calculations of areas, coordinates of

points, heights, unevenness, inclined and reduced distances resulting in safety and
great time saving in office work. The software
topographic files will be in ASCII, DXF or DGN format, which in addition to performing the calculations
they should also edit drawings through the CAD function, contributing to the
automation of projects.

The calibration of electronic distance measuring devices will be carried out, both for theodolites and
levels, as for Total Stations, through the use of the ABNT Standard 13.133.

For leveling, it is recommended to use electronic levels with laser reading.

in my views with barcodes, as they are more precise and allow for storage
electronic reducing the possibility of errors.

In the case of using GPS tracking for the determination of coordinates and
Leveling, geodetic precision receivers, either single or dual, shall be used.
frequency, with tracking in static differential mode with tracking time of, in
minimum, 30 minutes or 'fast-static' with a tracking time of at least 10 minutes.

IS-205 - Service Instruction for Topographic Studies for Executive Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 268

3.5. SPECIAL SURVEYS

3.5.1. SURVEY OF INTERSECTIONS AND ACCESS POINTS

All access points and intersections will be raised with a view to the preparation of
Project of Intersections, Returns and Accesses, according to the provisions of the Instruction of
ServiceIS-213 - Executive Project Phase.

3.5.2. SURVEY OF AREAS FOR INSTALLATION OF:

a) police stations, scale and toll;

b) service stations and parking.

3.5.3. RAISE OF CONTRIBUTION DEBATE

Conduct review studies of the contribution basin areas with the help of
aerial photographs and field topographic surveys.

3.5.4. SURVEY OF EXISTING SPECIAL AND CURRENT ART WORKS AND

LOCATION OF THE NEW ONES TO BE BUILT

All current works of art existing in the section will be registered, informing the
bed leveling, NA, thresholds, coping walls, slope crests, longitudinal section
of those indicated, as well as, noted: position, type, dimension, operational study and
conservation.

Likewise, the special works of art will be lifted through an expedited process.
transpostas pelo eixo locado e anotados os dados principais, tais como: comprimento,
width, longitudinal and transverse section sketch, state of conservation, system
estrutural, etc. Ainda, será feito levantamento batimétrico de 5 m em 5 m, do eixo das
artworks and raised the profile of the riverbed over a 100 m stretch on each side
of the axis.

The new special artworks will have the sites topographically surveyed and
bathymetrically, in the same manner as previously recommended. Raise the sections
longitudinal valleys, with the purpose of designing the ditches.

3.5.5. DOMAIN RANGE REGISTRATION

Simultaneously with the lease or shortly thereafter, proceed with the survey
cadastral of all areas cut or affected by the right of way, determined
by the project axis. To note in dedicated notebooks the names of the owners,
construções existentes e natureza das benfeitorias abrangidas pela faixa. Oportunidade
information will be collected from the residents of the affected properties and the
legal situation of the property title.

IS-205 - Service Instruction for Topographic Studies for Engineering Executive Project
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 269

3.5.6. TOPOGRAPHICAL SURVEY OF MATERIAL OCCURRENCES FOR CONSTRUCTION

Proceed with the topographic survey of all occurrences of selected materials

geotechnical studies for pavement and concentrated borrow usage in
fill body and upper layers of earthworks.

The topographic survey of the occurrences will be assisted by auxiliary polygons and will be
raised sections, to enable the drawing with contour lines spaced 5 m apart.

All occurrences will be tied to the project's location axis and organized.
specific notebooks for the survey, with a binding sketch of these
occurrences.

3.5.7. LIFTS FOR IMPROVEMENT WORKS

In cases where it is necessary to make improvements involving the geometry of

segment, detected through capacity and safety studies, such as
duplicates, 3astracks, alignment corrections, standard and special artifacts, this
the activity will aim to obtain and prepare topographic maps that
will serve as the basis for the development of the respective projects and may be
executed by tachometric process and will involve the following tasks:

a) location of the reference axis for the survey;

b) leveling and counter-leveling of the located axis;

c) cross-sectional surveys;

d) implementation of tie rods and reference level network;

e) cadastral survey of the right-of-way;

f) preparation of topographic map.

3.5.8. SURVEY OF THE AREAS SUBJECT TO ENVIRONMENTAL PROJECTS

The survey will be conducted with reference to the mileage or stake.

executed, as a rule, geometrically the tape measure.

In special cases where the situation demands greater detail for the projects of
environmental rehabilitation will carry out conventional planialtimetric surveys of the
degraded area, related to the project staking.

4 PRESENTATION

The presentation of the Topographic Studies will be made through the Final Report of the Project
of Engineering, to which it corresponds, encompassing the following volumes:

IS-205 - Service Instruction for Topographic Studies for Executive Engineering Project
Diretrizes Básicas para Elaboração de Estudos e Projetos Rodoviários 270

FINAL REPORT

Volume Discrimination Subjects Format

Report of
1 Text - Summary of Studies - Graphs and Tables A4
Project

− Planta em papel canson na escala de 1:2 000, com curvas

from a level of 1.00m to 1.00m, indicating all accidents and
raised occurrences;
Project of − Rental line profile at scales 1:2,000 (H) and 1:200
2 (V); A1/A3
Execution
− Drawings of the cross sections at a scale of 1:200;
− Drawings of the surveys of the occurrences of
materials, watercourses, intersections.

Memory
3 Descriptive and justificative report of the studies conducted A4
Justification

IS-205 - Service Instruction for Topographic Studies for Engineering Executive Project
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 271

ANNEX B6
IS-206 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR GEOTECHNICAL STUDIES

1 OBJECTIVE

Definir e especificar os serviços constantes dos Estudos Geotécnicos nos Projetos de

Road Engineering.

2 STAGES OF STUDIES

Geotechnical Studies will be developed in two phases:

a) Basic Design Phase;

b) Executive Design Phase.

3 EXECUTION OF THE STUDIES

3.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

The Geotechnical Studies in the Basic Design Phase will consist of:

a) Study of subgrade;

b) Study of loans and occurrences of materials.

3.1.1. STUDY OF DOUBLE TITLE

Along the axis of the selected layout, and based on its Geometric Project (Basic),
surveys will be conducted on the roadbed, at the highest points of the cuts,
located at intervals of approximately 1000 m, reaching compatible depth
with the possible grade quota on site. The samples collected at each hole, in the various
Material horizons will be subjected to characterization, compaction, and ISC testing.

In the event that it is impossible to collect samples at the highest points of the cuts,
surveys will be conducted near the PP, until reaching the depth of the level of
grade, submitting the collected samples to characterization, compaction, and tests.
ISC.

At least one probing will be conducted in the central sections of the gorges.
selected lines, with the aim of defining the depth of the rock, thickness of
soil layer, classification of materials, following the same procedure in the
steep slopes, colluvial areas and talus.

IS-206 - Service Instruction for Geotechnical Studies

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 272

In areas of compressible soils and in landfill implementation locations, there must be

determined the average thicknesses of the soft layers and the preliminary values of the
cohesions and consolidation coefficients, obtained through probing and special tests.

The surveys in the cuts for NA verification will consist of at least 3 holes, one in
each point of passage (PP) and the other in the middle of the cut, all to the depth of
1.50 m below the level of the subgrade.

3.1.2. STUDY OF MATERIAL OCCURRENCES FOR PAVING

In this Basic Project Phase, the preliminary study of occurrences will include:

a) Expedited inspection in the field;

b) Surveys and sample collection;

c) Laboratory tests.

In the occurrences deemed useful by geological studies and by the inspection of

in the field, the following services will be performed:

Five to ten drilling holes on the outskirts and in the central part of the designated area.
conveniently located to the necessary or compatible depth with the
extraction methods adopted; In each drilling hole and for each layer, it will be
a sufficient sample has been collected for the characterization tests,
compression and ISC.

The change layer quotas will be recorded, adopting a designation.

expedites that characterize it. Thus, the apparent and unusable material, constitutive of
superficial layer will be identified by the generic name of layer.

Os outros materiais próprios para uso, serão identificados pela denominação corrente no
place, such as: clay, gravel, pebbles, and others;

A sketch of the arrangement of the drilling holes will be made, noting the distances.
approximately between them and the occurrence position, in relation to the highway in
study

The existing occurrences in commercial exploration will also be prospected.

evaluated at this stage.

An occurrence will be considered satisfactory for the final prospecting when, by

less than part of the existing materials met the current specifications, or when
reveal the possibility of correction by mixing and, still, when its volume is greater than
10,000 m. 3

In the case of rock occurrences, the preliminary inspection and sampling must follow the
recommended in the DNER-PRO 257/99 Standard: Studies and Sampling of Rocks in
Stones for Road Purposes.
IS-206 - Service Instruction for Geotechnical Studies
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 273

In the case of lateritic materials, tests will be carried out to determine the relationship.
silica-sesquioxides.

3.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

The Geotechnical Study in the Executive Project Phase will consist of the activities detailed
next.

3.2.1. STUDY OF DOUBLE PROPERTY

Ao longo da locação do projeto geométrico serão executadas:

Surveys and sampling collection for material characterization up to 1 m

below the grade of the geometric project, defining the geotechnical profile of the land. The
the sondages will be conducted with a spacing of 100 m to 100 m and at the intervals,
when there is variation in material. In virgin section, along the located axis and in
section already implemented, will be done on the right edge and left edge, alternately, of the
new designed track.

With the material collected from the surveys, the following tests will be carried out:

a) Characterization;

b) Compression;

c) ISC;

d) Density "in situ".

The characterization tests will be conducted on all drilling holes and the others.
in alternating holes.

The surveys of the subsoil should be included in the profile of the located axis.

3.2.2. STUDY OF LOAN FOR THE EARTHWORK BODY

The choice in the field of loan areas will be made based on the indications of the
earthmoving project.

In areas where lateral loans are anticipated, the test holes will be
located, in principle, on the axis of loans, being the longitudinal distance between the
drilling holes of 100 m and the depth equal to that planned for the loan.

Where concentrated loans are anticipated, at least five holes will be made,
distributed throughout the loan area, with a depth equal to that planned for the
loan. For loan boxes larger than 10,000 m, a mesh will be made 2

with a mesh of 50 m on each side, with a maximum spacing of 70 m between the holes.

IS-206 - Service Instruction for Geotechnical Studies

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 274

Samples will be collected from all the holes at different horizons and submitted to the
following essays:

a) Characterization (granulometry, LL and LP);

b) Physical indices;

c) Compression;

d) California Support Index.

In the lateral borrow pits, the compaction tests and ISC will be performed every 200 m.
200 m.

Throughout the entire duration of the project, tests will be conducted for the determination of the
apparent specific mass 'in situ' in order to obtain elements to define the factor of
fill/cut contraction.

3.2.3. STUDY OF OCCURRENCE OF MATERIALS FOR PAVING

In the study of the occurrence of materials for paving, the following are distinguished:

− Quarries, sand pits, gravel pits, clay pits, and deposits of earth materials.

In occurrences of gravel pits, sand pits, sandbanks, and other granular materials, judged
exploitable in the preliminary design phase, definitive studies will be carried out that will consist of
de:

a) Surveys and sample collection;

b) Laboratory tests;

c) Measurement of the usable volume.

The surveys will be conducted through the launching of a grid with a mesh of
30 m on each side, within the limits of the selected occurrence, at whose numbered vertices
the exploratory drilling will be done.

In the occurrences of earthen materials, at each hole in the 30 m grid, for each
A layer of material will undergo a simple sieving granulometry test.
of liquidity limit, plasticity limit and sand equivalent, and in holes
alternates, compaction tests, ISC and in situ density.

Plans of the occurrences of materials must be presented, delimiting the areas.

of usable materials, as well as the corresponding soil profiles.

In the case of layers thicker than 1.00 m, the following will be carried out
aforementioned tests, for each meter of depth of this layer.

The minimum number of samples to be researched in an occurrence will be nine, after the
rejection of spurious values, with deviations far above the standard deviation.

IS-206 - Service Instruction for Geotechnical Studies

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 275

In the case of river sands, the sampling surveys will be taken from the
places of occurrence exploration;

In the occurrences of stone materials (quarries), the following tests will be conducted:

a) Los Angeles Abrasion;

b) Adhesion;

c) Durability;

d) Sheet test (for basalt rocks);

e) X-ray diffraction (for basaltic rocks).

In the study of stone materials, follow what is recommended by the ABNT-NBR 06490 standard.
for recognition and sampling for the purpose of characterizing occurrences of
rocks.

The following tests will be carried out on the sand deposits:

a) Granulometry;

b) Theory of organic matter.

Only occurrences of materials in commercial exploration will be accepted, provided that it is

proven the non-existence of unexploited similar occurrences
commercially in the region.

In the case of lateritic materials, tests will be carried out to determine the relationship
silica-sesquioxides.

3.2.4. STUDY OF LANDFILL DRAINAGE

Whenever there is doubt about the bearing capacity of the foundation soils of
there will be a need to develop a special geotechnical study that defines the
natural ground support capacity.

This study will consist, basically, of trials of:

a) Determination of the layer thickness;

b) Determination of natural moisture;

c) Determination of apparent specific mass;

d) Determination of the real specific mass of the grains;

e) Granulometry;

f) Liquidity limit;

g) Plasticity limit;

IS-206 - Service Instruction for Geotechnical Studies

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 276

h) Simple compressive strength;

i) Densification;

Rapid triaxial.

When justified, simple compressive strength tests and quick triaxial tests.
they can be replaced by vane shear tests.

Technical and economic comparisons should be made for the various solutions of
fills over compressible soils, including comparing the fill solutions with
concrete structures.

3.2.5. STUDY OF THE FOUNDATION LOCATIONS OF SPECIAL WORKS OF ART

The surveys for the foundations of the special artworks will be carried out according to
following methodology:

a) selection of the locations where the artworks will be located;

b) preliminary surveys, in order to define the structural type to be adopted in the work;

c) definitive surveys.

The preliminary and final surveys will be conducted in accordance with what is prescribed by the
Basic Implementation Manual, DNER/IPR - 1996.

3.2.6. STUDY OF STABILITY OF SOLUTES

The section in the project, considering the stability of slopes, should be divided into
homogeneous subsegments and in each one of them should be investigated, by sampling, the
behavior of slopes of cuts over 5 m high. The same care should be taken
to be applied in the studies of loan locations and pawnbrokers.

4 PRESENTATION

4.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

The presentation of the geotechnical studies at this stage of the basic project will be made through
of the Basic Engineering Project report to which it corresponds, and must contain:

IS-206 - Service Instruction for Geotechnical Studies

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 277

BASIC REPORT

Volume Discrimination Subjects Format

− Text with the conception of the studies conducted;

Report / − Summary table with the results of the tests performed
Memory in the preliminary phase of the studies;
1 A4
Justification of the − Reports of preliminary surveys at the construction sites
Basic Project special arts

Basic Project Sketch indicating the characteristics and occurrences

2 A1
of Execution of materials.

4.2. PROJECT PHASE

In the Executive Design Phase, the Geotechnical Studies will be presented in the Report.
Final of the Engineering Project to which it corresponds, encompassing the following
volumes:

IS-206 - Service Instruction for Geotechnical Studies

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 278

FINAL REPORT

FORMAT
VOLUME TITLE
Printing
Minutes
Definitive

Project Report
− Text containing the conception of the study and summary of
obtained results;
− Spreadsheets and graphs with statistical analyses of
1 A4 A4
surveys and experiments conducted
− Results of soil mixture tests
− Results of potential mixture dosages
asphalt and cement concrete
Execution Project
− Cross section of the pavement
− Sketch indicating the characteristics and location
the occurrences of materials
2 A3 A3
− Diagram with the representation of layers and types
of materials indicated for the pavement layers
− Representation in the profile of the geometric project of the
geological-geotechnical characteristics of the materials
excavate (in the case of road construction).
Justifying Memorandum
3 − Justification of the detailing of the alternatives A4 A4
approved preliminary project

Geotechnical Studies
− Surface evaluation data of the pavement
existing
− Data from the pavement deflectometric survey
existing
− Data from the longitudinal irregularity survey
of the existing pavement
3A A4 A4
− Summary sheet of all the performed trials
− Reports of the final surveys at the locations of
landfill foundations
− Final survey bulletins at the locations of
special works of art
− Reports from the preliminary surveys in the locations of
possible slope stability studies

IS-206 - Service Instruction for Geotechnical Studies

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 279

ANNEX B7
IS-207 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR PRELIMINARY STUDIES OF
ENGINEERING FOR HIGHWAYS (ALIGNMENT STUDIES)

1 Objective

Define and specify the services included in the Preliminary Engineering Studies in
Feasibility Studies, and in Road Engineering Projects, Basic Design and
Executive Project.

2 STAGES OF STUDIES

The Preliminary Engineering Studies must be carried out in two phases.

consecutive, namely:

a) Preliminary;

b) Definitive.

The Preliminary Phase corresponds to the collection, compilation, and analysis of data and elements.
available, as well as the identification and study of routing alternatives, and of
operational schemes and a brief preliminary estimate of the implementation costs.

The Definitive Phase encompasses the analysis and evaluation of alternatives and the definition of their
geometric conceptions.

3 ELABORATION OF STUDIES

The studies cover the following tasks:

a) Define the technically feasible guidelines for the highway;

b) Determine the physical feasibility of the alternatives indicated as suitable.

from traffic studies for the proposed roadway connection;

c) Define certain basic solutions for the smooth preparation of the work more
detailed in subsequent studies;
d) Estimate the approximate costs of construction and expropriation for the purposes of
economic and financial evaluation.

IS-207 - Service Instruction for Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highways (route studies)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 280

3.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE

3.1.1. DATA COLLECTION AND COMPILATION

This phase of the work aims to provide all the elements and data related to the area in
studies, necessary or valuable for the proper development of the subsequent stages
of the studies.

The data and documents to be collected and compiled in this phase will include, but
will not be limited to the following:

a) pre-existing topographical elements, such as:

Generalized or specific topographic survey plans;

Aerial photographs and photomosaics;

Aerial photogrammetric restitutions;

Cadastral maps;

Geographic maps.

b) pre-existing geological and/or geotechnical data

Geological maps;

Existing underground data, including surveys, tests, and experiments conducted.

for other paths, works of art or buildings and constructions in the project area or of
deposits;

– Results of geotechnical tests and trials;

Studies and/or work related to geological-geotechnical aspects.

c) climatic and river flow data

– Elements related to the hydrology of the basins contained in the study area and in
adjacent areas, including millimeter records, flood experience,
land cover characteristics of the basins, etc;

Elements related to the hydraulic behavior of rivers, channels, and streams

existing, as well as data related to structural sufficiency and characteristics of the
existing artworks (bridges, culverts, and galleries);

Data related to land use, as well as socio-economic indicators and others

data of value for the accurate estimation of expropriation costs;
Data and notes collected from on-site inspections of the areas under study.

Other data that prove to be of interest for the project in particular, among which
one can mention: structural sufficiency and the condition of conservation of structures, bridges and
overpasses, whose requests may be subject to modification due to
implementation of the project.

IS-207 - Service Instruction for Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highways (alignment studies)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 281

d) location of power transmission lines. Location and nature of others

public service works (interceptors, emissaries, stormwater pipes,
pipelines). At this stage, contact the agencies and public service concessionaires.
responsible for aerial installations, at ground level, underground, and underwater,
be in the form of wires, cables, ducts, pipelines, channels or galleries.
Contacts should also be maintained with the railway companies and those
responsible for bus services, as needed.

3.1.2. IDENTIFICATION AND STUDY OF DRAFTING ALTERNATIVES

The execution of this phase will comply with the minimum requirements listed in the subsections.
to continue, however, it is necessary to extend or broaden these works when deemed appropriate
necessary or convenient, in order to better meet the objectives of these studies.
Additionally, any additional study contemplated must be developed to a degree
of precision compatible with the preliminary nature of the study, as a whole, without details
inadequate or improper deepening, except when specifically authorized
by the DNIT.

3.1.3. IDENTIFICATION OF POSSIBLE GUIDELINES

The main existing, projected or conditioning factors must be determined.

planned, whether related to land use, public service networks, or controls
geographic or geotechnical. Carefully consider the possibility of use,
exclusive or joint, of pre-existing or planned domain strips.

Having identified the above conditions, precisely define the routing alternatives.
viable, of the possible operational schemes or even of the pattern of improvements of
existing roads, simultaneously establishing the needs for artworks
correntes e especiais, com dados básicos de situação, limites e dimensões de pontes e
viaducts, retaining walls, major drainage works, and others of interest.

3.1.4. ESTABLISHMENT OF CRITERIA

This task includes, but is not limited to, establishing, based on traffic studies and
two functional plans, the standard and the main basic project characteristics of
the highway and the secondary connections, such as:

a) Number of lanes and tracks for each subsection; guideline speed;

b) Width of the roadway, shoulder, and medians; degree of access and its shape
control; maximum super-elevation;

c) Minimum vertical and horizontal benchmarks;

d) Project vehicles;

e) Cross slope of the track in tangent;

IS-207 - Service Instruction for Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highways (alignment studies)
Basic Guidelines for Preparing Road Studies and Projects 282

f) Characteristics of the transition of superelevation;

g) Measures to promote public transportation when applicable.

3.1.5. PRELIMINARY FUNCTIONAL PLANS

When the Route Study refers to a roadway section that has already been implemented (existing),
preliminary functional plans must be prepared for each of the guidelines
alternatives under consideration regarding the cards or photomosaics available. As far as
if possible, the functional plan should cover the collector-distributor road system and
still the access corridors that will feed the new connection.

These functional plans encompass at this stage the preliminary general design of
functioning of the existing highway and integration with the rest of the road system, as well
such as intersections, branches, artworks (viaducts, bridges, and walkways),
number of lanes, traffic volume projections and other basic information
related to the functioning of the circulation plan.

The solutions of the intersections and interconnections will still be defined conceptually,
inclusive layout; needs and types of traffic channeling; treatment of
entries and exits of branches; guideline speeds for branches, number of lanes of the
ramos; treatment of specific problems; measures for transportation service
collective.

In the preparation of the Functional Plans, the provisions of the Instruction must be observed.
Service IS-231: Preparation of Functional Plan Studies Aimed at Improvement
Capacity and Safety of Highways in Duplication Projects

3.1.6. PRELIMINARY COMPARATIVE EVALUATION

The initially established operational and routing alternatives must be

compared to each other. The comparison will cover basic technical aspects (layout,
topography), functional (access control, intersections, service level increase),
economic (preliminary concise analysis of alternatives among themselves and the existing situation,
comparing implementation costs with benefits in the form of cost reduction
operational, in travel times, in number of accidents, without intending in this
phase very detailed analysis), environmental (improvements of the urban environment),
financial (possibilities of postponing substantial investments) and other necessary.

It is expected that as a result of preliminary evaluation it will be possible to reduce the

conceived alternatives, leaving a smaller number of basic solutions to be
evaluated and compared in more detail in the next phase.

IS-207 - Service Instruction for Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highways (alignment studies)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 283

3.2. FINAL STAGE

After the identification of the alternative routes, following the completion of the work phase
previously, the selection of the routing option that best meets the objectives will be carried out
of the project.

3.2.1. ASPECTS TO BE CONSIDERED

In selecting the alternative layout, the following aspects should be considered:

a) Geology and geotechnics

Based on the data collected in the previous phase and once the guidelines have been identified
basic and alternative operational options of greater importance as described in 3.1.3,
proceed to the execution of the tasks related to this discipline, determining the
basic conditioning factors of the alternatives being studied in this phase, such as,
areas of compressible soils and alternative sections with better characteristics,
areas of soil with greater instability regarding cuts, and the technical solutions
necessary.

If aerial photographs are available, they should be used for photo-

interpret the range along the basic guidelines and, if possible, for research
preliminary expedited survey of locations whose soil materials are suitable for execution of
fills or pavements, aiming to determine availabilities and transport distances.

Os dados de sondagens e ensaios previamente coletados deverão ser analisados,

also determining its adequacy and sufficiency for the requirements of
project; one must verify the interpreted data on-site.

b) Earthworks

A preliminary earthworks study should be conducted at the level of

detail compatible with the precision of the work at this stage.

This study should carefully consider the alternatives that are presented.
regarding the movement of earthworks, in order to adjust, between
others, the needs for loans and giveaways and the availability of areas
for that, also taking into account the existing urbanization and landscaping plans or
planned, mutual compatibility. It is also necessary to consider the convenience and
possibilidade de deslocamentos longitudinais extensos de volumes de terra para fins
of compensation.

Research should also be initiated to determine possible locations of

loan boxes. To that end, they will be identified - based on data
pre-existing - areas used for obtaining loan material for
other works in the region and the convenience of the location of each one is still verified
regarding the project in focus, under the dual aspect of distance and interference in
urban traffic.

IS-207 - Service Instruction for Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highways (alignment studies)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 284

Finally, based on the studies carried out, prepare a concise guidance framework.
from earthworks, defining the influence on the aspects of disposal and borrowing,
as well as costs. The table should present a summary of the cutting volumes, by
category, and the volumes of fill to compact.

c) Hydrology and drainage

Based on the data obtained and compiled in the previous phase and with the aim of
to obtain as a conclusion of the studies in this discipline, the establishment and definition of
design of the main drainage system, including the configuration and
function of gutters, ditches, transverse and longitudinal drains, bridges and others
devices for capturing and draining rainwater, execute the following
tarefas:

– Determination of drainage basins, both on a macro scale (river, streams,

streams) as micro scale (drainage lines on the ground), using the data
topographical and aerial photogrammetric data available and also, in urban areas, the
configuration and the flow directions of the water pipeline networks
rainwater;

Analysis of available rainfall data of interest and calculation of the elements

necessary not available to be employed in the drainage project and how
guidance for construction, understanding:
• Média anual e mensal de chuvas; número de dias de chuva por mês;

• Maximum and minimum precipitation heights;

• Rain gauges;

• Intensity-duration curves for various return periods;

• Flow curves and other elements as needed;

• Indicate, where appropriate, the posts that characterize the region, the
measuring instruments and the observation period.

Definition of the recurrence times to be adopted in the sizing of each

drainage element and the methodologies and calculation processes to be used in
conformity with the most recent standards, methods and/or specific guidelines
do DNIT;

Determine, based on the determined and/or approved methodology(ies)

DNIT, as described above, the parameters:
• Concentration times;

• Discharge flow;

• Design flow rates for the various structures;

Hydraulic sizing of larger structures and/or those whose positions or

dimensions may influence the project's location.

IS-207 - Service Instruction for Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highways (alignment studies)
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 285

Consideration of the influence of modifications in the highway project on the direction.

drainage, concentration of rainwater discharges and magnitude of the works of
required drainage;

Assessment of the impacts caused by the relocation and/or modification of

pre-existing drainage system, including the determination of the final destination of
rainwater collected and, where applicable, the study of the main pipelines of
existing and planned storm sewers, rivers, and canals, determining the
capacity to absorb the collected and drained flows;

– Analysis of available flow data and calculation of the other elements not
necessary for the project of larger bridges and culverts,
understanding: preparation of flow charts of average and maximum water levels
and monthly minimums and the flow diagrams corresponding to the project flows,
as above determined, and hydraulic characteristics of the watercourses of
larger vehicles crossing or accompanied by the road layout; data verification
obtained based on local flood experience.

Special artwork
It is necessary to proceed with the preliminary definition of the needs for structures, such as:
bridges, viaducts, walkways, large retaining walls, based on the data
geotechnical, hydrological, and geometric data available at this stage. They will be established
still conceptions and basic options for structures and their foundations, as well as
preliminary options between landfill and structure, retaining wall and expropriation, for the
obtaining basic data to define the evaluation costs of the main
alternatives.

The criteria used must be the same for all alternatives in

study.
The representations of the structures, encompassing situation, extent, and width,
will be launched in the plants and profiles of the graphic geometric project draft. Details
important special or additional elements for the conception and necessary for the perfect
the understanding of the project will be presented to the party.

e) Domain range

An estimate of the cost of expropriation of the domain strip must be made for
each alternative under analysis. This will be based on a survey of prices of
market for various types of land and constructions within the range
considered, analysis of the market values and field survey of the properties
reached, however, without entering them, nor interrupting or bothering the residents
occupants of the same. It is very important, due to the weight of this item, that the
criteria used to evaluate the costs of the different alternatives are the most
similar and coherent possible.

IS-207 - Service Instruction for Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highways (alignment studies)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 286

f) Paving

This task will comprise technical-economic comparative studies aiming to

definition of the generic types of pavements (rigid, flexible) and their
approximate sizing in order to allow cost estimation for construction and
to guide the subsequent development of the project. Therefore, although carried out from
according to the most recent standards, methods, and/or guidance from DNIT, must
receive a level of detail compatible with the above objectives.

Based on the results of the geology and geotechnical studies described above, well
As for the drainage needs and traffic requests, the procedure will be
definition of the type of pavement to be adopted on the various roads and streets, whose construction or
relocation should be included as part of the project.

g) Environmental studies

In this phase, environmental data will be collected regarding the interactions of the alternatives.
of routes selected with the physical medium.
The objectives of these studies are:

Relate the physical characteristics of the works to those of the environment;

Identify the critical segments with respect to the environment;

Identify the critical segments regarding environmental impacts

significant and their respective mitigating measures;

Select the alternatives based on the implementation and operation costs.

This selection of viable alternatives under environmental aspects will be carried out with
based on the data obtained in function of:

– Relief profile;

– Geological and hydrogeological characteristics;

Rainfall of the region;

Types of vegetation cover;

Drainage.

h) Other items

At this stage, all other elements can already be considered preliminarily.

that may influence the design of the project or its costs. Among these items include
signage, barriers, landscaping and urbanization (support facilities for drivers and
travelers and urban integration), facilities linked to the operation of the highway
(police stations, weighing or traffic statistics, residences, as appropriate)
guidance and definition by DNIT

IS-207 - Service Instruction for Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highways (alignment studies)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 287

i) Definitive functional plan

With regard to already implemented (existing) road sections, it should be proceeded to
assembly of the Definitive Functional Plan.

From the interaction of future traffic data and geometric conditions, there will be the
definitive functional plan, to be developed integrated with the geometric design.
It will demonstrate in greater detail the preliminary functional plan, especially in
passages of greater complexity, such as in the convergences of various
highways and/or streets, where there is a degree of urbanization, and problems of conception of
accesses and crossings.

The need and locations for access to areas should be defined with greater precision.
urban and the main land uses that generate traffic; confirmed on a permanent basis
determined the nature, the pattern and the configuration of intersections; determined the
the need for marginal roads, or even for small secondary connections or
small road segments essential for the functioning of the circulation plan
designed; necessary operational and administrative measures established,
especially regarding the level of access control and conduct or measures
restrictive and regulatory when crossing urbanized areas; taken
in consideration of the needs for pedestrian flow and to
collective transport, through constructive and operational measures.

All construction measures resulting from the Functional Plan must be included.
in the Basic Project.

j) Preliminary cost estimate

Based on the above studies, a preliminary cost estimate will be established.

for the implementation of the work. The quantity estimates should reflect maximum
degree of detail and possible accuracy and adopt the same criteria and concepts for
All alternatives under analysis. It will be necessary to analyze and update the costs.
the actual unit prices paid in the past and a comparison with the prices for
other similar projects in the region.

The construction costs will include the following items: earthworks; paving,
bridges and viaducts, works of art; drainage devices; curbs, gutters,
walkways; fences and barriers; horizontal and vertical signage; relocation of
public services, other necessary items and eventual ones.

For the construction items for which, given the preliminary nature of the study
if it is not possible to quantify the required services, their costs will be estimated
through the application of percentages on the other construction items. The
The percentages to be used will be based on experience from similar works, if possible.
in the region, and will have prior approval from DNIT.

IS-207 - Service Instruction for Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highways (route studies)
Diretrizes Básicas para Elaboração de Estudos e Projetos Rodoviários 288

3.2.2. ALTERNATIVE SELECTION OF TRACE

The selection of the route alternative to be considered in the project will be made from the
analysis of the technical compatibility of the alternatives with the project's objectives, and of the
assessment of its economic implications.

4 PRESENTATION

4.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE

The presentation of the Preliminary Engineering Studies (Routing Studies) will be held
through the Preliminary Report of the Engineering Project to which it corresponds, must
counter

PRELIMINARY REPORT

Volume Discrimination Matérias Format

Descriptive and justificatory texts of the recommendations

regarding the identification and study of route alternatives;
Report/
Memory Sufficient tables, graphs, and calculation memories for
1 A4
Descriptive allow for a perfect understanding of the studies related to
Preliminary text;
Brief preliminary estimate of implementation costs.

4.2. FINALSTAGE

The presentation of the Preliminary Engineering Studies (Alignment Studies), in this

Final phase will be carried out through the Basic Report of the Engineering Project to which
corresponds, and must contain:

BASIC PROJECT

Volume Discrimination Subjects Format

Descriptive and justification texts of the recommendations

regarding the selection of the routing alternative; verification of the
physical feasibility of the selected alternative;
Report / Definition of the standard and the main basic characteristics of
Memory design of the highway and secondary connections;
1 A4
Justification of
Basic Project Tables, graphs, and sufficient calculation memories for
allow the understanding of studies related to the text;
Brief preliminary estimate of the implementation costs and of
expropriation.
Designs of geometric conception, including title page,
Basic Project
2 situation plan, index sheet and conventions sheet A1/A3
of Execution
graphs.

IS-207 - Service Instruction for Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highways (alignment studies)
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 289

ANNEX B8
IS-208 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR GEOMETRIC PROJECT

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services included in the Geometric Project of the Projects of
Road Engineering, Basic Design and Executive Project.

2 PROJECT PHASES

The Geometric Project will be developed over 2 phases:

a) Basic Design Phase;

b) Executive Project Phase.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

3.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

The Geometric Project in this Basic Project Phase will be developed based on the
aerophotogrammetric restitution, or topographic exploration, carried out in accordance with
with aIS-204, from which several lines will be tested, aiming to obtain the one that
find the three-dimensional balance of the project.

The minimum geometric characteristics of these lines of the geometric project, at this stage
will be guided by Traffic Studies, must comply with the recommendations of
Manual of Geometric Design of Rural Roads DNER - 1999.

The development of the lines of the geometric project will also comply with
recommendations from geological and geotechnical studies aiming to minimize the
construction problems.

The geometric design must be developed in detail in order to present

condition of being leased during the project phase.

The geometric design, in this Basic Project Phase, must include:

a) Project in plan;

b) Profile project;

c) Typical cross sections of the platform.

IS-208 - Service Instruction for Geometric Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 290

3.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

With the plants and notebooks from the topographic survey resulting from the location of the axis, there will be
start the preparation of the Geometric Project in this Executive Project Phase:

This project should consist of:

a) Planialtimetric project;
b) Determination of the cross-sections of the project;

c) Detailing of the special elements of the project such as:

returns and accesses at level;

third traffic lanes;

– tapers.

3.2.1. PLANNING ALTIMETRIC PROJECT

in plan

– Staked axis every 20 m, marking the stakes corresponding to the

whole kilometers, as well as the stakes corresponding to the hundreds of
metros
Indicate the directions of the alignments and the numbered curves, including their
side table elements;

- The safety points of the line will all be tied, organizing to

they, side sketches, the same occurring with the RRNN that will have their
locations and quotas marked in the project;

– Represent the edges of the platform and the projections of the offset shachuriados in
conventions differentiating cuts and embankments;

In the case of the existence of a 3rd lane, it should be indicated on the plan. There will be
represented as transmission lines within the right of way with
indication of the origin and number of postings;
Represent the bridges, viaducts with the names of the rivers, accesses, intersections,
walkways and installations for the operation of existing and to be constructed highways, with
the names of the localities, indicating the volume number and sheets that contain them
specific projects; the drains will be indicated in type conventions (lines
traces) with the total extension at the foot of the landfill and its slant. Others
devices (safety trays, cut-offs, loan boxes) will be
represented, indicating where they are located and their construction details;

Indicate the landscaping zoning by marking the rest and recreation areas.
parking and tree planting, the details of which will be presented in a chapter

IS-208 - Service Instruction for Geometric Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 291

own. The same treatment will be given to the road policing posts and
to the scales;

The domain range will be represented on all boards indicating the

limits and their ordinates in relation to the axis. The altimetry of the area covered
the domain strip will be shown by contour lines, which, in the lands
flat or slightly undulated, will have intervals of 1 m, or less, so as not to
leave a space greater than 2.5 cm, without visibility in the original drawing, in
size A1; in the hilly, strongly hilly, and mountainous regions will be
indicated contour lines every 5 meters.

in profile

Indicate the land line and the project representing this the surface of the grade of the
paving on the platform axis.
The stakes will be numbered for every 1 m and percentages will be indicated.
lengths of the ramps, the length of the horizontal projections of the curves
of vertical agreement (Y), the length of the arrow "e" of the vertical curves,
kilometers and quotas of the PIV, PCV, and PTV of each vertical curve. The artworks
specials and the manholes will be represented by type conventions, indicating
for these last ones, their type and section and the drainage devices by lines in
Convention. The geotechnical profile will be represented with soil classification.

- The profile will also highlight the extensions with particular solutions.
(diverging from the cross-section type) for widening cuts, stepping
or change in the slope of the slopes.

3.2.2. TRANSVERSE TRANSECTS OF THE PLATFORM

a) The type cross sections of the platform will be raised and drawn, strip of
domain, bridges and tunnels in the various characteristics provided for the highway in
tangent and curve, showing the distribution criterion of the superwidth and the
superelevation along the alignments of horizontal curves.

b) The cross sections will be raised and drawn indicating the natural terrain, the
platform, the positions of the offsets and slopes.

c) Marking of the domain strip asymmetrically in relation to the axis and based on the
offset line considering the eventual construction of other runways.

3.2.3. DETAILING OF SPECIAL PROJECTS

They will be constituted by intersections, returns, and accesses, marking any potential
alterations of the cross section of the highway, as well as the indication of the location of the
installations for the operation of the highway.

IS-208 - Service Instruction for Geometric Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 292

4 PRESENTATION

4.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

The geometric project, in its Basic Project Phase, will be presented in the Report.
Basic of the Engineer's Project to which it corresponds, encompassing the following
volumes:

BASIC REPORT

FORMAT
VOLUME TITLE
Printing
Minute
Definitive

Report / Justification Memorandum of the Basic Project

1 A4 A4
− Descriptive and justificatory memory of the developed project
Basic Execution Project
− Plants and profiles;
2 A1 A3
− Drawings of typical cross sections,
− Conception of special artworks.

4.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

In the Executive Design Phase, the geometric project will be presented through the
Final Report of the Engineering Project to which it corresponds, comprising the
following volumes:

FINAL REPORT

FORMAT
VOLUME TÍTULO
Printing
Minute
Definitive

Project Report
1 A4 A4
− Text - project summary created
Execution Project
− Plants and profiles at scales 1:2,000 (H) and 1:200 (V);
− Drawing of cross sections, in plant.
scales 1:200 or 1:100, containing the sections of
2 A1 A3
land, cut slopes and embankment slopes;
− Drawings of the type cross-sections;
− Designs of return projects, accesses, tapers,
in vegetable.
Justificative Memorandum
3 − Descriptive and justificative report of the elaborated project A4 A4
text, graphics and tables

IS-208 - Service Instruction for Geometric Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 293

ANNEX B9
IS-209 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR EARTHWORK PROJECT

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services included in the Earthworks Project in the Projects of
Road Engineering, Basic Project and Executive Project.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

The Earthworks Project will be developed in two phases:

a) Basic Project Phase;

b) Executive Project Phase.

It will be made up of:

− Determination of earthworks volumes;

− Determination of loan locations and disposal sites;

− Presentation of distribution boards and direction of earth movement.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

3.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

A preliminary earthworks study with detailing should be presented.

compatible with the accuracy of the work at this stage.

This study should carefully evaluate the alternatives that are presented regarding the
movement of earthworks volumes, in order to adjust, among others, the
loan needs and disposal areas available for such, taking into account
still taking into account the existing or planned urbanization and landscaping plans, for
mutual compatibility, in addition to environmental protection. Also consider the
convenience and possibility of extensive longitudinal movements of volumes of
land for compensation purposes.

Start research to determine possible locations for loan boxes. For

thus, identify based on pre-existing data the areas used for obtaining
to lend materials for other works in the region and also to assess the convenience
the location of each one in relation to the project in focus, under the dual aspect of
distance and interference with urban traffic.

IS-209 - Service Instruction for Earthworks Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 294

3.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

The Earthworks Project, at this stage, will consist of:

a) calculation of earth movement cubage;

b) constitution of the landfills, indicating the source of the materials to be used in

various layers and degree of compaction to be observed;
c) calculation of transportation distances;

d) details of the typical cross-sections and specific solutions for slope inclinations,
widening of cuts, terraces, embankment foundations;

The methodological procedures for carrying out these activities are outlined in the
Basic Implementation Manual of DNER - 1996.

In the preparation of the Earthwork Project, procedures must be established.

with a view to protecting the environment, among which the following can be highlighted:

a) The cross-sections of the occurrences of excavation material for

loans and spoil banks will be designed so that the excavated land returns to the
natural conformation. Detail sufficiently the location and dimensions, with dimensions.
of distance from the axis, length, width, depth, ramps and slopes, well
such as the finishes intended to facilitate drainage and prevent erosion.
b) The project must include indications, in case of implemented sections, of the treatment
Corrective action to be taken on the drop boxes and existing loan boxes.
c) When there is an excess of cutting material and it is impossible to incorporate them into the body
from the embankments, through compensation of cuts and embankments, areas will be indicated for
outfalls, recommending proper compaction. They should be located,
preferably, in areas located downstream of the highway. To prevent that the
rainwater runoff carries the deposited material, causing
dredging, the slopes of the disposal sites must be designed with inclination
sufficient to prevent sliding and with vegetation cover protection,
including in our landfills with material of 3acategory, after final information, in order to
incorporate them into the local landscape.

d) The material for landfills should be obtained, whenever possible, through

widening of the cuts; if not possible, seek loans outside the range
of domination. In any circumstance, keep in mind the consequences of
location of these boxes in future improvements of the highway.

e) In situations where side loans (inserts) are used, indicate the

special drainage care of loan boxes, avoiding the accumulation of
rainwater that may lead to the emergence of harmful vectors.
f) In the supplementary specifications to be elaborated by the consultants, they must
list the procedures for the execution of earthworks, to make the most of

IS-209 - Service Instruction for Earthworks Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 295

maximum native flora and the layer of topsoil that will serve as capping of the
cut and filled areas.

4 PRESENTATION

The presentation of the earthworks project will be made as follows:

4.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

The Earthworks Project, at this stage, will be presented in the Basic Project Report.
of Engineering to which it corresponds, should contain:

BASIC REPORT

Volume Discrimination Subjects Format

Report / Memo − descriptive and justificatory memory of the project

1 Project Justification elaborate - text, graphics, and tables; A4
Basic

− Earth movement spreadsheets;

− General plan with the situation of the loans and
kick-out;
− Cross sections of earthworks with
Basic Project of
2 indication of the slope inclinations and
Execution
platform, by stake.
− Slope formation of cuts and embankments;
− Other plants that elucidate the conception of
project.
− List of services to be performed;
− Costs of each service;
Budget and Plan of − Physical schedule;
4
Execution
A4
− List of minimum equipment;
− Lay out worksite, accesses,
installations, deposits, and source of materials

4.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

The Earthworks Project, in the Executive Design Phase, will be presented at

Final Report of the Engineering Project to which it corresponds, according to the following
volumes:

IS-209 - Service Instruction for Earthwork Project

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 296

FINAL REPORT

FORMAT
VOLUME TITLE
Impression
Minute
Definitive

Project Report
1 − Text - summary involving the project conception - A4 A4
text, graphics and tables.
Execution Project
− Geotechnical profile indicating the composition of the soil;
− Cubation leaves;
− Earthmoving orientation frame;
− General plan of the situation of loans and puts-
2 fora A1 A3
− Plants of the loan locations;
− Drawings of the typical cross-sections, in cut and
in fill, indicating the slopes of the embankments;
− Drawings of the cross sections by pile, with
platforms and slopes of cut and fill.
− Other drawings that elucidate the project.
Justifying Memory
3 − Descriptive and justification report of the project prepared A4 A4
− Classification of materials to be excavated.

3C Service Notes and Volume Calculation A4 A4

Budget and Work Execution Plan

− List of services to be performed;
− Costs of each service;
4 − Physical schedule;
− List of minimum equipment;
− Layout of the construction site, positioning the
installations, deposits, source of materials and accesses.

IS-209 - Service Instruction for Earthworks Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 297

ANNEX B10
IS-210 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR DRAINAGE PROJECT

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services included in the Drainage Project in the Projects of
Road Engineering.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

The drainage project will be developed in two phases:

a) Basic Design Phase;

b) Executive Design Phase.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

3.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

3.1.1. PROJECT CONCEPTION

The Basic Design phase will define the conception of the drainage project, enabling the
choice of the best solution, through the analysis of the basic conditioning elements of
project. At this stage, regarding the drainage works, the following will be defined: number,
nature, probable location, local aspects considered, access conditions,
utilization of materials and labor from the region with types, quantities, and estimates
of costs.

3.1.2. BASIC ELEMENTS

The following basic conditioning elements of the project will be considered:

a) hydrological studies: prepared for the Engineering Project, necessary for the
determination of the flow at each point is essential for the establishment of the sections
to adopt and the conditions of drainage.

b) geometric projects, earthworks and paving, Basic Design phase,

prepared for the Engineering Project, will define the drainage works to be designed,
as well as the complementary studies to be carried out.

c) topographic studies developed in its Basic Project phase for the Project of
Engineering should be supplemented in order to define the implementation of the works of
drainage, using specific measures for this purpose.

IS-210 - Service Instruction for Drainage Project

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 298

d) geotechnical studies prepared in its Basic Project phase for the Project of
Engineering should be supplemented in order to define and characterize materials.
foundation conditions of the works to be designed.

e) In the case of an existing highway, the existing drainage devices will be

registered and inspected, checking the sufficiency of flow and the condition of
conservation. The devices identified as problematic will be the subject of
specific studies with the aim of carrying out the repair or replacement of those.
que se encontrem danificados.

3.1.3. STUDIES OF ALTERNATIVES

Various solution alternatives will be studied, considering the aspects.

executables, operating conditions, materials to use, methods and equipment.
The architectural and landscape aspects will also be taken into account.

Efforts will be made to preserve the existing valleys, limiting suppression to a minimum for
maintain the river network and the springs.

The feasible alternatives will be listed, and all will be pre-dimensioned based on the
current standards and specifications, at which time consideration will be given to the
possibility of reuse and standardization of solutions, materials,
equipment and labor.

Next, the quantities and costs for each solution will be estimated.

The most detailed elements will be established when the costs

estimates for the various alternatives studied for the drainage project
they present considerable influence on the overall cost of execution.

3.1.4. CHOICE OF SOLUTION

Once the alternatives are defined, the choice of the most convenient solution must be aligned.
with technical, economic, aesthetic, and administrative criteria.

The choice of the definitive solution will be made after considering the examinations of the alternatives.
accordance with the mentioned criteria, including drainage systems and devices
defined in the Highway Drainage Manual, from DNER transcribed as follows:

a) Diversion drainage of streambeds

Objective: to eliminate waters belonging to the basin which, due to hydrological imperatives,
Deviations will be made to not compromise the structure of the highway.

Devices:

Sewers;

Bridges and footbridges.

IS-210 - Service Instruction for Drainage Project

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 299

b) Surface drainage

Objective: intercept and capture, guiding the safe drainage of incoming waters.
of their adjacent areas and those that fall onto the road body,
guarding security and stability.

Devices:

Cut protection gaiters;

Earth embankment protection valances;

Cutting gutters;

Landfill gutters;

Central median walkway;

Water descent;

Water outlets;

Collector boxes;

Gully drains;

Energy dissipaters;

Slope scaling;

Short-rows;

Relief drainage of retaining walls.

c) Drainage of the pavement or subsuperficial

Objective: to protect the pavement from waters that may damage it, originating from
direct infiltrations from rainfall and those coming from aquifers
subterranean water. This drainage is necessary in regions where it is observed
annual rainfall height greater than 1500 mm and on highways with TMD above
of 500 commercial vehicles.

Devices:

- Draining layer;

– Shallow longitudinal drains;

Side base drains;

Transverse drains.

d) Subsurface or deep drainage

Objective: to intercept and lower the groundwater table to prevent the

progressive deterioration of the supports of the embankment and pavement layers.

IS-210 - Service Instruction for Drainage Project

Basic Guidelines for the Elaboration of Road Studies and Projects 300

Devices:

Deep drains;

Fishbone drains;

Draining mattress;

– Sub-horizontal drains;
Side valets;

Vertical drains.

Urban crossing drainage

Objective: to satisfactorily promote the drainage of water from urban areas,

ensuring public traffic and protecting the highway and private properties from
harmful effects of intense rains.

Devices:

– Curb cuts;
Wolf mouths;

Manholes.

3.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

Detail the solution approved in the previous phase and relate the necessary elements to
construction of the work.

They will be developed as follows:

The various structures that make up the drainage project will be dimensioned.
by the established methods and formulas, must necessarily be presented to
calculation memory containing the adopted norms and specifications, the
hypothesis of calculations, the values of the project conditions, the checks of
work and the resulting efforts and rates.

b) Execution drawings: defined by plans, graphs, and tables; they include

plant location and project profile, excavations and leveling and retaining walls
necessary, the dimensions of all the pieces, the construction materials for each one,
with perfectly defined specifications and quantities, the launch plans
or assembly, shoring, construction processes, finishes, and measures
special for the execution of the work.

c) Specifications, quantities, and costs: all services to be performed must

to have corresponding specification, according to the General Specifications
For Road Works of the DNER. In case of non-existence, present
Complementary specifications, in the same molds. The quantities of service

IS-210 - Service Instruction for Drainage Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 301

will be determined in a way that is consistent with the corresponding Specification. The
the costs of each service will be determined according to the current methodology in
DNIT;
d) Project execution plan: the conditions for carrying out the work will be defined, such
as deadlines for execution and quantification of equipment and technical personnel,
indication of the construction site and position of installations, deposits, and sources of materials
and access.

The drainage project should be guided by the guidelines in the Project Album.
Type of Drainage Devices, from DNER.

4 PRESENTATION

4.1. PHASE OF BASIC PROJECT

At this stage, the project presentation will take place through the Basic Project Report of
Engineering to which it corresponds, consisting of explanatory text and drawings of the
proposed solutions, as detailed below:

BASIC REPORT

Volume Discrimination Subjects Format

o

− Project conception;
Report / Memory
− Table of quantities and codes;
1 Justification of the Project A4
Basic − Discrimination of all services, distances of
transport and quantities.
− Plans and typical drawings of the various devices
of drainage used;
Basic Project of − Schematic plan of the location of the works of
2 A1
Execution drainage;
− Drawings with the Standard Projects of the devices of
drainage.
− List of services to be performed;
− Costs of each service;
Budget and Plan of − Physical schedule;
4 A4
Execution − List of minimum equipment;
− Layout of the construction site, access,
installations, deposits and source of materials.

4.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

The Project, in the Executive Project phase, will be presented in the Final Project Report.
of Engineering that corresponds, initially in the form of a draft and after
approval through final printing, comprising the following volumes:

IS-210 - Service Instruction for Drainage Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 302

FINAL REPORT

Format
Volume Discrimination
Printing
Minute
definitive

Project Report
− Project conception;
1 − Table of quantities and codes, A4 A4
− Discrimination of all services, distances of
transport and quantities.
Execution Project
− Plants and type designs of the various devices of
used drainage;
2 A1 A3
− Schematic plan of the location of the works of
drainage
− Service notes
Justifying Memorandum
3 − Justification for the detailing of the approved alternatives A4 A4
in the project.

Budget and Execution Plan

− List of services to be performed;
− Costs of each service;
4 − Physical schedule; A4 A4
− Minimum equipment list;
− "Layout" of the construction site, access, installations,
deposits and source of materials.

IS-210 - Service Instruction for Drainage Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 303

ANNEX B11
IS-211 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR PROJECT OF
PAVING (FLEXIBLE PAVEMENTS)

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services included in the Paving Project in the Projects of
Road Engineering.

2 PROJECT PHASES

The paving project will be developed in two phases:

a) Basic Design Phase;

b) Executive Design Phase.

It will consist of:

− Project conception for paving;

− Selection of material occurrences to be indicated in the project;

− Sizing and design of the project by homogeneous sub-section;

− Calculation of the volumes and transportation distances of the materials used.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

The sizing method to be used is the Sizing Method of

Flexible Pavements, from DNER.

3.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

This phase includes the definition of the project design, consisting of

preliminary sizing and structural solutions of the pavement, which will be the subject of
technical-economic analysis. At this stage, the pavement design will also provide the
approximate quantities to budget the different services that make it up.

3.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

O projeto de pavimentação, nesta fase de Projeto Executivo, constituir-se-á de:

a) statistical study and definition of the subsoil support index along the various
homogeneous subsegments.

b) definition of the materials to be used in the various layers of the pavement.

IS-211 - Service Instruction for Pavement Project (flexible pavements)

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 304

c) sizing of the runway pavement, access roads, intersections, areas

externals of police stations, scales and other areas of facilities for
roadway operation.

d) drawings presenting the cross-section and longitudinal variation of the pavement.

4 PRESENTATION

4.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

At this stage, the presentation of the project will be made through the Basic Project Report of
Engineering to which it corresponds, consisting of explanatory text and drawings of the solutions
proposals, as detailed below:

BASIC REPORT

Volume Discrimination Subjects Format

− Project conception;
− Table of quantities and codes;
Report / Memory − Discrimination of all services; distances of
1 Justification of the Project transport and quantities; A4
Basic − Summary table of preliminary study trials
the occurrences of materials;
− Specific and complementary specifications.
− Drawings of cross sections type, in cut and
in landfill;
Basic Project − Sketch of each occurrence of materials with
2 A1
Execution binding of the preliminary drilling holes,
indicating the location in the section, with tying
needs regarding the axis of the highway;
− List of services to be performed;
− Cost of each service;
Budget and Plan of − Physical schedule;
4 A4
Execution − List of minimum equipment;
− "Layout" of the construction site, accesses,
installations, deposits and source of materials.

IS-211 - Service Instruction for Pavement Design (flexible pavements)

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 305

4.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

The Project, in the Executive Design Phase, will be presented in the Final Project Report.
of Engineering to which it corresponds, encompassing the following volumes:

Final Report

Format
Volume Discriminação
Impression
Minute
definitive

Project Report
− Project conception;
1 A4 A4
− Discrimination of all services, quantities, and distances
of transport.
Execution Project
− Summary table containing the quantities and distances of
transport of the various materials that make up the structure of
floor
− Distribution graph of materials and thicknesses of
layers, according to the model recommended by DNIT;
− Cross-section drawings type, in cut and in fill, of the
runway surfaces, shoulders, accesses and areas of
facilities for highway operation;
2 A1 A3
− Detailed plan of each occurrence with contour lines of 1
I am 1 m, indicating the location in the section, with tying.
needs in relation to the axis of the highway, through at least
two benchmarks; positions of the drilling holes with the
usable depth marked next to each hole, area
of exploration and summary of the physical characteristics of the material;
− Drawing presenting the cross sections in tangent and
in curve and its longitudinal variation along the section;
− Other drawings that clarify the project;
Justifying Memorandum
− Justification for the detailing of the approved alternatives in
3 A1 A3
preliminary project.
− Calculation memory for pavement sizing.
Geotechnical Studies
− Summary tables of essays;
3A A4 A4
− Surveys bulletins of material occurrences;
− Surveys bulletins of the subsoil.
Budget and Execution Plan
− List of services to be performed;
− Cost of services;
4 A4 A4
− Physical and financial schedule;
− List of minimum equipment;
− List of necessary personnel.

IS-211 - Service Instruction for Pavement Project (flexible pavements)

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 306

ANNEX B12
IS-212 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR STRUCTURAL EVALUATION AND DESIGN
REHABILITATION OF FLEXIBLE AND SEMI-RIGID PAVEMENTS

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the Structural Assessment and Rehabilitation Project services.
Flexible and Semi-Rigid Pavement existing in the Feasibility Studies and Projects of
Road Engineering.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

The Structural Assessment and the Recovery Project of the existing Pavement will be
executed in two phases:

a) Basic Design Phase;

b) Executive Design Phase.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

3.1. PHASE OF BASIC PROJECT

In this Phase, the following activities should be carried out:

a) Collection of existing data;

b) Collection of new data;

c) Procedure and data analysis;

d) Rehabilitation project – structural evaluation;

e) Comparative economic study

3.1.1. COLLECTION OF EXISTING PAVEMENT DATA

The existing pavement data should be obtained from organizations that

participate in the enterprise, such as: Land Infrastructure Units,
Local Units, Inspection Offices, and/or existing projects, seeking
determine

a) Date of pavement opening to traffic (age) and historical cadastral survey

including conservation, maintenance, and rehabilitation interventions carried out in each
excerpt;

IS-212S
-ervcieInsrtucoitnfoS
rrtucutraE
lvaulaoitnandDesginoR
fehabatilotnoF
felxbielandSem-iRgidiPavemenst
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 307

b) Cross-section of the pavement, indicating the type and thicknesses of the layers
projected and existing and the nature of the subsoil;

c) Existing traffic at the time of the project (noN);

d) Traffic growth rate (evolution of noN);

e) Traffic already supported by the pavement;

f) Information available to the pavement management;

g) Other information available and considered necessary.

3.1.2. COLLECTION OF NEW DATA

Proceder a obtenção dos novos dados, através da realização do levantamento contínuo,

for the definition of homogeneous segments which, along with the data of
traffic, characteristics of the relief and geometric, as well as other unrelated factors
directly with the flooring, will be used as defining elements of the division
preliminary of the section in homogeneous segments. Being the HDM-4 system "Highway
Development & Management" routinely used for economic evaluation and
financeira de novos projetos, a divisão em segmentos homogêneos deverá considerar
also the basic variables of this system that were not raised to meet the
Design methods standardized by DNIT.

The surveys and other field studies conducted in the homogeneous segments
they will be in such a number that allows the safe application of statistical processes for
analysis of the same.

[Link]. DETERMINATION OF DEFLECTIONS

The recoverable deflections of the pavement, including the lifting of basins of

deformation and curvature radii will be measured using deflectometers and
observing the following processes:

Methodology Title

DNER-ME 024/94 Pavement - determination of deflections by the Benkelman beam

Determination of deflections using impact deflectometer type

DNER-PRO 273/96
Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD)

NOTE: The deflectometers to be used must be calibrated and verified.

The measurements will be carried out at stations defined on the pavement, along the stretch.
spaced from each other, alternately, on the right and left side of the track.
When it comes to a highway with more than one lane, the measurements will be determined in
each one of these.

In the case of the existence of additional lanes on slopes, carry out specific measurements for
such segments.

IS-212S
-ervcieInsrtucoitnfoS
rrtucutraA
lsesmenatndRehabatilotnProejcotF
felxbielandSem-iRgidiPavemenst
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 308

In the course of the interpretation of deflection basins, through back-analysis processes, the
the designer may justify the obtaining of various project parameters, based on
for modern knowledge about pavement mechanics, making it simpler and
sure the geotechnical studies.

[Link]. INVESTIGATION OF SURFACE CONDITIONS

The inventory of surface conditions should be simultaneous with the measurement of deflections.
in the same stations as those, using the following methodologies:

Methodology Title

DNIT-005/2003-TER Defects in flexible and semi-rigid pavements. Terminology

Objective assessment of the surface of flexible and semi-rigid pavements

DNIT-006/2003-PRO
Procedure
Survey for evaluating the surface condition of sub-section
DNIT-007/2003-PRO homogeneous flexible or semi-rigid pavement roadways for management of
pavements and studies and projects. Procedure.
Continuous visual survey for the evaluation of pavement surfaces
DNIT-008/2003-PRO
flexible and semi-rigid. Procedure
Subjective evaluation of flexible and semi-rigid pavement surfaces -
DNIT-009/2003 -PRO
Procedure

There will be a complementary registration consisting of:

a) Shoulders covered with vegetation;

b) Steps between the runways and the shoulders, when applicable;

c) Areas of shoulder with eroded or pronounced depressions.

[Link]. MEASUREMENT OF LONGITUDINAL IRREGULARITY OF THE PAVEMENT

The measure of the longitudinal irregularity of the pavement will be expressed through the
QI indices - Irregularity Quotient and IRI - International Roughness Index,
using the methodology indicated below:

Methodology Title

Measurement of pavement surface irregularity with integrative systems

DNER-PRO 182/94
IPR/USP eMaysmeter
Calibration and control of surface irregularity measuring systems
DNER-PRO 164/94
pavement (Integrating systems IPR/USP eMaysmeter)
Level and sight method for calibrating irregularity measuring systems
DNER-ES173/86
type-answer.

The irregularity measuring equipment must be properly calibrated.

The database obtained from the reference section for calibration must be presented.
of the equipment used, as well as the calibration equation.

IS-212S
-ervcieInsrtucoitnfoS
rrtucutraA
lsesmenatndRehabatilotnDesginoF
felxbielandSem-iRgidiPavemenst
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 309
[Link]. GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONS OF THE PAVEMENT

Geotechnical investigations will be carried out after determining the deflections and
inventory of surface conditions, in such a way that each segment of
homogeneous behavior should be covered, at least, with a drilling hole.

For this purpose, drilling will be carried out throughout the entire pavement structure.
the runways and shoulders, at the edge of the runway with the shoulder, using
shovel and pickaxe, at least every 2.0 km, or less when there is variation in the type of
pavement structure, for sample collection and implementation of the following
determinations:

a) Measurement of layer thicknesses;

b) Collection of samples of the existing surfacing, pre-mixed type, and pavements of

concrete cement and bituminous layers stabilized with additives and granules. In
in certain cases it will be necessary to take undisturbed samples with the
rotary drill job;

c) Determination of the apparent specific mass in situ of granular base layers,

sub-base, reinforcement of the subgrade and subgrade, or undisturbed samples of these layers,
withdrawals with the help of Proctor cylinder.

d) The soil samples will be subjected to characterization tests.

(liquidity limit, plasticity and granulometry) and resistance (compaction in
energy relevant to the function of each granular layer and the subgrade and index
support California). The ISC will also be determined for the conditions in situ
pavement (moisture and density), aiming at the calculation of the corrected structural number-
SNC.

e) The samples from the bituminous coatings will be subjected to the

tests for determining stability and diametral compression, when applicable,
asphalt extraction and granulometry.

Geotechnical investigations will be supplemented with research for location and

study of the occurrences of materials (quarries, sand pits, and soil occurrences) for
job in paving.

The quarries and sand pits will be the subject of research in the region, regarding real prices, both
for commercial gravel (documented proofs) as for the produced gravel, in
regarding compensations for use. In cases of owners who have
mining rights, the royalty price charged for exploration will be researched.
obtained prices will be inserted into the cost compositions of the services, seeking to
portray the market reality for bidding purposes.

The samples collected from the pavement layers will be subjected to tests of
laboratory, using the methodology indicated below.

IS-212S
-ervcieInsrtucoitnfoS
rrtucutraE
lvaulaoitnandRehabatilotnDesginoF
felxbielandSem-iRgidiPavemenst
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 310

Layers Essays Testing method

Apparent specific mass DNER-ME 117

EssayMarshal DNER-ME 043
Coating and
layers Diametral compression DNER-ME 138
bituminous
Percentage of bitumen DNER-ME 053
Granulometry, by sieving DNER-ME 080
Granulometry with sedimentation* DNER-ME 051
Grain size analysis by sieving DNER-ME 080
Liquidity limit DNER-ME 122
Layers
granular and Plasticity index DNER-ME 082
subordinate
Equivalent of sand DNER-ME-054
Proctor compaction (normal, intermediate, and modified) DNER-ME 129
California support index - ISC DNER-ME 049

Layers Axial compression and/or diametral compression DNER-ME 138

stabilized with Apparent specific mass of dry soil DNER-ME 129
additives

Granulometric tests will be conducted with sedimentation in the case of the application of
DNIT-PRO 269 method (TECNAPAV), in samples collected from the subgrade, in wells.
alternated.

In the case of lateritic soils, the silica-sesquioxide ratio will be determined.

Surveys will be conducted to check the level of the water table, until the
depth of 1.50 m below the level of the subgrade, one at each point of passage
(PP) and another in the middle of the cut.

3.1.3. DATA PROCESSING AND ANALYSIS

It will have the objective:

a) Division of the section under study grouped into segments of structural behavior and
homogeneous functions;

b) Structural assessment of the pavement, calculating the various design parameters for
each homogeneous segment;
c) Conditions of underground drainage of the existing pavement.

The design parameters, for each homogeneous segment, currently practiced in the
various methods adopted by DNIT include the following:

− Characteristic deflection Benkelman;

− Curvature radius;

− Type of subgrade soil;

IS-212S
-ervcieInsrtucoitnfoS
rrtucutraA
lsesmenatndRehabatilotnDesginoF
felxbielandSem-iRgidiPavemenst
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 311

− Thicknesses of the layers of the pavement made of granular and stabilized materials
additives (base, subbase and reinforcement of the subgrade);

− Global Severity Index - GSI;

− Flexible pavement condition index - ICPF, pavement condition index

rigid-ICPR or current service value- VSA;
− Irregularity Quotient - IQ;

− Corrected structural number - SNC;

− Percentage of cracked pavement areas.

NOTE: The pavement sizing methods of DNAR and the HDM-4 model
they use characteristic deflections Benkelman. In the case of the use of (FWD)
or another type of deflectometer, the characteristic deflections obtained must
to be converted into characteristic Benkelman deflections.

3.1.4. REHABILITATION PROJECT - STRUCTURAL EVALUATION

The pavement rehabilitation project must use the methods approved by DNIT.
it is the designer's responsibility to justify the use of the chosen method. In the case of using others
methods, the designer must justify the reasons for their choice and the non-use of the
approved methods.

The recommended methodologies are as follows:

Methodology Title

DNER-PRO 010/79 Structural evaluation of flexible pavements - procedure A

DNER-PRO 011/79 Structural evaluation of flexible pavements - procedure B

DNER-PRO 159/88 Project for the restoration of flexible and semi-rigid pavements

DNER-PRO 269/94 Flexible Pavement Restoration Project - TECNAPAV

The designer must propose at least three alternative solutions accompanied by

respective costs, to be analyzed by the competent sectors, aiming at the
selection of the most economically balanced alternative.

Tables will be presented, containing all the parameters of the section, such as
deflexão, quociente de irregularidade, percentual de trincamento, percentual de desgaste,
arrows on the wheel tracks, defects in the pavement, according to the prescribed in
DNIT procedure-006/2003-PRO, and the pavement structure according to the
highlighting and mileage of the section, demonstrating the division into segments
homogeneous and the corresponding solutions.

IS-212S
-ervcieInsrtucoitnfoS
rrtucutraA
lsesmenatndRehabatilotnProejcotF
felxbielandSem-iRgidiPavemenst
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 312

Present the results and design alternatives of the pavement, including shoulders.
correspondents, indicating materials, methods of execution, and quantities, for
technical-economic assessment of the proposed alternatives.

The linear paving graph for the track and shoulder will contain the sources and the
occurrences of materials, such as quarries, gravel pits, sand pits, plants, and crossings
urban, establishing the anchoring and the mileages coinciding with those
demarcated in the field.

Whenever it is convenient in any section of the highway, the reconstruction of

existing pavement, the project will develop according to aIS -211: Project
of paving (flexible pavement).

3.1.5. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC STUDY

An economic study should be conducted with the aim of choosing the most suitable alternative.
economic, considering the life cycle of the planned interventions and the activities of
Scheduled maintenance. The HDM-4 system may be used for this purpose.

3.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

Once the conclusions and recommendations in the Basic Project Phase are approved, the
project, in this Executive Project Phase that will basically consist of the consolidation of
solution chosen in the project outline phase.

If necessary, the information will be analyzed and supplemented, as in the phase of

preliminary project, aiming to obtain elements regarding the following aspects:

a) Existing pavement;

b) Collection of new data (deflection, surface condition, longitudinal irregularity,

wheel track foundations;

c) Geotechnical studies;

d) Milling;

e) Forecast of corrections;

f) Structural evaluation of the pavement, sizing;

g) Technical-economic evaluation of the project;

h) Attack plan.

At this stage, the attack plan and the quantities for the services will be defined.
superficial/deep patches, "pothole fillers", and other issues of similar severity on the track of
rolling, to be materialized soon at the beginning of the rehabilitation works.

IS-212S
-ervcieInsrtucoitnfoS
rrtucutraE
lvaulaoitnandRehabatilotnProejcotF
felxbielandSem-iRgidiPavemenst
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 313

The physical-financial schedule must be detailed in such a way as to present all the
paving stages, highlighting that in cases of recycling or reconstruction of the
base, the upper layers will have to be executed with a slight delay of
time, so that they do not remain unprotected against the action of traffic and of
rainfall precipitation.

Whenever possible, traffic diversions will be indicated for the work on the platform.
road, particularly in flat or slightly undulating regions, taking into account
the costs for the removal of vegetation, placement of the primary covering layer
and the use of motor grader for traffic maintenance.

4 PRESENTATION

4.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

At this stage, the project presentation will take place through the Basic Project Report.
Engineering corresponds to, consisting of explanatory text and drawings of the solutions
proposals, as detailed below:

BASIC REPORT

Volume Discrimination Subjects Format

− Descriptive text containing information about the

history of the existing pavement;
− Justification for the choice of the method adopted and
Report / Memo final solutions;
1 Justification of − Memory, containing the calculations and surveys A4
Basic Project verified;
− Equivalent number of load repetitions per
axis - number N;
− Technical-economic justification of the chosen solution.
− Drawings of the standard cross-sections, in cut and
Basic Project of in landfill;
2 A4
Execution − Schematic plan of material occurrences
for paving.
− List of services to be performed;
− Costs of each service;
Budget and Plan of − Physical schedule;
4 A4
Execution − List of minimum equipment;
− Site layout, access,
installations, deposits and source of materials.

IS-212S
-ervcieInsrtucoitnfoS
rrtucutraA
lsesmenatndRehabatilotnProejcotF
felxbielandSem-iRgidiPavemenst
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 314

4.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

The project will be presented at this stage through the Final Project Report.
Engineering to which it corresponds, initially in the form of a draft and, after approval,
the definitive printing, comprising the following volumes:

FINAL REPORT

Format

Volume Discrimination Impression

Minute o
definitive

Project Report
− Project conception;
1 A4 A4
− Table of quantities containing code, description of
all services, transport distances, unit and
amount.
Execution Project
− Drawings of the typical cross-sections, in cut and in fill;
2 − Drawing with the longitudinal representation of the layers of A1 A3
pavement, indicating types of materials and thicknesses;
− Schematic layout of material occurrences for
paving.
Justifying Memorandum
3 − Justification for the detailing of the approved alternatives in A4 A4
preliminary design.
Budget and Execution Plan
− List of services to be performed;
− Costs of each service;
4 − Physical schedule; A4 A4
− List of minimum equipment;
− Layout of construction site, access, installations, quarries and
source of materials.

IS-212S
-ervcieInsrtucoitnfoS
rrtucutraE
lvaulaoitnandRehabatilotnProejcotF
felxbielandSem-iRgidiPavemenst
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 315

ANNEX B13
IS-213 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR PROJECT OF
INTERSECTIONS, RETURNS AND ACCESS.

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services included in the Intersections, Returns and Project.
Access in Road Engineering Projects.

2 STAGES OF THE STUDY

The project for intersections, returns, and accesses will be developed in two phases:

a) Basic Design Phase;

b) Executive Design Phase.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

3.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

This phase includes the project conception, involving the following activities:
a) Justification for the solution adopted in regard to the traffic to be addressed.

b) Planialtimetric graphic project, with sizing and treatment of all the

geometric elements of the project, such as, lanes, shoulders, strips of
speed change, domain range, superelevations, plots, islands. It must be
prepared according to the following service instructions:

Service instruction Activities

IS – 201 Traffic studies on highways - Preliminary and Final Phases

IS - 207 Preliminary engineering studies for highways (study of

(traced) – Preliminary and Definitive Phases

IS - 208 Geometric Project - Basic Design Phase

c) Typical cross sections at notable intersection points.

The recommendations of the Intersection Design Manual must be followed.

DNER.

3.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

The execution of the intersection, returns, and access project, at this stage, will consist of:

IS-213 - Service Instruction for Intersections, Turnarounds, and Access Projects

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 316

3.2.1. DETAILING OF THE PROJECT CONCEPTION

Do you understand?

a) Traffic flowchart for the year of opening and for the 10th year of useful life, containing
the VMD (daily average volume) and VHP (project hourly volume), by type of vehicle and
in UCP (unit of passenger cars).

b) Flowchart attached to the project plan for better visualization of the

relative movements in the locality.

c) Planialtimetric project with sizing and treatment of all elements

geometric, such as: lanes, shoulders, speed change lanes,
domains and superelevations;

d) Detailing of the constructive elements concerning islands, flower beds, curbs,

gutters, drain;

e) Typical cross sections of the platform, including lanes, shoulders, and medians,
at the notable intersection points.

f) Project leasing in case of intersections at different levels.

g) Quantification of all elements of the intersection, return or access.

It should be noted that the earthworks, drainage, and current construction projects
special, pavement, signage and landscaping of the intersections must meet the
foreseen in the corresponding Service Instructions.

4 PRESENTATION

4.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

The presentation of the intersections, returns, and access project at this stage will take place,
through the Basic Report of the Engineering Project to which it corresponds, and
will understand

BASIC REPORT

Volume Discrimination Subjects Format

− Text with the project's conception;

Report / Memory
− Quantity table;
1 Justification of the Project A4
Basic − Discrimination of all services, distances
of transport and quantities.

Basic Project − Plants containing the project conception in

2 traffic plan and profile and the traffic flowchart. A1
of Execution

− List of services to be performed;

Budget and Plan of
4 − Costs of each service; A4
Execution
− Physical schedule;

IS-213 - Service Instruction for Intersection, Return and Access Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 317

BASIC REPORT

Volume Discrimination Subjects Format

− List of minimum equipment;

− Construction site layout, access,
installations, deposits and source of materials

4.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

In this Executive Project Phase, the Project of Intersections, Returns, and Accesses will be
prepared through the Final Report of the Engineering Project to which it corresponds,
understanding the following volumes:

FINAL REPORT

Format
Volume Discriminação
Print
Minute
definitive

Project Report
− Text with the project conception;
1 − Quantity and code chart; A4 A4
− Discrimination of all services; transportation distances and
quantities.
Execution Project
− Plants containing the design conception in plan and profile and the
traffic flowchart.
Plants presenting the projects:
• Geometric;
• Earthworks;
• Paving;
2 • Drainage; A1 A3
• special works of art;
• Complementary works;
• Signaling;
• Landscaping;
• Lighting (occasional);
− Service notes on earthworks, paving, drainage and
signaling.
Justifying Memory
3 A4 A4
− Justification for the detailing of the approved alternatives
Budget and Execution Plan
− List of services to be performed;
− Costs of each service;
4 − Physical schedule; A4 A4
− List of minimum equipment;
− Layout of the construction site, access, installations, deposits and
source of materials.

IS-213 - Service Instruction for Intersections, Return and Access Projects

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 318

ANNEX B14
IS-214 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR PROJECT
OF SPECIAL WORKS OF ART

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services included in the Special Works Project.
Road Engineering Projects.

This Service Instruction applies to the preparation of bridge and viaduct projects.
in reinforced and prestressed concrete.

In the case of Pedestrian Bridge Project, adopt aIS-228: Design of footbridges

for pedestrians, structural calculations should be carried out according to the
current standards and specifications.

These Service Instructions may also be applied, as applicable, to the

development of Structural Reinforcement Projects for existing works of art, especially
regarding the guardrails, guard-wheels, and tabletops.

2 PROJECT PHASES

The special artwork project will be developed in three phases:

a) Preliminary Phase;

b) Basic Project Phase;

c) Executive Design Phase.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

3.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE

At this stage, collections of basic elements essential for the preparation of

project, following the guidelines set forth in the Manual of Construction Projects
Special, and in the Manual of Construction of Special Works, from DNER, where
to fit.

3.1.1. COLLECTION OF BASIC ELEMENTS

These elements will be subdivided into two main types:

a) Local information of such nature that indicates the purpose of the work,
situation in the road system, access conditions, regional characteristics and
the availability of materials and labor, and allow for the definition of the location of

IS-214 - Service Instruction for Special Works Project

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 319

implementation of the artwork, the adoption of the appropriate structural type, the implementation
secure foundations and the proper assessment of specific local actions in the structure.

b) Information about the highway project to be used in the preparation of the project.
structure, in such a way that the physical, geometric, and operational characteristics, and,
mainly the width of the cross-section of the artwork should be determined in
compliance with the designed route, incorporating the main elements of the layout,
in order not to reduce capacity.

[Link]. LOCAL INFORMATION

a) Topographic elements
Longitudinal profile of the terrain along the axis of the layout, with graded elevation.
desenhado em escala de 1:100 ou 1:200, especificando as amarrações ao
highlighting and RRNN of the highway project and locations, in total length
that allows for the definition of the work and access embankments;

In case of watercourse transposition, cross-section survey,

with the indication of the fund quotas, at maximum intervals of 5 m;

– Topographic plan of the section where the work will be implemented, presented in the
scale 1:100 or 1:200, with contour lines every meter, containing the axis of
tracing, existing interferences, such as boundary limits, transmission lines, and
a concern regarding the obstacle to be overcome, covering sufficient area
for the definition of the work and accesses; the bindings to be specified must be
highlighting and RRNN of the highway project, and its definitions are still determined
locations.

b) Hydrological elements:
Indication of the quotas, times, and durations of occurrences, of maximum fullness and
maximum drought of the watercourse;

Calculation memory for determining the flow section required for the work
art, with indication of the maximum speed of the waters in the location;

Indication of the possibility of deposits occurring in the bed, banks, and erosion
at the bottom or along the banks of the watercourse, as well as the tendency to digress from
riverbed and eventual transport of floating materials during flood periods;

News about the possibility of aggressive waters occurring, both under the
toxic aspect as under the aspect of destructive action;

Information related to regularization services, dredging, rectifications or

protection of the banks, in execution and planned;

Information regarding the artworks installed nearby, such as

type of structure, extent of the work, number of spans, building height, flow

IS-214 - Service Instruction for Special Works Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 320

type of foundation, presence or absence of erosion in the foundations, margins and

meetings, or any other relevant data.

c) Geotechnical elements:

Reconnaissance surveys in number and depth that allow for

perfect characterization of the subsoil, along two lines parallel to the axis
located on the highway, about three meters away on each side, in
the entire probable extent of the future work of art;

Location plan of the surveys, referred to the located axis of the highway;

- Geological profiles - geotechnical and individual for all boreholes, indicating the
nature and thickness of the various layers crossed, depths in
relation to the RRNN of the highway, penetration resistance index, and water levels;

Rotary or mixed drilling, when the foundation is on rock or on land

that present boulders;

– Report of the surveys, indicating the equipment used, describing the

conditions of the explored subsoil and interpreting the obtained results;

In the case of land whose stability may be threatened by the placement of

access fills, special geotechnical studies will be necessary that allow
the demonstration of stability of the soil - landfill - engineering work.

d) Complementary elements:
- Nomenclature of the highway, segment, subsection, and stake or kilometer where it
will implement the work and names of the obstacles to be overcome;

Description of the local aspects that will be relevant to the project, such as: proximity
from urban centers, templates to obey, need for sidewalks to
pedestrians and special guardrails, bike or cart lane, drainage,
pipeline passages, lighting poles, landscaping aspects to
consider and any other special reports necessary;
Means of access to the region where the work will be located and to the site;

Information about the existence of deposits of materials that can be

employees in the execution of the work, detailing available types, quantities and
costs

Information about the possibility of utilizing the workforce from the region,
discriminating types, available quantities and normal salaries;
Conditions for obtaining water and chemical analysis;

Information about the support possibilities in the region, such as: energy,
housing, communications, transportation, banks and others.

[Link]. HIGHWAY PROJECT INFORMATION

IS-214 - Service Instruction for Special Structures Project

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 321

a) Highway class, according to the Highway Engineering Design Manual, from DNIT.

b) Physical and geometric characteristics of the layout, cross sections presented

in plan and profile.
c) Technical characteristics of the project, necessary for establishing the characteristics
operational and project period.
d) Brazilian Technical Standards and specifications and rules of DNIT in force and/or
existing complementary specifications.

3.2. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

Based on the analysis of topographic, hydrological, geotechnical elements and

complementary and project information of the highway, collected in the preliminary phase,
será elaborado o projeto da obra-de-arte nesta fase, que se constituirá de:

a) Definition of the project's conception;

b) Study of alternatives for the crossing, regarding the location of implementation.

work;
c) Study of the feasible structural solutions, as a result of the examination of the location of
implementation, with definition, for each proposed solution, of the total length of the
work, number of openings, main geometric characteristics, extent of the embankments of
access and foundations;

d) Preliminary sizing of the selected alternatives, with quantity estimates

and costs and total justification for each solution;

e) Choice of the solution, opting for the one that best meets the technical criteria,
economic and administrative requirements and operational requirements for the highway. Consider the
architectural and landscape aspects of the work;
f) Structural calculation memory of the adopted solution defining the main sections and
elements of relevance in the structure, including resistance checks and
approximate amount of armor;

g) Preparation of drawings containing at least the data related to the following

itens:

Topographic elements
• situation map of the influence area of the work;

• site plan and profile of the construction site, containing the structure, the
accesses, grades, staking and occurrences such as, roads, rivers, lakes, with
respective templates and quotas;
• site of the work, with contour lines spaced to allow for the perfect
characterization of the slopes of cuts, fills;

IS-214 - Service Instruction for Special Works Projects

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 322

• intersection of the embankment slope with the natural ground;

• cross sections by the supports, showing the implementation of the foundations.

Geotechnical elements: longitudinal profile of the terrain, containing the data of the
the reconnaissance sondages for each support, likely subsoil profile,
indicating the resistance rate found in the calculation, type and dimensions of the
foundations with the maximum permitted loads.

Hydrological elements: normal level and maximum flood level and flow section
calculated.

Geometric elements: transverse and longitudinal slope, elements of

vertical and horizontal curves, value and position of minimum template passage
superior or inferior, coordinates of the axes of the pillars.

Surface drainage: rainwater drainage scheme over the deck and access.

Structural drawings: shape drawing, with elevations, floor plans, sections

longitudinal and transverse, structural details, especially of connections,
types, positioning and dimensions of support devices, details
architectural and location of the work in plan and profile, including foundations. Indicate,
still, in the main drawing, the specifications of materials, movable loads or
any eventual overloads adopted, including those arising from the executive process
expected.

3.3. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

This phase will include the detailing of the project developed in the previous phase, and
approved, through the determination and preparation of the following necessary elements for
execution of the work:

a) Structural calculations;

b) Drawings;

c) Specifications;

d) Quantitative;

e) Budget and execution plan.

3.3.1. STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS

They will be executed in accordance with the current rules and specifications, including:

a) Detailed description of the structural system;

b) General hypotheses of calculation;

c) Calculation of the requested forces due to permanent, movable, accidental loads

and others, for each structural element;

IS-214 - Service Instruction for Special Works Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 323

d) Sizing and verification of the strength of all structural elements;

e) Wrapping and covering;

f) Verification of the work rates of all materials and their compatibility with the
specifications;
g) Demonstration of the compatibility of the foundations with the nature of the soil.

When structural calculations are performed with the help of computers, provide
in detail, information about the program used, input data and results
obtained.

3.3.2. DRAWINGS

All necessary elements for the execution of the work must be presented.
consistent with the calculations.

[Link]. FORM DRAWINGS

They must include the dimensions of all structural component elements, the dimensions
necessary for the geometric definition of the work (elevations, plans, longitudinal sections and
transverse elements, structural and architectural details, and location of the work in plan and profile,
class regarding mobile loads, the quality of concrete, work rates of
foundation land or loads on piles, provisional openings for phases of
construction and removal of forms, and permanent ones for routine and permanent inspection, as well
such as the forecast of locations for the assembly of jacks, for the replacement of devices
support. They should also be included in the form drawings, whenever necessary, the
counter arrows, auxiliary supports for shoring and any other details that
they can contribute to the perfect execution of the services.

[Link]. FRAME DRAWINGS

They should indicate the type of steel, the relative arrangement of the parts in the structure, and the dimensions of

bars, quantities, sizes, shape, position numbers and spacing of bars or

cables, types and details of splices or connections to be executed, hooks and bends of
curvatures adopted in the curved bars, coverings, as well as, foresee spaces for
concrete pouring and use of vibrators.

Each sheet should contain a general list of the armors of all elements.
structural presented; this list must include the unit and total lengths of
each position, the total weights of the various gauges and the weight of the entire armor
represented in the drawing.

[Link]. EXECUTION DRAWINGS

IS-214 - Service Instruction for Special Works Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 324

They should indicate the planned construction system, concreting plans, joints
mandatory and optional, plans and prestressing tables, shoring drawings
conveniently sized according to the proposed concreting plan,
indicating the sequence of execution and disassembly, as well as the deformations
foreseen.

Special formwork designs should also be presented, such as beams.

articulated; "fans", arches and other structures that allow the support of large
vãos.

The finishes - paving, drainage devices, guardrails, lighting and

signage and special measures in the execution of access embankments as well
they should be represented.

3.3.3. SPECIFICATIONS-QUANTITATIVES

All services performed must have their corresponding specifications.

constant in the General Specifications for Road Works of DNER.

In the event that there is no General Specification for the service, it must be presented.
Complementary Specification, in the manner of the General Specifications.

In exceptional cases, for a certain type of service, include Specific Specification,

presented in the same manner as the General Specifications and properly justified.

The quantities of the services to be performed and all the materials to be used
they must be detailed, itemized, and calculated based on the definitions
from the Corresponding Specification.

3.3.4. BUDGET AND EXECUTION PLAN

In the preparation of the budget, all services to be provided will be defined and itemized.
executed, the quantities and the corresponding costs, determined in accordance with the
methodology of DNIT, and the provisions of the specifications are respected.

The execution plan of the work will be defined through explanatory text and preparation of
following documents:

a) Physical schedule, with deadlines and favorable dates for the start of services;

b) List of minimum equipment required for the execution of the services;

c) Schedule for the use of the equipment;

d) Relationship of the technical staff required for the execution of the services;

e) Layout the construction site, positioning the facilities, deposits, sources of

materials and accesses, with their respective dimensions.

IS-214 - Service Instruction for Special Works Projects

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 325

4 PRESENTATION

4.1. PRELIMINARY STAGE

The presentation of the work in this phase will be done through the Preliminary Report of
Engineering Project to which it corresponds, and it will comprise the following volume:

PRELIMINARY REPORT

Volume Species Products Format

− Informative text of the project A4

Report/ Memory
1 Descriptive − Drawings and plans related to the elements
Preliminary topographic, hydrological, geotechnical, and project of the A3
highway, raised in the preliminary phase.

4.2. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

The presentation of the Special Art Works project, at this stage, will take place through
Basic Report of the Engineering Project to which it corresponds, and will include:

BASIC REPORT

Volume Species Products Format

Report / − Descriptive and justificatory memorial of the structural solution

Memory adopted
1 A4
Justification of
Project

Basic Project of − Drawings and plans related to structural design

2 of the work A3
Execution

− List of services to be performed;

− Costs of each service;
Budget and
− Physical schedule;
4 Plan of A4
Execution − List of minimum equipment;
− Layout of the construction site, accesses, installations,
deposits and sources of materials

4.3. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

The project presentation at this stage will be through the Final Project Report of
Engineering to which it corresponds, and will include the following volumes:

IS-214 - Service Instruction for Special Works Project

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 326

FINAL REPORT

FORMAT
Volume DISCRIMINATION/ SUBJECTS
Printing
Minute
definitive

Project Report
− Informative text of the project, summary of the studies,
1 specifications, quantities and all elements A4 A4
necessary for the bidding of the work. It will contain elements
topographic, hydrological, and geotechnical.
Project for the Execution of the Work

− Drawings, plans, profiles, and typical and cross sections,

for the purposes of visualization and clarification of the solution
2 structural of the artwork, containing detailing of the A1 A1
["foundations","infrastructure and mesosstructure","shoring","forms"]
framework geometric elements, safety elements,
drainage and lighting.
Justifying Memorandum
3 A4 A4
− Memorial of the drafted project
3B Calculation Memory of the Structures A4 A4
Budget and Execution Plan of the Work
− Demonstrative charts of construction costs;
4 − Physical schedule; A4 A4
− List of minimum equipment;
− Schedule for the use of the equipment;

IS-214 - Service Instruction for Special Artwork Project

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 327

ANNEX B15
IS-215 SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR SIGNAGE PROJECT

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services included in the preparation of the Signage Project in
Road Engineering Projects. This project involves Rural Highways and Urban Roads.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

The signaling project will be developed over two phases:

a) Fase de Projeto Básico;

b) Executive Design Phase

3 PROJECT DEVELOPMENT

3.1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

This project will follow the recommendations of the DNIT Road Signage Manual
1999 Traffic Signaling Manual - DENATRAN, and will consist of the
establishment of signaling devices along the road sections in the phase
of the project, including branches, intercepted paths, that meet the regulatory requirements
and the circulation established by the functional plan. Also consider the messages
educational ones and those related to the operation process of the road.

Where applicable, this project will be aligned with the recommendations presented in
IS-233: Development of the Engineering Project for PACS Type Improvements, with the
objective of obtaining a uniform conception for the subject.

3.2. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

In this phase, a selection will be made from the available elements.

vertical signaling devices, traffic signaling devices, and panels of
Variable Message Signs (VMS), in addition to the road markings of Horizontal Signage, and a
estimate of your quantities.

3.3. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

At this stage, the following activities should be developed:

a) Horizontal signaling project for roads, intersections, and access points;

b) Vertical signage project for roads, intersections, and accesses;

IS-215 - Service Instruction for Signaling Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 328

c) Dynamic signaling project through traffic lights and variable message panels
(PMV).

3.3.1. HORIZONTAL SIGNALING PROJECT

The horizontal signaling project will consist of longitudinal and transverse markings.
and by markings on the pavement, supplemented by auxiliary safety devices
of traffic.

The horizontal signaling project will contain the specifications of all materials to
employment and services to be performed, as well as presenting tables with the quantities by
type of device, material and service and comply with the following standards:

Material specification Title

DNER-ME 368 Acrylic resin-based paint for horizontal road marking

Paint based on alkyd resin/chlorinated rubber or copolymer

DNER-ME 371 styrene/acrylic and/or styrene butadiene for road signage
horizontal

DNER-ME 372 Thermoplastic material for horizontal road signage

DNER-ME 373 Glass microspheres for horizontal road marking

3.3.2. VERTICAL SIGNAGE PROJECT

The vertical signage project will contain indications, location, dimensions, and types of
support, covering the following types of plates:

a) Warning;

b) Regulation;

c) Indication (localities);

d) Guidance (services);

e) Educational.

It will present the type of support for each panel, that is, if hung on portals,
semipoles or posts (with arms projected or not) and plates on columns. These
supports must be properly sized and detailed as part of
project. Consider details such as the type of plate fixation on the support, foundation of
portico and semi-porticos or, if applicable, fixation on central or lateral walls, or others
devices.

All the plates will be designed with the aim of determining dimensions and assisting in
constructive process.

The letter heights (depending on the road speed) and the box types will be informed.
uppercase or lowercase.

IS-215 - Service Instruction for Signaling Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 329

The project will present, for budgeting purposes, the corresponding quantities related to the
areas of panels, according to the type of reflective film, number of panels to be
installed and from the support.

3.3.3. SIGNALIZATION PROJECT WITH TRAFFIC LIGHTS AND VARIABLE MESSAGE PANELS (VMS)

The dynamic signaling project will be based on Service Instruction IS-221 -

Operation and Management Project of the Highway. In general, this project will contain:

a) In the case of traffic lights:

Indication of the type; vehicle or for pedestrian crossing;

Indication of the type of control; track, lane or access;

- Indication of flow control, or open lane/track and closed lane/track, and

still acted upon, semi-acted upon or monitored by pre-programming (pretimed);

Studies of cycles and respective traffic light distributions, based on counting

of existing or carried out traffic for this specific purpose. For control
monitored by pre-timed programming, a schedule will be determined.
traffic light for 24 hours, seven days a week. If necessary, it will be specified
special programming in the occurrence of atypical situations (large volume of
traffic during holidays, events that generate a number of trips, among others.
For the actuated or semi-actuated control, it will present the actuated approximations, the
minimum greens, quantity and duration of extensions, and all parameters
necessary for complete programming of the controller in the field;

Phase diagram and stages, showing the release over time of the various
movements;

Diagram of traffic signal distributions;

– Electrical cabling and data transmission project, with the floor plan and
connection diagram;

Specification of the materials used, such as: controllers, focus groups,

repeaters, push buttons, support poles, cables, junction boxes;

Quantitative tables of the devices used.

b) In the case of Variable Message Panels (VMP):

Device specification, including: letter dimensions, pixel detail,

panel dimensions, management mode from the center;
Indication of the method of fixation in the ground or in other locations;

Electrical wiring and data transmission project from the central.

IS-215 - Service Instruction for Signaling Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 283

3.2. FINAL STAGE

After the identification of the alternative routes, following the completion of the work phase
previously, the selection of the routing option that best meets the objectives will be carried out
of the project.

3.2.1. ASPECTS TO BE CONSIDERED

In selecting the alternative layout, the following aspects should be considered:

a) Geology and geotechnics

Based on the data collected in the previous phase and once the guidelines have been identified
basic and alternative operational options of greater importance as described in 3.1.3,
proceed to the execution of the tasks related to this discipline, determining the
basic conditioning factors of the alternatives being studied in this phase, such as,
areas of compressible soils and alternative sections with better characteristics,
areas of soil with greater instability regarding cuts, and the technical solutions
necessary.

If aerial photographs are available, they should be used for photo-

interpret the range along the basic guidelines and, if possible, for research
preliminary expedited survey of locations whose soil materials are suitable for execution of
fills or pavements, aiming to determine availabilities and transport distances.

Os dados de sondagens e ensaios previamente coletados deverão ser analisados,

also determining its adequacy and sufficiency for the requirements of
project; one must verify the interpreted data on-site.

b) Earthworks

A preliminary earthworks study should be conducted at the level of

detail compatible with the precision of the work at this stage.

This study should carefully consider the alternatives that are presented.
regarding the movement of earthworks, in order to adjust, between
others, the needs for loans and giveaways and the availability of areas
for that, also taking into account the existing urbanization and landscaping plans or
planned, mutual compatibility. It is also necessary to consider the convenience and
possibilidade de deslocamentos longitudinais extensos de volumes de terra para fins
of compensation.

Research should also be initiated to determine possible locations of

loan boxes. To that end, they will be identified - based on data
pre-existing - areas used for obtaining loan material for
other works in the region and the convenience of the location of each one is still verified
regarding the project in focus, under the dual aspect of distance and interference in
urban traffic.

IS-207 - Service Instruction for Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highways (alignment studies)
Basic Guidelines for Developing Highway Studies and Projects 331

FINAL REPORT

Format
Volume Discrimination
Printing
Minute
definitive

Project Report
− Text containing the project description;
1 − Quantity table; A4 A4
− Discrimination of all services, transportation distances
and quantities.
Execution Project
− Plant containing the location and types of devices
signage along the roads, intersections, and accesses in
project
− Plant containing structural details for assembly and fixing
of arches, signs, horizontal signage details,
2 etc; A1 A3
− Project for electrical wiring and data transmission
dynamic signaling, covering the floor plan and diagram
of connections;
− Summary charts and service notes containing the location,
model, type, and quantity of the various elements of
signaling.
Justification Memo
3 − Justification of the indicated solutions; A4 A4
− Calculation memory.
Budget and Execution Plan
− List of services to be performed;
− Cost of each device and services;
4 − Physical schedule with favorable deadline and start date A4 A4
of the services;
− List of minimum equipment;
− Schedule for the use of equipment;

The presentation of the signaling project in linear diagrams or will not be allowed.
diagrams. The location and situation of the signaling elements will be recorded on the
drawings of the geometric project or the topographic survey, in reproductions
simplified (without contour lines, for example), for clarity purposes.

IS-215 - Service Instruction for Signage Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 332

ANNEX B16
IS-216 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR LANDSCAPING PROJECT

1 OBJECTIVE

Definir e especificar os serviços constantes do Projeto de Paisagismo nos Projetos de

Road Engineering, aiming to integrate the highway into the landscape.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

The Landscaping Project will be developed in two phases:

a) Basic Design Phase;

b) Executive Project Phase.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

3.1 BASIC PROJECT PHASE

Proceed with the qualitative assessment of the potentialities and difficulties related to
the landscaping treatment of the highway for each alternative defined in the studies of
traced, based on which the concept of the landscaping project is established.

The landscaping project in this phase will consist of:

a) survey of landscape resources to identify, preserve, and enhance the

main natural values, according to the recommendations contained in the reports
environmental;
b) pedological and vegetative registration of the areas along the chosen routes,
understanding herbs, shrubs, and trees, with indication of the most common species
suitable for the plant protection of the roadside;

c) indication of the sources of acquisition of plant species, available quantities,

planting times and transport distances;
d) research and description of the characteristics of the landscape resources of the alternatives
selected, referred to the topographic staking, comprising:

Listing of significant occurrences, such as springs, watercourses.

forests, woods, historical sites, and others;

Indication of more suitable locations for parking areas, viewpoints,

viewpoints, monuments, rest and/or recreation, parking lots, stations
police, weighing, toll and other facilities for operation and inspection;

IS-216 - Service Instruction for Landscaping Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 333

Indication of the most suitable locations for service and fuel stations,
motels, restaurants, and other commercial establishments.

e) indication of areas of material deposits and excavation borrow pits;

f) diagnosis of user support needs and indication of the program to be

developed in the design phase;

g) development of special urbanization draft projects;

h) outline of architectural projects for squares, viewpoints, belvederes, installations and
civil works to support operational services for passenger transport and
users, buildings for road administration and for other public agencies,
present in the right-of-way;
i) landscaping tree planting, giving preference to regional species that are already acclimatized;

j) special treatments;

k) estimate of quantities and costs.

The design concept of the landscaping project, established based on the pedological survey and
Survey of the landscape resources in the area will be the proposed landscape solution.
for the adopted alternative, through type segments, taking into account the
recommended measures for mitigating the environmental impacts related to
specific studies.

3.2 FASE DEPROJETOEXECUTIVO

The solutions approved in the previous phase must be detailed and include:

a) Topographic survey;

b) Landscaping project.

3.2.1 TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY

The topographic survey used for the geometric and design project may be adopted.
intersections, complemented with the following indications:

a) locations planned for the construction of parking areas, viewpoints, belvederes,

monuments, rest and/or recreation, parking lots, police stations,
residences and offices of DNIT's inspection;
b) designated locations for squares, facilities, and civil works for operational support to the
passenger and user transport services, buildings for administration
bus station and for other public agencies present in the domain range;

c) locations planned for service and refueling stations, motels, restaurants, and others
commercial establishments;

IS-216 - Service Instruction for Landscape Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 334

d) sections of existing vegetation to be preserved, including trees, except those

that the advantaged hair might somehow affect the safety of the highway.
It is recommended to preserve rare secular trees or those in a state of door-
seed

e) flora to be preserved near current or special works of art,

at a satisfactory distance, both inside and outside the domain range, upstream and
downstream of the works.

3.2.2 ELABORATION OF LANDSCAPING PROJECT

Based on the studies developed and approved in the Basic Project phase and
topographical survey carried out, the landscaping project will be developed, which
will consist of:

a) landscape greening, with the recommendation to use regional species already

acclimatized, as well as complementing the existing flora in the domain range in
strategic points;

b) landscaping treatment of intersections;

c) corrective treatment of existing excavations and borrow pits;

d) typical project and details of vegetation cover for erosion protection of

cut and fill slopes;

e) projects for rest and/or recreation areas, parking lots, squares, viewpoints,
belvederes, installations and civil works to support the operational services of
passenger transport and users and buildings for administration
bus station and other public bodies present in the domain strip;

f) indication of the most suitable locations for service and refueling stations,
motels, restaurants, and other commercial establishments;

g) special treatments;

h) technical specifications of all services, including building works;

i) budget;

j) execution plan of the work.

4 PRESENTATION

4.1 BASIC PROJECT PHASE

At this stage, the project presentation will be made through the Basic Project Report.
The engineering it corresponds to will consist of the following volumes:

IS-216 - Service Instruction for Landscaping Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 335

BASIC REPORT

Volume Discrimination Matérias Format

− Project conception;
− Conclusions arising from the qualitative survey
the potentialities;
Report / − Difficulties related to landscaping treatment
Memory from the highway for each alternative defined in the study of
1 A4
Justification of the − Listing of plant species to employ, with the;
Basic Project respective quantities, sources of acquisition and distances
of transport and planting times;
− Pedological and vegetal registration of the strips along the
chosen outline.
− General situational map of the locations of the preliminary projects
Basic project for landscaping treatment, tied to the landmarks
2 A3
Execution kilometric;
− Drawings with the detailing of the proposed solutions.
− List of services to be performed;
Budget and
− Costs of each service;
4 Plan of
− Physical schedule;
Execution
− Minimum equipment list

4.2 EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

The project presentation at the Executive Design phase will be carried out through the Report.
Final, of the project to which it corresponds, composed of the following volumes:

IS-216 - Service Instruction for Landscaping Project

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 336

FINAL REPORT

FORMAT
Volume Description / Matter
Impression
Minute
definitive
Project Report
⎯ Project design for the approved alternative;
⎯ List of plant species to be used, sources of acquisition,
planting and conservation technique, with information contained in the
1 environmental reports; A4 A4
⎯ Quantity table containing code, description of the
species and all transportation services and distances;
⎯ Technical specifications of the materials to be used in the
construction works.
Execution Project
⎯ General site plan of the locations of the preliminary projects
landscaping treatment, tied to the milestone markers,
notable points such as cities, beaches, rivers,
springs;
⎯ Division into sections for tree planting, vegetation to be
preserved, areas chosen for rest and/or recreation, deposits
the excavations for loans, intersections, suitable locations
for tax posts, service and supply posts (1/10000);
⎯ Drawings with the detailing of the solutions;
⎯ General plan for afforestation and vegetation covering of the area of
domain and bordering areas (scale 1/500);
2 A1 A3
⎯ Detail plant of the different types of tree planting such as
forests, wooded areas (scale 1:100);
⎯ Specific plants for the landscaping treatment of intersections and
accesses on the scale 1:500;
⎯ Specific plants for corrective treatment of deposits,
excavations and dumps, scale 1:100;
⎯ Specific plants for corrective treatment of deposits,
excavations and spoil tips (cross-sections), at a scale of 1:100;
⎯ Drawings, plans, cuts, views, and structural details of the
architectural elements, scales: 1/50 or 1/100 (cuts), 1/50 or
1/100 (plants) and 1/25 or 1/10 (details);
⎯ Adopted conventions sheet.
Justificative Memorandum
− Justification for the detailing of the approved alternative in the phase of
3 preliminary project A4 A4
− Calculation memory of the service quantities for bidding of the
work.
Budget and Execution Plan
− List of services to be performed;
− Cost of each service;
− Physical schedule with favorable deadlines and dates for the start of the
4 A4 A4
services;
− Minimum equipment list;
− Equipment usage schedule;
− List of technical staff for the execution of services;

IS-216 - Service Instruction for Landscaping Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 337

ANNEX B17
IS-217 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR DEVICE PROJECT
OF PROTECTION (DEFENSES AND BARRIERS)

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services included in the Protection Devices Project
(Defenses and Barriers), in Road Engineering Projects.

2 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

2.1. DEFENSES

Defenses are protection devices, rigid and flexible, continuous, with shape,
resistances and dimensions capable of allowing out-of-control vehicles to be
reintroduced to the track, without abrupt reduction in speed, nor loss of direction,
causing minimal damage to the vehicle, its occupants, and the device itself.

They can be of the following types:

a) Simple defenses: equipped with a single sliding surface;

b) Double defense: equipped with two sliding surfaces.

The sliding surface, composed of guide, ramp, and wall, has the property of
receive the impact of uncontrolled vehicles slowing down and returning them to the track.

As for the conditions of execution, they can be:

a) Molded on site: executed with the aid of fixed or sliding forms;

b) Precast: built with precast pieces.

Recomenda-se a colocação, no bordo da plataforma, nas seguintes situações:

− in fill segments and/or with steep slopes;

− in areas prone to accidents, such as at the heads of bridges and others.

The defense requirement index is obtained based on the following elements:

a) Height of the fill;

b) Transversal slope of the embankment;

c) Shoulder width;

d) Horizontal curvature;

e) Longitudinal slope of the segment;

IS-217 - Service Instruction for Protection Device Project (fenders and barriers)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 338

f) Road conditions;

g) Climate conditions;

h) Experience in accidents;

i) Highway class;

j) Traffic characteristics.

For the purposes of this instruction, it is established that there is a need to place defenses on
places where the obtained necessity index is higher than 50 (in urban roads and in
main highways) and 70 (on secondary highways).

2.2. BARRIERS

A barrier is a continuous protective device, molded in reinforced concrete, shaped,

resistance and appropriate dimensions, with the aim of preventing vehicles
ungoverned cause harm to people and properties, without putting at risk the
vehicles that may collide with them, as well as their occupants. It is about protection
rigid and undeformable, whose ability to protect the out-of-control vehicle is given by
your form.

It is recommended to place on the edge of the platform, in the following instruction:

The barriers will be indicated for protection in places where defenses cannot be.
achieve the desired goals, as they require external space for deformation
motivated by the impact, this space is unfeasible in some locations, such as in the trays of
bridges and in the separation of lanes of opposite directions, in segments without a median
central.

3 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

The Protection Devices Project (Defenses and Barriers) will be developed in two
phases, which follow:

a) Basic Design Phase;

b) Executive Project Phase.

4 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

The execution of the protective device project will be carried out in accordance with the
set forth in the Regulations:

IS-217 - Service Instruction for Protection Device Project (docks and barriers)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 339

Norma Title

DNER-PRO 176 Design and execution of security barriers

ABNT-NBR 6971 Defenses
DNER-EM 370 Zinc-coated profile metal defenses
DNER-ES 144 Metal defenses

4.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

Based on the Geometric Project developed in this phase, the Project of Devices of
Protection (Defenses and Barriers) will consist of:

a) Definition of the types of security devices;

b) Estimates of service quantities based on a visual inspection of the likely

sites for device installation;

c) Estimated costs

4.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

In the Executive Design phase, the detailing of the proposed solutions will be carried out in
previous phase, through the selection of model projects, the preparation of service notes and
budget assembly and Project Execution of the Work.

5 PRESENTATION

5.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

In this phase of the project presentation, it will be done through the Basic Project Report.
de Engenharia a que corresponde, integrando-se aos seguintes volumes:

BASIC REPORT

Volume Description Subjects Format

Project conception;
Report / Memo.
1 Project Justification Device-type; A4
Basic
Set budgets

Basic Project of General plan of the location of the defenses;

2 A3
Execution General plant of the location of the barriers
List of services
Budget and Plan
4 Estimated costs A4
of Execution
Physical timelines

5.2.

IS-217 - Service Instruction for Protection Device Project (defenses and barriers)
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 340

5.3. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

In the Executive Design phase, the project will be presented in the Final Project Report to
which corresponds, integrating the following volumes:

FINAL REPORT

FORMAT
Volume Discrimination / Subject
Printing
Minute
definitive
Project Report
1 A4 A4
− Text, chapter Defense and Barrier Project.
Execution Project
2 − Template projects containing placement details; A1 A3
− Service notes.
Justificative Memorandum
3 A4 A4
− Calculation memory.
Budget and Execution Plan
list of services to be performed
4 Costs of each service A4 A4
Physical schedules
Minimum equipment list

IS-217 - Service Instruction for Protection Device Project (defenses and barriers)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 341

ANNEX B18
IS-218 SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR PROJECT
FENCE EXECUTIVE

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services included in the Fence Project in the Projects of
Road Engineering.

2 PROJECT PHASE

The Fences Project will be developed over two phases:

a) Basic Design Phase;

b) Executive Design Phase.

3 ELABORATION OF THE PROJECT

The Fencing Project will be executed according to the recommendations of the Manual.
Basic Implementation, from DNIT, must comply with the following standards:

Standards Title

DNER-ES 338 Complementary works - barbed wire fences

DNER-EM 366 Zinc-coated steel barbed wire
DNER-EM 033 Preserved eucalyptus posts for fences
DNER-EM 174 Reinforced concrete posts for barbed wire fences

In the basic design phase, the fencing project will involve:

a) Definition of the types of fences to be used in the Engineering Project

b) Estimate of the quantities of fences and approximate costs.

In the Executive Project phase, the detailing of the proposed solutions will be carried out.
previous phase, through the selection of model projects, preparation of service notes and
cost estimation and execution project of the work.

4 PRESENTATION

4.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

At this stage of the project presentation, it will be done through the Basic Project Report
of Engineering to which it corresponds, integrating into the following volumes:

IS-218 - Service Instruction for Fence Project

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 342

BASIC REPORT

Volume Description Subjects Format

Report / Memo Project conception;

1
Justification of - Device-type; A4
Basic Project Established budgets
General plan of the location of the defenses;
2 Basic Project of General plan of the location of the barriers A3
Execution

List of services
4 Budget and Plan Estimated costs A4
of Execution Physical schedules

4.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

In the Executive Project phase, the Project will be presented in the Final Project Report to
which corresponds, integrating with the following volumes:

Final Report

FORMAT

Volume Discrimination / Subject Printing

Minute o
definitive
Project Report
1
− Text, chapter Fence Project. A4 A4

Execution Project
2
− Projetos-tipo contendo detalhes de colocação; A3 A3
− Service notes.
Justificative Memory
3
− Descriptive and justificative memorandum. A4 A4

Budget and Execution Plan

4 List of services
A4 A4
Costs
Flowcharts

IS-218 - Service Instruction for Fence Project

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Highway Studies and Projects 343

ANNEX B19
IS-219 SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR EXPROPRIATION PROJECT

1 OBJECTIVE

Establish the guidance to be adopted in the preparation of the Expropriation Project in

Road Engineering Projects.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

It will be developed in two phases:

a) Basic Design Phase;

b) Executive Project Phase.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

3.1. GENERALITIES

The expropriation project aims to define and specify the evaluation services.
de imóveis nos trechos urbanos ou rurais, com a finalidade de fornecer os elementos
necessary for the execution of the administrative process of compensation for expropriation
the areas necessary for the implementation of the corresponding road engineering project.

The preparation of the expropriation project will follow the recommendations of the Manual.
Expropriation of DNIT.

It is important to emphasize that the estimated costs in expropriation projects do not

They represent the actual costs of the property to be expropriated. They only enable the
DNIT a confidential assessment of the properties affected by the highway,
to whom the department responsible for the execution of the expropriations, through
your technicians or delegation to third parties, can together with other elements
registered, start the administrative process.

3.2. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

The services to be performed in this phase involve the assessment/cost of

expropriation carried out based on the alternative solutions indicated in the plans of
projeto geométrico correspondente, com base na superfície ocupada por propriedades
within the limits of expropriation established in the aforementioned preliminary project (or adopting,
by sampling, an average strip width to be expropriated) and in the average prices per
hectare, quoted for homogeneous land use segments.

IS-219 - Service Instruction for Expropriation Project

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 344

3.3. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

For each property belonging to the alternative approved in the preliminary project phase shall
to present a planimetric survey indicating improvements, main land uses,
distinguishing, also, cultures, pastures, unusable stretches and the main accidents.

Improvements include constructions, installations, and permanent crops.

For each improvement, an individual cadastral plan must be prepared in accordance.

with model Qd 02 – 3AP – II included below.

The planimetric surveys and cadastral maps may or may not take advantage of the
elements obtained for the engineering project of the highway. The elements obtained, in
scale, must have adequate precision to represent and identify the properties that
will be expropriated.

The registration of registration information must be done in specific models, attached to

this instruction.

A list containing the areas of the land and the improvements subject to will be presented.
donation and comparative report between the area to be donated and compensated.

The services to be performed in this phase are briefly described below:

3.3.1. CENSUS SURVEY

Composed of physical registration information, individual registration plans and

photographic documentation.

The plan of the area to be expropriated must tie the property to the staking.
indicated in the geometric design. In the case of a highway built, the fixing may be
made through the milestone. Consider the following data:

a) Boundaries, limits, and confrontations of each property;

b) Orographic aspects;

c) Existing public services such as: highways, railways, public transport, sewage
sanitary and rainwater, electricity, water supply, telephone, and others;

d) Economic exploitation of the region, indicating the predominant activities,

rural area case;
e) Main destination of the region where the property is located (commercial zone, industrial,
residential or mixed), in the case of urban area;
f) Description of the improvements and classification of the predominant constructions in the region;

g) Indication of the economic activities carried out on the property, recording

qualitative and quantitative data of the productions.

IS-219 - Service Instruction for Expropriation Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 345

3.3.2. RESEARCH ON PROPERTY OWNERS

Along with the physical registration, a survey will be conducted about the property owners.
will be expropriated, indicating the legal status of the property. The information
The raised ones must be included in the Attached Table, Qd. 01 – 3AP, inserted below.

3.3.3. RESEARCH ON THE VALUE OF PROPERTIES

Simultaneously with the physical registration work, develop a study based on

advertisement and offer searches, where elements will be extracted from the following
sources:

a) Newspapers;

b) Real estate organizations;

c) Brokers and representatives, at the place of the offer.

This study aims to determine the compensation value of the lands, improvements,
crops and cultures, by property.

Use information from the registries in the area where the property is located, regarding the value of
last sale of land and characterized by the conditions of freedom
negotiation.

After researching land values, it is necessary to give appropriate treatment to

elements collected to make them compatible. The researched value referring to a
negotiation, offer or announcement, valid for a certain date, must be updated for the time
of the evaluation, through the application of the indices from the Getúlio Vargas Foundation, or others
official indices duly justified.

The information resulting from the conducted research must be included in the Attached Table.
Qd.02 – 3AP – I, inserted below.

IS-219 - Service Instruction for Expropriation Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 346

IS-219 - Service Instruction for Expropriation Project

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 347

VALUE ESTIMATE

Estimate no: DNER Process No. DRF Process No.

Owner(s):
Holder(s) of possession
Writing:
Record No: Sheets No: Book No:
Owner's address:
Name of the attorney
Address of the attorney
HIGHWAY
BR-
Excerpt:
Subsection:
Batch:
PNV code:
SITUATION
Stake(s):
Street Zone Urban/Rural
Lot(s) Neighborhood
Farm: Quadrants
Município: Est. or Territory
LAND
Total area
AREA TO BE EXPROPRIATED
Estimated average value R$ ha / m²
Domain Range R$
Remaining area to be incorporated into the DNER's assets R$
Total R$
SUMMARY COMPENSATION DONATION
Value of the area to be expropriated R$
Value of improvements R$
Value of the plantations R$
Total value R$
Estimation of assets for tax purposes R$
Value of property acquisition R$ Data: //
State of conservation and safety conditions
Interest accrued on the assets
Market value of assets of the same kind and in the same conditions, in the neighborhoods

EXPROPRIATION PROJECT
Highway: VALUE ESTIMATE NO.
Trecho:
Subsection: Qd02 - 3AP- I
Batch:

IS-219 - Service Instruction for Expropriation Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 348

VALUE ESTIMATE

LAND USE

Improvements to be compensated

Justifications for the Prices Adopted

DESCRIPTION OF THE AREA TO BE EXPROPRIATED (for writing purposes)

DESCRIPTION OF THE REMAINING AREA

IMPORTS TO PRESENT ESTIMATE IN

LOCAL DATA

EXPROPRIATION PROJECT
Highway: VALUE ESTIMATE
Excerpt:
Subsection:
Batch: Qd02 - 3AP- I

IS-219 - Service Instruction for Expropriation Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 349

Final stake 458

Prop. José Lourival Macedo

Área = 25.199,99m²
Área = 2,52ha

Initial stake 440

HIGHWAY:
EXPROPRIATION PROJECT
EXCERPT:

SUB-SECTION: Question 02 - 3 AP - II
LANGUAGE:

IS-219 - Service Instruction for Expropriation Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 350

4 PRESENTATION

4.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

In the Basic Project phase, the presentation of the Expropriation Project will be made in
Basic Engineering Project Report that corresponds, integrating the following
volumes:

BASIC REPORT

Volume Discrimination Subjects Format

Assessment of expropriations
Report / Memory
Cost assessment
1 Project Justification A4
Basic
- Plant general the locations the
Basic Project of
2 expropriations A1 / A3
Execution

4.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

In the Executive Project phase, the Expropriation Project will be presented in the Report.
Final of the Engineering Project to which it corresponds, integrating the following volumes:

FINAL REPORT

Volume Discrimination Subjects Format

Project location summary text
1 Project Report A4
Justification memorandum of the project
2 Justification Memorandum A4
Areas
Project of
3D Owners
Expropriation
Costs

IS-219 - Service Instruction for Expropriation Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 351

ANNEX B20
IS-220 SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR PROJECT BUDGET

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services necessary for the preparation of the Project Budget in the
Projeto de Engenharia Rodoviária.

2 PHASES OF SERVICES

The Budget will be executed in three phases:

a) Basic Design Phase;

b) Executive Design Phase.

3 BUDGET PREPARATION

It will consist of the following activities:

a) Market research;

b) Calculation of unit costs of services;

c) Study of transportation costs;

d) Budget.

3.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

The budget of the alternatives in the Basic Design phase will provide elements for analysis.
economic and will consist of determinations of the costs of the main service items. The
costs will be raised according to the methodology outlined in the Manual
Composition of Road Costs, from DNIT, will basically cover those
of earthworks and paving, except as stated in IS-207 Instructions for
service for preliminary engineering studies for highways (studies of
traced) - Preliminary and Definitive Phases.

The Basic Project phase will consist of:

a) Preliminary listing of the services to be carried out;

b) Estimative survey of unit costs;

c) Preparation of preliminary budgets;

d) Preparation of initial studies for division into construction lots.

IS-220 - Service Instruction for Project Budgeting of the Work

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 352

3.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

Prior to the preparation of the budget at this stage, the following will be carried out
atividades:

a) Final listing of the services to be performed;

b) Listing of materials and transportation distances.

The budget in the Executive Project phase will follow the methodology outlined in the Manual
Composition of Road Costs of DNIT. Eventually, they may be introduced.
additional elements not provided in the Manual, to meet the peculiarities of
designed segment.

It will be carried out, at pre-fixed times by DNIT, mandatory Research

Market, which will cover equipment, materials, and labor necessary for the
execution of services.

In certain cases, when the market does not have information available, or for
determination by DNIT, unit costs of the services may be determined, with
based on the Road Cost System SICRO, of DNIT.

3.2.1. HOURLY COST OF EQUIPMENT USE

In calculating this cost, consider the variation in the equipment's useful life, based on the
nature and conditions of the services to be executed.

3.2.2. PRODUCTION

In calculating the teams' productions, consider the specific conditions of each.

project.

3.2.3. INDIRECT COSTS

In these calculations, consider the volume of the work and the structure of the company for each project.
specific.

3.2.4. CODIFICATIONS AND UNITS

The cost spreadsheets will contain the coding from the Coding System.
of Items Related to Road Construction, from DNIT, and the costs will be calculated
in the recommended units for measuring them in the general specifications,
complementary and particular.

IS-220 - Service Instruction for Project Budget of the Work

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 353

3.2.5. STUDY OF TRANSPORT COSTS

In the transportation cost study, local costs will be determined, as well as,
the costs of commercial transportation necessary for the execution of the work.

4 PRESENTATION

4.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

The presentation at this stage will be made through the Basic Engineering Report to which
corresponds to the volume detailed below:

BASIC REPORT

Volume Species Products Format

Budget of the alternatives;
Budget and Plan
4 Elements for economic analysis; A4
of Execution
Determination of the costs of service items

4.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

The presentation at this stage will be made through the Final Report, of the Engineering Project to
that corresponds, as indicated below:

FINAL REPORT

Volume Species Products Format

− Text demonstrating the conception of the studies
carried out;
− Market research frameworks;
− Hourly usage cost charts of
Budget and Plan equipment;
4 of Execution of − Production boards of the mechanical teams; A4
Work − Demonstrative for the amounts adopted for the
indirect costs of the work;
− Unit cost composition charts;
− Quantity tables;
− Budget frames.

The models of the frames will be those recommended in the Cost Composition Manual
Road workers, from DNIT.

IS-220 - Service Instruction for Project Budgeting

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 354

ANNEX B21
IS-221 SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR PROJECT OF
HIGHWAY OPERATION AND MANAGEMENT

1 OBJECTIVE

Provide subsidies for the development of studies and projects necessary for
characterization and quantification of the operation and management systems of the highway for the
granting of the same for exploitation by the private sector.

Therefore, the operation and management project will be developed based on the cash flow.
of the venture, based on the schedule of revenues and expenditures.

2 STAGES OF STUDIES

The studies for the development of the operation and management project will be carried out in
three phases:

a) Characterization and quantification of the services to be developed;

b) Cost estimates for the performance of the specified services;

c) Alignment of projects with the results of the feasibility analysis.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF STUDIES

The definition of standards for operational activities will be the responsibility of the class and the TMD.
(average daily traffic) of the highway under study, and will be based on the recommendations of
publicationBasic Procedures for Highway Operation, DNER.

Several operating systems compose the operation of a highway. The main ones, type
special classes, with high traffic demands, should cover all the
systems indicated in this service instruction.

Rural roads, with low daily volumes, will dispense with several activities.
operational, allowing for the adjustment of the exploitation regime to the revenue forecast.

The systems that make up the operational activities of a highway are:

a) Toll operation and collection system;

b) Vehicle weighing system;

c) Highway inspection system;

d) Incident response system;

e) Traffic enforcement support system;

IS-221 - Service Instruction for the Operation and Management Project of the Highway
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 355

f) Security and property surveillance system;

g) Traffic control system;

h) User support system:

– mechanical service subsystem;

emergency medical service subsystem;

communication subsystem with the user;

– information subsystem for travelers;

i) Electronic control system;

j) Road management system;

k) Monitoring system.

The most appropriate efficiency standard for each of the mentioned systems as well
It will depend on the class of the highway and the traffic demand that circulates through it.

3.1. OPERATING ACTIVITIES – CHARACTERIZATION AND QUANTIFICATION

3.1.1. TOLL OPERATING AND COLLECTION SYSTEM

The toll collection activity aims to charge the usage fee, having as
basic objective is the economic viability of management, operation, maintenance and
road maintenance. It is carried out at the toll plazas, encompassing the building of
administration and collection cabins.

The service at the toll booths will be structured to impose the minimum of
delay to users, prevent vehicle evasion and provide adequate conditions of
safety for both employees and users and the capital raised.
It will operate on a rotating shift system, 24 hours a day.

The choice of the most suitable system of control and collection at toll plazas,
must analyze various aspects in order to optimize the resources to be collected,
minimize operational costs and delays experienced by users. These aspects are the
following:

a) Open system: corresponds to what is practiced on most highways, characterized by

a road with free access and some toll plazas with transversal blockage
located on the track itself, at regular intervals along the length of the highway.

b) Closed system: provides for intense access control, that is, entry accesses
Exits to the highway are limited to a restricted number of locations. In all these
places a small toll plaza (blockade toll). Upon entering
on the highway, the vehicle is registered at the toll plaza of the entry access, and the
The fee to be paid is calculated at the highway exit, at the exit toll plaza.

IS-221 - Service Instruction for Road Operation and Management Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 356

c) Bidirectional charging: it appears to be the most suitable solution for the

maximization of revenues, especially when there is traffic attractiveness on routes
alternatives, when the vehicle flow does not require a high number of booths and
there is availability of domain strip.
d) Unidirectional charging: it has been the most applied solution when the route presents
strong attractiveness, without alternative routes and high demands for commuting traffic. In this
if the user's time consumption is limited to a passage, what contributes to
minimize the negative operational effects associated with the installation of the squares of
toll, as well as the costs of installation and operation of toll plazas.
e) One-way street: it is more suitable where the flow in one direction of traffic is
equivalent to the opposite flow and the highway is not subject to seasonal factors.

f) Reversible lane: it is more suitable for highways subject to tourist traffic, with
peaks during vacation periods and extended holidays. In other words, the square of
toll would require a very large number of booths in each direction of
circulation, to meet the peaks of going and coming back, which would remain idle at other times
days of the year.

g) Manual collection: it is the most traditional solution. For each collection hook
a collector is used, with the mission of classifying and collecting the toll amount
directly from the drivers, issuing change and the receipt. The performance of this system,
when it involves a fare value that requires change, it is in a range between 180 to 250
vehicles/hour, depending on the composition of the flow at the toll booth being more or
less homogeneous.

h) Semi-automatic collection: the most suitable technology involves cards.

intelligent" with or without contact, only read or still read/write and
As for the payment method, both prepayment and post-payment can be used.
payment. The performance of this system is on the order of 600 vehicles/hour.

i) Automatic charging (IAV - Automatic Vehicle Identification): for the

the system operation is necessary to install on board the vehicles (usually in
windshield) a small identifier (TAG) that, near the square, interacts
with the telematic network that, at each pass, records and reads the information
necessary for the definition of the tariff. The tariff is then debited from the bank account of
user, or deducted from the credit acquired in advance, equivalent to a
number of tickets previously established. The capacity of each lane can
reach 1,600 vehicles/hour.

The duration of operation of the number of toll lanes and the number
the collector's correspondent should be sized according to the volume of
traffic by time of day, performance of each of the modalities
collection, and the progressive adherence throughout the concession period, by part of the
users, in relation to the semi-automatic and automatic billing systems.

IS-221 - Service Instruction for Road Operation and Management Project

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 357

If IAV or semi-automatic billing is adopted, the following must be observed

following aspects of interoperability, to ensure compatibility with others
systems in operation:

a) os protocolos de comunicação que venham a ser estabelecidos pelo Ministério das

Telecommunications in conjunction with the Ministry of Transport;

b) the IAV systems of adjacent segments on the same highway or on highways

transversal;

c) the smart cards in operation in the public transport systems of

main border cities;

d) establish technological migration horizons to consolidate operability

among the systems.

The choice of the most suitable location for the installation of toll plazas should
consider, whenever possible, the following criteria:

− avoid urban sections, not just to minimize problems with the

local communities, but also to reduce costs related to expropriation;
− observance of topographic and geotechnical conditions at the edges of the highway,
reducing the costs of widening the road and prioritizing the embankment sections
for construction facilities;
− thorough field visits and conversations with the resident engineers, in order to
avoid toll plazas on road sections that coincide with alternative routes,
and the toll evasion through the auxiliary passage of the toll plaza;
− search for sections with a grade around 1%, preferably with the flows
arriving at the square on an ascending ramp, facilitating the deceleration maneuver;

− sections with a minimum tangent of around 800 m;

− passages that do not present works of art, in order to minimize costs for the
runway widening;
− observe the location of toll plazas planned or in operation in
adjacent segments or on cross highways.

3.1.2. VEHICLE WEIGHING SYSTEM

The vehicle weighing system aims to monitor overloading.

in commercial vehicles, which results in substantial damage to road infrastructure. The
the calibration process is mainly directed at cargo vehicles, and should measure the weight
gross total and the weight per axle.

Vehicles that show excess load, according to the limits imposed by

Brazilian Traffic Code - CTB, will be fined and detained (except for exceptions
expected), until they normalize the weight conditions.

IS-221 - Service Instruction for the Operation and Management Project of the Highway
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 358

The studies for the development of the vehicle weighing project on a highway should
to contemplate two alternative ways to carry out the activities: through posts
fixed and the second through mobile posts.

The fixed station provides more accurate measurement, as all vehicles subject to
supervision is evaluated.

The process is carried out in two stages, making it more agile and avoiding the formation
from queues for weighing. The first is selective weighing, in which the measurement is less
it is necessary, but it presents as an advantage the fact that the vehicles are weighed at a
speed close to that adopted for circulation on the road (approximately 50 km/h),
thus providing a dynamic flow in the weighing process.

Only those vehicles that present some irregularity in the selective weighing,
for being very close to the weight limits, or exceeding them, or still, by
the verification process did not occur satisfactorily, they are then directed to
precision weighing. reduced speed (around 5 km/h to 8 km/h). In case
upon confirming the irregularity, the driver is instructed to park the vehicle and proceed to
checkpoint, for recording violations. Otherwise, you are advised to continue your
journey.

Mobile weighing consists of using portable scales, transported by vehicles.

utility vehicles of the VAN outrailer type, which are connected to microcomputers for
storage of information, subsequently transferred to a central computer.
The selection of vehicles for weighing at mobile stations is done by sampling. The
scales are installed at weighing sites, as described in the Procedures
Basics for Highway Operations - DNER.

The studies for the development of the weighing system will be carried out in a way
careful, with the purpose of implementing an efficient system that is capable of ensuring the
compliance with the rules regarding the weight limits established in the CTB. During
the development of the work, observe some issues such as:

a) alternative escape routes, especially for the location of fixed posts, due to the
high cost of setting up the installation;

b) traffic generation poles of heavy vehicles: factories, agricultural cooperatives,

warehouses;

c) transshipment terminals: ports, road-rail terminals, among others;

d) the circulation (lines of desire) of heavy vehicle traffic in the area of influence
of the highway under study;

e) intersections and junctions that allow for the connection between highways, or rather,
the redistribution of traffic on the road network;
f) classification of the heavy vehicle fleet according to the number and types of axles;

IS-221 - Instrução de Serviço para Projeto de Operação e Gestão da Rodovia

Diretrizes Básicas para Elaboração de Estudos e Projetos Rodoviários 359

g) main goods transported on the road network influencing the route in

study.

It is important to highlight this activity, remembering that the damage to public property
caused by vehicles with excess load will require the return of financial resources
much greater compared to those required for the adoption of preventive measures
for the implementation of a cargo vehicle weighing system.

3.1.3. HIGHWAY INSPECTION SYSTEM

The inspection system is what keeps the highway permanently patrolled by

Patrol or inspection vehicles. These will be driven by traffic operators.
properly qualified to act in cases of incidents.

The constant patrolling of the road allows for the detection of any interfering anomaly in the
security and smoothness of vehicular flow, which may cause congestion or even
more serious traffic accidents. The longer the detection of something
occurrence, greater deterioration of the operating conditions of the road and consequently,
greater the effort to be made for the restoration of normal conditions.

The patrol vehicles should also provide assistance for the transport of special cargo.
or extraordinary, as well as initial assistance to users who are victims of mechanical failure
or traffic accidents, until the rescue teams arrive.

Depending on the class of the highway, the inspection activity of the road may be carried out.
with greater or lesser frequency:

a) Rural roads: the inspection may be carried out on a daily basis and even
weekly

b) Special class highways, mainly those located at crossings of

urban areas: patrol procedures at intervals of up to 30 minutes
each. In this case, it is necessary to assess the installation of devices, such as closed circuit
of TV, vehicle flow sensing, among others, in order to maintain surveillance
permanent on the road.

3.1.4. INCIDENT RESPONSE SYSTEM

An incident is the reflection of the occurrence of some event interfering with the conditions.
operating standards of the roadway, which may result in losses to fluidity, safety and
comfort in the movement of users. Therefore, it is of vital importance to re-establish
the initial conditions of the road, eliminating the causes that caused the incident.

The most common cases of incidents with damage to road traffic, in addition to accidents
of traffic and mechanical breakdowns are:

a) fire in the riparian vegetation;

IS-221 - Service Instruction for Highway Operation and Management Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 360

b) animal on the track;

c) landslides and damage to the road platform;

d) adverse weather conditions;

e) congestion

f) cargo spillage;

g) others.

In these cases, the action of traffic operators becomes imperative to avoid the
occurrence of accidents or more serious developments. Sometimes, it may be
it is necessary to call third-party institutions such as: Fire Department, organisms of
governmental environmental protection, whenever a more specific action is required.
It will be up to the operators of the Operational Control Center - CCO, after diagnosis of
Field by the operators of the inspection vehicles, request these aids.

The incident response system will be carried out by patrol or inspection vehicles.
utility type, crewed by a traffic operator duly trained to act in these
situations. In addition to the utility vehicles, the system should also include water trucks and trucks
from cattle for removal of animals on the track.

The water trucks will be useful in assisting with firefighting or in cleaning the
track, in case of spillage of lubricating loads or others that pose a risk to the
pavement, the structures of bridges and other road devices. Essential the
team training, especially in the transportation of hazardous materials, so as to
prevent the contamination of watercourses or groundwater by chemical products.

For the incident response system project, follow the recommendations of the
publication Basic Procedures for Highway Operation - DNER, regarding the
maximum response time for incidents, depending on the class of the highway.

3.1.5. TRAFFIC MONITORING SUPPORT SYSTEM

Traffic enforcement is an exclusive task of the Highway Police. It is an action

preventive, it avoids the occurrence of accidents or incidents that may pose a risk of
life to the users of the highway or damage to public property.

It basically consists of investigating:

a) Condition of the vehicles (in the case of trucks, also the accommodation)
of the load on the bodywork);
b) Physical and psychological condition of the drivers;

c) Behavior while driving the vehicle;

d) Providing assistance to other supervisory bodies, such as at the request of

Department of Finance in the investigation of tax invoices.

IS-221 - Service Instruction for Operation and Management Project of the Highway
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 361

Since this task is exclusive to the police contingent, it will be included in the program of
exploration of the highway, a set of interventions aimed at promoting the
ideal conditions for the police force to perform their duties well.

Consider the reform of existing police stations, up to the provision of new ones.
communication systems, radars, breathalyzers, vehicles and fuel, as well as
computers and peripherals.

Also anticipate providing logistical support for police inspection actions, not
only in the verification operations, but regarding the overt policing.
It has been found that this type of action inhibits the undesirable behavior of some.
drivers in the direction of their vehicles.

3.1.6. PROPERTY GUARD AND MONITORING SYSTEM

The asset protection and surveillance system aims to ensure the preservation of the heritage.
public, of the road's facilities and devices, and ensure the physical integrity of
employees of the concessionaire and users who are using the highway.

Thus, to contemplate the highway with property surveillance structure, which may
third-party service, to keep efforts focused on conservation and operation of the
highway.

The toll plazas will have a permanent surveillance force that must provide
the necessary assistance to the areas of handling and storage of the collected funds.

3.1.7. TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEM

The traffic monitoring and control system must perform in such a way
integrated with other systems and in a centralized manner, through the CCO - Central of
Operational Control and as a basic assignment, to permanently monitor the highway in
its entire extent. Thus, when detecting any anomaly or occurrence, the CCO
must be able to trigger the corresponding resource to correct the situation. For
for example, in case of a mechanical failure suffered by the user, the CCO will receive the request,
will activate the corresponding Operational Base in order to provide mechanical assistance
to the user, in the shortest possible time.

The occurrences on the highway can be perceived through the user's request.
(call through a special telephone line), via sensors spread out
along the way (CCTV, fog sensors, for example) or through the
participation of other systems (inspection vehicles or by the highway police).

The interventions may be carried out by the CCO itself (for example, triggering of
variable message panels) or by the support units located on the track (bases
operational and inspection patrol vehicles). Those that are considered essential are those that
to act in emergency situations that interfere with the conditions of fluidity and

IS-221 - Service Instruction for Road Operation and Management Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 362

road safety, implementing the required signage for these conditions and
promoting the removal of vehicles and accident victims.

3.1.8. USER SERVICE SYSTEM

[Link]. MECHANICAL SERVICE SUBSYSTEM

The mechanical assistance system provides help to users who experience breakdowns.
mechanical or electrical.

Performs small repairs, such as a possible tire change, or the removal of

vehicle broken down to a place where the user can obtain external assistance.

O sistema de atendimento mecânico será desempenhado por mecânicos/eletricistas com

qualification of drivers, based on BOs (Operational Bases) to be implemented
along the highways. The vehicles used are heavy-duty trailers or type
Medium, for the removal of broken down vehicles.

The sizing of human and material resources for the service system
mechanic will be based on the fleet classification (high percentages of vehicles
heavies require a larger number of heavy trailers) and maximum time of
service, that is: the maximum time in which the rescue team must provide assistance
user assistance needed from the detection of the occurrence of the CCO. This
the maximum speed will depend on the class of the road, and its determination must follow
the recommendations contained in the Basic Procedures for Highway Operation
doDNER.

[Link]. EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICE SUBSYSTEM

The emergency medical care system consists of rescue, in the provision of

first aid and in the removal of injured persons to hospitals and health care facilities
municipalities cut off by the highway. Therefore, agreements will be made with the
health institutions for the care of accident victims
traffic.

The emergency medical service team will be based in Operational Bases.

(BOs) to be implemented along the road. The team must have at least one doctor.
In this case, the doctor will be based at the CCO and all care will be monitored.
through radio communication with the rescuer.

The sizing of human and material resources for the service system
The emergency doctor should follow the recommendations contained in the Rescue Manual.
Accident victims, DNIT.

IS-221 - Service Instruction for Road Operation and Management Project

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 363

[Link]. USER COMMUNICATION SUBSYSTEM

The communication system with the user is relevant, especially on the highways under
tolls; users are always more demanding because they have paid the amount to
road circulation fee.

The different channels that allow users to communicate with the control team
from the highway are the following:

Call box

b) Special telephone line;

c) Service counters at LAU (user service location);

d) Suggestion and complaint collection boxes.

[Link]. INFORMATION SYSTEM FOR TRAVELERS

It is one of the most relevant systems, considering the importance of the

information about the services offered and how to act in case of need. The
user behavior can negatively interfere with the safety and fluidity of the roadway.

Constant monitoring of the highways allows the user to be informed about

possible anomalies that occur on the road and prepare to face them, which
contributes not only to user satisfaction but, mainly, to minimize
more serious occurrences such as traffic accidents and major congestion.

Depending on the class of the highway, there may be different ways to provide
information for travelers, such as:

a) Variable message panels (VMP): inform drivers in real time,

about any anomaly or incident on the highway. This procedure contributes to
monitoring of traffic flow, minimizing the chances of occurrence of
accidents;

b) Vertical signage: signage boards will inform travelers of the locations of

tourist interest, services and leisure or rest. They will also convey information
institutional interests of the concessionaire, operational services offered,
toll rates and maximum permitted weight;
c) Agreements with AM/FM radios in the region: broadcast bulletins on the conditions of
operation and maintenance of the road, weather conditions, educational messages;

d) Informative brochures: intended to disseminate specific topics, such as

educational campaigns, changes in service or billing systems
toll (implementation of the IAV, for example), occasional materials with deadlines for
limited disclosure;

IS-221 - Service Instruction for Road Operation and Management Project

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 364

e) Monthly newspaper: its purpose is to provide important information to users,

according to the priorities of the concessionaire.

3.1.9. ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM

The electronic control system will use several auxiliary equipment in the process of
road monitoring. The advancement of electronics and computing has allowed
considerable developments in this area, providing automation in
operational procedures, eliminating errors and optimizing the performance of the whole
system.

The following table presents some of these devices, according to the

operational activity for which it is intended. Some of these have alternative forms of
operation, which should be analyzed in order to determine which is the most suitable
for the situation.

SYSTEM DEVICES

Variable message panels (VMPs)

Suspended electronic sensors or embedded in the pavement
Control System of
Internal TV circuit with cameras on the track
Traffic
Radio communication equipment
Weather stations

SYSTEM DEVICES

Assistance System for Call boxes or track telephony

User Remote sensing system by TV image

The advent of semi-automatic and automatic billing systems, represented by the use
IAV brings numerous advantages for users and operators, as indicated below:

a) Reduces the impedance caused in traffic flow, since it allows for drainage.
much larger vehicle fleet, especially for automatic cabins (IAV);

b) Enables huge automation of procedures, representing a reduction in

operational costs of toll plazas, as they do not require the structure of
accounting and treasury required for manual collection;

c) Reduces the handling of values, arising from the use of other means of
payment.

Considering the data storage potential of the TAGs used in the IAV and the
project to offer an intelligent highway for all users, where vehicles
commercial vehicles operating according to the standards set by the CTB may
to stop the journey not only at toll plazas, but also in
weighing stations, police, state and international inspection posts, with a view
To Mercosur, it is necessary to monitor technological evolution to expand the use of IAV for
the operation of inspection and weighing stations.

IS-221 - Service Instruction for Road Operation and Management Project

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 365

IS-221 - Service Instruction for the Operation and Management Project of the Highway
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 366

3.1.10. ROAD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

The road management system aims to manage the daily operations of the
requests regarding the highways in question. It consists succinctly of the approval
or not giving users' requests, causing interference in the day-to-day of highways, or
interactions in physical patterns.

The functions to be addressed in management are:

a) Monitoring of vehicles holding special transit authorization (AET)

for the circulation of oversized loads;

b) Monitoring of the circulation of hazardous goods;

c) Authorization for the construction of accesses to the adjacent properties;

d) Authorization for the construction of access to traffic generation hubs (PGT);

e) Authorization for the use of the right-of-way by public service concessionaires;

(energy, telecommunications, among others);

Authorization for the holding of events (sports, political, among others) within the
right of way of the highways, including the partial closure of the road;

g) Authorization for placing advertising in the right-of-way of the highway;

Some issues involve other agencies, such as the case of the Highway Police.
(excess and special loads, events on the track, among others), from environmental agencies
environment (hazardous loads) and so on. Given the number of those involved, the
highway monitoring should be carried out swiftly, facilitating the processing of
data, so as not to harm the planning phase that such processes usually
require.

3.1.11. MONITORING SYSTEM

Monitoring activities are present in all aspects of management.

of highways, whether in planning, design, execution of works, or provision of
services, operational control and development, maintenance, preservation, among
others.

No caso das atividades operacionais é incumbência da equipe de monitoração

to continuously monitor the quality of the services provided, not only in
which refers to operating systems, but also to monitoring conditions
operational aspects of the involved roads, such as service levels, accident rates, delays, and
and so on.

User satisfaction based on the adopted quality standard must be, ultimately
analysis, the parameter that will guide the management of the highway.

IS-221 - Service Instruction for the Operation and Management Project of the Highway
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 367

The aspects to be permanently monitored, that is, evaluated in a...

continues with the purpose of measuring the performance of operational activities are the
the following:

a) Monitoring of the operational conditions of the road;

b) Monitoring of the quantities and rates of accidents;

c) Monitoring user satisfaction regarding the highways in question.

The monitoring of the operating conditions of the roads aims to assess.

permanently to the road circulation, through parameters such as level of service and
average speed.

The goal of studying traffic accidents is to understand the causes and frequency,
types and severity, enabling the adoption of measures and predicting interventions on the road, both
in the physical and/or operational aspect, which allow to minimize security issues,
or eliminate them. For this activity, several publications from DNER must be followed,
as the Handbook of Analysis and Identification of Critical Segments and the Guide of
Reduction of Accidents Based on Low-Cost Engineering Measures, among
others.

In addition to the data obtained in the previous stages, further actions may be taken.
public opinion surveys (level of education, family income, origin and destination, among
others), desires and preferences, and then outline your profile.

In the highways granted to the private sector, the management work should be carried out by
own dealership, which must constantly assess the quality of its
services.

3.2. COST ESTIMATION

After the characterization of the operating system, made up of various subsystems

cited, the services must be quantified in human and material resources. In
in relation to employees, consider vacation periods, holidays, and rest
weekly, based on the work schedules and the labor laws in effect at the time
of the study.

Once quantified, they should be budgeted based on the spreadsheets.

from DNIT for human resources, and consulted manufacturers and suppliers of
equipment and devices. Regarding the latter, they will still be detailed for
each device and equipment, the model and specification, suppliers and the dates of
research.

3.3. ADJUSTMENT TO FEASIBILITY STUDIES

IS-221 - Service Instruction for Highway Operation and Management Project

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 368

To identify the viable operational pattern for the highway, it will be necessary
promote adjustments in the quantity and quality of the services initially planned, well
how to define the most appropriate year to start the execution of services throughout the
concession. This iterative work will be developed in conjunction with the team of
economic-financial-feasibility analysis.

4 PRESENTATION

The Highway Operation and Management Project will be presented in the Final Report of
Highway Exploration Program - PER, which corresponds to:

IS-221 - Service Instruction for Road Operation and Management Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 369

ANNEX B22
IS-222 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR PRESENTATION OF
WORK EXECUTION PLAN

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services included in the Work Execution Plan, necessary for
implementation of Road Engineering Projects.

2 PHASES OF THE PLAN

The Construction Execution Plan will be prepared in a single phase, the Project Phase.
Executive and will consist of:

a) Service attack plan;

b) Timelines;

c) Sizing and layout of the facilities necessary for the execution of services.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PLAN

The execution plan of the work will consist of:

3.1. WORK ATTACK PLAN

Presentation of the rational sequence of the set of activities that should be executed.
of the project, indicating the problems of a climatic, administrative, technical and
segurança; época do início dos trabalhos; período de execução; conseqüência da
location, type of construction and other conditioning factors for construction, including
implications with traffic, in the case of existing highways.

The execution plan for the work, to be drawn up for each construction lot, will take into account
considering the aspects related to climate and rainfall, notably concerning
to the rainy season and number of rainy days per month, logistical support, deadline for the
execution of the works, minimum equipment and attack plan for the services.

3.2. EQUIPMENT USE SCHEDULE

Determination of quantity, type, and period of occupation of various equipment

necessary for the execution of the work, as well as a list of the minimum equipment.

IS-222 - Service Instruction for Project Execution Plan of Works

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 370

3.3. PHYSICAL AND FINANCIAL SCHEDULE

Graphical representation of the execution plan (covering all phases, mobilization and
demobilization) and the financial scheme, resulting from the sum of the quantities by
unit prices.

3.4. DIMENSIONING AND LAYOUT OF INSTALLATIONS

Definition of the locations of the administrative yards and industrial facilities, thus
how, establishment of sizing and preparation of the layout of the facilities,
presenting the work as a whole.

4 PRESENTATION

The Execution Plan of the Works will be presented in the Final Report of the Project.
Engineering to which it corresponds, and will consist of:

FINAL REPORT

Volume Report Discrimination Format

− Texts presenting the execution of the plan;
− Attack plan for the project;
Plan of − Physical and financial schedule, dates and deadlines of
4 execution of the Likely implementation work of the project; A4
Work − List of minimum required equipment;
− List of technical staff;
− Sizing layout of installations.

IS-222 - Service Instruction for Project of Work Execution Plan

Basic Guidelines for Preparing Road Studies and Projects 371

ANNEX B23
IS-223 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR EVALUATION AND RE-DIMENSIONING
OF EXISTING SPECIAL WORKS OF ART

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services included in the Assessment and Resizing of
Special artworks existing in the Feasibility Studies and in the Projects of
Road Engineering.

This service instruction will be applied in common cases, except in cases

specials, in which the importance of the work defines the need for the use of methods
more precise and addressing other aspects, there will be a need for a scope of
work and specific service instructions, covering other methodologies and the
employment of more specialized instruments.

In the same way, when in a previous stage, both in the preliminary phase and in the
preliminary project, the results obtained from the technical-economic comparisons will define
clearly the abandonment of one or more existing works of art, this activity may
to be suppressed.

2 STAGES OF THE STUDY

The evaluation and resizing of the existing special artworks will be carried out.
in two phases:

a) Basic Design Phase;

b) Executive Design Phase.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE STUDY

It will consist of:

a) Data collection;

b) Processing and analysis of the collected data;

c) Conclusions and recommendations;

d) Resizing of existing special artworks.

3.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

At this stage, the assessment of the existing special artworks will be carried out, as per
detailed below:

IS-223 - Service Instruction for the Evaluation Project and Performance of Existing Special Works ofArt
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 372

3.1.1. DATA COLLECTION

The following data will be collected:

a) surveys at the construction site:

Topographic and geometric elements of the existing work and its access points;

Geotechnical elements;

Hydrological elements.

b) surveys related to the project of the existing work:

Responsible for the project;

Execution plants;

Memoirs of calculation;
Adaptation of the project in relation to the crossing.

c) surveys related to the construction of the work:

Execution date;

Responsible for construction and oversight;

Data about the contract and events that occurred during construction;

General condition of the work in terms of implementation and construction defects.

d) surveys regarding the operation of the structure:

Operation of the parts as designed;

Conditions of operation of supports, joints, coatings, joints, and

others;

Existence of signs of subsidence, settlement, cracks, fissures, crushings,

exposed or decomposing armors, and others.

e) surveys related to the operation of the work inserted in the highway:

- Traffic safety aspects: insufficient width, signage, absence of

superelevation or superwidth, sidewalk needs, special lanes,
lighting, drainage, traffic signs, among others;

Condition of access embankments, according to stability aspects, conditions of

drainage, settlements, and others;

Existence of obstacles or need for cleaning and protection in the watercourse

you are the obstacle to overcome;

Analysis of the geometric project in conjunction with the work, related to the curve
horizontal and vertical, shoulders, and others.

IS-223 - Service Instruction for the Evaluation Project and Performance of Existing Special Works ofArt
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Highway Studies and Projects 208

In the development of the activities of this Preliminary Phase, the following must be observed
following aspects:

3.2.1. SURVEY OF THE EXISTING PAVEMENT CATALOG HISTORICAL

This survey will contain:

a) Identification of the excerpt based on the latest version of the PNV;

b) Delivery date of the pavement to traffic;

c) Information about the existing pavement, covering the characteristics of the subgrade,
thickness and composition of the pavement layers, nature and execution period
of any rehabilitation and maintenance work; and

d) Typical cross sections of the pavement.

3.2.2. TRAFFIC STUDIES

Will consist of:

a) Data related to the history of the VMD and fleet composition, obtained from DNIT;

b) Preliminary traffic estimate;

c) Volumetric and classificatory counts, carried out for at least 3 days, in the
situations where traffic data is not available or is
outdated;

d) Existing vehicle weighing data; and

e) Estimate of current traffic

3.2.3. TRAFFIC SAFETY STUDIES

Traffic safety studies aim to assess the conditions

operational aspects of the highway from the perspective of road safety. The elements obtained will be
used with the aim of ensuring that the rehabilitation project includes all the
traffic engineering measures, necessary to minimize the risks of occurrence of
traffic accidents, in the section under study, within the project horizon. Therefore,
the concentrating segments of accidents should be identified through consultation
from the following documents of the Accident Data Processing System,
DEST/DNIT:

a) Section Registration;

b) Listing of Critical Sections;

c) Listagem Relação de Acidentes em Locais Concentradores de Acidentes.

EB-114 - Basic Scope for the Preparation of Basic Engineering Project for Road Pavement Rehabilitation
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 374

4 PRESENTATION

4.1. PHASE OF BASIC PROJECT

The presentation of the evaluation of the existing special artworks, Project phase
Basic, will be carried out in the Basic Report of the Engineering Project to which it corresponds, and
will consist of:
BASIC REPORT
Volume Report Discrimination Format
− Texto com apresentação da avaliação da situação
Report / Memorandum of existing works;
1 Justification of − Proposed solution; A4
Basic Project − Calculation memory of services;
− Cost estimate of services.
Sketch of each work indicating geometry, embankments
of access and intervening aspects in the decision on
Basic Project of
2 your utilization or not; A3
Execution
Concept of the resizing project
each artwork to be designed.
List of services to be performed;
Budget and Project - Service Costs;
4 A
of Execution Physical Schedules;
Minimum Equipment List

4.2. 4.2 EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

The presentation of the resizing of existing special artworks, phase of

The Executive Project will be presented in the Final Report of the Engineering Project to which
corresponds, comprising the following volumes:
FINAL REPORT
FORMAT
VOLUME DISCRIMINATION / SUBJECTS Printing
Minute
definitive
Project Report
− Informative text of the project, summary of the studies,
1 specifications, quantities and all the elements A4 A4
necessary for the bidding of the work. It will contain elements
topographic, hydrological, and geotechnical.
Project for Execution of the Work
− Drawings, plans, profiles, and cross-sections and typical sections,
for the purposes of visualization and clarification, of the solution
2 structural of the artwork, containing detailed information of the A1 A1
foundations, infrastructure and mesostructure, shoring, molds,
framework geometric elements, safety elements,
drainage and lighting.
Justification Memo
3 A4 A4
− Memorial of the elaborated project
Calculation Memory of Structures
3B A4 A4
Budget and Execution Plan for the Work
− Demonstrative tables of construction costs;
4 − Physical schedule; A4 A4
− Minimum equipment list;
− Schedule for the use of equipment;

IS-223 - Service Instruction for the Evaluation and Performance Project of Existing Special Works ofArt
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 375

ANNEX B24
IS-224 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR EXECUTIVE SIGNALING PROJECT
FROM THE HIGHWAY DURING THE EXECUTION OF WORKS AND SERVICES

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services contained in the Signaling Project of the Highway During
The Execution of Works and Services in Road Engineering Projects.

2 PROJECT PHASES

The project will be developed in a single phase, the Executive Project Phase, and will consist of
signage that will guide users and the construction team regarding the use of the section
in the segments under construction. This signaling will have as its primary purpose the safety of
traffic, in addition to contributing to the increase in productivity of the construction team.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

This signage project will follow the recommendations of the Signage Manual.
Works and Emergencies, from DNER, also observing the Brazilian Traffic Code,
as far as it fits, and it will consist of signaling devices with the following objectives
main:

a) Notify, with the necessary advance notice, the existence of works ahead and the situation in
runway

b) Regulate the speed and other conditions for safe circulation along the
works;
c) Channel and organize the flow of vehicles near the construction site, in order to avoid movements
conflicting, reduce the risks of accidents and minimize congestion;

d) Transmit clear and properly standardized information to road users.

regarding the works.

Depending on the case in question, the signaling project should include:

− Warning signs;

− Regulatory signs;

− Informative signs;

− Horizontal signaling;

− Barriers, markers, stakes, delineators, and cones;

− Light devices, intermittent light devices, panel with illuminated arrow;

IS-224 - Service Instruction for the Signaling Project of the Highway During the Execution of the Work
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Highway Studies and Projects 376

− Flags, with signalpare (portable);

− Individual safety devices and vehicle safety devices;

− Electronic speed control devices.

4 PRESENTATION

The signage project for the highway during the execution of the works and services will be
apresentado no Relatório Final do Projeto de Engenharia a que corresponde, e constará
de:

FINAL REPORT

Volume Report Discrimination Format

− Text containing the description of the signage project
during the execution of the works;
− Listing containing the planned signaling scheme
Report of for the different lines of service;
1 A4
Project − Description of traffic control in the section under construction,
addressing the aspects of safety and fluidity of the roadway;
− Service notes containing: quantities, models, types and
sizes of the various plates and equipment used.
− Project drawings – type of signaling for the
Project of
2 different intervention models on the track. A1 / A3
Execution
Descriptive memorial and justification of the project developed
Memory
3 A4
Justification
- List of services;
Budget and
Costs;
4 Project of A4
Physical schedules
Execution

IS-224 - Service Instruction for the Signaling Project of the Highway During Construction
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 377

ANNEX B25
IS-225 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR PROJECT OF
PAVING (RIGID PAVEMENT)

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services contained in the Paving Project, Pavements
Rigid, in Road Engineering Projects.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

The Pavement Project, rigid pavements, will be developed in two phases:

a) Basic Design Phase;

b) Executive design phase.

It will consist of:

− project design for paving;

− selection of the occurrences of materials to be indicated in the project;

− dimensioning and design of the project by homogeneous subsections;

− calculation of the volumes and transportation distances of the materials used.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

The sizing methods to be used will be PCA/66 and PCA/84, presented in

item 4.6 - Design of Rigid Pavement Thickness, from the Manual
Rigid Pavements of DNER.

3.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

At this stage, the project conception will be defined, consisting of the sizing.
preliminary and structural solutions of the pavement, subject to technical-economic analysis. The
the pavement project at this stage will also provide the approximate quantities that
allow to quote the different services that compose it.

3.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

At this stage, the paving project will consist of:

a) study of the subgrade;

b) definitive establishment of the materials that will form the pavement structure;

IS-225 - Service Instruction for Pavement Project (rigid pavements)

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 378

c) sizing of the runway pavement, accesses, intersections, areas

external police stations, scales, and other installation areas for
highway operation;

d) drawings showing the cross-section, detailing of the joints (cross-section

the pagination) and the longitudinal variation of the pavement on the runways,
pull-offs, accesses, and areas of installations for highway operation.

4 PRESENTATION

The presentation of the paving project, with rigid pavement, will be done as follows
form:

4.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

At this stage, the presentation of the project will take place through the Basic Project Report.
Engineering it corresponds to, consisting of explanatory text and drawings of the solutions
proposals, as detailed below:

BASIC REPORT

Volume Discrimination Subjects Format

− Project conception;
− Frame of quantities and codes;
Report /
− Discrimination of all services; distances of
Memory
1 Justification of the
transport and quantities; A4
− Summary table of trials from the preliminary study of
Basic Project
occurrences of materials;
− Cost estimate.
− Drawings of the type cross sections, in cut and in
landfill;
Basic Project − Sketch of each occurrence of materials with tying
2 A1 / A3
of Execution two preliminary drilling holes, indicating the
location in the segment, with precise tying in relation to
to the axis of the highway;
− List of services to be performed;
Budget and
− Service costs;
4 Plan of A4
− Physical Timelines;
Execution
− List of minimum equipment

4.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

The presentation of the Pavement Project, rigid pavements, in the Project phase
The executive summary will be included in the Final Report of the corresponding Engineering Project.
understanding the following volumes:

IS-225 - Instrução de Serviço para Projeto de Pavimentação (pavimentos rígidos)

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 379

FINAL REPORT

Format
Volume Discrimination / Subject
Printing
Minute
Definitive
Project Report
− Project design;
1 A4 A4
− Discrimination of all services, quantities, and distances of
transport
Execution Project
− Summary table containing the quantities and distances of
transport of the various materials that make up the structure of
pavement
− Distribution chart of materials and layer thicknesses,
according to the model recommended by DNIT;
− Cross-section type drawings, in cut and fill, of the
2 runways, shoulders, accesses, and areas of A1 A3
installations for highway operation;
− Detailed plan of each occurrence with 1m contour lines
a 1m, indicating the location in the section, with precise tying
in relation to the highway axis;
− Positions of drilling holes, exploration area, and summary
the physical characteristics of the material;
− Other drawings that elucidate the project
Justifying Memory
− Justification for the detailed alternatives approved in
3 A4 A4
project
− Calculation memory for pavement sizing
Geotechnical Studies
− Summary tables of trials;
3A A4 A4
− Survey bulletins of material occurrences;
− Substratum survey bulletins
Budget and Execution Plan
− List of services to be performed;
4 − Cost of services; A4 A4
− Physical and financial schedule;
− List of minimum equipment

IS-225 - Service Instruction for Pavement Project (rigid pavements)

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 380

ANNEX B26
IS-226 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR AIRPHOTOGRAPHIC COVERAGE FOR
HIGHWAY ENGINEERING PROJECT

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services of Aerial Photography Coverage for Projects of
Road Engineering.

2 SERVICE PHASE

The Aerial Photographic Coverage will be executed in a single phase, the Basic Project phase.
being composed of:

a) carrying out flights that allow for the obtaining of vertical photographs of the areas
flown over, in order to allow stereoscopic vision of the entire terrain to be
aerially covered, at a scale of 1:20,000, generically, or in
any other scale if defined in the 'specific indications' of the notice. In
In principle, during the execution of this flight, the width of the strip should not be greater than 1/4 of
its length between two mandatory passing points;
b) paper photographs originating from contact copies of the negatives subject to the flight;

c) mosaic of photographs obtained from the flight area;

d) photo index of the photographs of the area subject to the flight;

e) photographic copies;

The slides will, in principle, cover the entire length of the section in the width of the lane.

3 EXECUTION OF THE SERVICE

3.1. GENERAL CONDITIONS

The flights for taking photographs will be carried out with aircraft that have
equipment that ensures to satisfy, at least, the following conditions:

a) Service ceiling: the aircraft used must have a service ceiling compatible.
with the altitude necessary to obtain the photographs at the desired scale.

b) Flight autonomy: the aircraft must have autonomy that ensures the
full use of a 'blue sky' day, for a period no less than 6 hours.
c) It is recommended to use the NAVSTAR GPS - Navigation Satellite Using Time And
Ranging Global: satellite-based system to provide 3D position and
time for receivers on board the aircraft (the system works with 21 satellites

IS-226 - Service Instructions forAerial Photography Coverage for Road Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 381

main and 3 reserves, covering a network covering any land point with 4
satellites). Like traditional navigation equipment, the
GPS receiver microprocessor provides pilots with complete information about the
navigation and the positioning of the aircraft. In this procedure, the positioning
The aircraft's position will be provided to air traffic controllers via GPS.
satellite, and no longer by radar network.
d) Aerophotogrammetric equipment: it must include a photogrammetric camera,
properly calibrated, from a reputable manufacturer and that in the general technical consensus, is
considered free of distortion, with high resolution capability, having all the
accessories that allow for the automatic capturing of photographs, along with their
optical axis as close to vertical as possible. The photographs should contain records of
altitude, data, time and numbering.

– Reference marks: the camera must produce at least 4 reference marks

in each negative whose objective is to define the center by intersection of straight lines
photography.
• Measure of the angles that connect the opposite pairs of reference marks.
This angle should be 90º plus or minus 1', and the intersection of the lines
lines must indicate the actual position of the main point with an accuracy of more
or less than 0.02 mm.

Light filter: if necessary, or required by DNIT, a light filter will be used.

whose optical characteristics will be such that the addition and use will not cause any
undesired reduction in image resolution and damage to the optical characteristics of the
camera lenses.
• The use of aerial photogrammetry camera not indicated in the proposal
will depend on the authorization of DNIT.

3.2. Aerial Survey Flight

The flight must be carried out on lines whose directions are parallel to that defined by
ideal guideline of the highway between two mandatory passage points, with maximum detour
regarding this direction of 5º (five degrees).

Incline of the airplane - The negatives should be removed, preferably, with the axis of
aerophotogrammetric camera in the vertical position. Negatives with a will be refused
tilt (angular deviation of the axis of the aerophotogrammetric camera in relation to the line
defined in the technical terms of astronomy as the zenith nadir that passes through the center
optic of the aerophotogrammetric camera at the moment of exposure) greater than 3º for each
photography is an average of 2nd in ten successive photographs.

The rotation of the photographs due to drift should not exceed 3º between two photographs.
successive.

IS-226 - Service Instruction forAerial Photography Coverage for Roadway Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Highway Studies and Projects 382

The speed of the airplane, the aperture of the diaphragm, and the exposure time must be
conjugated in such a way as to allow for the taking of high-quality photographic images
and whose drag is below the tolerated limits for the full use of photography
(smaller than the grain of the photographic emulsion).

The flights should be made at altitudes that allow for the obtaining of photographs in
required scales with maximum variations in flight altitudes of 5% in relation to the plan
average of the land.

The flight lines should be designed to ensure lateral overlap.

between photographs of 15% to 30%. The longitudinal overlap of the photographs should be of
55% to 65%.

The exposures of the negatives during the flight must be obtained during daylight hours.
that there are no clouds or areas affected by excessive shadows, leaving it up to discretion
DNIT rejects photos damaged by these elements.

3.3. MOVIES

The films to be used should be panchromatic, topographic base, fine grain,

with resolving power above 60 l/mm (sixty lines per millimeter) and of brand
reputed; and use within the validity period indicated by the manufacturer.

3.3.1. REVELATION

It will be done according to the instructions prescribed by the film manufacturer, in a manner
to ensure a 'long life' to the negatives.

3.3.2. NEGATIVES

They should present clear details, uniform density, and be free of 'smoke'.
halos, luminous stripes, static electricity marks, water spots or product stains
chemicals, risks, scratches, and signs of wear.

3.3.3. FILM ROLL

It will consist of a single strip of negatives, uncut, without splice, being all
the negatives resulting from the exposure of the same chamber. Each end of the roll
The film must have a minimum length corresponding to five exposures before.
from the first and then from the last useful photograph of the roll.

When the same film contains photographs taken over more than one day, those
regarding different days, they should be highlighted on the film roll by interval
corresponding to a minimum of five exhibitions in 'white'.

IS-226 - Service Instruction forAerial Photography Coverage for Road Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 383

At one end of the roll, the following information should be recorded:

roll number, position in the project, names of the contractor and the contracted, number of the
photographs and track, date/time of flight start/end, camera features, layovers
of photography. The rolls will be stored in specific metal containers, with
labels containing the same information recorded on the film roll.

3.4. PHOTOGRAPHIC COPIES

The photographic copies will be obtained by contact in conventional presses, being

the use of electronic presses is allowed. All copies must be clean and free of
stains resulting from poor development or improper handling. Any copy that
present evidence of harm from the presence of chemical products or treatment
inadequate, up to one year after delivery, must be replaced by the contractor. All the
paper copies provided by the contractor will have on the back a record identifying them
to roll, strip, position in the project they were part of, name of the contractor and form of agreement
with DNIT.

3.4.1. PAPER PHOTOGRAPHIC COPIES

The photographic paper to be used must be from a reputable manufacturer, semi-matte, of weight
double, and the emulsion allows for the printing of all the details recorded on the negative.

3.4.2. DEVICE

The film used in the execution of the device must be from a reputable manufacturer with the
next characteristic of stability and dimensions: the differences due to contraction and
expansion measures in the device in any direction, after processing and
drying should not exceed 1:1200. Flat, smooth glass can be used.
parallels, as a basis, as long as it meets the aforementioned stability requirement. The
The emulsion should allow for the printing of all the details recorded in the negative.

3.4.3. DEVICE REDUCTION

If necessary, reduce the device to meet the characteristics of the aviograph or

autograph, must be done in such a way that this operation does not introduce any
reduction in image resolution and that no distortions are introduced
strange in the reduced slide besides the already existing one in the negative. This slide
must meet the requirements described in 3.3.2

3.5. SLIDE

The relative photo indices for the contracted services will be presented in a defined form.
by DNIT and reduced scale for1On a scale of contact copies. The assembly of
The photo index will be such that the northwest corner of each photograph is left exposed.

IS-226 - Service Instruction forAerial Photography Coverage for Road Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 384

Each photograph will carry a label with its number printed and easily
legible to the naked eye on the photoindex scale.

The photographs that interest more than one board must, necessarily,
appear in the photo indices of each of the boards.

The negatives of the photoindices, just like the positive copies of them, will receive
laboratory treatment that prevents the occurrence of defects due to manipulation
inadequate.

Each photoindex will have, at its top, enough space to accommodate

legend to be indicated in due course by DNIT. Another will be reserved at the bottom.
space, in which the framework for articulating the boards will be launched, year of acquisition
the photographs, characteristics of the cameras used and scale of the photo index.

The names of the municipal headquarters and the main geographical features will be announced.
our photoindices.

3.6. MOSAIC

They will be made using all the consecutive photos in semi-matte, assembled
in rigid and thin material, uncontrolled and as follows:

a) The shape and size of each board will be specified by DNIT, according to the
shape and size of the area.

b) The overlap of adjacent plates will be equal to or greater than 5 cm.

c) The centers of the photographs used in the mosaic will be marked by means of
crosses of 1 cm by 1 cm.

d) Crosses will be marked, if applicable, at notable coordinate points of the

reticulation of the adopted coordinate system. In the absence of a system of
coordinates, crossbars will be marked at notable coordinate points of
UTM system adopted in Brazil, or geographic coordinates.

e) Mark an arrow indicating true north, in a shape and location to be defined by the
DNIT.
f) The copies used in the making of the mosaic will be the same ones used in the
photoindex assembly.
g) All known and identifiable toponymy in the photographs will be included in the mosaic, by
letters in a type to be defined by DNIT.

The mosaics will be reproduced at the same scale as the photographs.

i) The mosaics will be reproduced, photographically, by contact and the presentation will be
on double weight semi-matte paper. In the copying of the negatives to obtain

IS-226 - Service Instruction forAerial Photography Coverage for Road Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for Preparing Road Studies and Projects 385

of the leaves, apply 'masks' with margins, wording, and position to be defined by
DNIT.

3.7. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS

Having favorable weather conditions for the execution of photogrammetric flight, in

any area of the region to be covered and the service executor not maintaining, in these.
occasions, at least one aircraft and its respective crew capable of carrying out the
scheduled flight, DNIT may, upon verifying this situation, understand that the contracted party
not fulfilling the contract.

When necessary, the contractor will present a photogrammetry quality test for each
film reel. For these tests, slides from a "suit" of negatives will be used,
allowing to verify in a refund device the relative orientation of a pair and if the
transport to the neighboring pair is processed regularly. These devices will be delivered
to DNIT, along with the written opinion of the test results, mentioning the
used device.

Será feita reambulação no campo para poder atender as normas de procedimento

described in 3.4 and 3.5.

Consider, when necessary, the prior signaling and marking of points in

land so that when the photogrammetric flight is executed, these points are visibly
impressed in the photograph, later serving as support for restitution.

4 PRESENTATION

Aerial photogrammetry services will be presented in the Basic Report of

Engineering project that corresponds to, as indicated below:

BASIC REPORT

Volume Species Subject Format

− Texto descrevendo as condições e características
from the execution of the service, of the flight equipment and
Report / Memory
Photographic preliminary, altitude, speed, scale,
1 Justification of A4
type of film, records on slides;
Basic Project
− Comments on the slides, photographs,
mosaics and photo index.
− Mosaics;
Basic Project of
2 − Photo index A1
Engineering

IS-226 - Service Instruction forAerial Photography Coverage for Road Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 386

ANNEX B27
IS-227 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR AEROPHOTOGRAMMETRIC REFUND
FIELD SUPPORT FOR ROAD ENGINEERING PROJECT

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services of Aerophotogrammetric Restitution and Field Support
for Road Engineering Projects.

2 STUDY PHASE

The aerial photogrammetry restitution will be carried out in a single phase, the Project Phase.
Básico.

3 EXECUTION OF THE SERVICE

3.1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

The Aerophotogrammetric restitution will consist of:

a) Implementation of a main planimetric polygon with geodetic treatment of

basic support with monumented benchmarks of approximately 10 km by 10 km, to
length of the chosen route for the road preliminary project. It must be tied to the network
of 1st order from IBGE, unless stated otherwise.

b) Implementation of a secondary topographic planimetric polygon with markers

monuments with approximate sides of 1 km, along the chosen path for the
road design project and tied to the main polygon.

c) Implementation of a leveling line with RRNN launched every 0.5 km.

along the chosen route for the road preliminary project.

d) Aerophotogrammetric restitution, which will be carried out when not specified in

opposite, on the scale of E = 1:5,000, with contour lines spaced 5 m apart.
from the surface defined by the chosen outline for the road preliminary project. The scale
The reimbursement will be indicated in the specific conditions of the notice or suggested by
Consultant; in case of justifying and presenting separately in the price proposal, the
increase in cost that the change in the reimbursement scale will entail for the project.

e) Allow the use of digitized contour lines, through a digitizing tablet,

enabling the obtainment of planimetric data for the representation of the position of the
contour lines at up to double the scale and reduction in vertical equidistance.
therefore, standard computer devices should be used
IBM-PC that allows the scanning of points, lines, and polygons from images

IS-227 - Service Instruction for Aerophotogrammetric Refund and Field Support for Road Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 387

digital, with the simultaneous transformation to the space coordinate system

the objective is the storage of information in magnetic file in vector form.

f) Use of GIS - Geographic Information System that allows for the use of
compression technology in file structures.

3.2. MAIN POLYGONAL PLANIMETRY

3.2.1. EQUIPMENT SIZING

[Link]. MEASUREMENT OF ANGLES

The following technical characteristics will be used for the theodolites:

a) Sensitivity of the tubular level of the alidade of 20"/2 mm (variation of 20" for a
displacement of the heating bubble by 2 mm;

b) Direct reading of 1" (one second) of arc on the lines, horizontal and vertical;
c) Increase of the image through the objective by at least 28 times. In addition, it will be
employee signaling using heliotropes, or another similar system that ensures
desired aiming and the precision required for the implementation of the polygon
main planimetric.

[Link]. LINEAR MEASURES

Distance meters operating in any range of the electromagnetic spectrum will be used.
since they have nominal accuracy above: E = ± (1.5 cm + 4 x 10-6D)

Sending: E = standard deviation, D = average side;

Enable the measurement of the sides of the main polygon (PP) in just one run.

Proceed with the meteorological readings of pressure and temperature (dry and wet) to define
the refractive index. They should be obtained with instruments compatible with the precision
of the measurement system.

It is also recommended to use Total Stations for optimizing the work.

In light of the possibility of dispensing with field notebooks, in addition to storing
large amount of data and eliminate annotation errors, very common in services
field topographics.

These devices combine, in a single unit, the measurement of angles and distances,
presenting advantages over traditional equipment regarding collection,
storage, processing, importation and exportation of data collected in the field.

It is equipment with an active sensor, as it receives and records data from a

beam of radiation in the infrared range, generated by itself, and that reaches prisms
IS-227 - Service Instruction for Aerophotogrammetric Refund and Field Support for Road Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Elaboration of Road Studies and Projects 388

placed over the target object, returning by reflection and exciting the sensors of the
same generating source.

They use internal software capable of processing area calculations, coordinates of

points, heights, differences in level, inclined and reduced distances resulting in safety and
great time savings in work done in the office. The software
Topographic maps should be in ASCII, DXF, or DGN format, which in addition perform the
calculations must also edit drawings through the CAD function, contributing to the
automation of the projects.

− The calibration of electronic distance measuring devices must be carried out, both for
theodolites and levels, as for Total Stations through the use of the Standard
13.133.

3.2.2. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The topographic area to be mapped for the road project preliminary design has been chosen.
A planar polygon should be implemented on the site within this area.
called principal planimetric polygon (PP) having the following characteristics
techniques:

a) Measurements of the sides of the polygonal (PP) will be approximately 10 km, tolerated
sides greater than 5 km and less than 15 km.

b) The polygonal (PP) must be tied to first-order vertices of the basic network, being
that the starting vertex and the destination vertex must be different.

c) Performing astronomical azimuth controls whenever necessary, to

ensure the accuracy requested by the polygon (PP), for every 10 bids.
d) The vertices of the polygon (PP) will be intervisible, the measurements taken from vertex to
vertex of the polygonal (PP) without any intermediate operation.

e) The closure of the polygon (PP) must be:

Relative error of linear closure: E = 1:40,000;

Angular closure: E =± 2.5n being n the number of vertices of the polygonal (PP).

f) The vertices of the polygonal (PP) should, in principle, be installed within the range.
to be mapped, of the topographic surface and out of the offsets line.

g) The weather conditions (pressure and temperatures: humid and dry) should be
verified and noted in both stations before and immediately after the
readings, with necessary criteria to ensure the required accuracy in the polygon.
h) For the treatment of the sides of the polygon (PP), the altitudes of the vertices may be
determined by trigonometric leveling. The zenith observations should be
reciprocal and simultaneous.

IS-227 - Service Instruction for Aerophotogrammetric Refund and Field Support for Road Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 389

The vertices of the polygon (PP) will be monumented. The identification plate of the
vertices should be circular, with a radius of 3 cm, made of brass or bronze, placed on a base
of concrete, with defined dimensions. When convenient, the sheets of
identification will be implemented directly on permanent buildings. A
Registration on the board must contain: Ministry of Transport, protected by law, BR-
no... polygonal (PP) DNIT.

j) Monograph: a complete description of each vertex of the polygonal must be made

(PP). For each vertex, a description sheet should be prepared, containing the
following information:

– Name, no, BR...;

Degree of accuracy (poligonal PP);

UTM Coordinates;

Local plane coordinates;

Elevation, if it is a planimetric point (double support);

Executor's name;

Vertex placement date;

Complete description of the location and type of the vertex;

Sketch of the location and type of vertex. The best path to the vertex will be indicated.
and a compass, indicating, approximately, the north.

k) Record of observations: all records will be made in blue or black ink,

clearly and precisely, leaving no doubts as to what was recorded. The entry
will be carried out in appropriate notebooks, also marking the names of
operators, numbers of the instruments used, dates and times of the observations. The
records of values in field notebooks must not be scratched out or
erased. The errors in the notes will be pointed out.

l) Calculation: the vertices of the polygon will have a double coordinate system, namely:

– UTM coordinate system of the conformal Gauss projection, adopted in

systematic mapping of Brazil. The adoption of this system aims to
interconnection with other works, and also check the closure of the polygonal (PP);

– Local topographic coordinate system. The adoption of this system aims to

purpose of the use in the field of calculated elements.

In the final drawing, use the grid of the local topographic coordinate system.

IS-227 - Service Instruction for Aerophotogrammetric Refund and Field Support for Road Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 390

3.3. SECONDARY POLYGONAL (PS)

3.3.1. EQUIPMENT SIZING

[Link]. MEASURE OF ANGLES

Use theodolites with the following technical characteristics:

a) Sensitivity of the tubular level of the alidade of 20"/2 mm (variation of 20" for a
bubble displacement of 2 mm;
b) Reading of 1" (one second) of arc in the horizontal and vertical lines;

c) Increase of the image through the lens at least 28 times.

d) Angular measurement: to signal use buoys or any signaling system

that guarantees accuracy to the desired point with the necessary precision for the
implementation of the secondary polygon (SP).

[Link]. LINEAR MEASURES

In linear measurements, electronic distance meters operating at

any range of electromagnetic spectrum as long as they have nominal accuracy of:

E = ± (2 cm + 5 x 10-6D)

Having: E = standard deviation and D = measured side.

They should allow for the measurement of the sides of the secondary polygon (PS) in just one
lance.

The meteorological readings of pressure and temperatures (wet and dry) to define the index
of refraction, will be obtained with instruments compatible with the precision of the system
measurement.

It is also recommended to use Total Stations, as indicated in [Link].

3.3.2. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The main planimetric polygon (PP) will also be implemented.

planimetric, with a precision lower than (PP), with the purpose of increasing the number of points
support along the route chosen for the preliminary project. This polygon will be
called secondary (PS).

a) The measures of the sides of the secondary planar polygon (PS) will be 1 km,
however, sides greater than 0.5 km and less than 2 km will be tolerated.

IS-227 - Service Instruction for Photogrammetric Refund and Field Support for Road Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 391

b) The secondary planimetric polygon (PS) must be tied to the polygon

main planimetric (PP).

c) The vertices of the polygonal (PS) must be intervisible.

d) The measurements must be taken from vertex to vertex of the polygon (PS) without any
intermediate operation, unless indicated otherwise by DNIT.

e) The closing of the polygon (PS) should be:

– Relative linear closing error E = 1:10,000.

– Angular closing error E = 8" n, where n is the number of vertices of the polygon
(PS) which in principle should not be greater than twelve.

f) The vertices of the polygonal (PS) should, in principle, be placed within the range.
to be mapped and out of the offset line.

g) Whenever necessary, the weather conditions will be checked and recorded.

with the necessary criterion to ensure the requested accuracy of the polygon (PS).

h) For the treatment of the sides of the polygon (PS), the altitudes of the vertices may be
determined by leveling with trigonometry. The zenith observations should be
reciprocal and simultaneous.

i) Monumentalization: the vertices of the polygon (PS) should be monumentalized of

500 m by 500 m. They will have the same characteristics of monumentalization of the
polygonal (PP), however, the registration on the panel must contain: Ministry of Transport,
protected by Law, data, BR no, polygonal (PS), - DNIT.

j) Monographs: Complete description of each vertex of the polygonal (PS) in them

molds described for the polygonal (PP).

k) Observation record: in the same format described for the polygonal (PP).

3.4. BASIC LEVEL

3.4.1. EQUIPMENT SIZING

Levels with the following technical characteristics will be used:

a) Mean error for 1 km of double leveling (leveling and counter-leveling) without

flat parallel plate: less than 2 mm.

b) Multiplication constant: 100.

c) Addition constant: 0.

Centimeter scale sights with a spherical leveling will be used.

tolerated wooden views as long as they are not interlocking and are perfectly
wounds. In the execution of this service, it is recommended to follow what is stated in [Link].

IS-227 - Service Instruction for Aerophotogrammetric Refund and Field Support for Road Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 392

3.4.2. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The topographic area to be mapped for the preparation of the road preliminary project has been chosen,
A geometric leveling line must be implanted on the ground, within the strip.
with the following technical characteristics:

a) Range of the shots: In favorable terrain, the shots can reach up to 200 m,
that is, views of up to 100 m ahead and behind;

b) The bids must be measured using the plumb lines of the level;

c) During leveling operations, the instruments (levels) must be positioned at equal

distance of the points to be leveled, in order to eliminate the influences of
sphericity and refraction, such as a possible error in vertical collimation of
telescope

d) A preliminary calculation should be made in the field to verify if the results are
within the tolerance;

e) In principle, the geometric leveling line should be determined from

IBGE level reference;
f) Precision: a maximum error of 10 mm k will be allowed, where k is the distance traveled.
in km of leveling.

g) Monumentalization: the reference points installed must be monumental.

500 m by 500 m. The identification plate of the RRNN must be circular, with 3 cm.
of lightning, made of brass or bronze, placed on a concrete base, with dimensions to be
defined in a timely manner by DNIT. When convenient, the identification plates
can be installed directly on buildings. The inscription on the plate must be
Ministry of Transport, protected by law, date, BR, RN..., DNIT.

h) Monographs: complete description of each reference level (RN);

For each RN prepare a description sheet containing the following information:

− Name, BR;

− Degree of Precision;

− Quota;

− Name of Executor;

− Date of the RN placement;

− Complete description of the location and type of RN;

− Sketch of the location and type RN. Indicate the best route to the RN.

There should be an arrow indicating approximately the North.

Observation records: all records must be made in blue or black ink,

clearly and precisely and leave no doubts about what was recorded. They will be made in
IS-227 - Service Instruction for Aerophotogrammetric Refund and Field Support for Road Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 393

appropriate notebooks where the names of the operators and number of the will also be recorded
instruments used, the date and time of the observations. The records in the notebooks of
fields must not be scratched or erased. Incorrect annotations must be
scratches.

3.5. SUPPORT FOR REFUND

3.5.1. PLANIMETRY

The chosen points for planar support for the restitution must be perfectly
defined and identified in the photograph.

The planimetric and photogrammetric points will be obtained from the polygonal (PP) or from the
polygonal (PS).

Whenever possible, the planimetric determinations of the photogrammetric points will be

made, at most, in two movements, from the basic planimetric support point. In
It will be accepted that in the densification of field support for restitution, it should be
using the aerotriangulation method, as long as the number of stereomodels does not
exceed 10 and there are 4 field photogrammetric points in the 1st stereomodel; 2
field photogrammetric points in the intermediate stereomodel and 4 points
field photogrammetric in the last stereo model.

The planimetric displacement of the real position of the photographic point in the field
In relation to the nearest basic planimetric support point, it should not exceed 30 cm.

The planimetric displacement of the real position of the aerotriangulated photogrammetric point
after the compensation in relation to the nearest basic planimetric reference point,
must not exceed 50 cm.

3.5.2. ALTIMETRY

Whenever possible, the photogrammetric altimetric points will coincide with the points.
planimetric. Double support section.

They will be located in a roughly flat area.

They will be perfectly defined and identified in the photograph.

c) The photogrammetric altimetric points will be obtained from the level reference of the
basic leveling.

d) The photogrammetric altimetric points in the field can be determined.

trigonometric
e) The aerotriangulation method will be accepted as long as it meets the requirements in 3.4.1.

IS-227 - Service Instruction for Aerophotogrammetric Restitution and Field Support for Road Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 394

f) The quota assigned to the altimetric photogrammetric point in the field should not exceed ±
30 cm of the geometric transport quota, starting from the highest level reference
next.
g) The quota assigned to the aerial triangulated altimetric photogrammetric point must not exceed
from ± 50 cm to the geometrically transported level, starting from the lowest reference point
next.

3.6. AERIAL PHOTOGRAMMETRIC RESTITUTION

3.6.1. EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONING

Autographs should be used with all first-order peripheral elements and

first or second order aerographs, compatible with the accuracy of the restitution scale and in
perfect conditions of use (material).

3.6.2. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

a) The restitution must be executed on stable base material, such as cronaflex or

similar in A1 format of ABNT.

b) For the copies (material): plastic film of the polyester type or cronaflex may be used.

c) An index map of the project's stereominutes should be prepared.

in A1 format.

d) A scale should be chosen so that the index map, whenever possible, is

contained on a single sheet, prevailing the criterion of common sense.

e) The stereominutes must contain all visible or identifiable details and

readable from the aerial photograph, namely:

– Hydrography in general, whose representation at scale is more than 2 cm:

buildings and improvements. In general, paths and highways with all their
artworks; airfields and landing fields, poles, towers and lines of
transmission, fences, walls and partitions, channels, drains and dams with their area
of domain; limits of the areas of tall and dense vegetation where land cannot
to be seen through the aviograph (autograph); isolated trees visible and
representables; boulders whose scale representation is greater than 3 mm;
exploration and use of land; flooded areas, swamps, marshes, and areas susceptible to
floods and any other topographical accident that can be read in the photograph
the representation not mentioned here.

f) The contour lines should include the mesh of the flat coordinate system.
adopted in the project. See subsection [Link] - Calculation.

g) The stereominutes must contain the representation of all planimetric landmarks

and level references (RRNN) materialized on site for the project.

IS-227 - Service Instruction for Aerophotogrammetric Refund and Field Support for Road Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 395

h) Planimetric landmarks and level references will also be represented.

(RRNN) implanted in the area in question by IBGE or any other official body.

The altimetric representation will be done using contour lines spaced every 5 meters.
They will be quoted vertically in cabinets through photogrammetric equipment, the
following points:

Water levels of lake shores, reservoirs, rivers, and others;

– At the mountain tops; on the tops of small elevations; at the bottom of the
depressions;

Notable points of highways and railways, on the main streets of the city, if any,
in areas where the contour lines are spaced farther apart from each other
of 8 cm in steriminute;

Any other detail in which your altimetric representation is necessary.

j) The lines of the flat coordinate system represented in each stereominute

should not vary from their actual position by 0.2 mm.
k) The representation of planimetric benchmarks in relation to the grid of the system of
coordinates should not shift more than 0.2 mm from the real position.

l) Planimetric details - 90% of the planimetric details drawn on

minor esters should not have their representation in relation to the system mesh of
displaced coordinates more than 0.5 mm from their actual position and no point
it should have a displacement of more than 1 mm from its true position.

m) Altimetry - 90% of the altimetric levels plotted on the topographic maps should not have
error greater than ½ of the interval of the contour lines, and the remaining 10% should not have
error greater than the interval between the contour lines.

3.7. PLANS OF AEROPHOTOGRAMMETRIC RESTITUTION

3.7.1. AERIAL PHOTOGRAMMETRIC RESTITUTION

It should be presented according to the technical specifications contained in the subsection

3.5.2, in which:

a) The names of the cities, towns, villages, and waterways in general will be indicated,
railways, geographical accidents, that are necessary. Will still be recorded.
the numbers of federal and state highways, system coordinates, landmarks
planimetric and level references (LR);
b) The channels and ditches, whose average width in the stereominute is 1 mm, will be
represented by two spaced lines, indicating the correct position of the two
margins;

IS-227 - Service Instruction for Aerial Photogrammetry Refund and Field Support for Road Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Highway Studies and Projects 396

c) Contour lines should be drawn using clear continuous lines and

different, except in areas of dense vegetation where the ground cannot be seen or
is covered by rocky outcrops or shadows. In these cases, the contour lines
they should be represented by dashed lines. For every five contour lines,
a master curve should be highlighted by a stronger line than the four
intermediate and should be numbered according to its altimetric quota.

3.7.2. MARGINAL ELEMENTS

Each stereo-minute will contain the title in the size and position assigned to it by the
DNIT. This title should include: the name of DNIT, the name and node of the project, the date of
refund, the date of the photographs taken and the name of the executing company.

3.7.3. WIDTH OF THE RESTITUTION BAND

The aerophotogrammetric restitution will have the following strip widths:

a) Flat or rolling region - 300 m

b) Strongly wavy region - 400 m

c) Mountainous region - 500 m

These widths of restitution strips will be increased according to the need for
project in the locations of intersections, crossings of urbanized areas, river crossings and
other locations that the preliminary study indicates.

4 PRESENTATION

The presentation of the aerophotogrammetric restitution will be made in the Basic Project Report.
of Engineering to which it corresponds, as indicated below.

BASIC REPORT

Volume Report Discrimination Format

Text indicating the procedures and equipment
used;
Characteristics of field support, through the polygonal
main ones, such as the sides, bindings, controls
astronomical azimuths, tolerances for closure
Report / linear and angular
Memory Complete monograph of each vertex of the polygon
1 Justification secondary, such as the lengths of the sides, A4
of the Project bindings, controls azimuths astronomical,
Basic tolerâncias para fechamento linear e angular;
Complete monograph of each vertex of the polygon
secondary;
Indication of the technical characteristics of the line of
geometric leveling;
Monumentalization of the installed level references
-Index map of the articulation of the stereominutes of
2 Project A1
project
Basic of

IS-227 - Service Instruction for Aerial Photogrammetric Refund and Field Support for Road Engineering Project
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 397

BASIC REPORT

Volume Report Discrimination Format

Execution Photogrammetric restitution plants

Nesta apresentação devem ser observados os seguintes aspectos:

a) The names of cities, towns, small villages, and the hydrology in general should be indicated,
railways, geographical accidents that are necessary. They should still be
registered the numbers of federal and state highways, the coordinates of the system
of coordinates, the planimetric markers and the level references (RRNN).

b) Channels and ditches with an average width of one millimeter should be represented by
two spaced lines, indicating the correct position of the two margins.

c) The contour lines should be drawn with clear solid lines and
different, except in areas of dense vegetation where the ground cannot be seen or
is covered by rocky outcrops or shadows. In these cases, the contour lines
they should be represented by dashed lines. For every five contour lines,
a master curve should be highlighted by a line stronger than the other four
intermediate and should be numbered according to its elevation quota.

d) Each stereominute must contain a title in the size and position that it is
designated by DNIT. This title should include: the name of DNIT, the name and number
of the project, the date of the refund, the date the photographs used were taken and the name
from the executing company;

e) It must contain an arrow indicating true North;

f) The graphic scale must be indicated.

g) The aerophotogrammetric restitution should have the following strip widths:

Flat or hilly region - 300 m

– Strongly undulating region - 400 m

Mountainous region - 500 m

IS-227 - Service Instruction for Aerophotogrammetric Refund and Field Support for Road Engineering Project
Diretrizes Básicas para Elaboração de Estudos e Projetos Rodoviários 398

APPENDIX B28
IS-228 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR PROJECT OF
Footbridge for pedestrians

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services included in the Pedestrian Bridge Project in
Road Engineering Projects.

The Bridge Projects will be requested, particularly in the highway segments.

that cross urban extensions of high traffic volume, with occurrence
significant accidents involving pedestrians.

Pedestrian overpasses are essentially types of works of art.

special cases treated in road engineering. Thus, in the preparation of projects of
walkways, notwithstanding peculiar characteristics, must necessarily observe the lines
general of IS-214: Special works project.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

The pedestrian walkway project will be developed in two phases:

a) Basic Design Phase

b) Executive Design Phase

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

3.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

It will consist of the project design, including the execution of preliminary studies for the
location and feasibility of the implementation of the footbridge, and geotechnical studies,
carried out in the project area, and preparation of a plan-altimetric project, containing
dimensioning and geometric treatment of all intervening elements.
The following activities will be carried out:

3.1.1. PROJECT CONCEPTION

Assembly of the project conception, which will be directed towards the induction of pedestrians in
use of the walkway. Therefore, it is relevant to address the following points
fundamentals:

a) minimization of pedestrian crossing time when using the footbridge in relation to

crossing time on the roadway itself;

IS-228 - Service Instruction for Pedestrian Bridge Project

Basic Guidelines for the Elaboration of Road Studies and Projects 399

b) favorable location of the footbridge, exerting real attraction on the main flow of
pedestrians;

c) ensure comfort, safety, and ease of access for pedestrians;

d) compliance with the established template for the road;

e) consider the provisions of the ABNT NBR 9050 Standard - Accessibility for People
Carriers of Disabilities to Buildings, Furniture Space and Equipment
Urban

3.1.2. RENTAL OF THE PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE

The determination of the project location for the footbridge will result from preliminary studies.
supported by a methodology subject to DNIT approval. These studies must,
above all, promote the carrying out of topographic and cadastral surveys, the application
of statistical analysis processes and measurements along the road segment
considered.

In the surveys and measurements indicated, essential for the characterization of

for pedestrian flow incidents, it is recommended to use observers positioned
at strategic points of the segment, properly equipped with instruments
photographs, timers, and counters for recording the events that occurred.

3.1.3. DETAILING

According to the preliminary studies conducted to determine the location of

The footbridge and the technical and economic feasibility of the project will determine the best solution.
alternative and chosen the most suitable type, the structural construction elements, the
protection elements for the pedestrian-user and, furthermore, the best access option to
footbridge.

[Link]. TYPES OF GATEWAYS

The pedestrian walkways will be designed according to the following types:

a) Overlays: at a higher level than the surface of the runway(s).

The overhead walkways can be designed open to the sky or covered,

slab in reinforced concrete, or another material, for protection against the elements.

b) Substrates: below the surface level of the runway(s).

[Link]. CONSTRUCTIVE STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS

The following types of structural construction elements will be adopted in the project.
pedestrian overpass

IS-228 - Service Instruction for Pedestrian Bridge Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 400

overlapping walkways

Reinforced concrete structure;

Metal structure, in steel;

– Mista, combining the two elements.

b) Underlying walkways.

The support structures of the ceiling (substrate of the layers of the flooring) and containment
two lateral thrusts will be executed in concrete or steel. In the internal coating
apply masonry with mortar.

[Link]. PEDESTRIAN USER PROTECTION ELEMENTS

a) on the overlying walkways

Horizontal section: board with a minimum width of 2 m to allow passage

of pedestrians, walking simultaneously in opposite directions;

Vertical section: guardrail with a minimum height of 1 m, built of concrete

armed or steel, fixed to the main beam of the deck, in order to ensure
minimum impact resistance of 80 kgf against the handrail (upper part of
guardrail

b) On the underlying walkways;

Horizontal section: minimum width of 3 m;

Vertical section: minimum clear height of 3 m.

[Link]. GEOMETRIC ELEMENTS INVOLVED IN THE PROJECT

a) On the overlapping walkways

Vertical frame: at least 5.5 m referenced to the longitudinal axis of

rolling surface;

Extension: the overhead walkways will extend transversely and

superimposed position on the longitudinal axis of the roadway platform,
extending 10 m from the outer edges of the shoulders to the
intersections with their respective accesses;

b) on the underlying walkways

– Extension: the underlying walkways will extend transversely and

subterranean position relative to the longitudinal axis of the roadway platform,
extending for a minimum of 10 m from the outer edges of
curbs up to the intersections with the respective accesses.

IS-228 - Service Instruction for Pedestrian Bridge Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 401

[Link]. ACCESS TO GATEWAYS

For access to the walkways, solutions that preferably utilize will be adopted.
rampas com inclinação suave, solicitando pouco esforço do pedestre. Será admitida em
certain situations, although not advisable, access by ladder.

[Link]. LIGHTING

It is advisable to illuminate the walkways, particularly the underlying ones, as important.

accident prevention element.

[Link]. FLOORS

The walkways' floors will be designed, mandatorily, in anti-slip material.

[Link]. SAFETY STRIP

The meetings of the superstructure of the overhead walkways with the ramps or stairs
access must always occur with a minimum setback of 10 m.
starting from the outer edges of the shoulders, on the sides of the road body platform.

Similarly, the intersections of the accesses with the underlying walkways will occur.
always with the same minimum spacing (indentation) of 10 m from the outer edges
of the shoulders, on both sides of the roadway platform.

[Link]. BLOCKING OF RUNWAYS TO PEDESTRIAN ACCESS

The area adjacent to the project site must be fenced with wire, with a height
minimum of 2 m, fixed next to the outer edges of the shoulders, with an extension of
at least 20 m on each side of the longitudinal axis of the work, leading the pedestrian to
crossing the walkway.

[Link]. OTHER RECOMMENDATIONS

overhanging walkways
Superstructure: it should be designed in cantilever, with the pillars embedded in
points of the land at least 1 m away from the outer edges of
berths.
Central median: on duplicated highways, the pedestrian bridge should be developed without
interruptions, continuously and superimposed on the central median, do not
admitting independent sections with access to the same.

Distance between two walkways: the minimum distance to adopt between two
Pedestrian walkways should be 200 m.

IS-228 - Service Instruction for Pedestrian Bridge Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 402

– Signage: the area adjacent to the walkway should be well signposted.

of horizontal and vertical signage, using indicative signs and
warning to pedestrians and drivers.
Aesthetics: the design of the walkway should, as long as it is technically and economically viable
viable, to obey shapes that confer slenderness and lightness.

b) on the underlying walkways

Sublet: in the case of underlying walkways, precautions must be taken.

regarding possible damage to the structural layers of the pavement, in particular the
regularization of the subgrade, the base, and the sub-base.

Drainage: the use of devices should be studied carefully.

surface drainage, and especially in the deep drainage of the area near the
footbridge
Surveys: it is recommended to conduct surveys in the area adjacent to that of
project understood within a minimum radius of 50 m, referenced to the longitudinal axis
from the catwalk.

3.1.4. EXECUTION PROJECT / BASIC

The execution project of the work must include the drawings, plans, profiles, and also the
cross-sectional and typical sections, in order to ensure perfect visualization of the solution
structural of the pedestrian bridge project.

3.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

At this stage, the detailed project in plan and profile, the sections should be included.
transversal, including sizing and treatment of all elements
geometric, the structural constructive elements, the protective elements for
pedestrian-user, the elements related to sidewalks, curbs, gutters, storm drains,
drains, fences, blocking wires, lighting and signaling elements, and
still the typical sections of pedestrian accesses to the walkway.

The geometric, earthworks, drainage, and current works projects,

paving, signage, landscaping, and environmental preservation in the areas
The planned implementation of pedestrian walkways must meet the stipulated requirements.
in the corresponding scope items.

The structural calculation project for pedestrian walkways must comply

the Brazilian technical standards for special works of art by ABNT are mandatory,
the General Specifications for Road Works of DNIT, eventually other Standards
of Specific Particulars or Complementary specifications set by DNIT regarding the
Subject. The recommendations of IS-214 should still be observed, where applicable.
Special Artwork Projects.

IS-228 - Service Instruction for Pedestrian Bridge Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 403

4 PRESENTATION

4.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

The presentation of the Project, at this stage of the Basic Project, will be made through the
Basic Report of the Engineering Project to which it corresponds, composed of the volumes:

BASIC REPORT

Volume Species Products Format

Report /
Memory Descriptive text of the project conception and studies
1 Justification preliminaries for the choice of location and feasibility of the A4
of the Project implementation.
Basic

Project Drawings and plans related to the surveys

2 Basic topographic, cadastral and geotechnical of the phase A3
Executive preliminary.

4.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

At this stage, the presentation of the project will be made through the Final Project Report.
Engineering to which it corresponds, consisting of the following volumes:

FINAL REPORT

Volume Species Products Format

Text - summary of the structural solution adopted of
following elements: protection for the pedestrian-user, type
Report of from the adopted footbridge, accesses, safety lane in
1 A4
Project runway return, lighting elements, floors and
barrier to block pedestrian access,
intervening geometric elements.
Drawings, plans, profiles, and cross sections
typical, for the purposes of visualization and clarification, of the
structural solution of the footbridge, of the elements of
Project of protection for pedestrian users, access points, flooring
2 A1 / A3
Execution from the safety zone around the walkway,
barrier fence restricting pedestrian access, of the
intervening geometric elements and of the elements
occasional lighting
Descriptive and Justificative Memory of the Elaborated Project
Memory
3 A4
Justification
Calculation Memory of structural solutions
Memory of
3B Calculation of A4
Structures
Relationship of the service to be performed
Budget Costs
4 the Plan of Physical schedule A4
Execution

IS-228 - Service Instruction for Pedestrian Bridge Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 404

ANNEX B29
IS-229 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR THE PREPARATION OF STUDIES OF
ECONOMIC VIABILITY OF ROADS (RURAL AREA)

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services for the execution of Economic Feasibility Studies
Highways (rural area) to be developed in the Technical Feasibility Studies
Highway Economics.

As substantial funds are needed to implement the road connections or the

proposed improvements, the aim of these studies is to analyze whether the benefits
results from its implementation exceed the costs required by the work. One should
demonstrate also that the chosen alternative (layout, technical characteristics and
operational, etc.) offers greater benefits than the other alternatives studied,
considering the cost differences.

2 STUDY PHASE

They will be carried out throughout the Preliminary and Definitive Phases of the Feasibility Studies
Technical and Economic of Highways, according to the provisions in Basic Scope EB-101-
Preparation of Technical Feasibility Studies and Preparation of Highways.

3 PREPARATION OF STUDIES

3.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE

The studies to assess the economic feasibility, in this Preliminary Phase, will include the
following services:

a) Economic survey of the region;

b) Environmental Studies

3.1.1. ECONOMIC SURVEY OF THE REGION

Carry out a survey of the area to be served by the highway aiming at:

a) Definition in conjunction with the traffic studies of the traffic zone system a
to be adopted;
b) Analysis of the existing situation (climate, soils, demographic data, activities
economic, local production, productivity, markets;
c) Preliminary analysis of the economic potential of the region, outlines, and characteristics
alternative functions for the highway;
IS-229 - Service Instruction for the Economic Feasibility Study Project of Highways (rural area)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 405

d) Definition of the parameters for traffic projections;

e) Definition of the hypotheses for quantifying the benefits.

At this stage, close interaction with traffic studies is essential.

3.1.2. ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

Environmental Studies must characterize the environmental situation of the area of influence of
enterprise in physical, biotic, and anthropic aspects, aiming for knowledge
from the region before the implementation of the project, serving as a reference for
evaluation of the environmental impacts arising from the works and operation of the highway, and of the
environmental liabilities.

The Environmental Diagnosis will identify and analyze the possible impacts.
environmental, and identified the environmental liabilities, of the alternatives, at a preliminary level.

In selecting the alternatives, the privileged areas must be identified and weighed.
by law (Biological and Indigenous Reserves, Conservation Units, etc.)

During the preparation of the environmental studies, activities will also be developed.
following:

a) monitoring the development of the road engineering studies, verifying

its environmental suitability and presenting, if necessary, solutions aimed at
eliminate or minimize the detected impacts;

b) preparation of reports that support the project team's decisions regarding

to the areas indicated as sources of building materials, as well as proposals
of environmental recovery of these areas;

c) verification with the competent authorities of the existence of restrictive factors to use
solo only along the highway (urban areas and Conservation Units);

d) proposal of measures to prevent or mitigate identified environmental problems

through studies;
e) preparation of the 'Environmental Assessment Report of Alternatives - RAAA', which
it must contain the elements that characterize the identification and evaluation of
Environmental Protection Measures of the alternatives.

3.2. DESCRIPTIVE BASE

In this phase, the following activities should be developed:

a) Definition of the benefits;

b) Calculation of benefits;
c) Definition and calculation of implementation costs;

IS-229 - Service Instruction for Economic Viability Study Project for Highways (rural area)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 406

d) Comparison between benefits and costs

3.2.1. DEFINITION OF BENEFITS

Depending on the circumstances and the methodology adopted for traffic projections,
the benefits can be calculated from:

a) benefits to users resulting from reductions in transport costs, in costs

operational vehicle performance, travel time, and the number of accidents. These
benefits apply to normal traffic, diverted traffic, and generated traffic;

b) benefits expressed in terms of the socio-economic development of the region

served by the highway.

Among these are cited:

− benefits derived from the net increase in local production;

− increase in the value of properties located in the influence zone of the highway;

− increase in revenue;

− social evolution of the community, the redistribution and expansion of the urban population, and
others.

The most commonly used processes for economic evaluation of road projects in areas already
developed are those based directly on the quantification of the reduction in costs
of transportation. In developing regions, economic analysis becomes necessary.
based also on indirect benefits.

The definition of the benefits will depend on the data available in each case and the
relative importance of the functions that the highway will perform: to serve the existing traffic,
compared to the expected results in the opening of new areas, etc. At the same
time, carefully analyze the possibility of double counting benefits to
define them and calculate them.

For example:

a) The benefits from the generated traffic should not be added to the net value of the
increase in local production, since they are equivalent quantities;
b) The benefits resulting from the increase in the value of properties located in the area
of direct influence from the highway, only the benefits of
reduction of operational costs and time for long-distance traffic that have
both the destination and origin were outside this zone;

Most of the benefits mentioned, in terms of socio-economic development of

region is the result of interrelated and interdependent quantification.

3.2.2. CALCULATION OF BENEFITS

IS-229 - Service Instruction for the Project of Economic Viability Studies of Highways (rural area)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 407

a) Benefits to users

The benefits will be calculated based on the comparison of the operational costs of
vehicles, travel time, and cost estimates of accidents for each alternative,
in the situation without the road connection or with the proposed improvements. When one
to calculate these benefits, consider the following aspects:

Present separately the benefits for the users of each modality

transport

Base the operational costs of vehicles on values and methodologies

established in the publication Specification for Cost Calculation
Operational, DNIT, with unit values updated as necessary
for the base year of the project in focus.

– Carefully analyze the importance of congestion costs in

crossings of large urban areas;

Calculate the reductions in travel times for users and raise

hypotheses about the monetary value that can be allocated to time savings.
A sensitivity analysis at the end of the study should consider the effects of the
variations of this parameter on the final conclusions;

– Explain and justify the assumptions made for accident costs through the
comparison with studies for highways with similar characteristics.
The increase in security is presented as an important factor in the design of new
highways or improvements. However, it is doubtful that the reduction in volume and in
the severity of accidents can be quantified with the level of detail of
other benefits. Both for the calculation of benefits and for costs, one must
study the need and possibility of using 'ghost prices' (shadow
prices):
• Calculate the benefits for the year of opening, intermediate year, and horizon of
project (usually 20 years after the opening of the highway), with the benefits
for the intermediate years estimated by interpolation. In the case of loading
from traffic to the project horizon, ensure the exclusion of benefits
resulting from traffic that exceeds the absolute capacity of the roads;

• Carefully analyze the implications of modal transfers, justifying them.

adopted hypotheses;
• Calculate the benefits for users, using both normal traffic.
as diverted and the generated, except for the pioneer roads.

b) Benefits of socio-economic development

These benefits are estimated advantages resulting from the construction or
improvements of the highway, and they reflect on the community as development
from the region. However, quantifying them is quite difficult because in cases where the highway
the forecast basically aims at meeting the growth of existing traffic

IS-229 - Service Instruction for Economic Viability Study Project of Highways (rural area)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 408

(including the vehicles to be diverted from other routes), it is preferable to consider

only the benefits to users described in the previous subsection.

When calculating the benefits of economic development, take into account the
following aspects:
Benefits derived from the increase in the value of agricultural production. Analyze the
climatic conditions and soil of the region; current production, productivity, and prices;
future demand for local production; other existing plans for the region
(energy infrastructure, irrigation, storage) since the highway
it will probably not be a sufficient condition for development
local.

Analyze the earnings of other similar regions that have an infrastructure

appropriate transport structure before designing the possible increase in
local production. It can hardly be attributed to the implementation of the highway, like
economic benefit, more than 30% (thirty percent) of the expected increase in
added value of agricultural production

Estimate the increase in property values by comparing with the amounts

of land in other similar regions that have transportation
adequate, however taking into account the respective distances to the greats
urban centers and the differences that exist regarding other infrastructure items.

Analyze this factor comparatively along with the benefits to users.

avoiding double counting. For example, the implementation of the highway under study may
cause many positive effects on economic activities in remote areas
from the area crossed. These benefits are estimated through the benefits to
users for long-distance traffic. The benefits for existing traffic
among the locations situated along the route, should not be added
those measured by the increase in land value in the area crossed by the
highway
Consider that the deadline for the realization of benefits resulting from the
socio-economic development may take quite a long time. Therefore, analyze
carefully the possible growth rates aiming for a realistic estimate.

3.2.3. DEFINITION AND CALCULATION OF THE HIGHWAY IMPLEMENTATION COSTS

The investment costs of the economic analyses will be determined in such a way as to
obtain

a) Economic costs necessary for economic feasibility analysis (benefit/cost,

and others);

b) Financial costs required for financial disbursement schedules.

The necessary investment for each alternative must include the construction costs.
(earthworks, drainage, common and special structures, paving, relocation

IS-229 - Service Instruction for Economic Feasibility Study Project of Highways (rural area)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 409

public services, lighting where necessary, signaling and works

complementary), expropriation of the right-of-way, purchase of access rights,
landscaping and urbanization, temporary works for traffic maintenance during the
construction, engineering project cost and construction supervision, percentage
for eventual and operational and maintenance costs of the road for a useful life period of
to be jointly established with DNIT.

NOTE: The components in foreign currencies, generally resulting from imports

of equipment, vehicles and materials (for example, fuels) must be
determined and indicated in their own columns in the composition spreadsheets
costs.

3.2.4. COMPARISON BETWEEN BENEFITS AND COSTS

The final stage of the economic analysis will be the comparison between the benefits of each
alternative and the estimated costs for implementation. It involves the updating of benefits
and some costs, using capital opportunity rate. Calculate the absolute relationship
B/C (Benefit/Cost), the incremental relationships and the internal rate of return.

Present a sensitivity analysis that considers the effect on the final result of the
variations in the main parameters, such as: traffic estimates, the allocated value
the time of users, the opportunity cost of capital, and the construction costs.

3.2.5. NEW METHODOLOGIES

The methodology for economic analysis developed by the World Bank in cooperation
with government agencies from various countries, with significant participation from
Brazil gave rise to the HDM System and its derivatives HDM Manager and modernly
HDM-4 Highway Development & Management is accepted as satisfactory for the
objectives of these studies.

4 PRESENTATION

The presentation Economic Feasibility Study of Highways will be made in the Reports
Preliminary and Definitive Studies of Technical and Economic Feasibility of the Highway
to which it corresponds.

IS-229 - Service Instruction for Economic Viability Study Project of Highways (rural area)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 410

ANNEX B30
IS-230 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR STUDIES
TRAFFIC IN URBAN AREAS

1 OBJECTIVE

Gather all necessary data to assess the sufficiency of transportation systems

existing; define the required transportation systems, size the elements of these
systems determining operation and adaptation to demands in the year(s)
established as the project's horizon.

2 STAGES OF STUDIES

These services will be carried out in two phases:

a) Preliminary;

b) Definitive.

3 CONDUCTING THE STUDIES

Traffic Studies will consist of the following services:

a) Data collection;
b) Functional classification of the existing road network;

c) Development of alternative road systems;

d) Traffic projections;

e) Loading of the proposed systems;

f) Evaluation of the results;

g) Sizing of the system elements.

3.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE

In this Preliminary Phase, the Traffic Study will consist of:

a) preliminary traffic estimate:

– current, obtained from the master plans and other available sources;

– future, based on historical series, regional growth rates, cases

similarities and correlations with available indicators;
b) preliminary traffic allocation on the existing road network;

IS-230 - Service Instruction for Traffic Study Project in Urban Area

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 411

c) preliminary loading in the systems under study;

d) preliminary assessment of the results;

e) conclusions and recommendations for the continuation of the study.

3.2. FINAL STAGE

The traffic study in the definitive phase will develop according to the conclusions and
recommendations from the study in the preliminary phase, subject to prior approval from DNIT, and if
will consist of the following:

3.2.1. DATA COLLECTION

This phase involves the execution of the following services:

a) collection of existing data on the metropolitan area of interest for the project,
including maps, plans, studies, and traffic data;

b) obtaining any additional traffic data necessary for the

development of studies, including the execution of volumetric counts,
trip time research, and origin/destination research;

c) preparation, when necessary, of a survey of the transport system

collective, including itinerary, frequency, stopping points and transfer points, times
on travel, and passenger volume data;

d) collection and compilation of any other data deemed valuable for execution
adequate of the studies.

3.2.2. FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF THE EXISTING ROAD NETWORK

This phase aims to group all urban roads in the metropolitan area into systems,
according to its function, in order to establish the common planning base and establish the
function that the runners under analysis and the proposed connection will have in the system as a
everything, as indicated below:

a) Main arterial system;

b) Secondary arterial system;

c) Collector road system;

d) Local road system.

3.2.3. DEVELOPMENT OF ALTERNATIVE ROAD SYSTEMS

The work in this phase will consist of the development and study of technical alternatives.
for the proposed connections and accesses. These alternatives may cover both the
variations in the layout as in the physical and operational characteristics of the roads and arteries

IS-230 - Service Instruction for Traffic Study Project in Urban Area

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 412

of access. They will take into account the road plans and collective transportation studies already
prepared or in preparation and considered existing in the analysis horizon.

3.2.4. DEVELOPMENT OF THE MATHEMATICAL NETWORK RELATED TO THE ROAD NETWORK UNDER STUDY

At this stage, the mathematical network corresponding to the road system will be prepared in
study, specifying the nodes and the connections (links). For each of these links, there will be
researched the physical and operational characteristics necessary for the stages of
network loading.

3.2.5. TRAFFIC PROJECTIONS

Based on existing projections and any socio-economic indicator considered

necessary for adaptation to the project under analysis, prepare travel projections
interzonal by private cars, public transport, and trucks considering the
project horizon and each alternative of the traffic network under study. It is important
consider, in all alternatives, the capacity to dilute traffic and
parking in urbanized areas. At the same time, one must estimate the possible
effect of the new link on the additional generation of new trips.

3.2.6. LOADING OF THE PROPOSED SYSTEMS

Use simulation techniques compatible with the complexity of the networks under analysis and
that take into account the drainage capacity in the links studied and the
Characteristic of fixed itineraries of the public transport system, the data for the year-
the base and the projections of the interzonal movements for the project horizon will be
allocated to the networks that incorporate the alternatives under analysis. This will enable vision
approximate future development of networks, the need for modifications, and the
role of proposed long-term improvements.

3.2.7. EVALUATION OF RESULTS

Analyze and compare the loading results of the different networks, based on the
relations volume/capacity, in traffic flow charts, in average speeds of
route, in the delays caused by the crossings of the nodes, and service levels for the
road networks. Primarily considering technical assessment and comparison.
Probably, as a consequence of these evaluations and comparisons, it will be possible to eliminate most of it.
the alternatives, and leave for later analysis those that are remarkably similar.

3.2.8. DIMENSIONING OF THE SYSTEM ELEMENTS

Based on the traffic volume projections, the work in this phase aims to determine
the following:

a) type and standard of the required road work;

IS-230 - Service Instruction for Traffic Study Project in Urban Area

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 413

b) number of lanes required for works (including weaving lanes, branches, and
others);

c) development of operational measures aimed at optimizing traffic flow,

such as the implementation of bus priority lanes, changes in circulation regimes
of some routes, among others;

d) assessment of the need for the implementation of an alternative mode of transport.

4 PRESENTATION

4.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE

In this Preliminary Phase, the Traffic Studies must be included in the Preliminary Report.
of the Engineering Project to which it corresponds, consisting of:

PRELIMINARY REPORT

Volume Species Products Format

-Text with the preliminary traffic estimate, current and
Report/ future, preliminary allocation of traffic on the road network,
Memory preliminary loading in the systems, evaluation of the
1 A4
Descriptive results and sizing of network elements;
Preliminary Calculation memory;
Spreadsheets, boards, tables, and graphs used.

4.2. FINAL STAGE

The presentation of the traffic study, at this stage, will be done through Volume 1 of
Basic Engineering Project Report to which it corresponds, as detailed
to follow

FINAL REPORT

Volume Species Products Format

-Text covering traffic data collection and
public transport, functional classification of the road network,
Report / development of alternative road systems, network
1 Memory matemática, projeções de tráfego e carregamento dos A4
Justification Proposed systems draft
Calculation memory;
- Spreadsheets, boards, tables, and charts used.

IS-230 - Service Instruction for Traffic Study Project in Urban Area

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 414

ANNEX B31
IS-231 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF PLAN STUDIES
FUNCTIONAL WITH A VIEW TO IMPROVING CAPACITY AND SAFETY OF
HIGHWAYS IN DUPLICATION PROJECTS

1 OBJECTIVE

The Studies of the Functional Plan aimed at Improving Capacity and Safety
Highways in Duplication Projects must be developed with the aim of
establishment of a model that meets current and future traffic requests to
long of the highway, based on criteria for the hierarchization of road structures that
they behave according to different traffic systems, a direct result of the types and intensities
land use.

Visa fundamentally to define the measures and services to be implemented to increase

the capacity and safety of the highway along the sections under study.

Intimately related to the increase in capacity and security must also be

considered measures such as improving security and the standard of local traffic in
urban areas, or the increase in safety for pedestrians and cyclists through
programming of walkways and/or passages under the highway, and other specific measures
to each case.

2 PHASES OF THE STUDIES

The studies subject to this Instruction must be carried out in a single phase, throughout
from the Preliminary Phase of Engineering Projects for Highway Duplication, of
compliance with the Basic Scopes EB-109 and EB-110.

3 EXECUÇÃO DOS ESTUDOS DO PLANO FUNCIONAL

The following activities will take place:

a) On-site recognition;
b) Collection and analysis of existing data;

c) Aerophotogrammetric studies;
d) Guidelines of the Functional Plan;

e) Outline of the Functional Plan;

f) Analysis and comparison of the alternatives;

g) Preparation of quantity and cost estimates;

h) Programming of priorities.
IS-231 - Service Instruction for the Project of Functional Plan Studies Aimed at Improving Capacity and Safety
Highways in Duplication Projects
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 415

3.1. IN-LOCO RECOGNITION

The section subject to study must be preliminary and exhaustively observed 'in loco' by
Head of the Functional Plan Team, who should preferably use the highway.
as if it were one of your usual users, under different conditions throughout the
day (or the period of seasonality), aiming to experiment and perceive the real conditions
of operation offered by the highway and the adjacent road system, and to know better
the causes of the conflicts and problems that generated the need for the realization of the
studies.

This phase aims at a better understanding of the problem that is being sought to be solved with the
execution of the Functional Plan.

3.2. COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS OF EXISTING DATA

Elements and data regarding the highway and the area under study should be collected.
available in work, studies or projects already carried out, that may be useful for the
characterization of the problems and for the appropriate treatment and development of
later stages.

The elements and data must be analyzed in light of the resulting knowledge (or
that were confirmed) of the phase described in 3.1, for identification and specification of the
data and supplementary surveys, necessary for the quantifications and
dimensions relevant to the Studies of the Functional Plan.

3.3. AEROPHOTOGRAMMETRIC STUDIES

The basic elements that will serve for the execution of the studies and for the presentation
the solutions should be the results of aerial survey services
that should be available at the right time.

The elements that should be available, preferably in digital form, are the
follows:

a) Aerial photo games at a scale of 1:10,000;

b) Photo index games on a scale of approximately 1:40,000;

c) Copy game of the rectification in cronaflex at scale 1:2,000, containing the system of
coordinates and the basic toponymy of the region;

d) Descriptive report of aerial surveys services.

In the case of mechanical (manual) development of the drawings, of the set of copies of the
retificação em material poliester cronaflex serão tiradas cópias, as quais serão utilizadas
in field and office work for the plotting of cadastral information and
inventory.

IS-231 - Service Instruction for the Functional Plan Study Project Aimed at Improving Capacity and Safety
Highways in Duplication Projects
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 416

3.4. FUNCTIONAL PLAN GUIDELINES

The analysis of the conditions of current land use, of future occupation trends of the
areas, the observed traffic patterns and the operational conditions verified in the
ways, will allow a preliminary and comprehensive assessment of the causal relationship between traffic
and the system of occupancy of the areas adjacent to and served by the highway.

This analysis will provide a basis for the detailing of the subsequent procedures.
traffic studies that should be anticipated will be established
in the Basic/Executive Project, and that will be carried out by the designer according to the Instructions
of the Consulting Services Manual for Road Studies and Projects of
DNIT, or instructions formulated by it.

The examination of these elements, coupled with the existing deficiencies, reinforced by the analysis
and the location of critical segments will allow for the identification and description in a panorama
broad and general, of the necessary improvements for the intended increase to be feasible
capacity and safety for the highway, promoted through its duplication.

It is necessary to pay close attention to the differentiation between local traffic volumes (of
small and medium courses), which generally have characteristics of pendular movement, and
that significantly aggravate the operational characteristics of a significant part of the
highways, with special emphasis on the sections that develop within the boundaries
urban

Where these sectors have imposed themselves, as is the case with the mentioned sections, it should be...
to aim at the sorting of the different types and volumes of traffic, through the
hierarchization of different road structures based on the concept of mesh
hierarchized in the region, which will be sought to be translated into a theoretical model.

The application of the developed model to the area under study will allow for the identification and comparison of the

existing structures with hierarchical conditions contained in the model, determining the
guidelines for the necessary adaptations to existing roads (whether they are the road itself
highway or local roads), crossings, existing and/or planned intersections, in the direction
to equip them with conditions compatible with the characteristics of the traffic to be
submitted.

3.5. OUTLINES OF THE FUNCTIONAL PLAN

According to the results obtained as stipulated in item 3.4 above, one must-
it will launch, regarding the rectification on the scale 1:2 000, the various alternatives for the Plan
Functional.

On this occasion, in addition to the aspects of hierarchization of the road structures, will be
adequate and/or elaborated the "layouts" of the instructions and proposals for the crossings,
blockages and other devices designed for the road system.

IS-231 - Service Instruction for the Functional Plan Study Project Aiming at Improving Capacity and Safety
Highways in Duplication Projects
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 417

Regarding the access conditions to the riparian areas, possible should be observed
proposed guidelines in programs already implemented aimed at Urban Crossings, which
deverão adaptar-se às condicionantes de melhorias que o segmento deverá possuir. Para
Therefore, the methods of access to the uses related to service will be specified.
road service stations (service posts, restaurants, workshops, bus stops), as well as the
criteria for your location.

Other usual types of community equipment will also be subject to consideration.

such as: subdivisions, dormitories and hotels, tourist facilities, access to
border properties.

Through the analysis of the data collected in each existing access, it will be presented
individualized solution regarding its maintenance or not, or the necessity for its
adequacy and/or reformulation.

3.6. ANALYSIS AND COMPARISON OF THE ALTERNATIVES

As diversas alternativas propostas para o Plano Funcional serão então analisadas, tendo
in view of the choice that can offer the best compatibility in the light of aspects
technical, functional, economic, and operational policy aspects of DNIT.

This last factor relates to certain aspects that may transcend decisions.
purely technical, as is the case with options between the need for large
expropriations or sacrifices of the technical standard.

3.7. PREPARATION OF QUANTITY AND COST ESTIMATES

In order to allow for a comparative analysis of the various alternatives that may be
proposals, quantities will be estimated and costs will be prepared covering the main ones
service items, with the purpose of providing a global idea regarding the cost
of each of them.

In the preparation of costs, prices practiced in the region should be adopted, obtained from
projects prepared and/or recommended by DNIT.

3.8. PRIORITY PROGRAMMING

After the analysis, comparison, and selection of the best among the presented alternatives for
The Functional Plan will define the execution priorities of the measures and services.
in the forecasts, recommendations should also be made about the timing of
execution of the same, through technical, economic analyses and evaluations
financial, if applicable.

Such analysis will be substantiated in a general programming to be presented, taking into account
In consideration of all the aspects already discussed, it may be specified, depending on the

IS-231 - Service Instruction for Functional Plan Study Project Aimed at Improving Capacity and Safety
Highways in Duplication Projects
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 418

urgency required by DNIT, as very critical situations may demand

more immediate specific solutions.

4 PRESENTATION OF THE FUNCTIONAL PLAN STUDIES

The presentation of the Functional Plan Studies will be made in the Preliminary Report of the
Duplication Project of the Highway that corresponds.

IS-231 - Service Instruction for Functional Plan Study Project Aimed at Improving Capacity and Safety
Highways in Duplication Projects
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 419

ANNEX B32
IS-232 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR PROGRAM DEFINITION STUDIES
FOR CAPACITY AND SAFETY ADJUSTMENT (PACS)

1 OBJECTIVE

Identify and analyze the existing problems in the traffic operating system that
we restrict capacity and/or cause high accident rates in corridors or
urban crossings and the proposal of required solutions as an integral part of projects
of engineering or as special studies in existing roadway.

It is also intended that these solutions be limited, as much as possible, to

utilization of existing routes and applied in the short term. These measures must be
constituted, preferably, by those of low cost and, when necessary
recommend the most significant improvements.

The measures may involve vertical and horizontal signage; synchronization of

traffic lights; location of bus stops; preferential treatment for transportation
collective; regulation of speed and parking, construction of viaduct or
walkway, among others.

2 STAGES OF STUDIES

The work required for these studies should be developed in a single

phase, the Preliminary Phase:

3 PREPARATION OF STUDIES (PACS)

The development of the services will be carried out according to the following sequence:

a) data collection and analysis;

b) complementary research and surveys;

c) diagnosis of the current situation;

d) traffic projections;

preliminary studies;

f) selection of the most suitable alternative(s);

g) detailing of the projects of the selected alternative.

IS-232 - Service Instruction for the Study Project for Program Definition for Capacity and Safety Adjustment (PACS)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 420

3.1. DATA COLLECTION

The data to be collected include:

traffic research

Meeting of all data concerning traffic research, such as counts

volumetric, classificatory, and directional, recording the times of execution, the
searched locations, the duration, the periods researched, the weather conditions
verified in the survey, and others;

Survey covering various periods determining seasonal variations

throughout the year;

Determination of the characteristics and purposes of the trips made, in

especially the occurrence of pendular displacements, typical of urban areas;

Obtaining existing O/D surveys, recording the times of realization,

the places and periods researched, the duration, the nature of the information
collected, etc.

b) accident data

Raise the critical sections in traffic accidents, as well as rates, indices and
quantities. Obtain the historical series of critical sections in the stretch of highway in
question, verify the completion of work on the subject;

Request copies of accident report forms from the competent authorities.

from DNIT or other transit agencies operating in the area under study. In case
possible, obtain a copy of the video record, this accessory consists of
very useful tool for conducting studies;

Establish contact with residents and merchants, as well as with the

local authorities to obtain opinions on traffic and safety issues
inside the corridors under analysis.

c) complementary data

Gather all existing information that will be useful in the development of

studies, such as:

Obtaining maps and plans that show the road system, with its conditions
the peculiarities;

Important changes in the local road system that occurred recently;

Planning of land use in the buffer zones of the highway under study;

Local public transport system, routes and frequencies of the lines,

location, type and condition of the stopping points, existence of
periods, among others;

IS-232 - Service Instruction for Program Definition Study Project for Capacity and Safety Adjustment (PACS)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 421

Socio-economic parameters, growth vectors, urban planning of

cities and urban centers influencing the traffic patterns of the highway;

Interference with other modes of transport, rail, maritime, air.

or river, observing the existence of transfer terminals and their influence on
highway traffic

Presence of traffic generating poles near the highway;

Projects, studies and other relevant surveys assist in the studies to

will be performed.

3.2. SUPPLEMENTARY RESEARCH AND SURVEYS

After analyzing the existing data, the research and surveys will be defined.
necessary complements for the realization of the studies including the following:

a) Traffic counts;

b) Average travel time survey;

c) Research on occupancy rates in public bus transportation;

d) Research on average and/or punctual speed;

e) Origin/destination type surveys;

f) Survey of bus lines, itineraries, and frequencies;

g) Physical and operational characteristics of the section of road under study;

h) Expedited registration of the highway section under study, recording notable points such as
works of art, intersections and junctions, railways, signaling devices and state
of conservation and also, the survey of land use along the stretch
marking relevant locations, schools, health centers, commerce, among others;

i) Topographic surveys (planimetric and altimetric) in the area under study;

j) Local road system, whether municipal, state, or federal;

k) Other surveys necessary for conducting the studies;

l) Traffic volume data, travel time, and average speed, by type of

vehicles are classified according to peak and off-peak periods;

m) Numerical data on conversion movements at all major intersections, and

the flows corresponding to the local road system interfering with the traffic of the road
principal

n) Volume and route of pedestrians (crossing the road at critical points and bus stops);

o) Utilization rate of crossing facilities, such as walkways and passages

subterranean;

IS-232 - Service Instruction for Program Definition Study Project for Capacity and Safety Adjustment (PACS)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 422

p) Surveys of average delays in crossings by pedestrians at the locations

but more critical, or higher incidence of runovers or pedestrian demand
relevant;

q) Studies of speed and delays on certain routes, where necessary, both

for private transport like public transport;

r) Conduct research on parking regulations and practices, such as those

regarding loading/unloading of trucks and bus stops.

s) The expedited registration must include the data detailed below:

t) Name and/or number of the street; extension;

u) Direction of circulation;

v) Existence of traffic generating poles, type of operation;

w) Official speed limits;

x) Situation of bus stops and parking locations;

y) Lighting conditions;

z) Conditions of horizontal and vertical signage; model, cycle, phases, and methods of
control of all traffic light signals;

Type and conditions of the pavement, as well as data on the cross-section, such
such as the width of the track, right-of-way, and number of traffic lanes;
bb) Conditions of the surface texture of the pavement: texture, locations subject to
skidding, aquaplaning, and exudations;

cc) Existence of central median and its width; shoulder, gutter, curb, and sidewalks;

dd) Notable points: schools, shops, hospitals, parking lots, and others;
ee) Intersections and existing junctions in the section of road under study, with the ramps and
access and control devices, such as signaling and others;

Elaborate the single-line diagram of the highway, a schematic drawing in which will be marked
the notable points and registration data.

In the locations considered critical, if topographic surveys are needed it will be

adopted aIS-205: Service Instruction for Topographic Study for Project
Engineering Executive.

3.3. DIAGNOSIS OF THE CURRENT SITUATION

This stage aims to identify the main problems and observe the causes,
conceiving corrective measures. The analyses carried out based on traffic studies,
they will use universally established methodologies, giving preference to the recommended ones

IS-232 - Service Instruction for the Development of a Program Definition Study for Capacity and Safety Adjustment (PACS)
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 423

by HCM (Highway Capacity Manual), adopting relevant updates, aiming at

determine:

a) Seasonal variations throughout the year, the existence of vehicle flow occurrences
atypical, such as holiday periods, public holidays, and festive dates (tourist regions) and
harvest periods (agricultural regions);

b) Knowledge of the basic purposes of travel, especially if there is

occurrence of pendular trips, typical of urban areas;
c) Evaluation of operational conditions, with the aim of understanding the regimes of
operation throughout the year for the current situation, with special emphasis on the periods
from the peak;

d) Obtaining factors that express daily variation, along with annual variation,
also considering the fleet of vehicles. Thus, based on a TMDA (traffic
annual daily average), it will be possible to obtain the hourly volume and the fleet composition for
any time of the year;
e) Identification of the quality of operational conditions throughout the entire day of the
highway, for a period of one year. The office analyses must be confirmed.
for field inspections;

f) Identification of issues such as lateral friction caused by maneuvers of

parking, or bus stops, or pedestrian circulation, only
observed through local observation;

g) Special traffic control operations, such as those carried out by operators

traffic can only be assessed through local observation;

h) Study of accidents, starting by determining the exact location of the sections

criticisms and the respective danger level, known by the comparison between the
rates and the indexes of the other critical sections;

i) Consider the absolute quantities related to each critical section with the objective
to subsidize the other information, creating the collision diagram,
recording types and consequences of the most frequent accidents, among others
information, period (hour, month and day of the week), weather conditions, type of
involved vehicles, and so on;

j) Also note important information: such as weather conditions, time of

day
k) Obtain historical series data to verify the origin of the occurrences. There are cases that
they may be related to interventions implemented in previous times.

l) Preliminary diagnostic form of the main causes of accidents

through the identification of certain patterns regarding occurrences of
accidents, that is, if a relevant quantity happens under certain conditions, by
example at night, adverse weather conditions (such as fog or
intense rainfall), or even, during certain periods of higher incidence.

IS-232 - Service Instruction for the Program Definition Study Project for Adequacy of Capacity and Safety (PACS)
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 424

The diagnosis prepared in the office will be confirmed by the field inspection.
The advantage of early diagnosis is to provide an initial idea about the causes of
accidents. Going to the field is more objective, allowing observation of when and how,
reducing the inspection period and, consequently, the duration of this stage.

The following are some helpful recommendations for the visit phase in
field:

− Observe the traffic circulation, both driving a vehicle and walking on the
segment under study;
− Circular with the vehicle through the section under study several times, some conditions
conditions for the occurrence of accidents are not immediately perceived;
− Choose different locations to study vehicle flow. Details, such as obscuring.
by the light the sun will only be perceived at specific points of the road system;

− Extend the observation periods covering different times (day and night)
and different conditions (good weather or rainy).

In general, field inspections should pay attention to the following details:

a) Geometry of the road: considering the technical characteristics, such as superelevation,

super width, width of the lanes and shoulder, horizontal curves and
verticals, visibility distances, state of conservation of the lanes and shoulders,
existence of separating barriers or defenses, deficiencies in the system of
drainage (clogged gutters, formation of puddles), among others;

b) Operation of the road: respect for signage and traffic rules by drivers,
condition of the signage (vertical, horizontal, and electronic), conflicts between
distinct flows, especially at interchanges and intersections, lateral friction caused by the
local traffic and by the bordering activities in the road flow, operating regimes
undesirable (congestion situations or nearby), lighting efficiency
public, among others.

It is advisable to use a camera or video camera to record the

observations made, in order to recreate them in the office.

3.4. TRAFFIC PROJECTIONS

Once the studies aim for a short-term improvement program, many of the
analyses and conclusions will be based on existing traffic. To reconcile any
recommendations with the other traffic projections made for the project, referring to
to the same or another time horizon (see IS-230: Traffic studies in the area
urban.

Follow the procedures indicated in IS-230, and conduct studies with the aim of
determine future traffic by classifying it based on the vehicle fleet and estimating the
main peak periods.

IS-232 - Service Instruction for the Definition of Program Adjustment Studies for Capacity and Safety (PACS)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 425

IS-232 - Instruction of Service for Project of Study for Definition of Program for Adaptation of Capacity and Safety (PACS)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 426

3.5. IDENTIFICATION OF ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS

The objective of this phase is to conceive a range of solutions or minimize the problems.
detected, developing a minimum amount of alternatives, and enabling comparisons
among them.

Prefer low-cost measures, and those that present conditions for implementation.
immediate, highlighting the following:

a) Reinforcement of signage, through the implementation of signs or markings on the pavement,

installation of traffic lights, installation of new focal groups or replacement of the
old, removal of obstacles that hinder the visibility of the devices
signage;

b) Reorganization of bus stop locations or construction of bays for

eliminate interferences on the runways, change of itineraries;

c) Special operation regimes, such as the implementation of reversible lanes, closures

of returns, crossings, and accesses in certain periods, implementation of
traffic control through traffic operators;

d) Implementation of specialized operational services such as: vehicle removal

damaged, emergency medical care for traffic accident victims;

e) Monitoring of special loads, among others, for clearance in a manner

quick on the track and minimizing interference in traffic flow;

f) Regulation and/or prohibition of parking and loading/unloading maneuvers;

g) Change in the direction of circulation on some roads, including those that allow
access to the highway;

h) Removal of obstacles that hinder visibility;

i) Installation of guardrails or other lane separation devices;

j) Implementation of anti-glare screens;

k) Paving of shoulders.

The cast of probable solutions should consider physical interventions and/or

operational measures to be implemented on the road in question, and the aspects not directly related to
own way, such as the use of the local road system, modifications to the patterns of
occupation of the adjacent land, control of access on the road under study, and so on.
It should be clarified that some of these measures will involve the government institution.
and/or local institutions.

The alternative solutions will encompass physical and operational measures, such as
related to the following:

a) Construction of marginal lanes for urban crossings;

IS-232 - Service Instruction for the Definition Study Project of the Program for Capacity and Safety Adequacy (PACS)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 427

b) Construction of walkways or overpasses for pedestrian crossing and local traffic;

c) Implementation of stratigraphic signage (vertical and horizontal) or luminous (traffic lights,
variable message panels, lane markers, among others;

d) Blocking access to the main highway;

e) Runway duplication;
f) Improvement of the radius of curvature;

g) Implementation of superelevation;

h) Implementation and/or recovery of the drainage system;

i) Treatment of slopes or clearing of vegetation, with the aim of increasing the
visibility

j) Others.

These alternatives will be analyzed throughout the study horizon with the aim of
to know how long each solution will maintain initial efficiency, or rather, after how much time
new intervention will be necessary.

The procedure adopted for analyzing the operational conditions in the current situation will be
followed to determine parameters for the study horizon. The methodology
employed in the diagnostic phase will allow comparison based on the same
indicators.

3.6. SELECTION OF THE MOST APPROPRIATE ALTERNATIVE

Stage that considers the set of measures and includes the one deemed most appropriate and
viable for implementation.

The solution to the problem may come from a single measure or from a set of them.
choice of the most viable intervention, some issues should be considered, such as
like:

a) Benefit/cost ratio of the alternative(s);

b) Initial investment for the implementation of the measures;

c) Cost of operation, maintenance, and conservation of the considered solutions;

d) Positive and negative impacts on the wild and urban environment and on
local urban planning
e) Duration period of the measures, or the time during which they will remain effective.

Most of the time, it is not possible to reconcile relevant issues, such as mobility and
accessibility. The first refers to road circulation itself, with emphasis
especially in the fluency, safety, and comfort of users, while the second refers to the

IS-232 - Service Instruction for the Definition of Program Studies Project for Capacity and Safety Adjustment (PACS)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 428

ease of entry and exit in the roadway system under study results in very high impedance
large on the first, resulting from the lateral friction caused by the maneuvers of
entry and exit, and the fact of exposing the route to the operational conditions of the system
external roadway, through the exit accesses.

The choice of the solution will be the result of the analyses carried out, such as in the case
the small-scale urban crossings, where long-distance road traffic
should be prioritized, emphasizing the aspect of mobility, to the detriment of the
accessibility. On the other hand, in highly densely populated urban areas, in which the
vehicular flows towards these areas are predominant, the accessibility function
it must be treated specially to the detriment of mobility.

The functional plan covering each problematic location or stretch will be developed.
in detail, being sufficient to demonstrate the physical and operational feasibility of
proposed improvements. It will provide the conceptual basis for the subsequent development of
engineering project of the recommended solutions, at which point estimates will be made of the
costs. Once the plans with the proposed solutions are developed, they will be verified regarding
capacity of the planned services to accommodate both existing traffic and traffic
designed for the project horizon adopted.

The functional plan should illustrate the proposed improvements and include geometry, signaling,
traffic channeling, graphical representation of improvements in service level,
synchronization of traffic lights, implementation of a barrier or electronic speed bump and any
another recommendation necessary for the effectiveness of the proposed measures.

It will be prepared in agreement with the local authorities responsible for conservation.
of the road system and the operation of traffic, in order to achieve a unit of
efforts aimed at solving problems.

3.7. DETAILING OF THE SELECTED ALTERNATIVE PROJECT

After the approval of the selected solution, in accordance with what is stated in item
previous (3.6 - Selection of the Most Suitable Alternative) will be detailed
as recommended in the following methodology:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-233 Development of the engineering project for PACS-type improvements

4 PRESENTATION

The presentation of the PACS should be made in the Basic and Final Reports of the Project.
Engineering for the Rehabilitation of Roads with Low-Cost Improvements, and Project
from Engineering for Road Rehabilitation with Improvements for Adjustment of
Capacity and Safety, to which it corresponds.

IS-232 - Service Instruction for the Project of Studies for the Definition of the Program for Capacity and Safety Adjustment (PACS)
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 429

ANNEX B33
IS-233 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR THE PREPARATION OF THE PROJECT OF
ENGINEERING OF PACS TYPE IMPROVEMENTS

1 OBJECTIVE

Specify the necessary services for the Preparation of Engineering Projects of

Improvements Type PACS, to allow the implementation of improvement measures for
Capacity Adequacy and Traffic Safety.

The following improvements should be considered:

2 PROJECT PHASES

The final improvement project of the PACS type will be developed in two phases, design phase
Basic in the Executive Project phase, involving:

a) physical improvements;

b) operational improvements;
c) improvements in public transportation;

d) institutional changes.

2.1. PHYSICAL IMPROVEMENTS

The following improvements are included in this category:

a) Lane duplication;

b) Construction of marginal lanes;

c) Implementation of the 3rd traffic lane;

d) Construction of walkways and viaducts;

e) Elimination of inadequate curve rays;

f) Reconfiguration of at-grade intersections;

g) Modifications in the cross-section to allow conversions;

h) Returns, pipelines, and bus stops;

i) Widening of roads through better use of the existing platform or of

street box available;

j) Widening of narrow bridges, construction of viaducts, level crossings or

pedestrian unevenness;

IS-233 - Service Instruction for Engineering Project of PACS Type Improvements

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 430

k) Recovery of the pavement, sidewalks, and drainage installations;

l) Provision of special pavement in critical locations or special reconstruction and reinforcement
of the pavement where a substantial increase in vehicle traffic is anticipated
heavy, for example.

2.2. OPERATIONAL IMPROVEMENTS

They include those related to the following improvements:

a) Horizontal and vertical signaling;

b) Traffic control by traffic lights, by barriers or electronic speed bumps, by panels

by variable messages or traffic operators;

c) Installation of fences and defenses, as well as normative measures;

d) Implementation of lighting system;

e) Traffic signaling system;

f) Regulatory signage;

g) Bus lanes and stop locations;

h) Sense of direction;

Prohibited conversion;

j) Areas of prohibited parking on streets or urban stretches;

k) Loading and unloading areas;

l) Exact sizing of the cycle and the phases;

m) Synchronization of traffic lights.

2.3. IMPROVEMENTS IN PUBLIC TRANSPORT

These measures will consist, basically, of operational improvements, although, in some

cases may require constructive measures.

Examples of improvements:

a) Adjustment of itineraries and operational measures promoting the increase of speed

commercial and transfers;

b) Special places for passenger boarding and disembarking;

c) Terminals;

d) Selective lanes, special warning signage;

e) Phases of traffic lights specifically for buses on urban roads;

IS-233 - Service Instruction for Engineering Project of PACS type Improvements

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 431

f) Planning of bus stops, location and selective signs;

g) Forecast for crossings to access bus stops for pedestrians.

Resulting physical measures may include, among others:

− Special pavement for the bus stop area;

− Implementation of bays and shelters;

− Sidewalks, walkways, underpasses;

− Retreat of curbs in case of urban road or section;

− Other measures.

2.4. INSTITUTIONAL CHANGES

The institutional changes will recommend the procedures and involve others.
organizations or institutions, such as the local municipal government. One can cite, as an example,
the need for a review of planning for the use of land adjacent to the highway, through the
review of authorized accesses, with the purpose of minimizing lateral friction in the flow of
via, or still the need for intervention in the local road system.

Tais medidas serão acordadas entre DNIT e instituição envolvida, implantadas em

set considering the benefits. In these cases, the reports will contain
procedures and steps deemed necessary for the completion of the work
recommended, indicating to external organizations the sections, divisions, or sectors to
they will be contacted to carry out the tasks.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF ENGINEERING PROJECTS

The Engineering Projects for the Implementation of PACS-type improvement measures

should be prepared in accordance with the provisions of the Basic Scopes:

Scope Project
Basic

EB-104 Basic Engineering Project for Road Rehabilitation with Low-Cost Improvements

Executive Engineering Project for Road Rehabilitation with Improvements Below

EB-105
Cost

Executive Engineering Project for Road Rehabilitation with Improvements for

EB-106
Adequacy of Capacity and Safety

Executive Engineering Project for Rehabilitation of Highway with Improvements for

EB-107
Capacity and Safety Compliance

IS-233 - Service Instruction for Engineering Project of PACS-type Improvements

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 432

4 PRESENTATION

The presentation of the Engineering Projects for the implementation of the PACS measures will-
It will be in the Preliminary Reports of the Basic and Executive Engineering Projects
for Pavement Rehabilitation with Improvements for Capacity Adjustment
Security.

IS-233 - Service Instruction for Engineering Project of PACS type Improvements

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 433

ANNEX B34
IS-234 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR PROJECT DEVELOPMENT
GEOMETRIC OF HIGHWAYS - URBAN AREA

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services included in the preparation of the Geometric Design Project.
Highways in Urban Areas.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

It will be executed in two phases:

a) Basic Project;

b) Executive Project.

3 PROJECT DEVELOPMENT

3.1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

The Geometric Project in an urban area will consist of:

a) Definition and preparation of cross sections - type of all roadworks

considered (such as main road, minor branches, local streets), in tangent and
in curve;

b) Definition and graphical elaboration, in plan, of all geometric characteristics

the works covered;
c) Definition and graphic elaboration of all the characteristics of the longitudinal profile of
all the ways;

d) Preparation of special cross-sections.

It is assumed that the basic design criteria, such as guiding speed,

maximum superelevation, and others, remain valid and unchanged, as established
in the Preliminary phases of Engineering Projects, Basic Project and Executive Project.

Otherwise, the modifications introduced will be specifically considered.

quality, degree of precision and detailing of the project elements cannot be
lower than those requested in the aforementioned instruction.

3.2. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

IS-234 - Service Instruction for Geometric Design of Highways - Urban Area

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 434

Based on the plans and notebooks of the topographic studies carried out or in the
aerophotogrammetric restitution and, furthermore, using any and all elements, such as
drawings, plans, useful for the work, subject of this instruction, will be executed
the following tasks.

3.2.1. TYPE CROSS SECTIONS

Independent drawings will be prepared showing the typical cross sections, with
all its defined elements, all types of clues included in the project. A
description of the basic characteristics to be defined and elements that will be included in the
drawings as well as the presentation scale.

3.2.2. PLANTS

Based on the information and analyses developed in the preliminary studies, such as
hydrology, drainage, geotechnics, intersection layouts, public services, and others,
Floor plans will be developed indicating all elements of the project.
planimetric.

3.2.3. PROFILES

Longitudinal profiles of all the roads will be graphically elaborated, including the
main alignment, branches, marginal and local roads to be built, relocated or
modified as part of the project.

3.2.4. SPECIAL CROSS-SECTIONS

Special cross-sections should be prepared to illustrate the proposed solutions.

in locations where the project characteristics require special consideration.

3.3. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

At this stage, the following will be carried out:

3.3.1. TYPE CROSS SECTIONS

Definition, based on data and/or conclusions from geotechnical studies, of traffic and
other relevant or applicable, of the basic characteristics of the cross-section of the
types of tracks included in the project. The basic characteristics to be defined include,
but are not limited to:

a) Lane widths and carriageway lanes;

b) Shoulder widths;

c) Widths of gardens, of sidewalks;

IS-234 - Service Instruction for Geometric Project of Highways - Urban Area
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 435

d) Minimum horizontal and vertical templates;

e) Maximum superelevation;

f) Slopes of tracks in tangent;

g) Treatment of cut and fill slopes;

h) Location and type of guides, gutters, ditches, parapets, barriers, and

others;
i) Definition of the transition of super elevation;

j) Other applicable.

Independent drawings showing the type cross-sections should be prepared.

with all its elements as defined above, and indicating:

− Finished surface data and dimensions;

− Application point of the grading;

− Curbs and gutters;

− Structure of the pavements;

− Treatment of cut and fill slopes;

− Drainage structures;

− Valets, gutters, and ditches (type and location);

− Fences (type and location);

− Bus stop points;

− Location of pedestrian crossings: walkways and/or electronic speed bumps;

− Other necessary or required data for the complete interpretation of the drawings.

Typical cross-sections should be drawn for all types of tracks

included in the project, at a minimum scale of 1:100 and in a way that allows for their perfect
understanding. For each of them, there will be at least a normal condition and the
superelevation.

3.3.2. PLANTS

For the project in plan, containing the complete planimetric definition of the project, it will be
a scale of 1:500 has been adopted. However, a minimum scale of 1:2,000 will be acceptable.
for areas without adjacent urban development. The project will be represented on
as plantas topográficas utilizadas e indicará, claramente, todos os dispositivos de
traffic channeling. The plan drawings must indicate at least the following
elements of the planimetric project:

IS-234 - Service Instruction for Geometric Design of Highways - Urban Area

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 436

a) Edges of the track;

b) Edges of the roadside;

c) Axis, indicating the continuous staking of all roads;

d) Location, stakes and coordinates of the notable points of the horizontal alignment
all tracks and alignments of the fences/walls (PC's, PT's, ST's, TS's, PI's);

e) Geometric data of the horizontal alignment, such as:

radii of circular curves;

parameters of the clothoids;

length of the curves;

central angles of circular curves;

deflections of the clothoids;

external tangents;

coordinates of the centers of the circular curves;

– other applicable;
f) Necessary and sufficient planar dimensions for the definition of the works;

g) Location and boundaries of current and special artworks, with sufficient

reference to the staking of the roads to allow for identification and location,
location and limits of retaining walls, containment works, etc.; lines
approximate limits of earthworks (fill slopes and cut crests;
limits of the domain strip, determined by fences and/or walls;

h) Coordinates and equality of stakes for all intersections, beginnings and endings of
axes in plan;

i) Equality of stakes (and coordinates when necessary) of geometric points

notable, such as:

– we focus on physical noses;

start and end of the folders;

change of axis;

limits of divergences and convergences of axes;

intersection of axis extensions for tying purposes;

j) Location and sufficient planimetric geometric definition of:

defenses;

- fences;

IS-234 - Service Instruction for Geometric Design of Highways - Urban Area

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 437

valet

channels and gutters;

– sidewalks, curbs, galleries, storm drains, and others;

public services that interfere with the project and the relocation proposal, and others.

If considered convenient and aiming for greater clarity in the presentation, it will be permitted.
the presentation and planimetric detailing of the elements mentioned above in
drawings aside.

In this case, the drawings will be grouped according to the relevant subject (e.g.
drainage plans, location plans for complementary works). However,
should always be designed in plans whose background includes the geometric project of
via.

For the purposes of the previous paragraph, the indication of any will not be considered sufficient.
two elements above in the profiles, cross sections or linear diagrams
especially prepared, neither in schemes nor in isolated details, without these
sufficient and clear reference to identified elements in the project plans
geometric.

3.3.3. PROFILES

The longitudinal profiles will be developed and designed on the horizontal scale equal to that of
project in plan and with a vertical distortion of 10:1. The graphical representation of the profiles
It will consist of the drawing showing the same section of the road(s) in plan view, being
the sections shown in plan and profile must be exactly coincident. In
longitudinal profile drawings shall contain, at least, the following data and indications:

a) Longitudinal profile of the original terrain in the horizontal projection of the axis that defines the
geometric alignment in plan;
b) Finished grade line at the point of application of the grade, as defined in the sections
transversal types;
c) Graphic location and indication of the stake and elevation of the PIV's, PCV's, PTV's, etc.;

d) Geometric indication of:

length of the vertical alignment curves (L);

- ramp in percentage (i);

- parameter k of the vertical curves, where k = L/A, with L = length of the

vertical curve and the algebraic difference in percentage of the agreed gradients;

– ordinate of the vertical curve under or over the PIV (e);

– design speed of vertical curves as a function of the coefficient K and the criterion
of the visibility adopted;
IS-234 - Service Instruction for Geometric Design of Highways - Urban Area
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 438

finished grade elevations at intervals of 20 meters and at stakes

coinciding with those of the cross-sections, shown in the footers of
profiles;

- levels of the free edges of the pavement when the profile of this is not parallel to
profile of the greide line, presented at the same stakes where the quotas of
grades are indicated;

e) Location and boundaries of current and special works of art, existing and proposed,
about and on the finished grade line, with appropriate identification and indication of
dimensions and more thresholds quotes, surface, and others, in the horizontal projection
of the axis that defines the geometric alignment in plan;

f) Altimetric location of public services that interfere with the layout and their
proposed relocations, with indication of the respective horizontal projection quotas of
axis that defines the alignment in plan;

g) Indication, through a linear diagram, of the elements of horizontal alignment

shown in the footer of the profile and aligned with it, through representation
conventional of PCs, PTs, STs, SCs, and others, left curve, right curve;
h)− Conventional type superelevation diagram, in vertical scale, at the footer of
profile and aligned with this;

i) Sill profile of the larger drainage lines parallel to the horizontal axis of the
For this purpose, it is understood that the larger drainage lines are those whose
dimensioning may influence the vertical design of the road(s);

j) Profile and/or water sheet quotas in parallel and transverse drainage works
larger scale. The quotas will be indicated on the horizontal projection of the axis of the road and in the case
of parallel drainage works, at intervals compatible with the provided data
from the hydraulic studies. These data will reflect the criteria used in the study
hydrological.

k) Indication and quotas of the groundwater level, when necessary or required.

If it is deemed convenient and aiming for greater clarity in the presentation, it will be
the presentation and altimetric detailing of the above-related elements is permitted
In separate drawings, as long as they always include the basic profile data of the
original land and the finished grade.

3.3.4. CROSS SECTIONS

Cross sections, for the purposes of this instruction, can be divided into two types, the
to know

• Common cross sections;

• Special cross sections.

a) Common cross-sections
IS-234 - Service Instruction for Geometric Design of Highways - Urban Area
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 439

These cross-sections will be presented to match the location of the

stakes implanted on the location axis (i.e., at intervals of 20 m) and will show, in
scale of 1:200, the following:
Section of the original land, to be drawn based on the surveys
topographical of the existing sections.

Proposed earthworks limits, including: removal of soft soils, boundaries of

earthworks by category, and others;

Existing topographical controls such as: buildings, fences, clearly

appointed;

– Indication of:
• axis referred to in the section and its stake;

• finished surface elevation at the point of application of the grades;

• areas of the sections in cut and/or fill, to be used in the calculation of the
earthworks volumes;
– Lateral finishing of the sections and adaptation to the adjacent terrain. The sections
common transversals to be prepared must take into account all of the
design elements that affect earthworks, such as: existence or non-existence of
superelevation, ditches, shoulders. Where necessary, the distance between sections
should be reduced.

b) Special cross sections

The purpose of the special cross sections is to illustrate the proposed solutions
in places where the project characteristics require special consideration. Among
others, some of the conditions that may require special sections are
numbered as follows:

Restrictions in the right-of-way;

– Special drainage structures;

Treatment of rolling surfaces in transition areas;

Structures and/or complementary works, such as: retaining walls, channels, lines
transmission, containment of adjacent buildings;

Spacing between different lanes;

Pedestrian walkways, and others.

To better serve the purpose, special sections will not be required.

observe the defined spacing nor orthogonality with respect to the axis. Thus
Being, the sections may be oblique, half sections, with a phase shift between the two.
half sections, and others.

IS-234 - Service Instruction for Geometric Design of Highways - Urban Area

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 440

The section title should contain the necessary data for correct interpretation.
(stake on the axis, angle in relation to the perpendicular). Eventually, it will be indicated in
plant the situation of the section. The minimum scale for the sections will be 1:200.

The Consultant should assess the appropriateness of preparing special sections, in

minimum number required to illustrate the proposed solutions in each case
specific;

Additionally, the details to be illustrated in these sections will only be those

necessary for its correct interpretation, without including collateral information
unnecessary.

4 PRESENTATION

4.1. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

In this Phase, the presentation of the project will be made through the Basic Project Report of
Engineering to which it corresponds, consisting of explanatory text and drawings of the
proposed solutions, as outlined below:

BASIC REPORT

Volume Discrimination Subjects Format

Report / concept of the geometric project;

Memory -Technical characteristics of the preliminary draft;
1 A4
Justification of -Interferences with public service networks and
Basic Project recommendations for possible reallocations;
Geometric project in plan and in profile;
Basic Project Drawings of standard cross-sections for cuts and
2 A4
of Execution landfills
Conventions to be adopted in the drawings.

4.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

The Geometric Project in the Executive Design Phase will be presented in the Final Report.
of the Engineering Project to which it corresponds, comprising the following volumes:

IS-234 - Service Instruction for Geometric Design of Highways - Urban Area

Diretrizes Básicas para Elaboração de Estudos e Projetos Rodoviários 441

FINAL REPORT

Format
Volume Discrimination/Subjects Minute Printing
definitive
Project Report
1 A4 A4
- Τproject geometric design
Execution Project
Convention sheet used in the drawings and inclusion of
title page, index page, conventions page, page of
location and articulation sheet of the plants;
-Technical characteristics of the project;
- Plants and profiles at scales 1:5000 (H) and 1:500 (V),
containing:
The profile design of the terrain along the project axis;
2 A4 A3
Project profile design;
The constructive elements of the vertical project;
Indication of the location of special artworks and
currents
Typical cross-section drawings at scales 1:100
1:200;
Interferences with public service networks and possible
rearrangements.
Justifying Memorandum
3 Descriptive and justificatory report of the
A4
prepared
A4
project

IS-234 - Service Instruction for Geometric Project of Highways - Urban Area

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 442

APPENDIX B35
IS-235 SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR PROJECT OF
Urban Road Lighting

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services included in Urban Street Lighting Projects.

This Instruction applies uniquely and specifically to the Lighting Project of the Streets
Urban, the interconnections, the accesses whose geometric complexity implies in
potential dangers for nighttime operation and other specific locations such as squares of
toll.

2 PROJECT PHASE

The lighting project will be executed in a single phase, of Executive Project of

Engineering Projects, Basic Project and Executive Project

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

The Urban Street Lighting Project will be developed after the final determination and
definitive of all geometric characteristics of the interconnections and access, and of the
other locations to be illuminated, according to aIS-208: Service instruction for
geometric project.

For the execution of the lighting project, a specific study must be carried out to
each interconnection or access, however, the resulting project should present
homogeneous and uniform characteristics for all areas to be illuminated and
obeying where applicable the instructions and project standards (lighting levels,
for example) and constructive (types of boxes, cables, ducts, and others) of the utility company
local.

The project will be presented in special plans, consisting of the geometric design of
various clues and special detail drawings, as applicable.

For the development of the lighting project, the following elements will be determined:

a) location and spacing of the poles - based on the levels of lighting and
required uniformity relations, considering the aspects of maintenance, network
of supply, economy, and security (the placement of poles will not be allowed
on the outer part of curved branches, among others);
b) mounting heights - a function of efficiency and economy, levels of illumination and
required uniformity relations, maintenance, blinding characteristics of
lamps, and others;

IS-235 - Service Instruction for Urban Road Lighting Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 443

c) constructive and structural characteristics of the poles;

d) type of luminaires - based on economy, efficiency, mounting height, and levels

uniformity of the required lighting;

e) type and chromatic characteristics of lamps - based on lighting levels,

spacing, mounting height, among others. The lamps will basically be from
following types:

High-pressure sodium vapor;

Low pressure sodium vapor;

– Mercury vapor, corrected color;

– Mercury vapor, uncorrected color;

Fluorescents.

In choosing the type of lamp, observe the chromatic homogeneity between the lighting.
the interconnected roads and within the road itself.

a) Supply and distribution network and its detailing;

b) Average horizontal illumination (t):

– via principal: 40 to 60 lux, in the interconnection areas, observing variation

gradual desde os trechos não iluminados da via principal;

– branches and accesses: gradually varying the level of illumination of the main road
up to the level of the interconnected street(s) or road(s);

– street(s) or road(s) connected by interconnection: according to the criteria of

authority with jurisdiction over public lighting in the region or utility company
local.

c) Uniformity relations

E/ E min < 3

E max/ E min < 6

In what:
E: Average horizontal illumination (lux).

E mín: Minimum horizontal illumination (lux).

E max: Maximum horizontal illumination (lux).

The project for the rental and spacing of the poles must be implemented through the use
of photometric curves (isolux) for the luminaire, lamp, and mounting height
selected. The various elements and technical details required for execution
of the project can be obtained by direct contact with the manufacturers. Observe if the

IS-235 - Service Instruction for Urban Road Lighting Project

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 444

interest in the sale of the equipment does not interfere with the quality of the project, in
efficiency, and whether it will be suitable for local characteristics and objectives.

4 PRESENTATION

The presentation of the Urban Lighting Project will be done in the Final Report
of the Engineering Project to which it corresponds, consisting of:

FINAL REPORT

Format
Volume Discrimination/Subjects Minute Printing
definitive
Project Report
1 A4 A4
-Text, chapter Lighting Project.
Execution Project
Plants at an appropriate scale, containing, in addition to the project
planimetric of the road(s), the location of the poles and networks of
distribution.
Drawings and details, indicating:
Type and details of the light fixtures and bulbs;
2 A1 A3
Type and construction details of assembly and anchoring
two posts;
The detailing of the interferences; Others of value in
correct and complete definition of the project, related to
niches, boxes, ducts, cables, circuits, and others.
-Service notes.
Justifying Memorandum
3 A4 A4
Calculation memory
Cost Estimate
4 A4 A4
Costs

IS-235 - Service Instruction for Urban Road Lighting Project

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 445

ANNEX B36
IS-236 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR TRAFFIC STUDIES OF THE PROJECT
EXECUTIVE OF ENGINEERING FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF LOCAL ROADS

1 OBJECTIVE

The present instruction aims to define and specify the services contained in the
Traffic Studies in Executive Engineering Projects for Highway Construction
Neighbors.

2 STUDY PHASE

The Traffic Studies will be conducted in a single phase, the Preliminary Phase and of
Basic Project.

3 Preparation of studies

They will consist of:

3.1. COLLECTION OF EXISTING DATA

a) Traffic volume;
b) Origin and destination;

c) Weighing.

3.2. IDENTIFICATION OF THE SECTION

The section must be identified based on the latest version of the Plan.
Nacional de Viação – PNV.

3.3. TRAFFIC ESTIMATE

a) current: obtained from existing traffic volume statistics;

b) future: obtained by applying the recommended traffic growth factors on

(PDR) to the current traffic of the highway.

When the available data is insufficient, or if it is outdated,

volumetric and classificatory counts must be made, carried out for at least during
3 (three) days.

IS-236 - Service Instruction for Traffic Study Project for Executive Engineering Projects for Construction of
Local Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 446

3.4. DATA PROCESSING OBTAINED

It will aim to:

a) determination of the average daily traffic volume by homogeneous sub-sections;

b) characterization of traffic based on the main origin and destination pairs;

c) classification of traffic by type of vehicle;

d) hourly, daily, and annual variations of traffic;

e) determination of traffic growth rates (normal, diverted, and generated);

f) representative flowcharts of the network load and section loading;

g) determination of the directional factor.

3.5. ANALYSIS OF THE OBTAINED DATA

Based on the results of the processing of the existing data, the following will be done:

a) traffic allocation;

b) traffic projection by segment;

c) fixation of the geometric parameters of the highway through a study of evolution

of service levels by homogeneous segment, throughout the useful life of the project,
established, for the purpose of this service instruction, as being 10 years.

4 PRESENTATION

The Traffic Studies will be presented in the Basic Report of the Executive Project of
Engineering to which it corresponds, thus discriminated.

BASIC REPORT

VOLUME SPECIES MATERIAL FORMAT

Report/ Descriptive and justificatory report of the studies conducted

Memory
1 Conclusions and Recommendations A4
Justification of
Basic Project Tables and Graphs

IS-236 - Service Instruction for Traffic Study Project for Executive Engineering Projects for Construction of
Local Roads
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 447

ANNEX B37
IS-237 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR PROJECT LAYOUT STUDIES
EXECUTIVE OF ENGINEERING FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF LOCAL ROADS

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services included in the Route Studies for Projects
Engineering Executives for the Construction of Rural Highways.

2 STUDY PHASE

The Route Studies should take place over a single phase, Phase
Preliminary and Basic Project.

3 PREPARATION OF STUDIES

The studies encompass the following tasks:

a) Collection and compilation of data;

b) Identification of route alternatives;

c) Comparative evaluation.

3.1. DATA COLLECTION AND COMPILATION

The following data should be collected:

a) Existing plan-altimetric topographic elements;

b) Geological elements;

c) Climatic and pluviometric elements;

d) Elements related to land use;

e) Location of public service works.

3.2. IDENTIFICATION OF ALTERNATIVES FOR DRAFTING

Initially, the main existing conditions should be determined, projected

or planned, whether related to land use, public utility networks, and to
geometric, geotechnical and hydrological controls. Consider carefully the
possibility of use, exclusive or joint, of pre-existing rights-of-way or
planned.

Once the above conditions have been identified, they must be identified based on the elements
available plan-altimetric topographic data, the routing alternatives of the schemes
IS-237 - Service Instruction for Routing Study Projects for Executive Engineering Projects for Construction
Local Highways
Basic Guidelines for Preparing Road Studies and Projects 448

possible operational ones or still from the standard of improvements of existing roads,
simultaneously establishing the needs for current and special artworks,
with basic data on the situation, limits, and dimensions of bridges and viaducts, walls of
support, larger drainage works, and others of interest.

The standard and the main aspects should be established based on Traffic Studies.
characteristics of the alternatives, such as:

a) Number of lanes and tracks for each segment; design speed;

b) Width of the roadway, shoulder and medians; level of access and its form
of control; maximum super elevation;

c) Minimum vertical and horizontal benchmarks;

d) Project vehicles;

e) Cross slope of the track in tangent;

3.3. COMPARATIVE EVALUATION

The initially identified routing alternatives should be compared with each other.
for the purpose of selecting the most viable. The comparison will cover basic technical aspects.
(traced, topography), functional (access control, intersections, elevation increase of
service), economic (brief preliminary analysis of alternatives among themselves and the situation
existing, comparing implementation costs with benefits in the form of reductions in
operational costs, in travel times, in number of accidents, without intending
in this phase very detailed analysis), environmental (improvements to the urban environment),
financial (investment possibilities) and others necessary.

As a consequence of the comparative evaluation of the alternatives, it will be possible to select the
alternative tracing to be designed.

The activities that make up the Layout Study must be developed accordingly.
with the Service Instruction.
Service Instruction Activity
Preliminary Engineering Studies for Highways - Study of
IS-207
Draft) - Preliminary and Definitive Phases

4 PRESENTATION

The presentation of the Route Study will take place in the Basic Report of the Executive Project.
of Engineering to which it corresponds, thus broken down:
BASIC REPORT
Volume Species Subject Format
− Descriptive and justificatory memorandum of the studies conducted;
Report/
− Conclusions and recommendations;
Memory
1 Justification − Planimetry and altimetry elements. A4
of Project
Basic

IS-237 - Service Instruction for Study Plan Projects for Executive Engineering Projects for Construction
Local Roads
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 449

ANNEX B38
IS-238 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR TOPOGRAPHIC STUDIES
FOR ENGINEERING EXECUTIVE PROJECTS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF LOCAL ROADS

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services included in the Topographical Studies to be

developed in the Executive Road Engineering Projects for Construction of
Local Roads.

2 STUDY PHASE

These Topographic Studies will be carried out over a single phase, Phase of
Executive Project.

3 EXECUTION OF STUDIES

3.1. TASKS TO EXECUTE

The surveying services will be carried out by conventional methods. The tasks to
will consist of:

a) Location of the selected route in the Preliminary Phase and Basic Project of the Project
Executive;

b) Leveling and counter-leveling of the location axis;

c) Cross sections;

d) Tying of notable points;

e) Survey of material occurrences;

f) Specific surveys of locations for intersections;

watercourses;
h) Topographic registration of the domain strip.

Whenever problems arising from failures occur in the rental

selection of the layout, it is ensured that the Consultant will redo the layout study in
section, without this implying any additional burden for the Client.

The various services outlined in the topographic study will be carried out according to the
following methodology:

IS-238 - Service Instruction for Topographic Study Projects for Engineering Executive Projects for Construction
Local Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 450

Service instruction Activity

Topographic studies for executive project - Project Phase

IS - 205
Executive (Single Phase)

3.2. LOCATION AND TIE OF THE AXIS

The rental of the axis will be executed using a theodolite and linear measurements.
will be obtained using steel measuring tapes.

The axis will be marked every 20 m at all notable points, such as: PC, PT,
TS, SC, CS, and ST, topographic accidents, intersections with roads, riverbanks and
creeks. In all the installed enclosures, witness stakes will be placed.
made of good quality wood measuring about 60 cm in length, equipped with
in the engraving, where the corresponding number will be written with oil paint, from top to bottom.

These stakes will always be located to the left of the stakeout in the direction
increasing in its numbering and with the number facing the stake. The curves of radius
less than 300 meters will be marked at intervals of 10 meters. All the markers
corresponding to the PC, PT, TS, and ST, as well as the stakes every 2 km of the tangents
long ones will be tied by "safety points", located more than 20 m from the axis of the
road. The tying process will consist of at least four markers of
legal wood.

Notebooks of bindings will be organized, where the elements of will be recorded

tied points.

The implementation of the axis will consist of two distinct phases:

a) Implementation of the tangents

b) Implementation of the curves.

The distance measurements will be made with a steel tape, according to the horizontal for the purpose of
location of the stakeout points, however it is recommended to use a
statistical process for reading the distances between Pls, in order to achieve greater accuracy
in the calculation of the coordinates of these points.

The curves will be materialized in the field, using a theodolite and the process to be
the employee will be the one of the deflections over the tangents.

3.3. LEVELLING AND COUNTER-LEVELLING OF THE LOCATION AXIS

The leveling and counter-leveling of all the pegs of the location axis will be done.
with the use of precision levels. For leveling and counter-leveling control,
stable level references (RRNN) will be implemented, spaced every five hundred
metros, duly referred to in the plans, to the staking of the location. These
references (RRNN) will be implemented outside the offset lines and will consist of

IS-238 - Service Instruction for Topographic Study Projects for Executive Engineering Projects for Construction of
Local Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 451

concrete or hardwood frames, with the inscription of the corresponding number. A

Every 5000 m of the rental line, a (RN) concrete will be placed, poured on site.
que receberá em sua parte superior uma plaqueta com indicação do seu número e de sua
quota.

The counterbalancing will be closed at each (RN), within the tolerance allowed by the standards.
for DNIT. The tolerance for leveling services will be 2 cm per kilometer and the
the maximum accumulated difference will be less than or equal to that obtained by the formula:

e = 12.5 n, where: n = in kilometers

accumulated tolerance, e = in millimeters.

Together with the leveling of the axis, all will be leveled and counter-leveled.
notable points of crossing existing watercourses, when it will be noted in the
benchmark notebook, the water mirror level on the leveling date and the level of
maximum flood.

Also, the bottom of the watercourses will be leveled in order to allow for the design of the profile.
longitudinal of the crossing, to be used in the design of the artworks.

3.4. SURVEY OF CROSS SECTIONS

Cross sections will be raised in all paddocks of the located axis, with the
use of rulers or levels.

The sections will be raised symmetrically in relation to the axis and in a way to cover
the limits of the future right of way. In points where there is a need for studies
specials, the sections will be extended to a length considered sufficient to
those studies.

Whenever necessary, the spacing of the cross-sections will be reduced.

for 10 meters.

The determination of the direction of each section will be done using a crossbar. It will be
always employed bubble level, when checking the position of the horizontal ruler.

The notebooks of cross-sections will mention houses, quarries, bottoms of ravines,

river margins, dividing fences, and other accidents affected by the sections, as well as
the type of crop.

3.5. COMPLEMENTARY TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEYS

a) Survey of intersections and accesses - the locations of accesses will be surveyed

intersections with the aim of proceeding with their study.

IS-238 - Service Instruction for Topographic Study Project for Executive Engineering Projects for Construction
Local Roads
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 452

b) Survey of contributing basins - studies for the review of will be conducted

areas of the catchment basins with the aid of aerial photographs and surveys
topographical in the field.

c) Survey of existing special and current artworks and location of new ones
to be built - all existing current works of art will be registered
in the section informing about leveling of the bed, NA, thresholds, retaining walls, crests
of slopes, longitudinal section of the thalweg, as well as their position will be noted,
type, dimension, operating condition and conservation.

The special works of art cut by the located axis will be swiftly raised, and
the main data will be recorded, such as: length, width, section sketch
longitudinal and transversal, state of conservation, structural system.

A bathymetric survey will be carried out every 5 meters from the axis of the works of art and two
parallel sections located 20 m upstream and downstream of the axis. Furthermore, it will be
raised the riverbed profile for a distance of 100 m on each side of the axis.

The new special artworks will have their locations raised typographically and
bathymetrically in the same guidelines previously recommended. Surveys will also be conducted
the longitudinal sections of the watercourses, in order to design the culverts of the gully.

3.6. REGISTRATION OF THE DOMAIN STRIP

Simultaneously with the rental or shortly thereafter, a survey will be conducted.

cadastral of all areas cut or affected by the domain strip determined by
project axis.

Names will be recorded in notebooks specific to this type of service.

owners, existing constructions and nature of the improvements covered by the strip.
In this opportunity, information will be collected from the residents of the affected properties,
about the legal status of the ownership title of the same.

3.7. TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY OF OCCURRENCES

A topographical survey of all occurrences of materials will be carried out.

selected by geotechnical studies for primary lining and borrow pits
earthmoving concentrates.

The topographic survey of the occurrences will be carried out with the help of auxiliary polygons.
sections will be raised in order to allow their design with curves of
spaced levels of 5 m. All occurrences will be tied at the axis of the location of
project. Specific notebooks will be organized for this type of survey, with
sketch of tying these occurrences.

3.8. TOTAL STATIONS

IS-238 - Service Instruction for Topographic Study Projects for Executive Engineering Projects for Construction of
Local Roads
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 453

Total Stations can be used to optimize the work, in light of the

possibility of dispensing with field notebooks, storing a large amount of
data and eliminate annotation errors, very common in topographic services of
field.

These devices combine, in a single unit, the measurement of angles and distances.
presenting advantages over traditional equipment regarding collection,
storage, processing, importation and exportation of data collected in the field.
They have an active sensor, as it receives and records data from a beam of radiation.
in the infrared range, generated by itself, which reaches prisms placed on the
target object, returning by reflection and exciting the sensors of the same generating source.

They use internal software capable of processing area calculations, coordinates of

points, heights, elevations, inclined and reduced distances resulting in safety and
great time savings on office work. The software
topographic must read and record in ASCII, DXF or DGN format, which in addition to
those who perform the calculations should also edit drawings using CAD function,
contributing to the automation of projects.

The calibration of electronic distance measuring devices must be carried out, both for
theodolites and levels, as for total stations using the ABNT Standard
13.133.

For leveling, it is recommended to use electronic levels with laser reading.

I watch with barcodes, for being precise and allowing storage.
electronic reducing the possibility of errors.

In the case of using GPS tracking for the determination of coordinates and
leveling, precision geodetic receivers with single or dual channels should be used
frequency, with tracking in static differential mode with a tracking time of,
at least 30 minutes or fast-static with a tracking time of at least 10 minutes.

4 PRESENTATION

The Topographic Studies will be presented in the Final Report of the Executive Project.
according to the following volumes:

IS-238 - Service Instruction for Topographic Study Projects for Executive Engineering Projects for Construction
Local Roads
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 454

FINAL REPORT

Volume Species Subject Format

− Justifying exhibition of the studies conducted;
Report of
1 − Conclusions and recommendations; A4
Project
− Tables, graphs and calculation memories.
− Plant on Canson paper at a scale of 1:2000, with curves of
level of 1.00 m in 1.00 m, indicating all the incidents and
reported occurrences.
Project of − Rental line profile at scales 1:2,000 (H) and 1:200 (V).
2 − Drawing of the cross-sections of the land at the scale of A1
Execution
Execution 1:200.
− Drawings of the surveys: occurrences of materials,
Watercourses, intersections, and others.

− Justification of the procedures performed

Memory
3 A4
Justification

IS-238 - Service Instruction for Topographic Study Projects for Executive Engineering Projects for Construction
Local Roads
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 455

ANEXO B39
IS-239 - INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES
FOR EXECUTIVE ENGINEERING PROJECT FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF LOCAL ROADS

1 OBJECTIVE

The present Instruction aims to define and specify the services contained in
Hydrological Studies in Engineering Executive Projects for Construction of
Local Roads.

2 STAGES OF THE STUDY

The Hydrological Studies will be developed in a single phase, the Preliminar [Link] of
Basic Project of the Executive Project.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF STUDIES

The studies will consist of the following services:

Data collection

b) Processing of the collected data

c) Analysis of the processed data

3.1. DATA COLLECTION

Existing data should be collected in order to determine the types of

drainage structures to be used along the highway, considering the flow that
will have to support (tubular, cellular drains and bridges).

The following data will be collected:

a) Precipitation data, pluviographs, and river flow data available in the region.
b) Data that allows for the definition of the dimensions of the basins.

3.2. PROCESSING COLLECTED DATA

The collected data will be processed aiming to:

a) From our rainfall and pluviograph data, the obtaining of:

intensity curves - duration - recurrence period;

– histogram of monthly precipitation.

IS-239 - Service Instruction for Hydrological Study Projects for Executive Engineering Projects for Construction of
Local Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 456

b) In our hydrometric data, obtaining:

table containing the extreme values of daily average flow rates3 (m/s), in the case of
to have limnimetric scales in the watercourses in a location close to the work
from art to be projected.
table containing the quotas of the maximum highs observed in the region, in the case of
not having a linear measuring ruler.

3.3. ANALYSIS OF COLLECTED DATA

a) Recurrence period:

The recurrence periods set for the types of works classified below will be
following:
Type of work Período de recorrência (anos)

Surface drainage device 10

Sewer 10
Bridge 100

b) Concentration time
The concentration time of the basins should be evaluated using methodology and models.
usual ones that present compatible results and that consider:

Basin area;

Length and slope of the main channel;

Shape of the basin;

Average slope of the terrain;

Type of vegetation cover;

Land use;

Others.

For surface drainage works, a concentration time equal to will be taken

10 minutes.

c) Coefficient of impermeability

The impermeability coefficients should be determined only after analyzing the usage.
the areas of upriver, particularly in cases of violent modification of the
impermeability of the basins.

d) Determination of basin discharges

The discharges from the basins will be calculated as follows:

IS-239 - Service Instruction for Hydrological Study Projects for Executive Engineering Projects for Construction of
Local Roads
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Highway Studies and Projects 457

Basins with areas smaller than 10 km2 must have their discharge determined by
rational method.

The basins with areas greater than 10 km2 must have the discharge determined by
método de hidrograma ou similares.

For the two families of basins, the discharge must be verified by the equation of
continuity associated with Manning's formula.

Tables with the respective coefficients must be presented.

impermeability.

Hydrological Studies should be developed according to the methodology

established in the Service Instruction:

Service Instruction Activity

IS-203 Hydrological Studies – Preliminary and Definitive Phases

4 PRESENTATION

The Hydrological Studies will be presented in the Basic Report of the Executive Project of
Engineering that corresponds, as detailed below:

BASIC REPORT

Volume Species Subject Format

− Descriptive and justificatory report of the studies conducted;
Report/
− Conclusions and recommendations;
Memory
1 Justification − Frames, graphs, and drawings. A4
of Project
Basic

IS-239 - Service Instruction for Hydrological Study Projects for Engineering Executive Projects for Construction
Local Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 458

ANNEX B40
IS-240 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR GEOTECHNICAL STUDIES
FOR ENGINEERING EXECUTIVE PROJECT FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF LOCAL ROADS

1 OBJECTIVE

This Instruction aims to define and specify the services listed in

Geotechnical Studies in Executive Engineering Projects for Construction of
Local Roads.

2 STAGES OF STUDIES

Geotechnical studies will be developed in a single phase, the Design Phase.

Executive.

3 PREPARATION OF STUDIES

The geotechnical studies will consist of:

3.1. STUDY OF STUDY

Along the rental of the selected route, testing and collection will be carried out with
sampling for characterization of the geotechnical profile of the terrain. The borings
will be carried out at intervals of 100 m and in the intervals, when there are any
material variation. In virgin section, they will be made along the located axis, and in section
already implanted will be done on the right edge, axis and left edge, alternately. With the
The material collected from the surveys will undergo the following tests:

a) Granulometry without sedimentation

b) Physical indexes

Compression

d) ISC;

e) In situ density.

The first two tests will be carried out in all drilling holes and the last three,
in alternate holes.

The surveys of the subsoil should be included in the profile of the located axis.

IS-240 - Service Instruction for Geotechnical Study Projects for Executive Engineering Projects for Construction
Local Roads
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 459

3.2. STUDY OF LOAN FOR EARTHWORK

Investigation of the leveled locations in order to proceed with the selection, in the field, of the areas.
of loans based on the indications of the earthworks project (IS-243). In the
places where lateral loans are anticipated, there will be no need for execution
of tests, using those performed for the subgrade study. Where provided for
concentrated loans will be made, at least, five holes, distributed by
loan area, with a depth equal to that anticipated for the loan.

Samples will be collected in all boreholes, at the various horizons, which will
will undergo the following tests:

a) Granulometry

b) Physical Indices

c) Compression

d) California Support Index.

3.3. Study of Occurrences of Materials for Primary Coating

These studies will consist of:

a) The surveys;

b) Laboratory tests;

c) Volume estimates.

In the occurrences of materials selected for the primary coating layer will be
the following tests were carried out:

− Grain size distribution by simple sieving;

− Physical indices;

− Equivalent of sand;

− Compression and ISC;

− Density 'in situ'.

The investigation of the material from the occurrences will be carried out through the launch of
60 m side reticular mesh, within the limits of the selected occurrence, in which
At the vertices, drilling holes will be made. In each hole of the 60 m grid, for each
layer of material, will be carried out:

a) Simple sieving granulation test;

b) Liquidity limit;

c) Plasticity limit;

IS-240 - Service Instruction for Geotechnical Study Projects for Engineering Executive Projects for Construction of
Local Roads
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 460

d) Sand equivalent;

e) Compression;

f) ISC;

g) In situ density.

Maps of material occurrences will be presented, delimiting the areas of

usable materials.

In the case of layers with more than 1.00 meter thickness, they will be executed.
the above-mentioned tests, for each meter of depth of this layer, should be
make a minimum of nine samples per occurrence.

3.4. STUDY OF STONEWORKS AND AREA

In the study of stone materials, what is recommended by the Standard (NBR-6490) will be followed.
by ABNT), for recognition and sampling for the purpose of characterization of the
occurrences of rocks.

It is admitted and tolerated, in this case, to avoid the use of rotary probes, that the
the volumetric calculation of rock occurrences should be done, indirectly, based on the volumetric calculation of the

"sterile" or "quarry cover".

The measurement of the material may be carried out by listening to the mine bar, however,
it is necessary to launch a lattice with sides of 50 m. It is accepted and tolerated that
Let the mass below the quarry cover be considered as rock.

The following tests will be carried out on the sand deposits:

a) Granulometry;

b) Theory of organic matter.

3.5. STUDY OF THE FOUNDATION OF LANDFILLS

Whenever there is doubt about the load-bearing capacity of the foundation soils
landfills, there will be a need to develop a special geotechnical study that defines
the bearing capacity of the natural ground, where it will be concluded about the possibility of:

a) Placement of the fill layer on the foundation ground;

b) Technical-economic feasibility of layer removal.

3.6. STUDY OF THE LOCATIONS OF THE FOUNDATIONS OF SPECIAL WORKS OF ART

IS-240 - Service Instruction for Geotechnical Study Projects for Executive Engineering Projects for Construction of
Local Roads
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 461

The surveys for the foundations of the special artworks will consist of surveys.
definitive, which will be executed as prescribed by the Implementation Manual
Basic, from DNIT.

The activities to be developed in the Geotechnical Studies must meet the

provisions of the Service Instruction:

Service Instruction Activities

IS-206 Geotechnical Studies – Executive Project Phase

4 PRESENTATION

The Geotechnical Studies will be presented in the Final Report of the Executive Project.
Engineering to which it corresponds, should consist of:

FINAL REPORT

Volume Species Subject Format

− Text containing the conception of the study and summary
of the obtained results;
1 Project Report A4
− Tables with the parameters, graphs and memories of
calculation.
− Occurrence plant materials
2 Execution Plan A3
− Justification of the procedures performed
3 Justification Memo A4
− Summary tables of the conducted trials
Studies
3A − Survey bulletins A4
Geotechnical

IS-240 - Service Instruction for Geotechnical Study Projects for Executive Engineering Projects for Construction
Local Roads
Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 462

ANNEX B41
IS-241 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR GEOMETRIC PROJECT
IN ENGINEERING EXECUTIVE PROJECTS
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF LOCAL ROADS

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services contained in the Geometric Project in the Projects.
Engineering Executives for the Construction of Local Highways.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

The geometric project will be executed in a single phase, the Executive Design Phase.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

The Geometric Project will consist of:

a) Planimetric-altimetric project resulting from the location of the selected route;

b) Determination of the cross sections of the project;

c) Detailing of the special elements of the project, such as:

returns and accesses

tapers

3.1. PROJECT ELEVATION PLAN

IN PLANT

The following elements will be included:

a) staked axis of 20 m to 20 m, marking the corresponding stakes.

whole kilometers, and the stakes corresponding to hundreds of meters;
b) direction of the alignments and numbered curves, including their elements from tables
sides;

c) safety points of the line with the attachments, representing them through
side sketches;
d) edges of the platform and projections of the shaded offsets in conventions,
differentiating cuts and embankments;

e) representation of transmission lines within the domain range with

indication of the origin and number of the poles;

IS-241 - Service Instruction for Geometric Projects in Executive Engineering Projects for the Construction of Local Roads
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 463

f) bridges and footbridges, with the names of the rivers;

g) accesses, existing intersections and to be built, with the names of the localities and
indicators of the number of volume and the sheets that contain your projects
specifics;

h) indicated drains in type conventions (dashed lines) with total length and
indicated hidden footprints at the foot of the embankment.

i) other devices (protective gutters, cut-backs, loan boxes) will be

represented, indicating the location where construction details can be found.

j) domain range represented on all boards indicating the limits and their
ordered in relation to the axis.

3.1.2. IN PROFILE

The following elements will be included:

a) indication of the land line and project representing the surface of the grade of
earthworks on the axis of the platform;

b) the percentages of the ramps and lengths, the lengths of the projections
horizontal lines of vertical concordance curves (V), kilometers and elevations of the PIV, PCV
the PTV of each vertical curve and the length of the arrow "e" of the vertical curves.

c) representation by conventions such as special artworks and manholes

indicating for these last ones their type and section;

d) representation of the geotechnical profile with soil classification.

3.2. COMPLEMENTARY SERVICES

− Typical cross sections of the platform, right of way, and bridges in the various
expected characteristics for the highway;
− Cross sections indicating the natural terrain, the platform, the position of the offsets
and the slopes;
− Marking the domain strip symmetrically in relation to the axis and according to
offset line;
− Detailing of special projects consisting of returns and level accesses,
marking of tables, etc.

The activities to be developed in the preparation of the Geometric Project should

attend to Service Instruction IS-208: Service Instruction for Geometric Design -
Executive Project Phase.

Service Instruction Activities

IS-208 Geometric Project - Executive Project Phase

IS-241 - Service Instruction for Geometric Projects in Executive Engineering Projects for the Construction of Local Roads
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 464

4 PRESENTATION

The Geometric Project will be presented in the Final Report of the Executive Project
Engineering to which it corresponds, must consist of:

FINAL REPORT

FORMAT
VOLUME DISCRIMINATION/ SUBJECTS
Printing
Minute
definitive
Project Report
1 A4 A4
⎯ Text containing a description of the studies conducted.
Execution Project
− Convention sheet;
− Plants and profiles at scales 1:2000 (H) and 1:200 (V),
containing:
− Profile drawing of the terrain along the project axis;
− Project profile design;
2 − Constituent elements of the vertical project; A1 A3
− Indication of the location of special works of art and
currents;
− Drawings of typical cross sections at the scales 1:100
e 1:200;
− Slope of cutting and embankment slopes.

Justification Memo
3 − Justification of the procedures performed. A4 A4

IS-241 - Service Instruction for Geometric Projects in Executive Engineering Projects for the Construction of Rural Roads
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 465

ANNEX B42
IS-242 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR DRAINAGE PROJECT
IN THE EXECUTIVE ENGINEERING PROJECTS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF LOCAL ROADS

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services contained in the Drainage Project in the Projects.
Engineering Executives for the Construction of Local Roads.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

The drainage project will be developed in a single phase, the Design Phase
Executive:

3 Development of the Project

The Drainage Project will consist of:

a) Design of the structures that will make up the surface drainage project and
subsuperficial.

b) Sizing of drainage structures.

c) Preparation of service notes for various drainage devices, with indications

of the location, type, size, and extent of the work.

3.1. SURFACE DRAINAGE PROJECT

The surface drainage system aims to capture and intercept the waters that
they fall onto the roadway and lead them to a safe drainage location, without
compromises the stability of the massif.

To meet this purpose, the surface drainage project will encompass the
the following devices:

a) Cut and fill protection berm;

Cutting board;

c) Embankment bench;

d) Water inlet;

water descent;

f) Collector box;

g) Shock absorber;
IS-242 - Service Instruction for Drainage Project in the Executive Engineering Projects for the Construction of Rural Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 466

h) Escalation of the slopes.

3.2. DRAINAGE PROJECT

The drainage system aims to allow the passage of water that drains through
natural terrain from one side to the other of the road and as an additional device,
supplement of surface drainage when indicated as a grade culvert.

The culverts to be used in the rural road projects will be of the following types:

a) Concrete tubes;

b) Metal tubes;

c) Concrete cells.

Your choice of type and dimensions should be justified in the project.

3.3. DEEP DRAINAGE

The deep drainage system aims to intercept and lower the groundwater table.
subterranean, in order to prevent the progressive degradation of the support of the layers of
Embankments; their use, type, and location must be justified in the project.

The activities to be carried out for the development of the Drainage Project
they must comply with the existing methodology in the Service Instruction:

Service Instruction Activities

IS-210 Projeto de Drenagem – Fases de Projeto Básico e de Projeto Executivo

4 PRESENTATION

The Drainage Project will be presented through the Final Report of the Executive Project
of Engineering to which it corresponds:

IS-242 - Service Instruction for Drainage Project in Executive Engineering Projects for the Construction of Rural Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 467

FINAL REPORT

FORMAT
VOLUME DISCRIMINATION/ SUBJECTS
Printing
Minute
Definitive
Project Report
− Project conception;
1 − Frame of quantities and codes; A4 A4
− Discrimination of all services, transportation distances
and quantities.
Execution Project
⎯ Plants and standard projects of various devices of
drainage used;
2 ⎯ Schematic plan of the location of the drainage works; A1 A3
⎯ Service notes.

Justification Memo
3 A4 A4
⎯ Justification for the detailed solutions proposed
Budget and Execution Plan
⎯ List of services to be executed;
⎯ Costs of each service;
4 ⎯ Physical schedule; A4 A4
⎯ List of minimum equipment;
⎯ Layout of the construction site, access installations, quarries and
source of materials.

IS-242 - Service Instruction for Drainage Project in Executive Engineering Projects for the Construction of Local Roads
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 468

ANNEX B43
IS-243 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR EARTHWORK PROJECT
IN THE EXECUTIVE ENGINEERING PROJECTS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF LOCAL ROADS

1 OBJECTIVE

The present Instruction aims to define and specify the services listed in
Earthworks Project in Engineering Executive Projects for Construction of
County Roads.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

The earthworks project will be developed in a single phase, the Design Phase
Executive.

3 ELABORATION OF THE PROJECT

The Earthworks Project will consist of:

a) Calculation of the volume of earthworks and the surfacing layer.

b) Orientation and earthworks distribution charts, indicating origins and destinations

of the materials used in the various layers and the degree of compaction to be
reached.

c) Calculation of transport distances.

d) Framework for guidance and distribution of primary coating layer, indicating the
origins and destinations of the materials to be used.

e) Preparation of service notes

f) Preparation of service specifications.

In the development of these activities, the recommendations of the Instruction must be followed.
of Service:

Service Instruction Activities

IS-209 Earthworks Project - Executive Project Phase

4 PRESENTATION

The presentation of the Earthworks Project will be made in the Final Project Report.
Engineering Executive corresponding to the breakdown:

IS-243 - Service Instruction for Earthworks Project in Executive Engineering Projects for Road Construction
Local neighbors
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 469

FINAL REPORT

FORMAT
VOLUME DISCRIMINATION/ SUBJECTS
Impression
Minute
definitive
Project Report
− Project conception;
1 − Table of quantities and codes; A4 A4
− Discrimination of all services, transport distances and
quantities.
Execution Project
− Cubic leaves;
− Distribution board of materials;
− Earthworks orientation frame;
− Guidance chart for layer materials
primary coating;
− General plant showing the situation of the loans, botafora
and occurrences of materials for the coating layer
primary
2 − Plants of loan locations and material occurrences A1 A3
regarding your situation in relation to the highway, the position of the
drilling holes and the summary of the study results
geotechnical studies conducted;
− Drawing of the type cross sections, in excavation and embankment,
showing the slopes of the slopes, considering the layer
of the primary coating;
− Other drawings that clarify the project;
− Earthwork service notes;
− Primary coating layer service notes.
Justifying Memorandum
3 A4 A4
− Justification for the detailing of the proposed solutions
Service Notes and Volume Calculation
3C A4 A4
Budget and Execution Plan
− List of services to be performed;
− Classification of materials to be excavated;
− Costs of each service;
4 A4 A4
− Physical schedule;
− List of minimum equipment;
− Layout of construction site, accesses, installations, quarries and
source of materials.

IS-243 - Service Instruction for Earthworks Project in Engineering Executive Projects for Highway Construction
Neighbors
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Highway Studies and Projects 470

ANNEX B44
IS-244 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR ARTWORK PROJECTS
SPECIAL IN THE ENGINEERING PROJECTS OF LOCAL ROADS

1 Objective

Define and specify the services contained in the Project of Special Works of Art in the
Executive Engineering Projects for the Construction of Local Roads.

2 PHASES OF THE PROJECT

The project for special artworks will be developed in two phases:

a) Preliminary Phase and Basic Design

b) Executive Design Phase

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

3.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE AND BASIC PROJECT

At this stage, the structural design of the works to be designed will be defined, according to the
exposed methodology:

Service Instruction Activities

IS-214 Special Works Project - Basic Design Phase

The quantities of service should be estimated, with no need for

to quantify in detail the various works, aiming to verify if the cost influences
decisively in the global value of the project's execution.

3.2. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

Starting from the conception of the project, established in the previous phase, the...
projects of special artworks containing:

a) definition of the type of work to be designed (wood, wooden superstructure with infrastructure-
structure in concrete, or purely concrete;
b) choice of the type of foundation based on geotechnical studies, on the type of work
to design and in the local conditions;

c) structural calculation;

d) preparation of the project layout drawing on plan and profile in 1:100 scale;

IS-244 - Service Instruction for Artworks Projects in Executive Engineering Projects for Road Construction
Local residents
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 471

e) preparation of floor plans, elevations, and longitudinal and transverse sections and
structural and architectural details;
f) descriptive memory as aspects related to the execution of the work and the landfills
access.

The structural project will comply with ABNT standards and DNIT instructions.
especially the Service Instruction:

Service Instruction Atividades

IS-214 Project of Special Works of Art - Executive Project Phase

4 PRESENTATION

4.1. PRELIMINARY PHASE AND BASIC PROJECT

The presentation of the project, in its Preliminary Phase and Basic Project, will be made through
of the Basic Report of the Engineering Project to which it corresponds, as detailed
next.

BASIC REPORT

VOLUME SPECIES MATERIAL FORMAT

Report/
Memory Descriptive and justificatory report of the studies
1 Justification completed. A4 A4
of the Project Structural design of the works
Basic

4.2. FASE DEPROJETOEXECUTIVO

The presentation of the Project, in its Executive Design Phase, will be made through the
Final Report of the Executive Engineering Project to which it corresponds, initially under the
draft form and later in the form of final printing, containing texts,
drawings and plans as specified below:

IS-244 - Service Instruction for Artwork Projects in Executive Engineering Projects for Road Construction
Local
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 472

FINAL REPORT

FORMAT
VOLUME DISCRIMINATION/MATTERS
Printing
Minute
definitive
Project Report
− Informative text of the project, summary of the studies,
1 specifications, quantities, and all necessary elements A4 A4
in the bidding for the work. It will contain topographical, hydrological elements
geotechnics.
Project for the Execution of the Work
− Drawings, plans, profiles, and cross sections and typicals, for
for visualization and clarification purposes, of the structural solution of the
2 work of art, containing details of the foundations, infrastructure and A1 A1
mesostructure, formwork, molds, reinforcement elements
geometric, safety elements, drainage, and lighting.
Justificative Memo
3 A4 A4
− Memorial of the project developed
Calculation Memory of the Structures
3B A4 A4
Budget and Work Execution Plan
− Demonstrative charts of construction costs;
4 − Physical schedule; A4 A4
− Minimum equipment list;
− Equipment usage schedule;

IS-244 - Service Instruction for Artwork Projects in the Executive Engineering Projects for Road Construction
Neighborhoods
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 473

ANNEX B45
IS-245 - SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR FENCE PROJECTS
ENGINEERING EXECUTIVES FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF LOCAL ROADS

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the services included in the Fencing Project in the Executive Projects
from Engineering for the Construction of Local Roads.

2 STAGES OF THE STUDY

The fence project will be executed in a single phase, the Executive Design Phase.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT

It will consist of:

a) Type projects;

b) Service notes.

The fence project will be developed taking into account the available resources.
existing materials in the region, in order to reduce its implementation cost.

The recommendations of the Service Instruction must be followed:

Service Instruction Activities

IS-218 Fencing Project - Executive Project Phase

4 PRESENTATION

The presentation of the Fencing Project will take place in the Final Report of the Executive Project.
Engineering to which it corresponds, according to the breakdown below:

FINAL REPORT

Volume Species Subject Format

− Text with information about type, materials used
Report of
1 and quantitative A4
Project
− Drawing containing type of fence project;
Project of
2 − Service notes A3
Execution

IS-245 - Service Instruction for Fence Project in the Executive Engineering Projects for the Construction of Rural Highways
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 474

ANNEX B46
IS-246 SERVICE INSTRUCTION FOR THE ELABORATION OF THE COMPONENT
ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS OF HIGHWAY ENGINEERING PROJECTS

1 OBJECTIVE

Define and specify the Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects

through studies and projects related to environmental protection measures of works
bus stations, including the rehabilitation / recovery of environmental liabilities, these works for
to which, given specific particularities of the corresponding excerpt, was understood as
the formal preparation of EIA/RIMA and PBA is dispensable.

With the existence of the EIA/RIMA and PBA, the preparation of the Environmental Component of the Projects of

Highway engineering will be based on the procedures established by them.

The designer must carry out the work seeking obedience to the precepts of
sustainable development and principles established in the Environmental Policy of DNIT,
which aims to ensure the continuous improvement of its environmental management.

2 PHASES OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT

The preparation of the Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects must

to be developed throughout the following phases:

a) Fase Preliminar;

b) Basic Design Phase;

c) Executive Design Phase.

3 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT

3.1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

The Environmental Component must take into account:

a) Specific legislation;
b) Recommendations / conditions from environmental agencies;

c) Environmental Policy and regulatory documents of DNIT; and

d) Vulnerability of the road's area of influence.

Environmental Studies and Projects must be developed in accordance with the

following Manuals and Instructions from DNIT:

− Road Manual for Conservation, Monitoring, and Environmental Control;

IS-246 - Service Instruction for Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 475

− Manual for Land Use Management in the Domain and Adjacent Strips
Federal Highways
− Instructions for Environmental Protection of the Domain and Marginal Strips of Highways
Federals;
− Guidelines and Procedures for Resettlement of Affected Populations in Works
Bus stations;
− Environmental Regulatory Framework for Road Projects.

3.2. PRELIMINARY PHASE

The Preliminary Phase of the Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects

consists of the preparation of the Preliminary Environmental Diagnosis of the area of influence
directly from the enterprise and in the evaluations of the occurrences registered in the
environmental surveys, and the environmental impacts that may arise from the
execution of works, aiming at the proposal of environmental protection measures.

The Preliminary Environmental Diagnosis must characterize the environmental situation of the area of
influence of the enterprise on physical, biotic, and anthropic aspects, aiming for a
knowledge of the region prior to the implementation of the enterprise, serving as a reference
for the assessment of the environmental impacts arising from the works and operation of the highway, and of the
environmental liabilities.

For the physical environment, at a minimum, topography, geology/geomorphology should be considered.

climate, land use and occupation, river basin and geotechnical characteristics of the soil.

Regarding the biotic environment, a characterization of the flora and fauna must be carried out.
especially of the forest remnants, and other forms of natural vegetation that
may be impacted by the enterprise, and the identification of legally designated areas
existing protected areas in the region, with information on the distance between them and the
enterprise.

For the anthropogenic environment, a synthesis of the current socio-

economy of the main communities to be affected by the venture, and the
identification, location and brief description of areas of historical and archaeological value,
speleological, cultural, landscape and ecological, in addition to the indigenous areas.

It must be verified, with the competent authorities, the existence of areas to be protected, and of
restrictive factors for land use for road activities (urban areas, areas
legally protected.

The Preliminary Environmental Diagnosis should be developed at the level of bibliographies and,
government sources of environmental data, satellite photos, thematic maps, etc.
complemented by field inspections for the perfect environmental characterization of
área de influência do projeto (física, biótica e antrópica).

IS-246 - Service Instruction for Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 476

The Preliminary Phase of the Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects will be
consolidated by the Preliminary Environmental Assessment Report - PEAR, which will allow the
decision-making for the optimization of technical and locational alternatives, as well as,
the initiative of DNIT, along with the Licensing Environmental Authority for the purpose of requesting the
Preliminary License-LP of the Enterprise.

Considering the dual purpose of the RPAA, as stated above, its content will be
consisting of:

a) Information that characterizes the Entrepreneur and the Enterprise, aiming at

outline the framework for identifying environmental threats and opportunities
potentials arising from the implementation and operation of the enterprise.

This characterization information will be basic, registration-based, about the purpose of

venture, about the type and nature of it, providing a final overview of the
operational units and their geographic locations, identification of the construction site
works, and their administrative, industrial production components, and the volumes
manipulated, in terms of estimates.
b) Information on areas of influence, where environmental transformations will take place
resulting from implantation, in the physical, biotic, and anthropic aspects, identifying the
territorial space, its potentialities and existing environmental vulnerabilities,
depicted in the thematic maps that accompany the environmental information.

3.3. BASIC PROJECT PHASE

In the Basic Project phase of the Environmental Component of Engineering Projects

The following activities should be developed at the bus station:

a) Preparation of the Definitive Environmental Diagnosis;

b) Surveys of Environmental Liabilities;

c) Identification and Assessment of Environmental Impacts;

Establishment of the Environmental Prognosis;

e) Environmental Protection Measures.

3.3.1. PREPARATION OF THE DEFINITIVE ENVIRONMENTAL DIAGNOSIS

It must detail, at the level of Basic Project, the environmental situation of the influence area.
according to physical, biotic, and anthropic aspects, aiming for a more comprehensive knowledge
detailed description of the region before the implementation of the enterprise, serving as a reference
for assessing environmental liabilities, and for evaluating impacts
environmental.

IS-246 - Service Instruction for Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 477

3.3.2. ENVIRONMENTAL PASSIVE LIFTINGS

The Environmental Liabilities Surveys comprise the registration of the liability

environmental and must be carried out in accordance with the methodology recommended in
chapter 4 of the Manual for Road Activities/DNIT, currently being prepared at IPR,
complemented with photographic documentation and schematic sketches.

For the purpose of applying this Instruction, Environmental Liability is defined as all
the occurrence resulting from construction, restoration, or maintenance failure of the highway,
caused by third parties, or by adverse weather conditions, capable of acting as a factor
of damage or environmental degradation to the area of direct influence, to the roadway or to
user.

Special attention should be given to the interferences with urban areas and areas
legally protected and, in particular, to the sources intended for human consumption,
facing the possibility of accidents involving road transportation of hazardous products.

The execution of Environmental Liability Assessments includes, among others

topics understood as relevant, the following:

a) Registration of environmental problems (erosions, silting, floods,

landslides, absence of riparian forest, etc.

b) Registration of environmental problems resulting from third-party activities

(crops, industries, lots, etc.); and

c) Registration of the old use areas (camps, crushing facilities,

plants, dumps, quarries, deposits, etc.), which will not be used in the execution of the
works.

3.3.3. IDENTIFICATION AND EVALUATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

The identification, analysis, and evaluation of positive and negative environmental impacts must
focus on the changes in the environment resulting from the insertion of
project, considering the phases of implementation and operation.

For the development of this item, positive correlations must be established.

negative aspects among the various environmental factors diagnosed and the various activities
planned for the project, in its different phases.

The discussion and analysis of these correlations, developed both together and individually for
Each diagnosed issue will lead to a listing of the identified and active impacts.
in the area of influence.

This listing should be submitted to several discussion and analysis sessions within
a multidisciplinary approach, aiming to define the classification of impacts, determining
among them, the most significant occurrences, concerning the locations and the phases of
undertaking.

IS-246 - Service Instruction for Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 478

Typically, the following basic identification listing has been considered

impacts, which may vary depending on the region and the type of enterprise:
a) Physical Environment.

Increased Emission of Noise, Dust, and Gases.

Start and/or Acceleration of Erosive Processes.

Solid Transport and Siltation of the Drainage Network.

Interferences with the Quality of Surface and Ground Waters.

Interference with Water Resources.

Change in the Development of Mining Activities.

Disposal of Waste Material (dump).

b) Biotic Medium.

Suppression of Native Vegetation.

Expansion of the Fragmentation of Forest Environments.

Increase in Pressure on Plant Resources.

Fire Hazard.

Changes in Wildlife Habits.

Increase in Poaching.

Formation of Environments Favorable to the Development of Vectors.

Change in the Structure of Aquatic Taxocenoses.

Reduction of Agricultural Production Area.

c) Anthropogenic Environment.

Change in the Daily Lives of the Population.

Change in the Demographic Framework.

Change in the Current Level and in the Trend of Accident Rate Evolution.

Possibilities of Accidents with Dangerous Loads.

Increase in Job Opportunities.

Increase in Demand for Goods and Services.

Increase in Local Income and Public Revenue.

Reduction of Fuel Consumption.

Increase in Vehicle and Machinery Traffic.

IS-246 - Service Instruction for Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 479

Improvement of Local Access Roads.

Change in the Fragmentation Conditions of Urban Areas.

Interference with Road and Transmission Infrastructure.

Change in Health Status.

Interference with Archaeological Heritage.

Interference with Indigenous Populations.

3.3.4. ESTABLISHMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROGNOSIS.

The Environmental Forecast is established from the development of current and future scenarios.
of the territory of the area of influence, based on the environmental diagnosis of it and
in the assessment of the significant impacts arising from the works and the road operation
planned, considering the possibility of not implementing them.

The scenarios to be considered are defined as:

a) Current Scenario that portrays the environmental picture diagnosed in the area of influence, in
especially the current quality of life, which will be subject to environmental transformations.

b) Trend Scenario that constitutes the forecast of the current scenario, without considering the
implementation of the planned venture, but only the transformations
natural events that the region will be prone to.

c) Succession scenario that constitutes the forecast of the transformed territory in relation to
implementation of planned road activities, without the application of any
environmental protection measures, except for those contained in the project of
engineering.
d) Target Scenario that constitutes the environmental framework possible to be achieved in
coexistence with the transformative activities and results of the application of a
basic environmental plan, which will ensure the environmental sustainability of the territory.

3.3.5. MEDIDAS DEPROTEÇÃOAMBIENTAL

Solutions should be presented to avoid or minimize the detected impacts on

environmental surveys and those that will result from the execution of the works, aiming to
ensure the execution of projects within environmental principles and DNIT standards.

The Basic Project Phase of the Environmental Component of Engineering Projects

The bus station will be consolidated by the Basic Environmental Assessment Report - RBAA
It is established as the document to support the analysis and assessment of environmental damages.
caused by the enterprise, having one of its main functions
instrumentalize the decision of the licensing body in order to grant the License of
Installation - LI, of the Undertaking, whenever the bidding process for the work is held
base it on the Basic Engineering Project.

IS-246 - Service Instruction for Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects

Basic Guidelines for the Development of Road Studies and Projects 480

The Basic Environmental Assessment Report - RBAA must contain the characterization of
the undertaking and the entrepreneur, the justification for its execution, the diagnosis
environmental of its area of influence, the identification of environmental impacts and the
proposed mitigating measures.

The characterization of the enterprise, the entrepreneur, and the justification for the execution
of the enterprise, must be established according to the provisions in the Instruction of
Environmental Service ISA-03: Environmental Impact Studies - EIA, of the Normative Body
Environmental for Road Enterprises.

3.4. EXECUTIVE PROJECT PHASE

It consists of detailing the information or requirements of environmental agencies and

other environmental studies prepared for the project. It is worth noting that for the
interferences with sources intended for human consumption must be planned
protective devices in order to prevent or mitigate the impacts resulting from possible
accidents involving the road transport of hazardous materials.

The Executive Project Phase involves:

a) Graphical representation of the proposed solutions, in correspondence with the measures

of environmental protection defined.

b) Detailed level compatible with all proposed solutions.

c) Single line diagram, with identification of all registered areas, including the areas
legally protected, transpositions of urban areas, rivers, streams and eventual
sources of water for human consumption, as well as other "Points"
Notable interferers.

d) Specific and Complementary Specifications to the 'General Specifications for Works'

DNIT bus terminals that ensure the proper execution of the works.

e) Budgets and Works Execution Plan.

f) The Executive Design Phase of the Environmental Component of Engineering Projects
The bus station will be consolidated by the Final Environmental Assessment Report - RFAA
which should contain the following elements:

– Summary descriptive text, addressing the Environmental Programs and distinguishing them
integrating programs of the PCA and the Institutional Programs, discussing
its specific purposes and respective implementation schedules,
referenced to the execution schedule of the work.
Interface Spreadsheet, according to the model contained in the Basic Guidelines for
Environmental Road Activities, currently being developed by the IPR, which contains the
listing of the relevant Environmental Programs and their corresponding
the various items of the Engineering Project.

Project Elements:

IS-246 - Service Instruction for Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 481

Linear scheme containing dumping sites, loans, deposits, quarries,

environmental passive, tied to the milestone markers, indicating the points
notable, such as: cities, rivers, springs, etc.

Drawings with detailed solutions.

Frames containing the: list of occurrences related to the mileage of

highway (or staking), dimensions and areas, and processes used in
rehabilitation of the areas.

Specific designs for environmental treatment of deposits, borrow pits, areas

for use, etc.

NOTE: The data regarding the calculation of quantities and budgeting must be
dealt with in the corresponding volume of the Engineering Project.

In the case where the bidding for the work is based on the Executive Project of
Engineering, the Final Environmental Assessment Report - RFAA should provide
additional information that allows DNIT to request from the Environmental Authority
Installer License of Installation - LI, of the Enterprise.

4 PRESENTATION

The presentation of the Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects

will integrate, through its Preliminary, Basic, and Final Evaluation Reports
Environmental, the Preliminary, Basic and Final Reports of Engineering Projects,
Basic and Executive, what they correspond to..

IS-246 - Service Instruction for Environmental Component of Road Engineering Projects

Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 482

4 - BIBLIOGRAPHY
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 483
Basic Guidelines for the Preparation of Road Studies and Projects 484

4 BIBLIOGRAPHY

BRAZIL. Law 8666, of June 21, 1993. Regulations for article 37, item XXI, of
Federal Constitution establishes rules for bidding and contracts of Public Administration
and provides other measures. Available at: [Link] Accessed on: February 2.
2005.

National Department of Highways. Development Board

Technological. Division of Technological Training.. Basic guidelines for the preparation of
road studies and projects (basic scopes / service instructions). Rio de Janeiro,
1999.

______ . Planning Directorate. Division of Studies and Projects; PRODEC. Manual of

consulting services for road studies and projects. Rio de Janeiro, 1978.

PEREIRA, Francisco de Mattos de Britto. The Evolution of DNER studies and projects.
Rio de Janeiro: DNER. Planning Directorate. Studies and Projects Division, 1970.